Juniper JUNOS Network Operation Manual
إعلان
إعلان
JUNOS™
Internet Software for M-series and T-series Routing Platforms
Network Operations Guide
Hardware
Juniper Networks, Inc.
1194 North Mathilda Avenue
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
USA
408-745-2000
www.juniper.net
Part Number: 530-012090-01, Revision 1
ii !
This product includes the Envoy SNMP Engine, developed by Epilogue Technology, an Integrated Systems Company. Copyright © 1986–1997, Epilogue
Technology Corporation. All rights reserved. This program and its documentation were developed at private expense, and no part of them is in the public domain.
This product includes memory allocation software developed by Mark Moraes, copyright © 1988, 1989, 1993, University of Toronto.
This product includes FreeBSD software developed by the University of California, Berkeley, and its contributors. All of the documentation and software included in the 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite Releases is copyrighted by The Regents of the University of California. Copyright © 1979, 1980, 1983, 1986, 1988,
1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
GateD software copyright © 1995, The Regents of the University. All rights reserved. Gate Daemon was originated and developed through release 3.0 by
Cornell University and its collaborators. Gated is based on Kirton’s EGP, UC Berkeley’s routing daemon (routed), and DCN’s HELLO routing protocol.
Development of Gated has been supported in part by the National Science Foundation. Portions of the GateD software copyright © 1988, Regents of the
University of California. All rights reserved. Portions of the GateD software copyright © 1991, D. L. S. Associates.
Juniper Networks, the Juniper Networks logo, NetScreen, NetScreen Technologies, the NetScreen logo, NetScreen-Global Pro, ScreenOS, and GigaScreen are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
The following are trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc.: ERX, E-series, ESP, Instant Virtual Extranet, Internet Processor, J2300, J4300, J6300, J-Protect,
J-series, J-Web, JUNOS, JUNOScope, JUNOScript, JUNOSe, M5, M7i, M10, M10i, M20, M40, M40e, M160, M320, M-series, MMD, NetScreen-5GT,
NetScreen-5XP, NetScreen-5XT, NetScreen-25, NetScreen-50, NetScreen-204, NetScreen-208, NetScreen-500, NetScreen-5200, NetScreen-5400,
NetScreen-IDP 10, NetScreen-IDP 100, NetScreen-IDP 500, NetScreen-Remote Security Client, NetScreen-Remote VPN Client, NetScreen-SA 1000 Series,
NetScreen-SA 3000 Series, NetScreen-SA 5000 Series, NetScreen-SA Central Manager, NetScreen Secure Access, NetScreen-SM 3000, NetScreen-Security
Manager, NMC-RX, SDX, Stateful Signature, T320, T640, T-series, and TX Matrix. All other trademarks, service marks, registered trademarks, or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners. All specifications are subject to change without notice.
Products made or sold by Juniper Networks or components thereof might be covered by one or more of the following patents that are owned by or licensed to Juniper Networks: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,473,599, 5,905,725, 5,909,440, 6,192,051, 6,333,650, 6,359,479, 6,406,312, 6,429,706, 6,459,579, 6,493,347,
6,538,518, 6,538,899, 6,552,918, 6,567,902, 6,578,186, and 6,590,785.
Copyright © 2005, Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved. Printed in USA.
JUNOS Internet Software for M-series and T-series Routing Platforms Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Copyright © 2005, Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved. Printed in USA.
Writer: Donice G. Mitchell
Editor: Sonia Saruba
Covers and template design: Edmonds Design
Thanks to Damien Halloway, Jim Boyle, John Hammond, John Jacobs, Majid Ansari, Nitin Serro, Richard Southerland, and Robert Kim for their help with the revision of this guide.
Revision History
21 March 2005—Revision 1
The information in this document is current as of the date listed in the revision history.
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.
Year 2000 Notice
Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. The JUNOS software has no known time-related limitations through the year
2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.
Software License
The terms and conditions for using this software are described in the software license contained in the acknowledgment to your purchase order or, to the extent applicable, to any reseller agreement or end-user purchase agreement executed between you and Juniper Networks. By using this software, you indicate that you understand and agree to be bound by those terms and conditions.
Generally speaking, the software license restricts the manner in which you are permitted to use the software and may contain prohibitions against certain uses. The software license may state conditions under which the license is automatically terminated. You should consult the license for further details.
For complete product documentation, please see the Juniper Networks Web site at www.juniper.net/techpubs.
End User License Agreement
READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") BEFORE DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, OR USING THE SOFTWARE.
BY
DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, OR USING THE SOFTWARE OR OTHERWISE EXPRESSING YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN, YOU
(AS CUSTOMER OR IF YOU ARE NOT THE CUSTOMER, AS A REPRESENTATIVE/AGENT AUTHORIZED TO BIND THE CUSTOMER) CONSENT TO BE BOUND
BY THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT OR CANNOT AGREE TO THE TERMS CONTAINED HEREIN, THEN (A) DO NOT DOWNLOAD, INSTALL, OR USE THE
SOFTWARE, AND (B) YOU MAY CONTACT JUNIPER NETWORKS REGARDING LICENSE TERMS.
1. The Parties. The parties to this Agreement are Juniper Networks, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively "Juniper"), and the person or organization that originally purchased from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller the applicable license(s) for use of the Software ("Customer") (collectively, the "Parties").
2. The Software.
In this Agreement, "Software" means the program modules and features of the Juniper or Juniper-supplied software, and updates and releases of such software, for which Customer has paid the applicable license or support fees to Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller.
3. License Grant.
Subject to payment of the applicable fees and the limitations and restrictions set forth herein, Juniper grants to Customer a non-exclusive and non-transferable license, without right to sublicense, to use the Software, in executable form only, subject to the following use restrictions: a. Customer shall use the Software solely as embedded in, and for execution on, Juniper equipment originally purchased by Customer from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller, unless the applicable Juniper documentation expressly permits installation on non-Juniper equipment.
b. Customer shall use the Software on a single hardware chassis having a single processing unit, or as many chassis or processing units for which Customer has paid the applicable license fees. c. Other Juniper documentation for the Software (such as product purchase documents, documents accompanying the product, the Software user manual(s), Juniper's website for the Software, or messages displayed by the Software) may specify limits to Customer's use of the Software. Such limits may restrict use to a maximum number of seats, concurrent users, sessions, subscribers, nodes, or transactions, or require the purchase of separate licenses to use particular features, functionalities, or capabilities, or provide temporal or geographical limits. Customer's use of the Software shall be subject to all such limitations and purchase of all applicable licenses.
The foregoing license is not transferable or assignable by Customer. No license is granted herein to any user who did not originally purchase the applicable license(s) for the Software from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller.
4. Use Prohibitions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the license provided herein does not permit the Customer to, and Customer agrees not to and shall not:
(a) modify, unbundle, reverse engineer, or create derivative works based on the Software; (b) make unauthorized copies of the Software (except as necessary for backup purposes); (c) rent, transfer, or grant any rights in and to any copy of the Software, in any form, to any third party; (d) remove any proprietary notices, labels, or marks on or in any copy of the Software; (e) distribute any copy of the Software to any third party, including as may be embedded in
Juniper equipment sold in the secondhand market; (f) use any 'locked' or key-restricted feature, function, or capability without first purchasing the applicable license(s) and obtaining a valid key from Juniper, even if such feature, function, or capability is enabled without a key; (g) distribute any key for the Software provided by Juniper to any third party; (h) use the Software in any manner that extends or is broader than the uses purchased by Customer from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller; (i) use the Software on non-Juniper equipment where the Juniper documentation does not expressly permit installation on non-Juniper equipment; (j) use the Software (or make it available for use) on Juniper equipment that the Customer did not originally purchase from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller; or (k) use the Software in any manner other than as expressly provided herein.
5. Audit.
Customer shall maintain accurate records as necessary to verify compliance with this Agreement. Upon request by Juniper, Customer shall furnish such records to Juniper and certify its compliance with this Agreement.
6. Confidentiality.
The Parties agree that aspects of the Software and associated documentation are the confidential property of Juniper. As such, Customer shall exercise all reasonable commercial efforts to maintain the Software and associated documentation in confidence, which at a minimum includes restricting access to the Software to Customer employees and contractors having a need to use the Software.
7. Ownership.
Juniper and Juniper's licensors, respectively, retain ownership of all right, title, and interest (including copyright) in and to the Software, associated documentation, and all copies of the Software. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a transfer or conveyance of any right, title, or interest in the
Software or associated documentation, or a sale of the Software, associated documentation, or copies of the Software.
8. Warranty, Limitation of Liability, Disclaimer of Warranty.
If the Software is distributed on physical media (such as CD), Juniper warrants for 90 days from delivery that the media on which the Software is delivered will be free of defects in material and workmanship under normal use. This limited warranty extends only to the Customer. Except as may be expressly provided in separate documentation from Juniper, no other warranties apply to the
Software, and the Software is otherwise provided AS IS. Customer assumes all risks arising from use of the Software. Customer's sole remedy and Juniper's entire liability under this limited warranty is that Juniper, at its option, will repair or replace the media containing the Software, or provide a refund, provided that Customer makes a proper warranty claim to Juniper, in writing, within the warranty period. Nothing in this Agreement shall give rise to any obligation to support the Software. Any such support shall be governed by a separate, written agreement. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Juniper shall not be liable for any liability for lost profits, loss of data or costs or procurement of substitute goods or services, or for any special, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of this Agreement, the Software, or any Juniper or Juniper-supplied software. In no event shall Juniper be liable for damages arising from unauthorized or improper use of any Juniper or Juniper-supplied software.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN OR IN SEPARATE DOCUMENTATION PROVIDED FROM JUNIPER AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,
JUNIPER DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES IN AND TO THE SOFTWARE (WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE), INCLUDING
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT DOES JUNIPER
WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY EQUIPMENT OR NETWORK RUNNING THE SOFTWARE, WILL OPERATE WITHOUT ERROR OR
INTERRUPTION, OR WILL BE FREE OF VULNERABILITY TO INTRUSION OR ATTACK.
9. Termination.
Any breach of this Agreement or failure by Customer to pay any applicable fees due shall result in automatic termination of the license granted herein. Upon such termination, Customer shall destroy or return to Juniper all copies of the Software and related documentation in Customer's possession or control.
10. Taxes.
All license fees for the Software are exclusive of taxes, withholdings, duties, or levies (collectively "Taxes"). Customer shall be responsible for paying Taxes arising from the purchase of the license, or importation or use of the Software.
11. Export.
Customer agrees to comply with all applicable export laws and restrictions and regulations of any United States and any applicable foreign agency or authority, and not to export or re-export the Software or any direct product thereof in violation of any such restrictions, laws or regulations, or without all necessary approvals. Customer shall be liable for any such violations. The version of the Software supplied to you may contain encryption or other capabilities restricting your ability to export the Software without an export license.
12. Commercial Computer Software.
The Software is "commercial computer software" and is provided with restricted rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States government is subject to restrictions set forth in this Agreement and as provided in DFARS 227.7201 through 227.7202-4,
FAR 12.212, FAR 27.405(b)(2), FAR 52.227-19, or FAR 52.227-14(ALT III) as applicable.
13. Miscellaneous.
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflicts of laws principles. For any disputes arising under this Agreement, the Parties hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state and federal courts within Santa Clara County, California. This Agreement constitutes the entire and sole agreement between Juniper and the Customer with respect to the
Software, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements relating to the Software, whether oral or written (including any inconsistent terms contained in a purchase order), except that the terms of a separate written agreement executed by an authorized Juniper representative and Customer shall govern to the extent such terms are inconsistent or conflict with terms contained herein. No modification to this Agreement nor any waiver of any rights hereunder shall be effective unless expressly assented to in writing by the party to be charged. If any portion of this Agreement is held invalid, the Parties agree that such invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.
If you have any questions about this agreement, contact Juniper Networks at the following address:
!
iii
iv !
Juniper Networks, Inc.
1194 North Mathilda Avenue
Sunnyvale, CA 94089 USA
Attn: Contracts Administrator
Abbreviated Table of Contents
About This Manual xxvii
Part 1 Understanding M-series and T-series Internet Routers
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
M5 and M10 Internet Router Overview
M7i Internet Router Overview
M10i Internet Router Overview
M20 Internet Router Overview
M40 Internet Router Overview
M40e Internet Router Overview
M160 Internet Router Overview
Chapter 8
Chapter 9
M320 Internet Router Overview
T320 Internet Router Overview
Chapter 10 T640 Internet Routing Node Overview
3
7
11
15
19
23
27
31
35
39
Part 2 Understanding Methodology and Tools for Monitoring
Router Components
Chapter 11 Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components 47
Part 3 Monitoring Key and Common Router Components
Chapter 12 Monitoring Key Router Components
Chapter 13 Monitoring the Router Chassis
Chapter 14
Chapter 15
Monitoring the Routing Engine
Monitoring FPCs
Chapter 16 Monitoring PICs
Chapter 17 Monitoring the Craft Interface
Chapter 18 Monitoring Power Supplies
Chapter 19 Monitoring the Cooling System
Chapter 20 Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
91
107
125
163
183
197
217
251
275
Abbreviated Table of Contents !
v
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Part 4 Monitoring M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing
Node-Specific Components
Chapter 21 Monitoring the Host Subsystem
Chapter 22
Chapter 23
Monitoring the Control Board
Monitoring the SCGs
Chapter 24 Monitoring the SIBs
289
301
315
325
Part 5 Monitoring M40e and M160 Internet Router-Specific
Components
Chapter 25 Monitoring the Host Module
Chapter 26 Monitoring the SFMs
Chapter 27 Monitoring the MCS
Chapter 28 Monitoring the PCG
Chapter 29 Monitoring the CIP
341
347
359
369
381
Part 6 Monitoring M40 Internet Router-Specific Components
Chapter 30 Monitoring the SCB 393
Part 7 Monitoring M20 Internet Router-Specific Components
Chapter 31 Monitoring the SSB 405
Part 8 Monitoring M7i and M10i Router-Specific Components
Chapter 32 Monitoring the CFEBs
Chapter 33 Monitoring the HCM
Chapter 34 Monitoring the FIC
417
431
443
Part 9 Monitoring M5 and M10 Router-Specific Components
Chapter 35 Monitoring the FEB 453 vi !
Abbreviated Table of Contents
Abbreviated Table of Contents
Part 10 Monitoring Redundant Router Components
Chapter 36 Host Redundancy Overview
Chapter 37
Chapter 38
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
Chapter 39 Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 40 Monitoring Redundant SIBs
Chapter 41
Chapter 42
Monitoring Redundant SCGs
Monitoring Redundant Control Boards
Chapter 43 Monitoring Redundant MCSs
Chapter 44 Monitoring Redundant SFMs
Chapter 45 Monitoring Redundant PCGs
Chapter 46 Monitoring Redundant SSBs
Chapter 47 Monitoring Redundant CFEBs
Chapter 48 Monitoring Redundant HCMs
Part 11
Appendix A
Appendices
Command-Line Interface Overview
Part 12 Index
Index
633
659
551
559
567
577
595
605
617
623
463
491
507
523
543
Abbreviated Table of Contents !
vii
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware viii !
Abbreviated Table of Contents
Table of Contents
About This Manual xxvii
Objectives .................................................................................................. xxvii
Audience.................................................................................................... xxvii
Document Organization ............................................................................ xxviii
Chapter Organization ................................................................................ xxviii
Documentation Conventions....................................................................... xxix
Related Juniper Networks Documentation.................................................... xxx
Documentation Feedback .......................................................................... xxxii
Requesting Support................................................................................... xxxiii
Part 1 Understanding M-series and T-series Internet Routers
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
M5 and M10 Internet Router Overview 3
M5 and M10 Router Components .................................................................... 4
Monitoring M5 and M10 Router Components .................................................. 5
M7i Internet Router Overview 7
M7i Router Components .................................................................................. 8
Monitoring M7i Router Components ................................................................ 9
M10i Internet Router Overview 11
M10i Router Components .............................................................................. 12
Monitoring M10i Router Components ............................................................ 13
M20 Internet Router Overview 15
M20 Router Components ............................................................................... 16
Monitoring M20 Router Components ............................................................. 17
M40 Internet Router Overview 19
M40 Router Components ............................................................................... 20
Monitoring M40 Router Components ............................................................. 21
M40e Internet Router Overview 23
M40e Router Major Hardware Components ................................................... 24
Monitoring M40e Router Components ........................................................... 25
Table of Contents !
ix
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
Chapter 9
Chapter 10
M160 Internet Router Overview 27
M160 Router Major Hardware Components ................................................... 28
Monitoring M160 Router Components ........................................................... 29
M320 Internet Router Overview 31
M320 Router Major Hardware Components ................................................... 32
Monitoring M320 Router Components ........................................................... 33
T320 Internet Router Overview 35
T320 Router Major Hardware Components.................................................... 37
Monitoring T320 Router Components ............................................................ 38
T640 Internet Routing Node Overview 39
T640 Routing Node Major Hardware Components ......................................... 41
Monitoring T640 Routing Node Components ................................................. 42
Part 2 Understanding Methodology and Tools for Monitoring
Router Components
Chapter 11 Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router
Components 47
Basic Router Component Monitoring Method................................................. 47
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools .................................................... 49
Common Operational Mode CLI Commands To Monitor Router
Components ..................................................................................... 53
Using the Basic Monitoring Method................................................................ 55
Check the Router Component Status ....................................................... 56
Check the Router Craft Interface ....................................................... 56
Check the Component LEDs.............................................................. 57
Display Detailed Component Environmental Information ................. 59
Display Detailed Component Operational Information...................... 60
Gather Component Alarm Information .................................................... 60
Display the Current Router Alarms.................................................... 61
Display Error Messages in the Messages Log File .............................. 83
Display Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................... 83
Verify the Component Problem ...............................................................84
Fix the Problem ....................................................................................... 84
Contact JTAC ........................................................................................... 84
Return the Failed Component.................................................................. 86 x !
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Part 3 Monitoring Key and Common Router Components
Chapter 12
Chapter 13
Chapter 14
Monitoring Key Router Components 91
Understanding Key Router Components ........................................................ 92
Packet Forwarding Engine ....................................................................... 92
Data Flow Through the Router Packet Forwarding Engine ................ 93
Routing Engine ...................................................................................... 104
Routing Engine Functions ............................................................... 105
Monitoring the Router Chassis 107
Understanding the Router Chassis ............................................................... 108
Checking the Router Chassis Component Status ..........................................117
Display the Hardware Components Installed in the Router Chassis ....... 117
Check the Component Environmental Status......................................... 118
Check the Component Status from the Craft Interface........................... 118
Checking Router Alarms............................................................................... 119
Display Current Component Alarms ...................................................... 120
Display Component Error Messages in the System Log File................... 121
Display Component Errors in the Chassis Daemon Log File................... 122
Verifying Router Component Failure ............................................................ 122
Replacing a Failed Component..................................................................... 122
Monitoring the Routing Engine 125
Understanding the Routing Engine............................................................... 127
Routing Engine Types and Characteristics ............................................. 127
M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine.............................................. 128
M5, M10, M20, M40, M40e, and M160 Router Routing Engines ..... 129
M320 Router Routing Engine .......................................................... 129
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine ..................... 130
Routing Engine Locations ...................................................................... 130
M5, M10, and M20 Router Routing Engines Location......................131
M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine Location ............................... 131
M40 Router Routing Engine Location .............................................. 132
M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine Location ........................... 133
M320 Router Routing Engine Location ............................................ 134
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Location....... 134
Routing Engine Redundancy.................................................................. 135
Routing Engine Component Companionship ......................................... 135
Routing Engine Boot Devices................................................................. 135
Routing Engine Storage Media ............................................................... 136
Table of Contents !
xi
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status .......................................................... 136
Check the Detailed Routing Engine Status ............................................. 137
Check the Routing Engine LEDs.............................................................138
Check the M7i Routing Engine LEDs ............................................... 139
Check the M10i Router Routing Engine LEDs .................................. 139
Check the M20 Router Routing Engine LEDs...................................140
Check the M40 Router Routing Engine LEDs...................................142
Check the M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine LEDs ................143
Check the M320 Router Routing Engine LEDs................................. 144
Check the T320 Router Routing Engine LEDs.................................. 144
Check the T640 Routing Node Routing Engine LEDs ....................... 145
Check the Redundant Routing Engine Status from the Craft Interface
CLI Output ...................................................................................... 146
Verifying Routing Engine Failure.................................................................. 149
Check Core Files If the Routing Engine Reboots .................................... 149
List the Core Files Generated After A Crash Occurs ......................... 149
Display the Messages Log File After A Crash Occurs ....................... 150
Example of When No Core File Is Generated...................................150
Example of Boot Messages If Routing Engine Fails to Boot ............. 150
Check for Compact Flash Media and Hard Disk Failure ......................... 150
When the Compact Flash Is Removed from the Boot List................151
Determine Why Compact Flash Did Not Mount .............................. 151
When the Hard Disk Is Removed from the Boot List ....................... 152
Verify That the Hard Disk Did Not Mount........................................ 152
Verify That the Hard Disk Is Missing from The Boot List ................. 153
View Alarms When Media Is Removed from the Boot List .............. 153
Understand What Happens When Memory Failures Occur .................... 154
Check the Router File System and Boot Disk ......................................... 154
Display the Current Routing Engine Alarms........................................... 155
Display Error Messages in the System Log File ...................................... 155
Document the Events Prior to the Failure .............................................. 156
Getting Routing Engine Hardware Information ............................................ 157
Display Routing Engine Hardware Information...................................... 157
Locate the Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label................................ 158
M7i Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location.......... 158
M10i Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location........ 158
Teknor Type 2 Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location .... 158
M40 Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location.........159
M320 Router Serial Number ID Label Location................................ 160
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Serial Number ID Label
Location.................................................................................... 160
Removing a Routing Engine ......................................................................... 161 xii !
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 15
Chapter 16
Chapter 17
Monitoring FPCs 163
Understanding FPCs..................................................................................... 164
Checking the FPC Status .............................................................................. 166
Check FPC Status and Utilization ........................................................... 166
Check FPC Status and Uptime ............................................................... 167
Check FPC Status and Temperature....................................................... 167
Check the FPC LED States ..................................................................... 168
Checking for FPC Alarms ............................................................................. 169
Display the Current FPC Alarms ............................................................ 169
Display FPC Error Messages in the System Log File ............................... 170
Display FPC Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................171
Verifying FPC Failure ................................................................................... 173
Document Events Prior to the FPC Failure............................................. 173
Check the FPC Installation ..................................................................... 173
Check the FPC Fuses ............................................................................. 174
Take the FPC Offline.............................................................................. 175
Perform an FPC Swap Test .................................................................... 176
Display the FPC Software Version Information ...................................... 176
Display the FPC Hardware Information ................................................. 177
Locate the FPC Serial Number ID Label ................................................. 177
Replacing an FPC ......................................................................................... 181
Monitoring PICs 183
Understanding PICs ..................................................................................... 184
Checking the PIC Status ............................................................................... 186
Display the PIC Media Type and FPC Status ..........................................186
Display the PIC Interface Status Information ......................................... 187
Check the PIC LED States ...................................................................... 188
Checking PIC Alarms.................................................................................... 189
Check Current Chassis Alarms ............................................................... 189
Display Error Messages in the System Log File ...................................... 190
Verifying PIC Failure .................................................................................... 190
Perform a PIC Swap Test ....................................................................... 190
Display PIC Hardware Information ........................................................ 191
Locate the PIC Serial Number ID Label .................................................. 192
Replacing a PIC ............................................................................................ 195
Monitoring the Craft Interface 197
Understanding the Craft Interface ................................................................ 199
Monitoring the Craft Interface Status ........................................................... 203
View the Craft Interface Status .............................................................. 203
Check the Craft Interface Environmental Status .................................... 203
Viewing Craft Interface Information from the Command Line ..................... 204
Verifying Craft Interface Failure ...................................................................205
Display Craft Interface Alarms ............................................................... 206
Display Craft Interface Error Messages in the System Log File............... 207
Display Craft Interface Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File .........208
Display Craft Interface Hardware Information ....................................... 208
Table of Contents !
xiii
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chapter 18
Replacing the Craft Interface........................................................................ 209
Replace the M20 Router Craft Interface ................................................. 209
Replace the M40 Router Craft Interface ................................................. 209
Replace the M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface .............................. 210
Replace the M320 Router Craft Interface ............................................... 211
Replace the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft Interface.......... 212
Locating the Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label..................................... 213
Locate the M20 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label .............. 213
Locate the M40 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label .............. 214
Locate the M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface Serial Number
ID Label .......................................................................................... 214
Locate the M320 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label............ 215
Locate the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft Interface
Serial Number ID Label ...................................................................215
Returning the Craft Interface........................................................................ 215
Monitoring Power Supplies 217
Understanding Power Supplies..................................................................... 218
M5/M10 Router Power Supplies.............................................................219
M7i Router Power Supplies.................................................................... 220
M10i Router Power Supplies.................................................................. 221
M20 Router Power Supplies...................................................................222
M40 Router Power Supplies...................................................................223
M40e Router Power Supplies ................................................................. 224
M160 Router Power Supplies................................................................. 226
M320 Router Power Supplies................................................................. 227
T320 Router Power Supplies.................................................................. 228
T640 Routing Node Power Supplies....................................................... 229
Checking the Power Supply Cables .............................................................. 229
Checking the Power Supply Status ............................................................... 230
Check the Power Supply Environmental Status ..................................... 230
Check the Power Supply LEDs ............................................................... 232
Checking for Power Supply Alarms .............................................................. 235
Display Current Power Supply Alarms ................................................... 235
Display Power Supply Error Messages in the System Log File................238
Display Power Supply Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon
Log File ........................................................................................... 238
Verifying Power Supply Failure .................................................................... 239
Check the Power Supply Power Switch.................................................. 239
Check the Circuit Breaker ...................................................................... 239
Perform a Power Supply Swap Test ....................................................... 240
Check the Router Cooling System.......................................................... 240
Test the Power Supply ........................................................................... 241
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information ............................................... 241
Display the Power Supply Hardware Information .................................. 242
Locate the Power Supply Serial Number ID Label .................................. 242
Replacing the Power Supplies ...................................................................... 250 xiv !
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 19
Chapter 20
Monitoring the Cooling System 251
Understanding the Cooling System .............................................................. 252
M5 and M10 Router Cooling Systems .................................................... 253
M7i Router Cooling System ...................................................................253
M10i Router Cooling System ................................................................. 254
M20 Router Cooling System .................................................................. 255
M40 Router Cooling System .................................................................. 256
M40e and M160 Router Cooling Systems .............................................. 259
M320 Router Cooling System ................................................................ 261
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cooling Systems.......................... 263
Checking the Cooling System Status ............................................................ 267
Checking the Cooling System Alarms ........................................................... 269
Check the Alarm Indicators on the Craft Interface ................................. 270
Display Current Cooling System Alarms ................................................270
Display Cooling System Error Messages in the System Log File ............. 271
Maintaining the Air Filter ............................................................................. 272
Verifying a Fan Failure ................................................................................. 272
Verifying an Impeller Failure........................................................................ 273
Replacing a Cooling System Component ...................................................... 273
Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and
Connectors 275
Understanding the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors ..... 276
M5 and M10 Router Cable Management System ...................................277
M10i Router Cable Management System ............................................... 277
M20 Router Cable Management System ................................................278
M40 Router Cable Management System ................................................279
M40e and M160 Router Cable Management System .............................280
M320 Router Cable Management System .............................................. 280
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cable Management System.........281
Maintaining the PIC Cables ..........................................................................281
Maintaining the PIC Fiber-Optic Cable ......................................................... 282
Cleaning the Transceivers ............................................................................ 282
Checking the PIC Port Status........................................................................ 283
Check the PIC or FPC LED Status........................................................... 283
Display the PIC Media Type ...................................................................284
Maintaining the Power Cables...................................................................... 285
Maintaining Routing Engine External Cables ................................................285
Replacing the Cable Management System.................................................... 285
Table of Contents !
xv
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Part 4 Monitoring M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing
Node-Specific Components
Chapter 21
Chapter 22
Chapter 23
Monitoring the Host Subsystem 289
Understanding the Host Subsystem .............................................................290
M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engines .........291
M320 Router Routing Engine .......................................................... 291
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine ..................... 291
M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Control Boards ........... 292
M320 Router Control Board ............................................................ 292
T320 Router Control Board .............................................................292
T640 Routing Node Control Board .................................................. 293
Host Subsystem Location....................................................................... 294
Checking the Host Subsystem Status............................................................ 295
Checking the Routing Engine Status.............................................................297
Checking the Control Board Status ............................................................... 298
Monitoring the Control Board 301
Understanding the Control Board................................................................. 303
M320 Router Control Board...................................................................303
T320 Router Control Board.................................................................... 304
T640 Routing Node Control Board ......................................................... 304
M320, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Control Board Location ...305
Monitoring the Control Board Status ............................................................ 306
Check the Control Board Environmental Status ..................................... 306
Check the Control Board Status from the Craft Interface ....................... 307
Checking the Control Board Alarms .............................................................308
Display Control Board Alarms................................................................ 308
Check the Control Board LEDs............................................................... 309
Display Control Board Error Messages in the System Log File ............... 309
Display Control Board Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon
Log File ........................................................................................... 309
Verifying Control Board Failure .................................................................... 310
Check the Control Board Connection ..................................................... 310
Check the Control Board Fuses .............................................................. 311
Perform a Control Board Swap Test....................................................... 312
Display the Control Board Hardware Information.................................. 313
Locate the Control Board Serial Number ID Label .................................. 314
Returning the Control Board ........................................................................ 314
Monitoring the SCGs 315
Understanding the SCG ................................................................................316
Monitoring the SCG Status............................................................................ 317
Monitor the SCG Environmental Status.................................................. 317
Display the SCG LED States at the Command Line ................................ 318
Look at the SCG LEDs on the Faceplate ................................................. 319
Determining SCG Mastership ....................................................................... 319
Display the SCG Master from the Craft Interface Output........................ 319
Look at the SCG LEDs on the Faceplate ................................................. 320
Displaying SCG Alarms................................................................................. 320
Display Current SCG Alarms .................................................................. 320
Display SCG Error Messages in the System Log File............................... 321 xvi !
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 24
Display SCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................321
Verifying SCG Failure ................................................................................... 322
Check the SCG Connection .................................................................... 322
Perform an SCG Swap Test .................................................................... 322
Getting SCG Hardware Information .............................................................. 323
Display the SCG Hardware Information ................................................. 323
Locate the SCG Serial Number ID Label ................................................. 324
Returning the SCG........................................................................................ 324
Monitoring the SIBs 325
Understanding the SIBs................................................................................326
M320 Router SIBs.................................................................................. 329
T320 Router SIBs................................................................................... 329
T640 Routing Node SIBs ........................................................................ 329
Monitoring the SIB Status............................................................................. 329
Display the SIB Summary Status............................................................ 330
Display the SIB LED Status at the Command Line.................................. 330
Check the SIB LED Status on the Faceplate............................................ 330
Display the SIB Environmental Status.................................................... 331
Displaying SIB Alarms .................................................................................. 332
Display Current SIB Alarms ...................................................................332
Display SIB Error Messages in the System Log File ................................ 333
Display SIB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File.................. 333
Verifying SIB Failure..................................................................................... 334
Check the SIB Connection ..................................................................... 334
Check the SIB Fuses............................................................................... 334
Perform an SIB Swap Test ..................................................................... 336
Getting SIB Hardware Information ............................................................... 337
Display SIB Hardware Information ........................................................ 337
Locate the SIB Serial Number ID Label .................................................. 338
Returning the SIB ......................................................................................... 338
Part 5 Monitoring M40e and M160 Internet Router-Specific
Components
Chapter 25
Chapter 26
Monitoring the Host Module 341
Understanding the Host Module...................................................................341
Checking the Host Module Status ................................................................. 344
Checking the Routing Engine Status.............................................................345
Checking the MCS Status.............................................................................. 346
Monitoring the SFMs 347
Understanding the SFMs .............................................................................. 348
Monitoring the SFM Status ........................................................................... 349
Display the SFM Summary Status .......................................................... 349
Display the SFM LED Status at the Command Line ................................ 351
Check the SFM LED Status on the Faceplate ..........................................351
Display the SFM Environmental Status .................................................. 351
Displaying SFM Alarms ................................................................................353
Display Current SFM Alarms.................................................................. 353
Table of Contents !
xvii
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chapter 27
Chapter 28
Display SFM Error Messages in the System Log File .............................. 353
Display SFM Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................354
Verifying SFM Failure ................................................................................... 355
Check the SFM Connection.................................................................... 355
Check the SFM Fuses............................................................................. 355
Perform an SFM Swap Test.................................................................... 356
Getting SFM Hardware Information .............................................................357
Display SFM Hardware Information....................................................... 357
Locate the SFM Serial Number ID Label................................................. 357
Replacing the SFM .......................................................................................358
Monitoring the MCS 359
Understanding the MCS ............................................................................... 360
Checking the MCS Status.............................................................................. 362
Check the MCS Environmental Status .................................................... 362
Check the MCS Status from the Craft Interface ...................................... 363
Check the MCS LEDs ............................................................................. 364
Verifying MCS Failure................................................................................... 365
Check the MCS Fuses............................................................................. 365
Perform an MCS Swap Test ...................................................................366
Getting MCS Hardware Information .............................................................367
Display the MCS Hardware Information ................................................367
Locate the MCS Serial Number ID Label................................................. 368
Returning the MCS .......................................................................................368
Monitoring the PCG 369
Understanding the PCG ................................................................................370
Monitoring the PCG Status ........................................................................... 371
Monitor the PCG Environmental Status.................................................. 371
Display the PCG LED States at the Command Line ................................ 372
Look at the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate ................................................. 373
Determining PCG Mastership ....................................................................... 373
Display the PCG Master in the Craft Interface Output ............................ 373
Look at the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate ................................................. 374
Display the Packet Forwarding Engine Current Clock Source................. 374
Displaying PCG Alarms ................................................................................375
Display Current PCG Alarms .................................................................. 375
Display PCG Error Messages in the System Log File............................... 375
Display PCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................375
Verifying PCG Failure ................................................................................... 376
Check the PCG Connection .................................................................... 376
Check the PCG Fuses ............................................................................. 377
Perform a PCG Swap Test...................................................................... 378
Getting PCG Hardware Information.............................................................. 378
Display the PCG Hardware Information ................................................. 379
Locate the PCG Serial Number ID Label ................................................. 379
Replacing the PCG........................................................................................ 379 xviii !
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 29 Monitoring the CIP 381
Understanding the CIP ................................................................................. 382
Monitoring the CIP Status............................................................................. 384
Checking for CIP Alarms .............................................................................. 385
Display Current CIP Alarms ...................................................................385
Display CIP Error Messages in the System Log File................................ 385
Display CIP Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................. 386
Verifying CIP Failure .................................................................................... 386
Check the CIP Connection ..................................................................... 386
Check the Ethernet Port Functionality ................................................... 386
Performing a CIP Swap Test .................................................................. 387
Getting CIP Hardware Information ............................................................... 388
Display CIP Hardware Information ........................................................ 388
Locating the CIP Serial Number ID Label ............................................... 389
Replacing the CIP......................................................................................... 389
Part 6 Monitoring M40 Internet Router-Specific Components
Chapter 30 Monitoring the SCB 393
Understanding the SCB ................................................................................394
Monitoring the SCB Status............................................................................ 395
Display the SCB Environmental Status................................................... 396
Display the SCB Detailed Status .............................................................396
Check the SCB LED Status ..................................................................... 397
Checking for SCB Alarms ............................................................................. 398
Display SCB Error Messages in the System Log File ............................... 398
Display SCB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................399
Verifying SCB Failure ................................................................................... 400
Check the SCB Connection .................................................................... 400
Perform an SCB Swap Test .................................................................... 400
Getting SCB Hardware Information .............................................................. 401
Display the SCB Hardware Information ................................................. 401
Locate the SCB Serial Number ID Label ................................................. 402
Display the SCB Firmware Version ........................................................ 402
Returning the SCB........................................................................................ 402
Table of Contents !
xix
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Part 7 Monitoring M20 Internet Router-Specific Components
Chapter 31 Monitoring the SSB 405
Understanding the SSB................................................................................. 406
Monitoring the SSB Status ............................................................................ 408
Display the SSB Environmental Status ................................................... 408
Display the SSB Detailed Status .............................................................409
Check the SSB LEDs............................................................................... 409
Checking for SSB Alarms.............................................................................. 410
Display SSB Error Messages in the System Log File ............................... 410
Display SSB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File................. 411
Verifying SSB Failure.................................................................................... 411
Check the SSB Connection..................................................................... 411
Perform a Swap Test on the SSB............................................................ 412
Getting SSB Hardware Information .............................................................. 413
Display the SSB Hardware Information.................................................. 413
Locate the SSB Serial Number ID Label.................................................. 413
Display the SSB Firmware Version......................................................... 414
Replacing the SSB ........................................................................................ 414
Part 8 Monitoring M7i and M10i Router-Specific Components
Chapter 32 Monitoring the CFEBs 417
Understanding the CFEB .............................................................................. 419
Monitoring the CFEB Status..........................................................................421
Display the CFEB Environmental Status................................................. 422
Display the CFEB Detailed Status........................................................... 422
Check CFEB LEDs .................................................................................. 423
Checking for CFEB Alarms ........................................................................... 423
Display CFEB Alarms ............................................................................. 423
Check the CFEB LEDs ............................................................................ 424
Display CFEB Error Messages in the System Log File.............................424
Display CFEB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File .............. 425
Verifying CFEB Failure ................................................................................. 426
Check the CFEB Uptime......................................................................... 426
Check the System Uptime ..................................................................... 427
Check the CFEB Connection .................................................................. 427
Perform a Swap Test on the CFEB ......................................................... 427
Perform a Swap Test on the CFEB ......................................................... 428
Getting CFEB Hardware Information ............................................................ 429
Display the CFEB Hardware Information ............................................... 429
Display the CFEB Firmware Information ............................................... 430
Locate the CFEB Serial Number ID Label ............................................... 430
Returning the CFEB...................................................................................... 430 xx !
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 33
Chapter 34
Monitoring the HCM 431
Understanding the HCM............................................................................... 433
Monitoring the HCM Status ..........................................................................435
Check HCM LEDs................................................................................... 435
Check HCM Environmental Status ......................................................... 435
Check the Companion Routing Engine Status ........................................ 436
Displaying HCM Alarms ............................................................................... 437
Performing A Swap Test............................................................................... 438
Remove an HCM ................................................................................... 439
Install an HCM .......................................................................................441
Getting HCM Hardware Information.............................................................441
Display the HCM Hardware Information................................................442
Locate the HCM Serial Number ID Label ................................................442
Returning the HCM ...................................................................................... 442
Monitoring the FIC 443
Understanding the FIC ................................................................................. 444
Monitoring the FIC Status............................................................................. 445
Understand FIC Slot Numbering ............................................................ 445
Display FIC Status at the Command Line............................................... 445
Check FIC LEDs ..................................................................................... 446
Displaying FIC Alarms.................................................................................. 446
Display the FIC Status............................................................................ 446
Display FIC Errors In the nmessages Log File ........................................ 446
Display FIC Errors In the chassisd Log File ............................................ 447
Verifying FIC Failure .................................................................................... 447
Displaying FIC Hardware Information.......................................................... 448
Display the FIC Hardware Information .................................................. 448
Display the M7i Router Chassis Serial Number ...................................... 448
Removing the FIC ........................................................................................ 449
Returning the FIC......................................................................................... 449
Part 9 Monitoring M5 and M10 Router-Specific Components
Chapter 35 Monitoring the FEB 453
Understanding the FEB ................................................................................454
Monitoring the FEB Status............................................................................ 455
Display the FEB Environmental Status................................................... 455
Display the FEB Detailed Status .............................................................456
Verifying FEB Failure ................................................................................... 456
Check the FEB Uptime........................................................................... 457
Check the System Uptime ..................................................................... 457
Check the FEB Connection .................................................................... 457
Perform a Swap Test on the FEB ........................................................... 458
Getting FEB Hardware Information .............................................................. 459
Display the FEB Hardware Information ................................................. 459
Display the FEB Firmware Information.................................................. 459
Locate the FEB Serial Number ID Label ................................................. 460
Returning the FEB........................................................................................ 460
Table of Contents !
xxi
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Part 10 Monitoring Redundant Router Components
Chapter 36
Chapter 37
Host Redundancy Overview 463
Understanding Redundancy for the Routing Engine, Host Module, and
Host Subsystem..................................................................................... 465
M10i Router Redundant Routing Engines and HCMs .............................465
M20 Router Redundant Routing Engines and SSBs................................ 466
M40e and M160 Router Redundant Host Modules................................. 467
M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Redundant Host
Subsystems ..................................................................................... 468
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy
Connections .......................................................................................... 469
Redundancy Connection for an M10i Router ......................................... 470
Redundancy Connection for an M20 Router ..........................................471
Redundancy Connection for an M40e or M160 Router .......................... 472
Redundancy Connection for an M320 Router ........................................ 473
Redundancy Connection for a T320 Router and T640 Routing Node..... 474
Determining Which Routing Engine You Are Logged In To .......................... 475
Display Routing Engine Status ............................................................... 476
Display the Router Hardware................................................................. 477
Determining Routing Engine Mastership ...................................................... 477
Determine the Routing Engine Mastership By Checking Status.............. 478
Determine Routing Engine Mastership By Checking the LEDs ............... 478
Log In To Backup Routing Engine If graceful-switchover is Configured .. 479
Manually Configuring Master and Backup Routing Engines .......................... 479
Manually Switching Routing Engine Mastership ........................................... 482
Determining Why Mastership Switched ....................................................... 483
Configuring the Backup Routing Engine to Assume Mastership on
Failure of Keepalives ............................................................................. 486
Avoiding Redundancy Problems .................................................................. 487
Operate the Same Type of Routing Engine and JUNOS Software ........... 487
Use the Groups Configuration ................................................................ 487
Synchronize Configurations ...................................................................489
Copy a Configuration File from One Routing Engine to Another............ 489
Use the Proper Shutdown Process on a Backup Routing Engine ............ 490
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines 491
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines ................................................. 493
Redundant Routing Engine Characteristics ............................................ 493
M10i Router Routing Engine Redundancy ............................................. 494
M20 Router Routing Engine Redundancy .............................................. 495
M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine Redundancy............................ 496
M320 Router Routing Engine Redundancy ............................................ 497
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Redundancy ....... 498
Understanding the Redundant Routing Engine Configuration ......................500
Understanding Redundant Routing Engine Automatic Failover .................... 501
Understanding the Default Routing Engine Redundancy Behavior ............... 501
Displaying the Redundant Routing Engines Installed in the Router .............. 502
Checking the Redundant Routing Engine Status........................................... 503
Displaying Redundant Routing Engine Mastership and Backup.................... 503
Displaying Redundant Routing Engine Errors............................................... 504 xxii !
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 38
Chapter 39
Chapter 40
Manually Switching from Master to Backup Routing Engine......................... 504
Replacing a Redundant Routing Engine ....................................................... 506
Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies 507
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies .................................................. 508
M5/M10 Router Redundant Power Supplies........................................... 508
M7i Router Redundant Power Supplies.................................................. 509
M10i Router Redundant Power Supplies................................................510
M20 Router Redundant Power Supplies................................................. 511
M40 Router Redundant Power Supplies................................................. 512
M40e Router Power Supplies nand Location..........................................513
M160 Router Redundant Power Supplies............................................... 515
M320 Router Redundant Power Supplies............................................... 516
T320 Router Redundant Power Supplies................................................517
T640 Routing Node Redundant Power Supplies..................................... 518
Displaying Redundant Power Supplies Installed In The Router..................... 519
Checking the Redundant Power Supply Status ............................................. 521
Checking for Power Supply Alarms .............................................................. 521
Verifying Power Supply Failure .................................................................... 521
Getting Power Hardware Information .......................................................... 521
Replacing a Power Supply ............................................................................ 521
Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components 523
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components .............................524
M5 and M10 Router Redundant Cooling System Components............... 525
M7i Router Redundant Cooling System Components ............................ 526
M10i Router Redundant Cooling System Components .......................... 527
M20 Router Redundant Cooling System Components ........................... 527
M40 Router Redundant Cooling System Components ........................... 529
M40e and M160 Router Redundant Cooling System Components.........531
M320 Router Redundant Cooling System Components ......................... 533
T320 Router Redundant Cooling System Components .......................... 534
T640 Routing Node Redundant Cooling System Components ............... 537
Displaying Redundant Cooling System Components .................................... 539
Checking the Redundant Cooling System Status ..........................................541
Checking the Redundant Cooling System Alarms......................................... 541
Removing a Cooling System Component ..................................................... 541
Returning Redundant Cooling System Components ..................................... 541
Monitoring Redundant SIBs 543
Understanding Redundant SIBs.................................................................... 544
SIB Location and Redundancy ............................................................... 545
M320 Router SIBs ........................................................................... 546
T320 Router SIBs ............................................................................ 546
T640 Routing Node SIBs ................................................................. 546
Displaying Redundant SIB Hardware Information ........................................ 547
Displaying SIB Redundancy Information...................................................... 547
Monitoring Redundant SIB Status................................................................. 548
Displaying SIB Alarms .................................................................................. 548
Performing a Swap Test on a SIB ................................................................. 549
Returning the SIB ......................................................................................... 549
Table of Contents !
xxiii
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chapter 41
Chapter 42
Chapter 43
Chapter 44
Monitoring Redundant SCGs 551
Understanding Redundant SCGs .................................................................. 552
Displaying Redundant SCG Hardware Information....................................... 553
Monitoring Redundant SCG Status ............................................................... 553
Monitor the Redundant SCG Environmental Status................................ 553
Display the Redundant SCG LED States at the Command Line .............. 555
View the Redundant SCG LEDs.............................................................. 555
Displaying Redundant SCG Mastership......................................................... 555
Display the SCG Master and Standby from the Craft Interface Output ...556
View the SCG LEDs ................................................................................556
Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant SCG.............................................. 556
Returning the SCG........................................................................................ 557
Monitoring Redundant Control Boards 559
Understanding Redundant Control Boards ................................................... 561
Displaying Redundant Control Board Hardware Information ....................... 563
Displaying Redundant Control Board Mastership ......................................... 563
Check the Redundant Control Board Environmental Status ................... 564
Check the Redundant Control Board Status from the Craft Interface ..... 565
Check the Redundant Control Board LED Status.................................... 565
Switching Control Board Mastership ............................................................ 565
Checking the Control Board Alarms .............................................................565
Replacing a Control Board............................................................................ 566
Returning the Control Board ........................................................................ 566
Monitoring Redundant MCSs 567
Understanding Redundant MCSs.................................................................. 569
Displaying Redundant MCS Hardware Information ...................................... 570
Monitoring Redundant MCS Status............................................................... 570
Check the Redundant MCS Environmental Status.................................. 571
Check the Redundant MCS Status from the Craft Interface .................... 572
Check the Redundant MCS LED Status .................................................. 573
Displaying Redundant MCS Mastership ........................................................ 573
Switching MCS Mastership ........................................................................... 573
Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant MCS ............................................. 573
Returning an MCS ........................................................................................ 575
Monitoring Redundant SFMs 577
Understanding Redundant SFMs .................................................................. 579
Understanding M40e Router Redundant SFM Configuration ........................ 580
Understanding M40e Router Redundant SFM Operation.............................. 580
Understanding M160 Router Redundant SFM Operation.............................. 580
Displaying Redundant SFM Hardware Information ...................................... 581
Monitoring Redundant SFM Status ............................................................... 581
Display the SFM Summary Status .......................................................... 582
Display the SFM LED Status at the Command Line ................................ 584
Check the SFM LED Status on the Faceplate ..........................................584
Display the SFM Environmental Status .................................................. 585
Displaying Redundant SFM Mastership ........................................................ 587
Display SFM Mastership at the Command Line...................................... 587
Display SFM Mastership Information from the Craft Interface ............... 588 xxiv !
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 45
Chapter 46
Displaying Redundant SFM Alarms .............................................................. 588
Display the Current Redundant SFM Alarms..........................................588
Display SFM Error Messages in the System Log File .............................. 589
Display SFM Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................589
Verifying SFM Failure ................................................................................... 590
Check the SFM Connection.................................................................... 590
Restart the SFM ..................................................................................... 590
Perform an SFM Swap Test.................................................................... 591
Controlling Redundant SFMs........................................................................ 591
Take an SFM Offline .............................................................................. 592
Bring an SFM Online.............................................................................. 592
Switch SFM Mastership..........................................................................593
Replacing an SFM ........................................................................................ 593
Monitoring Redundant PCGs 595
Understanding Redundant PCGs .................................................................. 596
Displaying Redundant PCG Hardware Information ...................................... 597
Monitoring Redundant PCG Status ............................................................... 597
Monitor the Redundant PCG Environmental Status................................ 597
Display the Redundant PCG Status from the Craft Interface .................. 598
Check the PCG LED Status on the Faceplate ..........................................599
Determining Redundant PCG Mastership ..................................................... 599
Display the PCG Master from the Craft Interface ...................................599
Check the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate ................................................... 600
Display the Packet Forwarding Engine Current Clock Source................. 600
Displaying PCG Failure Alarms..................................................................... 600
Replacing a PCG........................................................................................... 601
Bringing the Replaced PCG Online ............................................................... 602
Verifying That the Replaced PCG Is Online................................................... 602
Display the Replaced PCG Environmental Status ...................................602
Display PCG Messages in the System Log File........................................ 603
Display PCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File ................603
Monitoring Redundant SSBs 605
Understanding Redundant SSBs ...................................................................606
Displaying Redundant SSB Configuration..................................................... 608
Displaying Redundant SSB Hardware Information ....................................... 608
Monitoring Redundant SSB Status ................................................................ 609
Display the Redundant SSB Environmental Status ................................. 609
Display the Redundant SSB Detailed Status ........................................... 610
Check the Redundant SSB LEDs ............................................................ 610
Displaying Redundant SSB Mastership ......................................................... 611
Display SSB Mastership from the Command Line .................................. 611
Check the SSB Mastership from the LEDs .............................................. 612
Checking for SSB Alarms.............................................................................. 612
Display the Current SSB Alarms.............................................................612
Display SSB Error Messages in the System Log File ............................... 612
Display SSB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File................. 613
Verifying SSB Failure.................................................................................... 613
Check the SSB Connection..................................................................... 614
Perform a Swap Test on the SSB............................................................ 614
Switch SSB Mastership ................................................................................. 615
Replacing the SSB ........................................................................................ 616
Table of Contents !
xxv
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chapter 47
Chapter 48
Monitoring Redundant CFEBs 617
Understanding Redundant CFEBs ................................................................ 618
Displaying Redundant CFEB Hardware Information..................................... 620
Displaying CFEB Mastership......................................................................... 620
Check CFEB LEDs .................................................................................. 620
Display the CFEB Status......................................................................... 621
Display CFEB Alarms ................................................................................... 621
Verifying CFEB Failure ................................................................................. 621
Returning the CFEB...................................................................................... 621
Monitoring Redundant HCMs 623
Understanding Redundant HCMs ................................................................. 624
Displaying Redundant HCM Hardware Information ..................................... 625
Displaying HCM Status and Mastership ........................................................ 625
Check the HCM LEDs............................................................................. 625
Check the HCM Environmental Status ................................................... 626
Switching HCM Mastership ..........................................................................627
Displaying HCM Alarms ............................................................................... 628
Verifying HCM Failure .................................................................................. 628
Performing a Swap Test on an HCM ............................................................ 629
Returning an HCM .......................................................................................629
Part 11 Appendices
Appendix A Command-Line Interface Overview 633
CLI Operational Mode .................................................................................. 633
Using the CLI Operational Mode ............................................................ 635
Entering the CLI Operational Mode ................................................. 636
Getting Help on Commands at a Hierarchy Level ............................ 636
Getting Help About Commands....................................................... 636
Having the CLI Complete Commands.............................................. 638
Using CLI Command Completion .................................................... 638
Displaying CLI Command History ................................................... 639
CLI Configuration Mode ............................................................................... 639
Configuration Statements and Identifiers............................................... 641
Configuration Statement Hierarchy ....................................................... 644
Using the CLI Configuration Mode ......................................................... 645
Entering Configuration Mode .......................................................... 646
Exiting Configuration Mode.............................................................647
Moving Among Levels of the Hierarchy........................................... 647
Displaying the Current Configuration .............................................. 647
Modifying the Configuration............................................................ 649
Removing a Statement.................................................................... 649
Running Operational Mode CLI Commands from Configuration
Mode ........................................................................................ 649
Displaying Configuration Mode Command History ......................... 650
Committing a Configuration............................................................ 650
Saving a Configuration to a File ...................................................... 651
Returning to a Previously Committed Configuration ....................... 651
Getting Help About Statements ....................................................... 653 xxvi !
Table of Contents
Part 12 Index
Index
Table of Contents
659
Table of Contents !
xxvii
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware xxviii !
Table of Contents
About This Manual
This chapter provides a high-level overview of the JUNOS Internet Software for
M-series and T-series Routing Platforms Hardware Network Operations Guide :
!
Objectives on page xxvii
!
Audience on page xxvii
!
Document Organization on page xxviii
!
Chapter Organization on page xxviii
!
Documentation Conventions on page xxix
!
Related Juniper Networks Documentation on page xxx
!
Documentation Feedback on page xxxii
!
Requesting Support on page xxxiii
Objectives
This manual provides operational information helpful in monitoring Juniper
Networks M-series and T-series router components and isolating potential problems. This manual is not directly related to any particular release of the JUNOS
Internet software.
To obtain the most current version of this manual, refer to the product documentation page on the Juniper Networks Web site, which is located at http://www.juniper.net/ .
Audience
This manual is designed for Network Operations Center (NOC) personnel who monitor a Juniper Networks router.
Objectives !
xxvii
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
It assumes that you have a broad understanding of networks in general, the Internet in particular, networking principles, and network configuration. This manual assumes that you are familiar with one or more of the following Internet routing protocols: Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), Routing Information Protocol (RIP),
Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS), Open Shortest Path First
(OSPF), Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) router discovery, Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP), Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP),
Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM), Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS),
Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP), and Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP).
Personnel operating the equipment must be trained and competent; must not conduct themselves in a careless, willfully negligent, or hostile manner; and must abide by the instructions provided by the documentation.
Document Organization
This manual is divided into several parts. Each part describes the most common tasks for monitoring a particular interface, and the individual chapters within a part describe one or more step-by-step procedures for each task.
This manual also contains a complete index.
Chapter Organization
Most chapters in this manual consist of a checklist at the beginning of the chapter listing the tasks and commands for monitoring the component. The tasks and commands are then explained in step-by-step procedures.
Each step-by-step procedure consists of some or all of the following parts:
!
Purpose—Describes what is affected if this task is not performed or what is accomplished with this task.
!
What Is... —Describes a component (usually hardware).
!
Step(s) To Take—Lists the steps in the task.
!
Action—Describes an action to perform in order to complete the step.
!
Sample Output—Presents sample output relevant to the procedure.
!
What It Means—Describes or summarizes what is presented in the sample output.
!
Symptom/Indications—Describes a problem with the software or hardware.
!
See Also—Lists other topics related to this task.
xxviii !
Document Organization
About This Manual
!
Alternative Actions—Describes other commands or ways of doing the task.
!
Syntax—Describes the full syntax of the command or configuration statement.
For an explanation of how to read the syntax statements, see “Documentation
Conventions” on page xxix.
Documentation Conventions
Table 1 defines notice icons used in this guide.
Table 1: Notice Icons
Icon Meaning Description
Informational note Indicates important features or instructions.
Caution Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage.
Table 2 defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide.
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions
Convention
Bold sans serif typeface
Fixed-width typeface
Italic typeface
Italic sans serif typeface
Sans serif typeface
< > (angle brackets)
| (pipe symbol)
# (pound sign)
Element Example
Represents text that you type.
Represents names of configuration statements, commands, files, and directories; IP addresses; configuration hierarchy levels; or labels on routing platform components.
To enter configuration mode, type the configure command: user@host> configure
Represents output on the terminal screen.
user@host> show chassis alarms
No alarms currently active
!
Introduces important new terms.
!
!
Identifies book names.
Identifies RFC and Internet draft titles.
!
A policy term is a named structure that defines match conditions and actions.
!
JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide
!
RFC 1997, BGP Communities Attribute
Represents variables (options for which you substitute a value) in commands or configuration statements.
Configure the machine’s domain name:
[edit] root@# set system domain-name domain-name
!
To configure a stub area, include the stub statement at the [edit protocols ospf area area-id ] hierarchy level.
!
The console port is labeled CONSOLE .
Enclose optional keywords or variables.
Indicates a choice between the mutually exclusive keywords or variables on either side of the symbol. The set of choices is often enclosed in parentheses for clarity.
Indicates a comment specified on the same line as the configuration statement to which it applies.
stub <default-metric metric >; broadcast | multicast
( string1 | string2 | string3 ) rsvp { # Required for dynamic MPLS only
Documentation Conventions !
xxix
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Convention Element Example
[ ]
;
(square brackets)
Indention and braces (
(semicolon)
{ } )
Enclose a variable for which you can substitute one or more values.
Identify a level in the configuration hierarchy.
Identifies a leaf statement at a configuration hierarchy level.
community name members [ community-ids ]
[edit] routing-options { static { route default { nexthop address; retain;
}
}
}
J-Web GUI Conventions
Bold typeface Represents J-Web graphical user interface
(GUI) items you click or select.
!
In the Logical Interfaces box, select All Interfaces .
!
To cancel the configuration, click Cancel .
> (bold right angle bracket) Separates levels in a hierarchy of J-Web selections.
In the configuration editor hierarchy, select
Protocols>Ospf .
Related Juniper Networks Documentation
Table 3 lists the software and hardware guides and release notes for Juniper
Networks J-series, M-series, and T-series routing platforms and describes the contents of each document. Table 4 lists the books included in the Network
Operations Guide series.
Table 3: Juniper Networks Technical Documentation
Document Description
JUNOS Internet Software for J-series, M-series, and T-series Routing Platforms
Configuration Guides
Feature Guide
JUNOS-FIPS Configuration Guide
MPLS Applications
Provides a detailed explanation and configuration examples for several of the most complex features in the JUNOS software.
(M-series and T-series routing platforms only) Provides an overview of JUNOS-FIPS
140-2 concepts and describes how to install and configure the JUNOS-FIPS software.
Describes FIPS-related commands and how to configure, authorize, and zeroize the
AS II FIPS PIC.
Provides an overview of traffic engineering concepts and describes how to configure traffic engineering protocols.
Multicast Protocols
Network Interfaces and Class of Service
Network Management
Policy Framework
Routing Protocols
Provides an overview of multicast concepts and describes how to configure multicast routing protocols.
Provides an overview of the network interface and class-of-service functions of the
JUNOS software and describes how to configure the network interfaces on the routing platform.
Provides an overview of network management concepts and describes how to configure various network management features, such as SNMP and accounting options.
Provides an overview of policy concepts and describes how to configure routing policy, firewall filters, forwarding options, and cflowd.
Provides an overview of routing concepts and describes how to configure routing, routing instances, and unicast routing protocols.
xxx !
Related Juniper Networks Documentation
About This Manual
Document
Services Interfaces
System Basics
VPNs
Description
Provides an overview of the services interfaces functions of the JUNOS software and describes how to configure the services interfaces on the routing platform.
Provides an overview of the JUNOS software and describes how to install and upgrade the software. This guide also describes how to configure system management functions and how to configure the chassis, including user accounts, passwords, and redundancy.
Provides an overview and describes how to configure Layer 2 and Layer 3 virtual private networks (VPNs), virtual private LAN service (VPLS), and Layer 2 circuits.
Provides configuration examples.
JUNOS References
Network and Services Interfaces
Command Reference
Protocols, Class of Service, and System
Basics Command Reference
System Log Messages Reference
Describes the JUNOS software operational mode commands you use to monitor and troubleshoot network and services interfaces on Juniper Networks J-series, M-series, and T-series routing platforms.
Describes the JUNOS software operational mode commands you use to monitor and troubleshoot most aspects of Juniper Networks J-series, M-series, and T-series routing platforms.
Describes how to access and interpret system log messages generated by JUNOS software modules and provides a reference page for each message.
JUNOScript API Documentation
JUNOScript API Guide Describes how to use the JUNOScript application programming interface (API) to monitor and configure Juniper Networks routing platforms.
JUNOScript API Configuration Reference Provides a reference page for the configuration tags in the JUNOScript API.
JUNOScript API Operational Reference Provides a reference page for the operational tags in the JUNOScript API.
JUNOS Comprehensive Index and Glossary
Comprehensive Index and Glossary Provides a complete index of all JUNOS software books and the JUNOScript API
Guide . Also provides a comprehensive glossary.
JUNOScope Documentation
JUNOScope Software User Guide Describes the JUNOScope software graphical user interface (GUI), how to install and administer the software, and how to use the software to manage routing platform configuration files and monitor routing platform operations.
J-series Services Router Documentation
J-series Services Router Getting Started
Guide
J-series Services Router Configuration
Guide
Provides an overview, basic instructions, and specifications for J-series Services
Routers. The guide explains how to prepare your site for installation, unpack and install the router and its components, install licenses, and establish basic connectivity.
Explains how to configure the interfaces on J-series Services Routers for basic IP routing with standard routing protocols. The guide also shows how to configure virtual private networks (VPNs), configure and manage multicast networks, and apply routing techniques such as policies, firewall filters, IP Security (IPSec) tunnels, and service classification for safer, more efficient routing.
J-series Services Router Administration
Guide
Shows how to manage users and operations, monitor network performance, upgrade software, and diagnose common problems on J-series Services Routers.
M-series and T-series Hardware Documentation
Hardware Guide
PIC Guide
Describes how to install, maintain, and troubleshoot routing platforms and components. Each platform has its own hardware guide.
Describes the routing platform Physical Interface Cards (PICs). Each platform has its own PIC guide.
Related Juniper Networks Documentation !
xxxi
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Document
Release Notes
JUNOS Release Notes
Description
Hardware Release Notes
JUNOScope Software Release Notes
J-series Services Router Release Notes
Summarize new features and known problems for a particular software release, provide corrections and updates to published JUNOS and JUNOScript manuals, provide information that might have been omitted from the manuals, and describe upgrade and downgrade procedures.
Describe the available documentation for the routing platform and the supported
PICs, and summarize known problems with the hardware and accompanying software. Each platform has its own release notes.
Contain corrections and updates to the published JUNOScope manual, provide information that might have been omitted from the manual, and describe upgrade and downgrade procedures.
Briefly describe the J-series Services Router features, identify known hardware problems, and provide upgrade and downgrade instructions.
Table 4: JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guides
Book Description
JUNOS Internet Software for M-series and T-series Routing Platforms
Network Operations Guides
Baseline
Interfaces
MPLS
Hardware
Describes the most basic tasks for running a network using Juniper Networks products. Tasks include upgrading and reinstalling JUNOS software, gathering basic system management information, verifying your network topology, and searching log messages.
Describes tasks for monitoring interfaces. Tasks include using loopback testing and locating alarms.
Describes tasks for configuring, monitoring, and troubleshooting an example MPLS network. Tasks include verifying the correct configuration of the MPLS and RSVP protocols, displaying the status and statistics of MPLS running on all routers in the network, and using the layered MPLS troubleshooting model to investigate problems with an MPLS network.
Describes tasks for monitoring M-series and T-series routing platforms.
Documentation Feedback
We encourage you to provide feedback, comments, and suggestions so that we can improve the documentation. Send your comments to [email protected]
, or fill out the documentation feedback form at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/docbug/docbugreport.html
. If you are using e-mail, be sure to include the following information with your comments:
!
Document name
!
Document part number
!
Page number
!
Software release version xxxii !
Documentation Feedback
About This Manual
Requesting Support
For technical support, open a support case using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or call 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Requesting Support !
xxxiii
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware xxxiv !
Requesting Support
Part 1
Understanding M-series and T-series
Internet Routers
!
M5 and M10 Internet Router Overview on page 3
!
M7i Internet Router Overview on page 7
!
M10i Internet Router Overview on page 11
!
M20 Internet Router Overview on page 15
!
M40 Internet Router Overview on page 19
!
M40e Internet Router Overview on page 23
!
M160 Internet Router Overview on page 27
!
M320 Internet Router Overview on page 31
!
T320 Internet Router Overview on page 35
!
T640 Internet Routing Node Overview on page 39
Understanding M-series and T-series Internet Routers !
1
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
2 !
Understanding M-series and T-series Internet Routers
Chapter 1
M5 and M10 Internet Router Overview
NOTE: See the End-of-sale and End-of-service Announcement for the M5 and M10 routing platforms and products at https://www.juniper.net/support/eol/ .
The M5 and M10 Internet routers provide edge and core applications for small IP networks where space and power are at a premium. The routers support the JUNOS software which provides router configuration and monitoring. (See Figure 1.)
Figure 1: M5 and M10 Routers
M5 router front M10 router front
PICs
PICs
Craft interface
M5 and M10 router rear
Routing Engine
Forwarding Engine
Board
ESD point
Power supplies
ESD point
Fan tray
Craft interface
ESD point
!
3
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The M5 and M10 routers include the router-specific Forwarding Engine Board (FEB) component that provides route lookup, filtering, and sampling, as well as switching to the destination Physical Interface Card (PIC). The FEB performs the function of the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) on other M-series routers. The FEB contains the Internet Processor II application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), two distributed Buffer Manager ASICs, and two I/O Manager ASICs, and is responsible for making forwarding decisions, distributing packets throughout memory, and forwarding notification of outgoing packets.
The M5 and M10 routers provide a wide range of high-performance interfaces from
T1 and E1 through OC12c/STM4 (for the M5 router) or OC48c/STM16 (for the M10 router). PICs between the two routers are interchangeable. For more information about supported PICs and FPCs for each M-series router type, see the appropriate
PIC installation guide.
The M5 and M10 router Internet processor II ASIC forwards packets at a throughput rate of up to 5 Gbps for the M5 router and up to 10 plus Gbps for the M10 router.
The ASIC technology provides such packet processing as rate limiting, filtering, and sampling of IP services.
M5 and M10 Router Components
Table 5 lists the major M5 and M10 router components and characteristics.
Table 5: M5 and M10 Router Major Hardware Components
Component
Cooling system
Craft interface
FEB
PIC
Power supply
Routing Engine
Quantity Function
1 fan tray
(3 fans)
1
Cools router components
1
Displays the status and allows you to perform control functions
Connects PICs to other components and houses shared memory
Provides interfaces to various network media
1–4 M5 routers
1–8 M10 routers
2 AC or 2
DC
1
Distributes needed voltages to components
Handles routing protocols and maintains routing tables
–
–
Yes
–
Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
Yes
–
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
–
Requires router shutdown
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Requires router shutdown
Offline
Button
–
–
–
Yes
–
–
4 !
M5 and M10 Router Components
Chapter 1: M5 and M10 Internet Router Overview
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
Monitoring M5 and M10 Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring the M5 and M10 router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components” on page 523
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
!
“Monitoring the FEB” on page 453
Monitoring M5 and M10 Router Components !
5
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
6 !
Monitoring M5 and M10 Router Components
Chapter 2
M7i Internet Router Overview
Figure 2: M7i Router
M7i router front
The M7i Internet router provides security and performance in small to medium
Points of Presence (PoPs), as well as a carrier-class customer premise equipment
(CPE) solution for managed services and campus border router applications.
(See Figure 2.)
PICs
M7i router rear
PEM0 PEM1
FPC0 EDS point HCM Routing engine Power supplies
The M7i router includes the Compact Forwarding Engine Board (CFEB) which provides route lookup, filtering, and switching on incoming data packets, then directs outbound packets to the appropriate interface for transmission to the network. It can process 16 million packets per second (Mpps). The CFEB communicates with the Routing Engine using a dedicated 100-Mbps link that transfers routing table data from the Routing Engine to the forwarding table. The link is also used to transfer routing link-state updates and other packets destined for the router from the CFEB to the Routing Engine.
A built-in tunnel interface encapsulates arbitrary packets inside a transport protocol, providing a private, secure path through an otherwise public network. The built-in tunnel interface on the CFEB is configured the same way as a PIC. For information about configuring the built-in tunnel interface, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide.
The Adaptive Services PIC-Integrated (ASP-I) is an optional component on the CFEB which performs one or more services on traffic—Stateful firewall, Network Address
Translation (NAT) or intrusion detection services (IDS)—before it reaches its destination.
!
7
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
In addition to accommodating up to four Physical Interface Cards (PICs), the M7i router includes a built-in Fixed Interface Card (FIC) that provides two Fast Ethernet ports or one Gigabit Ethernet port, depending on which FIC or which model was ordered. For more information about Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet interfaces, see the M7i Internet Router PIC Guide .
The M7i router supports various PICs, including ATM, channelized, Ethernet, IP services, and SONET/SDH interfaces. For more information about supported PICs, see the M7i Internet Router PIC Guide .
The M7i router provides a maximum aggregate throughput of 8.4 gigabits per second (Gbps). Control operations in the router are perform Control operations in the router are performed by the Routing Engine, which runs JUNOS software to handle routing protocols, traffic engineering, policy, policing, monitoring, and configuration management. Forwarding operations in the router are performed by the Packet Forwarding Engine.
M7i Router Components
Table 4 lists the major M7i router components and characteristics.
Table 4: M7i Router Major Hardware Components
Component
CFEB
Cooling system
FIC
PIC
Power supply
Routing Engine
Quantity Function
1 Provides route lookup, management of shared memory, transfer of outgoing data packets, and transfer of exception and control packets; includes built-in tunnel interface and optional Adaptive Services
PIC
–
Cools router components – 1 fan tray
(4 fans)
1
Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Built-in
Offline
Button
Hot-pluggable
(routing functions are interrupted when removed)
Yes
–
PICs
On/Off button
1–4
2 AC or
2 DC
1
Receives incoming packets and transmits outgoing packets to the network, displays alarm status, and takes PICs online and offline (2 Fast Ethernet or 1 Gigabit
Ethernet)
–
Provides interfaces to various network media and performs framing and line-speed signaling
–
Distributes needed voltages to components
Yes
Maintains the routing tables, manages the routing protocols, controls the interfaces, controls some chassis components, and provides the interface for system management and user access
–
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Yes
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Yes
Hot-pluggable
(routing functions are interrupted when removed)
Yes
8 !
M7i Router Components
Chapter 2: M7i Internet Router Overview
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
Monitoring M7i Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring the M7i router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the FIC” on page 443
!
“Monitoring the CFEBs” on page 417
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
Monitoring M7i Router Components !
9
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
10 !
Monitoring M7i Router Components
Chapter 3
M10i Internet Router Overview
The M10i Internet router provides high-speed interfaces for medium and large networks and network applications, such as those supported by Internet service providers (ISPs). (See Figure 3.)
Figure 3: M10i Router
M10i router front
FPC0
FPC1
PICs
M10i router rear
Compact Forwarding
Engine Boards
HCM0
HCM1
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
RE0 PEM3
RE1 PEM2
FANTRAY 1
P/S 3
P/S 2
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
P/S 1
P/S 0
NOTE:
FOR NORMAL O UST BE PRESEN
T
FANTRAY O
HCMs Routing Engines Power supplies PEM0 PEM1
The M10i router includes the router-specific Compact Forwarding Engine Board
(CFEB) which performs route lookup, filtering, and switching on incoming data packets, then directs outbound packets to the appropriate Flexible PIC Concentrator
(FPC) for transmission to the network. It can process 16 million packets per second
(Mpps).
A High-Availability Chassis Manager (HCM) works with its companion Routing
Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for router components. The
HCM also displays alarm status and takes Physical Interface Cards (PICs) online and offline.
On the M10i router, built-in FPCs house the PICs that connect the router to network media. The router supports up to eight PICs, including ATM, Channelized, Gigabit
Ethernet, IP Services, and SONET/SDH interfaces. For more information on PICs, see the M10i Internet Router PIC Guide .
Some PICs, such as Gigabit Ethernet PICs, accept small form-factor pluggable tranceivers (SFPs), which are fiber-optic transceivers that can be removed from the
PIC.
!
11
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The M10i router provides a maximum aggregate throughput of 12.8 gigabits per second (Gbps). Control operations in the router are performed by the Routing
Engine, which runs JUNOS software to handle routing protocols, traffic engineering, policy, policing, monitoring, and configuration management. Forwarding operations in the router are performed by the Packet Forwarding Engine.
M10i Router Components
Table 5 lists the major M10i router components and characteristics.
Table 5: M10i Router Major Hardware Components
Component
CFEB
Cooling system
FPC
HCM
PIC
Power supply
SFP
Quantity Function Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
Hot-pluggable 1 or 2 Provides route lookup, filtering, and switching on incoming data packets; directs outbound packets to the appropriate FPC for transmission to the network
Yes
2 fan trays
(8 fans)
Cools router components
2
2
Yes
House the PICs that connect the router to network media
Works with a companion Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for router components; displays alarm status; takes PICs online and offline
–
1–8 –
1–4
AC or DC
Provides interfaces to various network media; receives incoming packets from the network and transmits outgoing packets to the network, performing framing and line-speed signaling for their media type; encapsulates outgoing packets received from the FPCs before transmitting them.
Distributes needed voltages to components
Fiber-optic transceivers that connect to
PICs
Yes
–
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Built-in
Hot-pluggable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Offline
Button
Yes
–
–
–
Yes
(On the
HCM)
Yes
–
Routing Engine 1 or 2 Runs the JUNOS software; maintains the routing tables, manages the routing protocols used on the router, controls the router’s interfaces, controls some chassis components, and provides the interface for system management and user access to the router
Yes Hot-pluggable Yes
12 !
M10i Router Components
Chapter 3: M10i Internet Router Overview
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
Monitoring M10i Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring the M10i router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the FIC” on page 443
!
“Monitoring the CFEBs” on page 417
!
“Monitoring the HCM” on page 431
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
Monitoring M10i Router Components !
13
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
14 !
Monitoring M10i Router Components
Chapter 4
M20 Internet Router Overview
The M20 Internet router provides dedicated access, public and private peering, and hosting sites for medium core IP networks. The M20 router supports the JUNOS software which provides router configuration and monitoring. (See Figure 4.)
Figure 4: M20 Router
Front Rear
Cable management system Fan tray assemblies (3) SSB0
SSB1
Routing
Engines
Rear Routing
Engine panel
Craft interface
FPC0
FPC1
FPC2
FPC3
Cable management system
PICs
(on FPCs)
Power supplies
The M20 router includes the router-specific System and Switch Board (SSB) that provides route lookup, filtering, and sampling to the destination Flexible PIC
Concentrator (FPC). The SSB contains both the Internet Processor II application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) and the Distributed Buffer Manager
ASIC, and makes forwarding decisions, distributes data cells throughout memory, processes exception and control packets, monitors system components, and controls FPC resets. You can install up to two SSBs.
Physical Interface Cards (PICs) are available in supported media types, including
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Channelized, DS3, E1, E3, T1, Ethernet,
SONET/SDH, and IP services. The M20 and M40 router FPCs and PICs are interchangeable, and most of the PICs can also be used in the M40e Internet router.
For more information about supported PICs and FPCs for each M-series router type, see the appropriate PIC installation guide.
!
15
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The M20 router Internet Processor II ASIC forwards packets at a throughput rate of up to 20Gigabits per second (Gbps). An optional redundant switching fabric and
Routing Engine increase system availability and ensure automatic failover in case of component failure. The ASIC technology provides such packet processing as route lookups, filtering, sampling, rate limiting, load balancing, buffer management, switching, and encapsulation and de-encapsulation of IP services.
M20 Router Components
Table 6 lists the major M20 router components and characteristics.
Table 6: M20 Router Major Hardware Components
Component
Cooling system
Craft interface
FPC
PIC
Power supply
Routing Engine
SSB
Quantity Function
3 fan trays and 1 rear
Routing
Engine fan
Cools router components
1
1–4
Displays the status and allows you to perform control functions
Connects PICs to other components and houses shared memory
Provides interfaces to various network media
1–4 per
FPC
2 AC or 2
DC
1–2
1–2
Distributes needed voltages to components
Handles routing protocols and maintains routing tables
Yes
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Performs router lookups, manages shared memory, and transfers control packets
Yes
Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-pluggable
Offline
Button
–
–
Yes
–
–
Yes
–
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
16 !
M20 Router Components
Chapter 4: M20 Internet Router Overview
Monitoring M20 Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring the M20 router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491
!
“Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components” on page 523
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
!
“Monitoring the SSB” on page 405
!
“Monitoring Redundant SSBs” on page 605
Monitoring M20 Router Components !
17
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
18 !
Monitoring M20 Router Components
Chapter 5
M40 Internet Router Overview
Figure 5: M40 Router
Front
Front-rack mounting ear
NOTE: See the End-of-sale and End-of-service Announcement for the M40 routing platform and products at https://www.juniper.net/support/eol/ .
The M40 Internet router provides high-speed forwarding performance, packet processing, and port density for high-growth core IP networks. The M40 router supports the JUNOS software which provides router configuration and monitoring.
(See Figure 5.)
Cable managment system cover
Rear
Cooling system exhaust
(upper impeller tray)
Front rack-mounting ear
Center rack-mounting ear
Triple fan assembly
Card cage with
FPCs with PICs
Routing Engine housing
Electrostatic discharge point
Craft interface display
Air filter (behind cover)
Center rack-mounting ear
LS-120 drive
Electrostatic discharge point
Power supplies
The M40 router includes the router-specific System Control Board (SCB). The SCB contains the Internet Processor II application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) and performs sampling, filtering, and packet forwarding decisions. The SCB processes exception and control packets, monitors system components, and controls Flexible
PIC Concentrator (FPC) resets.
!
19
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Physical Interface Cards (PICs) are available in supported media types, including
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), Channelized, DS3, E1, E3, T1, Ethernet,
SONET/SDH, and IP services. The M40 router provides the bandwidth to grow networks to OC48c/STM16 speeds. The M20 and M40 FPCs and PICs are interchangeable, and most of the PICs can also be used in the M40e Internet router.
For more information about supported PICs and FPCs for each M-series router type, see the appropriate PIC installation guide.
The M40 router Internet processor II ASIC forwards packets at a throughput rate of up to 40 Gigabits per second (Gbps). The ASIC technology provides such packet processing as route lookups, filtering, sampling, rate limiting, load balancing, buffer management, switching, and encapsulation and de-encapsulation of IP services.
The M40 router delivers the bandwidth required to grow networks to OC48c/STM16 speeds in a cost-effective manner.
M40 Router Components
Table 7 lists the major M40 router components and characteristics.
Table 7: M40 Router Major Hardware Components
Component
Cooling system
Craft interface
FPC
PIC
Power supply
Routing Engine
SCB
Quantity Function
2 impeller trays and 1 fan assembly
(3 fans)
Cools router components
1
1–8
Displays the status and allows you to perform control functions
Connects PICs to other components and houses shared memory
1–4 per
FPC
2 AC or 2
DC
1
Provides interfaces to various network media
Distributes voltages to components
1
Handles routing protocols and maintains routing tables
Performs router lookups, monitors systems, and transfers control packets
Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
Yes Hot-removable, hot-insertable
–
–
–
Yes
–
–
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-pluggable
Offline
Button
–
–
Yes
–
–
–
–
20 !
M40 Router Components
Chapter 5: M40 Internet Router Overview
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
Monitoring M40 Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring the M40 router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491
!
“Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components” on page 523
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
!
“Monitoring the SCB” on page 393
Monitoring M40 Router Components !
21
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
22 !
Monitoring M40 Router Components
Chapter 6
M40e Internet Router Overview
Figure 6: M40e Router
Front
Center rack-mounting ear
Front support posts
Craft interface
FPCs
The M40e Internet router provides a dense, highly redundant platform primarily for dedicated access aggregation at the edge as well as for mid-size core IP networks.
The M40e router supports the JUNOS software which provides router configuration and monitoring. (See Figure 6.)
Rear
CIP
SFMs
MCS 0
Routing Engines
MCS 1
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
ESD point
Cable management system
Air filter
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
Do not install an SFM in this slot
PCG 0
PCG 1
PCGs
Grounding points
Circuit breakers
Power supplies
The M40e router shares the same chassis and many of the same components as the
M160 Internet router. It accepts both AC and DC power supplies. The M40e router can have up to two Switching and Forwarding Modules (SFMs). The SFMs contain the Internet Processor II application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) and two
Distributed Buffer Manager ASICs, and make forwarding decisions, distribute packets throughout memory, and forward notification of outgoing packets.
!
23
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The M40e router includes the host module that constructs routing tables, performs system management functions, and generates the SONET/SDH clock signal for
SONET/SDH interfaces. The host module contains the Routing Engine and the
Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS). The Routing Engine manages routing protocols and maintains the routing tables. For a host module to function, both of these components must be installed and operational.
The M40e router houses three types of Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs): one to accommodate M20 and M40 Physical Interface Cards (PICs), and two to accommodate hot-swappable M160 router PICs. The Type 1 FPCs for the M40e and
M160 routers are interchangeable.
PICs are available in supported media types, including Asynchronous Transfer Mode
(ATM), Channelized DS3, E1, E3, T1, Ethernet, SONET/SDH, and IP services. For more information about supported PICs and FPCs for each M-series router type, see the appropriate PIC installation guide.
The M40e router Internet Processor II ASIC forwards packets at a throughput rate of up to 40 Gigabits (Gbps). The ASIC technology provides such packet processing as rate limiting, filtering, and IP services sampling.
M40e Router Major Hardware Components
Table 8 lists the major M40e router components and characteristics.
Table 8: M40e Router Major Hardware Components
Component Quantity Function
Connector Interface Panel
(CIP)
1
Cooling system
Craft interface
3 impellers,
1 fan tray
1
Provides ports for external management and alarm relay devices
Cools router components
Displays status information –
Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
–
Yes
Requires router shutdown
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
FPC
Host module
MCS
PFE Clock Generator
(PCG)
1–2
2
PIC 1–4 per
FPC
Power supply (AC or DC) 2
Routing Engine
1–8
1–2
1–2
Connects PICs to other components and houses shared memory
Handles routing protocols and maintains routing tables
Provides system control and monitoring
Provides a 125-MHz system clock
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Provides interfaces to various network media
Distributes power to components
–
Yes
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-pluggable
SFM 1–2
Manages routing protocols and maintains routing tables
Provides packet switching, packet forwarding, and route lookup
Yes
Yes Hot-pluggable
Offline
Button
–
–
–
Yes
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
Yes
24 !
M40e Router Major Hardware Components
Chapter 6: M40e Internet Router Overview
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
Monitoring M40e Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring the M40e router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491
!
“Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components” on page 523
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
!
“Monitoring the Host Module” on page 341
!
“Monitoring the SFMs” on page 347
!
“Monitoring Redundant SFMs” on page 577
!
“Monitoring the MCS” on page 359
!
“Monitoring Redundant MCSs” on page 567
!
“Monitoring the PCG” on page 369
Monitoring M40e Router Components !
25
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
“Monitoring Redundant PCGs” on page 595
!
“Monitoring the CIP” on page 381
26 !
Monitoring M40e Router Components
Chapter 7
M160 Internet Router Overview
Figure 7: M160 Router
Front
Craft interface
FPCs
The M160 Internet router provides a dense, highly redundant platform primarily for large backbone core IP networks where switching fabric and Routing Engine redundancy are required. The M160 router supports the JUNOS software which provides router configuration and monitoring. (See Figure 7.)
Rear
CIP
ESD point
Cable management system
Air filter
SFMs
MCS 0
Routing Engines
MCS 1
SFMs
ESD point
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
PCGs
Grounding points
Circuit breakers
Power supplies
The Type 1 Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) for the M40e and M160 routers are interchangeable. The M160 router supports two types of FPCs: FPC1 supports
Physical Interface Cards (PICs), including the single-port OC12 and Gigabit
Ethernet; and FPC2 supports higher-speed PICs, including OC48 and Tunnel
Services. The router can operate with any combination of FPC1s and FPC2s installed. For more information about supported PICs and FPCs for each M-series router type, see the appropriate PIC installation guide.
The M160 router accepts only DC power supplies.
!
27
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The M160 router can have up to four Switching and Forwarding Modules (SFMs).
The SFMs contain the Internet Processor II application-specific integrated circuit
(ASIC) and two Distributed Buffer Manager ASICs, and make forwarding decisions, distribute packets throughout memory, and forward notification of outgoing packets.
The M160 router includes the host module that constructs routing tables, performs system management functions, and generates the SONET/SDH clock signal for
SONET/SDH interfaces. The host module contains the Routing Engine and the
Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS). The Routing Engine manages routing protocols and maintains the routing tables. For a host module to function, both of these components must be installed and operational.
PICs are available in supported media types, including Asynchronous Transfer Mode
(ATM), Channelized DS3, E1, E3, T1, Ethernet, SONET/SDH, and IP services. The
M160 router supports both M160 and M40e PICs. For more information about supported PICs for each M-series router type, see the appropriate PIC installation guide.
The M160 router Internet Processor II ASIC forwards packets at a throughput rate of up to 160 Gbps. The ASIC technology provides such packet processing as route lookups, filtering, sampling, rate limiting, load balancing, buffer management, switching, and encapsulation and de-encapsulation of IP services.
M160 Router Major Hardware Components
Table 9 lists the major M160 router components and characteristics.
Table 9: M160 Router Major Hardware Components
Component Quantity Function
CIP
Cooling system
Craft interface
FPC
Host module
MCS
PCG
1
3 impellers and 1 fan tray (4 fans)
Cools router components
1
Provides ports for external management,
BITS interfaces, and alarm relay devices
Displays status and allows you to perform control functions
–
Yes
–
1–8 –
1–2
1–2
2
Connects PICs to other components and houses shared memory
Handles routing protocols and maintains routing tables
Provides system control and monitoring
Provides a 125-MHz system clock
Yes
Yes
Yes
– PICs 1–4 per
FPC
Power supply (DC only) 2
Provides interfaces to various network media
Distributes needed voltages to components
Yes
Redundant
Fieldreplaceable
Requires router shutdown
Hot-removable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Offline
Button
–
–
–
Yes
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
28 !
M160 Router Major Hardware Components
Chapter 7: M160 Internet Router Overview
Component
Routing Engine
SFM
Quantity Function
1–2
1–4
Redundant
Manages routing protocols and maintains routing tables
Yes
Provides packet switching, packet forwarding, and route lookup
Yes
Fieldreplaceable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Offline
Button
–
Yes
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
Monitoring M160 Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring and troubleshooting the M160 router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491
!
“Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components” on page 523
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
!
“Monitoring the Host Module” on page 341
!
“Monitoring the SFMs” on page 347
Monitoring M160 Router Components !
29
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
“Monitoring Redundant SFMs” on page 577
!
“Monitoring the MCS” on page 359
!
“Monitoring Redundant MCSs” on page 567
!
“Monitoring the PCG” on page 369
!
“Monitoring Redundant PCGs” on page 595
!
“Monitoring the CIP” on page 381
30 !
Monitoring M160 Router Components
Chapter 8
M320 Internet Router Overview
The M320 Internet router is a high-density edge aggregation, routing, and service creation platform that can be deployed in core, peering, and data center applications. Optimized for dense edge aggregation and service creation, the M320 router can provide a single point of edge aggregation for thousands of customers over any access type, including ATM, Frame Relay, Ethernet, and Time-Division
Multiplexing (TDM), at any speed from DS0 up to OC192/STM64 and 10-Gigabit
Ethernet. (See Figure 8.)
Figure 8: M320 Router
M320 router front
Craft interface
Fan tray
FPCs
CIP
PIC
FAIL
FPC 0
OK
FAIL
FPC 1
OK
FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK
FAIL
FPC 4
OK
FAIL
FPC 5
OK FAIL
FPC 6
OK
FAIL
FPC 7
OK
M320 router rear
CB0
RE0
RE1
CB1
CB-M
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
FAIL
OK A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
ESD point
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
SIB3
Power supply
PEM0
Power supply
PEM1
Power supply
PEM2
Power supply
PEM3
SIB-M
SIB-M
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB-M
ACTIVE
FAIL
SIB
2
SIB
3
SIB
0
SIB
1
!
31
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The M320 router includes Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) that provide the switching function to the destination Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) at a total of 385 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding. The host subsystem, which consists of the Routing Engine and Control Board, provides the routing and system management functions of the router.
The router supports up to eight FPCs providing SONET/SDH OC-48/STM16,
SONET/SDH OC192/STM64, and 160-Gigabit Ethernet media. The router supports three types of FPCs: FPC1 for hot-swappable M40e PICs, FPC2 for hot-swappable
M160 PICs, and FPC3 for 10-Gbps T-series Physical Interface Cards (PICs). For more information about supported PICs, see the M320 Internet Router PIC Guide .
The M320 router provides a maximum aggregate throughput of 320 gigabits per second (GBps) full duplex. The JUNOS software runs on a control subsystem with dedicated hardware, ensuring that control functions are performed without affecting the forwarding subsystem. Forwarding and packet processing operations in the router are performed by dedicated programmable ASICs that enable the router to achieve data forwarding rates the match current fiber-optic capacity.
M320 Router Major Hardware Components
Table 10 lists the T320 router major components and characteristics.
Table 10: M320 Router Major Hardware Components
Component Quantity Function Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
Hot-pluggable Connector Interface Panel
(CIP)
Control Board
1
1–2
Provides ports for external management and alarm relay devices; includes an electrostatic discharge (ESD) point
—
Monitors and controls router components
(requires a Routing Engine)
Yes
Yes Cooling system
Craft interface
FPC
Host subsystem
PIC
Power supply (DC only)
2 front fan trays,
1 rear fan tray
Cools router components
1
1–8
Displays status and provides an interface for controlling router functions
Connects PICs to other router components, contains Packet Forwarding
Engines (supports FPC1, FPC2, and FPC3)
1–2
1–4 per
FPC
2
Consists of a Routing Engine and Control
Board and provides routing and system management functions
Provides an interface to various network media
Distributes needed voltages to router components
Routing Engine
SIB
1–2
4
Provides routing functions and routing tables (requires a Control Board)
Provides switching function to the destination FPC
—
—
Yes
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Offline
Button
—
Hot-pluggable
(if not redundant)
Yes
Hot-removable,
Hot insertable
—
Hot-removable.
hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-pluggable
—
Yes
—
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Yes
—
Hot-pluggable
(if not redundant)
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Reset button
Yes
32 !
M320 Router Major Hardware Components
Chapter 8: M320 Internet Router Overview
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
Monitoring M320 Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring the M320 router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491
!
“Monitoring the Host Subsystem” on page 289
!
“Host Redundancy Overview” on page 463
!
“Monitoring the Control Board” on page 301
!
“Monitoring Redundant Control Boards” on page 559
!
“Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components” on page 523
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
!
“Monitoring the SIBs” on page 325
Monitoring M320 Router Components !
33
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
“Monitoring Redundant SIBs” on page 543
!
“Monitoring the CIP” on page 381
34 !
Monitoring M320 Router Components
Chapter 9
T320 Internet Router Overview
Figure 9: T320 Router
T320 front
The T320 router provides 320-Gbps throughput and 385-Mpps forwarding rate and supports 16 10-Gbps (OC192c/STM64 and 10-Gigabit Ethernet) ports, as well as
OC48c/STM16 for medium and large core networks, as well as for intermediate core aggregation of access routers, peering, and metro Ethernet network applications, such as those supported by Internet service providers (ISPs). It provides a cost-effective migration path to an MPLS infrastructure. The T320 router supports the JUNOS software, which provides router configuration and monitoring. (See
Figure 9.)
T320 rear
Rack-mounting ears
Craft interface
Fan tray
FPCs
CIP
PICs
ESD point
Fan tray
Air intake
(air filter inside)
Air filter
Routing
Engines
SCG0
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
Power supplies
Air exhaust
CB0
(RE0)
(RE1)
CB1
SCG1
Fan tray
PEM0
PEM1
!
35
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The router supports three types of FPCs:
!
FPC1—Supports PICs that are also used in the FPC1 of a Juniper Networks
M-series router
!
FPC2—Supports PICs that are also used in the FPC2 of a Juniper Networks
M-series router and T640 Internet routing node
!
FPC3—Supports higher-speed PICs that are also used in the FPC3 of a Juniper
Networks T640 routing node
The router can operate with any combination of FPCs installed.
Forwarding operations in the router are performed by the Packet Forwarding
Engines. Each FPC contains one Packet Forwarding Engine. The Packet Forwarding
Engines receive incoming packets from the PICs installed on the FPC and forward them through the switch planes to the appropriate destination port. Each FPC contains data memory, which is managed by the Queuing and Memory Interface application-specific integrate circuits (ASICs).
PICs provide the physical connection to various network media types, receiving incoming packets from the network and transmitting outgoing packets to the network. PICs for the T320 router currently support the following network media types: ATM, ATM2, Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, SONET/SDH
OC3c/STM1, SONET/SDH OC12c/STM4, OC48c/STM16, OC192c/STM64, and
Tunnel services. For more information on PICs used in the router, see the T320
Internet Router PIC Guide .
The T320 router supports two DC power supplies, which share the load evenly.
Three Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) provide the switching function to the destination FPC. The SIBs create the switch fabric for the router, providing up to a total of 320 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding.
Routing and system management functions of the router are performed by the host subsystem. The host subsystem consists of the Routing Engine and the Control
Board.
The Routing Engine maintains the routing tables used by the router and controls the routing protocols that run on the router. Each Control Board works with an adjacent
Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for the router. These include determining Routing Engine mastership, controlling power, reset and
SONET clocking for the other router components, monitoring and controlling fan speed, and monitoring system status using I
2
C controllers.
36 !
Chapter 9: T320 Internet Router Overview
T320 Router Major Hardware Components
Table 11 lists the T320 router major components and characteristics.
Table 11: T320 Router Major Hardware Components
Component Quantity Function Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
Hot-pluggable Connector Interface Panel
(CIP)
1
Control Board 1–2
Cooling system
Craft interface
FPC
PIC
Provides ports for external management and alarm relay devices
—
Monitors and controls router components Yes
2 front fan trays,
1 rear fan tray
Cools router components
1
1–8
1–2 per
FPC
Yes
Displays status and provides an interface for controlling router functions
—
Connect PICs to other router components, contains Packet Forwarding Engines
—
Provides an interface to various network media
—
Power supply (DC only) 2
Routing Engine 1–2
1–2
Distributes needed voltages to router components
Provides routing functions and routing tables
Yes
Yes
Provides Stratum 3 SONET/SDH clocking Yes SONET Clock Generator
(SCG)
SIB 3 Provides switch fabric 2 active,
1 standby
Hot-pluggable hot-removable, hot insertable
Hot-removable.
hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-pluggable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Offline
Button
—
Yes
—
—
Yes
Yes
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
T320 Router Major Hardware Components !
37
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitoring T320 Router Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring and troubleshooting the T320 router components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491
!
“Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components” on page 523
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
!
“Monitoring the Host Subsystem” on page 289
!
“Host Redundancy Overview” on page 463
!
“Monitoring the Control Board” on page 301
!
“Monitoring Redundant Control Boards” on page 559
!
“Monitoring the SCGs” on page 315
!
“Monitoring Redundant SCGs” on page 551
!
“Monitoring the SIBs” on page 325
!
“Monitoring Redundant SIBs” on page 543
!
“Monitoring the CIP” on page 381
38 !
Monitoring T320 Router Components
Chapter 10
T640 Internet Routing Node Overview
The T640 Internet routing node provides 40G capable platform, delivering 640
Gigabits per second (Gbps) of capacity and up to 770 million packets per second
(Mpps) of throughput and supports 32 10-Gbps (OC192c/STM64 and 10-Gigabit
Ethernet) ports, as well as OC48c/STM16. Gigabit Ethernet, SONET/SDH, and other high-speed interfaces for large core networks and network applications, such as those supported by Internet service providers (ISPs). It provides a cost-effective migration path to an Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) infrastructure. The T640 routing node supports the JUNOS software which provides router configuration and monitoring. (See Figure 10 on page 40.)
!
39
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
40 !
Figure 10: T640 Routing Node
T640 front
Craft interface
Fan tray
FPCs
(with PICs installed)
CIP
ESD point
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake
Rack-mounting ears
T640 rear
Air exhaust
SCG0
CB0
Routing
Engines
CB1
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
SIB3
SIB4
Air filter
Power supplies
SCG1
RE0
RE1
Fan tray
ESD point
Grounding points
In a standalone configuration, the T640 routing node’s maximum aggregate throughput is 320 Gbps, full duplex.
The T640 routing node supports two types of Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs):
!
FPC2—Rated at 10 Gbps full duplex; supports PICs that are also used in the
M160 router.
!
FPC3—Rated at 40 Gbps full duplex; supports higher-speed PICs.
The T640 routing node can operate with any combination of FPC2s and FPC3s installed. Each FPC contains one or two Packet Forwarding Engines. The Packet
Forwarding Engine consists of Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), Switch Interface ASICs, T-series
Internet Processor ASICs, and a memory subsystem (MMB) which includes the
Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs. The Packet Forwarding Engine receives incoming packets from the PICs installed on the FPC and forwards them through the switch planes to the appropriate destination port. Each FPC contains data memory, which is managed by the Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs. Each
FPC3 has two Packet Forwarding Engines, and each FPC2 has one Packet
Forwarding Engine.
PEM0
PEM1
Chapter 10: T640 Internet Routing Node Overview
Physical Interface Cards (PICs) provide the physical connection to various network media types, receiving incoming packets from the network and transmitting outgoing packets to the network. PICs for the T640 routing node currently support the following network media types: Gigabit Ethernet, SONET/SDH OC12c/STM4,
OC48c/STM16, OC192c/STM64, and Tunnel Services. You can install up to four PICs into the slots in each FPC. For more information on PICs used in the routing node, see the T640 Internet Routing Node PIC Guide .
The Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) provide the switching function to the destination
FPC. The SIBs create the switch fabric for the routing node, providing up to a total of
640 million Mpps of forwarding. Five SIBs are installed in the routing node.
The host subsystem provides the routing and system management functions of the routing node. The host subsystem consists of the Routing Engine and the Control
Board. The Routing Engine maintains the routing tables used by the routing node and controls the routing protocols that run on the routing node.
Each Control Board works with an adjacent Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for the routing node. These include determining Routing
Engine mastership; controlling power, reset, and SONET clocking for the other routing node components; monitoring and controlling fan speed; and monitoring system status using I
2
C controllers.
ASICs are a definitive part of the router design; these ASICs enable the router to achieve data rates that match current fiber-optic capacity.
T640 Routing Node Major Hardware Components
Table 12 lists the major T640 routing node components and characteristics.
Table 12: T640 Routing Node Major Hardware Components
Component Quantity Function Redundant
Field-
Replaceable
Hot-pluggable Connector Interface Panel
(CIP)
1
Control Board
Cooling system
Craft interface
1–2
2 front fan trays,
1 rear fan tray
1
Provides ports for external management and alarm relay devices
—
Monitors and controls router components Yes
Cools router components Yes
FPC
PIC 1–4 per
FPC
Power supply (DC only) 2
Routing Engine
1–8
1–2
Displays status and provides an interface for controlling router functions
—
Connect PICs to other router components, contains Packet Forwarding Engines
—
— Provides an interface to various network media
Distributes needed voltages to router components
Provides routing functions and routing tables
Yes
Yes
Hot-pluggable hot-removable, hot insertable
Hot-removable.
hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Offline
Button
—
Yes
—
—
Yes
Yes
—
Yes
T640 Routing Node Major Hardware Components !
41
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Component
SONET Clock Generator
(SCG)
SIB
Quantity Function
1 - 2
Redundant
Provides Stratum 3 SONET/SDH clockings Yes
Field-
Replaceable
Hot-pluggable
5 Provides switch fabric 4 active,
1 standby
Hot-removable, hot-insertable
Offline
Button
Yes
Yes
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing FRUs requires minimal router downtime. There are three types of FRUs:
!
Hot-removable and hot-insertable—You can remove and replace the component without powering down the router or interrupting the routing functions.
!
Hot-pluggable—You can remove the component without powering down the router, but routing functions are interrupted until the replacement is installed.
!
Requires router shutdown—You must power down the router before removing the component.
Monitoring T640 Routing Node Components
See the following chapters for information about monitoring and troubleshooting the T640 routing node components:
!
“Monitoring the Router Chassis” on page 107
!
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125
!
“Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491
!
“Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
!
“Monitoring PICs” on page 183
!
“Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197
!
“Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
!
“Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies” on page 507
!
“Monitoring the Cooling System” on page 251
!
“Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components” on page 523
!
“Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors” on page 275
!
“Monitoring the Host Subsystem” on page 289
!
“Host Redundancy Overview” on page 463
42 !
Monitoring T640 Routing Node Components
Chapter 10: T640 Internet Routing Node Overview
!
“Monitoring the Control Board” on page 301
!
“Monitoring Redundant Control Boards” on page 559
!
“Monitoring the SCGs” on page 315
!
“Monitoring Redundant SCGs” on page 551
!
“Monitoring the SIBs” on page 325
!
“Monitoring Redundant SIBs” on page 543
!
“Monitoring the CIP” on page 381
Monitoring T640 Routing Node Components !
43
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
44 !
Monitoring T640 Routing Node Components
Part 2
Understanding Methodology and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
!
Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components on page 47
Understanding Methodology and Tools for Monitoring Router Components !
45
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
46 !
Understanding Methodology and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Chapter 11
Understanding the Method and Tools for
Monitoring Router Components
This chapter describes the method and tools you use to monitor and isolate problems on router hardware components. It includes the following information:
!
Basic Router Component Monitoring Method on page 47
!
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools on page 49
!
Using the Basic Monitoring Method on page 55
Basic Router Component Monitoring Method
Figure 11 shows the basic method you use to monitor router hardware components.
Figure 11: Basic Method for Monitoring Router Components
Check component status
No?
Ok?
Yes?
Done
Gather alarm information
Verify problem
Fix problem
No?
Contact
JTAC
Return component
You should routinely monitor the status of all Juniper Networks routers running on the network.
Basic Router Component Monitoring Method !
47
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) network manager software running on a network management system (NMS) in the network operations center
(NOC) discovers, polls, and exchanges network management information with the
JUNOS software SNMP agent running on Juniper Networks routers. The SNMP network manager software collects information about router connectivity, operation, and events.
The SNMP agent responds to requests for information and controls access to its
Management Information Bases (MIBs). The MIBs define all objects that can be managed on the router via SNMP. The JUNOS software chassis MIB provides environmental monitoring information on the router and its components. MIB objects represent each component and the status of the components.
A trap is generated and reported to the SNMP manager software when a significant event occurs on the router, such as an error or failure. When a trap occurs, you can log in to that router to get specific operational status information about the problem; for more information, see “Check the Router Component Status” on page 29 and “Gather Component Alarm Information” on page 33. Verify the problem and fix it if possible; for more information, see “Verify the Component
Problem” on page 34 and “Fix the Problem” on page 35. If you cannot verify or fix the problem, contact the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) for more advanced analysis and troubleshooting, and return the component once failure is verified; for more information, see “Contact JTAC” on page 35 and “Return the Failed Component” on page 36.
48 !
Basic Router Component Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools
Table 13 lists and describes the purposes of the basic tools you use to monitor router hardware.
Table 13: Basic Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Router Component Monitor
Tool
JUNOS SNMP Agent, MIBs, and traps
JUNOS software
Purpose
!
The JUNOS SNMP agent runs on Juniper Networks routers, exchanging network management information with SNMP manager software running on an NMS or host. The SNMP manager collects information about network connectivity, activity, and events by polling the router. The agent responds to requests for information and actions from the manager.
!
The SNMP agent also controls access to the agent’s MIBs.
The JUNOS software chassis MIB represents each component and the status of the components.
!
The agent sends a trap to the SNMP manager software when an event occurs on the router. A trap reports significant events occurring on a network device; for example, most often errors or failures.
The primary means of accessing and controlling the JUNOS software is the command-line interface (CLI).
For M5, M10, M20, and M40 routers, the router provides three ports on the craft interface for connecting external management devices to the Routing Engine and hence to the
JUNOS software.
For M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers, and the T640 routing node, the management ports are located on the
Connector Interface Panel (CIP).
For M7i and M10i routers, the management ports are located on the Routing Engine.
The management ports include the following:
!
Ethernet—Used to connect the Routing Engine to a management LAN (or any other device that plugs into an
Ethernet connection) for out-of-band management of the router. The Ethernet port can be 10 or 100 Mbps and uses an autosensing RJ-45 connector. The Ethernet management port has two LEDs, which indicate the type of connection in use. A yellow LED lights when a 10-Mbps connection is active, and a green LED lights when a 100-Mbps connection is active.
!
Console—Used to connect a system console to the Routing
Engine with an RS-232 serial cable.
!
Auxiliary—Used to connect a laptop computer or modem to the Routing Engine with an RS-232 cable.
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools !
49
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Router Component Monitor
Tool Purpose
JUNOS software CLI commands The JUNOS software CLI has two modes: operational and configuration.
Note: You only need to type cli if you log in to the router as root. Otherwise, the CLI should be already in operational mode.
!
In operational mode, you monitor and troubleshoot the software, network connectivity, and router by entering CLI commands. To enter operational mode, log in to the router and type cli at the command prompt.
!
In configuration mode, you configure the JUNOS software that controls the router. To enter configuration mode: a. Log in to the router.
b. Start the CLI by typing cli at the command prompt.
c. Type edit at the command prompt.
For more information about JUNOS CLI commands, see
“Monitoring the CIP” on page 381.
50 !
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Router Component Monitor
Tool
Router craft interface
Purpose
The craft interface provides status and troubleshooting information at a glance and lets you perform many system control functions. The craft interface provides the following information:
!
M5 and M10 routers: Alarm LEDs and lamp test button,
Routing Engine ports, link and activity status lights, and
Physical Interface Card (PIC) online/offline buttons
!
M7i router: Networking interface Link/Activity LEDs, PIC
On/Off LEDs, and alarm LEDs are located on the FIC
!
M10i routers: HCM status LEDs, PIC On/Off LEDs, and alarm LEDs are located on the HCM
!
M20 router: Alarm relay contacts, LEDs, and cutoff button,
Routing Engine interface ports and status indicators,
Routing Engine LEDs and offline buttons, Flexible PIC
Concentrator (FPC) LEDs and offline button
!
M40 router: Alarm relay contacts, LEDs, cutoff button, FPC
LEDs and offline button, LCD display and navigation buttons, and Routing Engine LEDs and interface ports
!
M40e router: Alarm LEDs and alarm cutoff/lamp test button, LCD display and navigation buttons, host module
LEDs, and FPC LEDs and offline button
!
M160 router: Alarm LEDs and alarm cutoff/lamp test button, LCD display and navigation buttons, host module
LEDs, and FPC LEDs and offline button
!
M320 router: Routing Engine LEDs, Switch Interface Board
(SIB) LEDs, power supply LEDs, LCD display and navigation buttons, alarm LEDs, and FPC LEDs
!
T320 router and T640 routing node: Alarm LEDs and lamp test button, LCD display and navigation buttons, host subsystem LEDs, SIB LED, FPC LEDs, and FPC online/offline buttons
The M40e, M160, and T320 routers and the T640 routing node have a CIP that contains the Alarm Relay contacts, management ports, and Link and Activity Status lights.
To display craft interface information, use the following CLI command: show chassis craft-interface
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools !
51
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Router Component Monitor
Tool
Router component LEDs messages system log file chassisd system log file
Purpose
Router components have faceplates with LEDs that display the component status:
!
M5 and M10 routers: PICs and power supplies
!
M7i router: Compact Forwarding Engine Board ( CFEB),
PICs, Fixed Interface Cards (FICs) (Fast Ethernet and Gigabit
Ethernet), and power supplies
!
M10i router: CFEB, High-Availability Chassis Manager
(HCM), and power supplies
!
M20 router: System and Switch Boards (SSBs) and power supplies
!
M40 router: System Control Boards (SCBs) and power supplies
!
M40e router: Switching and Forwarding Modules (SFMs),
Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generators (PCGs),
Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS), and power supplies
!
M160 router: SFMs, PCGs, MCS, and power supplies
!
M320 router: SIBs, Control Boards, and power supplies
!
T320 router and T640 routing node: SIBs, Control Boards,
SONET Clock Generators (SCGs), and power supplies
To display some router component LED status, use the following CLI command: show chassis craft-interface
The messages system log file records the messages generated by component operational events, including error messages generated by component failures. To view the messages log file, use the following CLI command: show log messages
To monitor the messages log file in real time, use the following CLI command: monitor start messages
To stop monitoring the messages log file, use the following CLI command: monitor stop messages
The chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file keeps track of the state of each chassis component. To view the chassisd log file, use the following CLI command: show log chassisd
To monitor the chassisd log file in real time, use the following
CLI command: monitor start chassisd
To stop monitoring the chassisd log file, use the following CLI command: monitor stop chassisd
52 !
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Router Component Monitor
Tool
Swap test
JTAC
Purpose
Remove the failed component. Replace it with one that you know works. Check the component status. If the replacement component works, it confirms that the original one failed.
For technical support, open a support case using the Case
Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500
(outside the United States). JTAC can do more extensive testing to determine the root of the problem.
Common Operational Mode CLI Commands To Monitor Router Components
NOTE: If the Forwarding Engine Board (FEB) on M5 and M10 routers, CFEB on
M10i routers, SSB on M20 routers, SCB on M40 routers, SFM on M40e and M160 routers, or SIB on M320 routers, T320 routers and the T640 routing node is not running and if you log in to the backup Routing Engine, no information about chassis components is available through the CLI.
Action To use the CLI to monitor routers, follow these steps:
1.
Log in to the router.
2.
At the command prompt, type cli to start the JUNOS software and enter operational mode.
NOTE: You only need to type cli if you log in to the router as root. Otherwise, the
CLI should already be in operational mode.
3.
Use one of the operational mode CLI commands listed in Table 14.
Table 14: Operational Mode CLI Commands for Router Monitoring
Command show version show chassis firmware show chassis hardware show chassis environment
Description
Displays the router hostname, model number, and version of JUNOS software running on the router.
Displays firmware and operating system version for router components.
Displays an inventory of the hardware components installed in the router, including the component name, version, part number, serial number, and a brief description.
Displays environmental information about the router chassis, including the temperature and status.
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools !
53
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Command show chassis environment component-name show chassis craft-interface show chassis alarms show chassis component-name show log messages
Description
Displays more detailed operational status information about the following components:
!
M5, M10, M7i, M10i, M20 routers: Routing Engine
!
M40e and M160 routers: FPC, FPM, MCS, PCG, Power
Entry Modules (PEM), Routing Engine, and SFM
!
M320 router: Control Board, FPC, FPM, PEM, Routing
Engine, and SIB
!
T320 router and T640 routing node: Control Board,
FPC, FPM, PEM, Routing Engine, SCG, and SIB
Displays operational status information about the router, including the alarm status and LED status of major components.
Displays the current router component alarms that have been generated, including the date, time, severity level, and description.
Displays more detailed operational status information about the following components:
!
M7i router: CFEB, FPC, PIC, and Routing Engine
!
M10i router: CFEB, Ethernet switch, FPC, PIC, and
Routing Engine
!
M20 router: FPC, PIC, Routing Engine, and SSB
!
M40e/M160 router: Ethernet switch, FPCs, PICs,
Routing Engine, and SFMs
!
M320 router: Ethernet switch, FPCs, SIBs, PICs, and
Routing Engine
!
T320 router and T640 routing node: Ethernet switch,
FPCs, PICs, Routing Engine, SIBs, and switch processor mezzanine board (SPMB)
The command displays the total CPU DRAM and SRAM being used by the SFM processor. The command output displays the time that the SFM became active and how long the SFM has been up and running. A small uptime means that the component came online a short time ago and could indicate a possible FPC error condition.
Displays the contents of the messages system log file that records messages generated by component operational events, including error messages generated by component failures.
To monitor the messages file in real time, use the monitor start messages CLI command. This command displays the new entries in the file until you stop monitoring by using the monitor stop messages CLI command.
54 !
Basic Router Component Monitoring Tools
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Command show log chassisd request support information
Description
Displays the contents of the chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file that keeps track of the state of each chassis component
To monitor the chassisd file in real time, use the monitor start chassisd CLI command. This command displays the new entries in the file until you stop monitoring by using the monitor stop chassisd CLI command.
Use this command when you contact JTAC about your component problem. This command is the equivalent of using the following CLI commands (see “Contact JTAC” on page 35):
!
show system uptime
!
show version detail
!
show system core-dumps
!
show chassis hardware
!
show system processes extensive
!
show pfe statistics error
!
show chassis routing-engine
!
show chassis environment
!
show chassis firmware
!
show chassis fpc detail
!
show system boot-messages
!
show system storage
!
show system virtual-memory
!
show system buffer
!
show system queues
!
show system statistics
!
show configuration | except SECRET-DATA
!
show interfaces extensive (for each configured interface)
!
show chassis hardware extensive
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Steps To Take To monitor router components, follow these steps:
1.
Check the Router Component Status on page 56
2.
Gather Component Alarm Information on page 60
3.
Verify the Component Problem on page 84
4.
Fix the Problem on page 84
5.
Contact JTAC on page 84
6.
Return the Failed Component on page 86
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
55
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Check the Router Component Status
Steps To Take To check the router component status, follow these steps:
1.
Check the Router Craft Interface on page 56
2.
Check the Component LEDs on page 57
3.
Display Detailed Component Environmental Information on page 59
4.
Display Detailed Component Operational Information on page 60
Check the Router Craft Interface
Action To check the craft interface information for router status, do one of the following:
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
The command output displays the router alarm indicator status, the LCD display information (router name, router uptime, and status message that rotates at 2-second intervals), and the major component LED status. Table 15 describes the CLI command output for each router type. For more detailed information about the craft interface, see “Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197.
Table 15: show chassis craft-interface CLI Command Output for Router Types
Router CLI Command Output
M5/M10
M7i/M10i
Red alarm, Yellow alarm, Routing Engine OK, Routing Engine Fail, FPCs, and LCD screen. Note : Even though there is no LCD screen on the M5/M10 routers, there is still output from this command for the LCD.
Red alarm, Yellow alarm, Routing Engine OK, Routing Engine Fail, FPCs, and LCD screen. Note : Even though there is no LCD screen on the M7i/M10i routers, there is still output from this command for the LCD.
M20
M40
Red alarm, Yellow alarm, Routing Engine OK, Routing Engine Fail, FPCs, and LCD screen.
Red alarm, Yellow alarm, Routing Engine OK, Routing Engine Fail, FPCs, and LCD screen.
M40e/M160 FPM Display contents, Front Panel System LEDs (Routing Engine OK, Fail,
Master), Front Panel Alarm Indicators (Red LED, Yellow LED, Major relay, Minor relay), Front Panel FPC LEDs, MCS LEDs, PCG LEDs, and SFM LEDs.
M320 FPM Display contents, Front Panel System LEDs (Routing Engine OK, Fail,
Master), Front Panel Alarm Indicators (Red LED, Yellow LED, Major relay, Minor relay) Front Panel FPC LEDs, Control Board LEDs, SIB LEDs, and power supply
(PS) LEDs.
T320/T640 FPM Display contents, Front Panel System LEDs (Routing Engine OK, Fail,
Master), Front Panel Alarm Indicators (Red LED, Yellow LED, Major relay, Minor relay), Front Panel FPC LEDs, Control Board LEDs, SCG LEDs, and SIB LEDs.
56 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
!
Physically look at the router craft interface. Table 16 shows the component characteristics of each router craft interface.
Table 16: Router Craft Interface Component Characteristics
Component
Alarm LEDs X
Alarm cutoff/Lamp Test button
(AC)/LT)
Alarm relay contacts
X
M5/
M10
X
X
M7i/
M10i M20
X
X
X X
M40
X
X
M40e M160 M320
X
X
X
X
X
X
T320
X
X
T640
X
X
Link and activity status lights X
LCD display and navigation buttons
Routing Engine ports X
X X
X
X
X
X
(in CIP)
X
(in CIP)
X
X
(in CIP)
X
(in CIP)
X X
X
(in CIP)
X
(in CIP)
X
(in CIP)
X
(in CIP)
X
X
(in CIP)
X
(in CIP)
X
X
(in CIP)
X
(in CIP)
Routing Engine LEDs
Host module LEDs
Host subsystem LEDs
PIC online and offline buttons X
FPC LEDs
FPC offline buttons
SIB LEDs
Power supply LEDs
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Check the Component LEDs
Action To check the component LED status, do one of the following:
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
The command output displays the LED status for the following components:
!
M7i/M10i/M20 router: Routing Engine and FPC
!
M40e/M160 router: Routing Engine, FPC, MCS, PCG, and SFM
!
M320 router: Routing Engine, FPC, Control Board, SIB, and power supply
(PS)
!
T320 router and T640 routing node: Routing Engine, FPC, Control Board,
SCG, and SIB
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
57
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
Physically look at the craft interface. You see the following component LEDs:
!
M5/M10, M20, and M40 routers: Routing Engine
!
M40e/M160 routers: host module
!
T320 router and T640 routing node: host subsystem, FPCs, PICs, and SIBs
!
Look at the LEDs on the component faceplate. Table 17 describes where the
LEDs are located on the router.
Table 17: Component LED Location on the Router
Component
Routing Engine
FPC
PIC
Power supply
Host module
SFM
MCS
PCG
SCB
SSB
Control Board
LED Location on the Router
(M5/M10, M40e, and M160 routers) Remove the component cover.
(M7i/M10i routers) On the Routing Engine faceplate at the front of the router.
(M20 router) On the rear Routing Engine panel.
(M20, M40, M40e, M160, and M320 routers) On the craft interface.
!
The M40e and M160 router Routing Engine is paired with an MCS and is monitored by the host module LEDs on the craft interface.
!
The M320 router, T320 router, and the T640 routing node Routing
Engine is paired with a Control Board and is monitored by the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface
Remove the cover for the Routing Engine on the M40e, M160, and
T320 routers and the T640 routing node.
Note : You cannot see the Routing Engine LED on the M40 router.
(M20, M40, M40e, M160, and M320 routers) On the FPC faceplate at the front of the router.
(M320 router) On the craft interface
(M5 and M10 routers) On the craft interface.
(M7i router) On the PIC faceplate at the front of the router.
(M10i router) On the FIC faceplate at the front of the router and on the
PIC faceplate at front of the router.
(All other routers) On the PIC faceplate at the front of the router.
On the power supply faceplate at the bottom rear of the router.
(M320 router) On the craft interface.
(M40e and M160 routers) On the craft interface. Remove the component cover.
(M40e and M160 routers) On the SFM faceplate at the rear of the router. Remove the component cover.
(M40e and M160 routers) On the MCS faceplate at the rear of the router. Remove the component cover.
(M40e and M160 routers) On the PCG faceplate at the rear of the router. Remove the component cover.
(M40 router) On the SCB faceplate at the front of the router, vertical in the middle of the FPC card cage.
(M20 router) On the SSB faceplate at the top front of the router.
(T320 router and T640 routing node) On the Control Board faceplate at the upper rear of the chassis.
58 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Component
SCG
SIB
CFEB
FIC
HCM
LED Location on the Router
(T320 router and T640 routing node) On the SCG faceplate at the upper rear of the chassis.
(M320, T320 router and T640 routing node) On the SIB faceplate at the center rear of the chassis.
(M320 router) On the craft interface.
(M7i/M10i routers) On the DFEB faceplate at the rear of the router.
(M7i router) On the FIC faceplate at front of the router.
(M10i router) On the HCM faceplate at front of the router.
Display Detailed Component Environmental Information
(For M7i, M10i, M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and T640 routing node) You can display detailed environmental status information about certain router components.
Action To display detailed environmental status information about a component, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment component-name
The command output displays the temperature of the air passing by the component, in degrees Centigrade and Fahrenheit. It also displays whether the fans and/or blowers are at normal or high speed.
Table 18 lists the operational mode CLI commands for each router component for which you can display more detailed information.
Table 18: Component Detailed Environmental Status CLI Commands
Component
FEB
FPC
FPM or craft interface
MCS
PCG
PEM or power supply
Routing Engine
SFM
Control Board
SIB
SCG
Operational Mode CLI Command show chassis environment feb show chassis environment fpc show chassis environment fpm show chassis environment mcs show chassis environment pcg show chassis environment pem show chassis environment routing-engine show chassis environment sfm show chassis environment cb show chassis environment sib show chassis environment scg
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
59
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Display Detailed Component Operational Information
You can display detailed operational information about certain router components.
This feature is available on all routing platforms except the M5/M10, M20, and M40 routing platforms.
Action To display detailed operational information about a component, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show chassis component-name
The command output displays the temperature of the air passing by the component, in degrees Centigrade and Fahrenheit. It displays the total percentage of CPU, interrupt, heap space, and buffer space being used by the component processor, including the total DRAM available to the component processor. The command output displays the time when the component started running and how long the component has been running. A short uptime can indicate a problem with the component.
Table 19 lists the components for which you can display more detailed operational status information.
Table 19: Component Detailed Operational Status CLI Commands
Component Operational Mode CLI Command
CFEB
Ethernet switch
FPC
Routing Engine
FEB
SCB show chassis cfeb show chassis ethernet-switch show chassis fpc show chassis routing-engine show chassis feb show chassis scb
SFM
SSB
SPMB
SIB show chassis sfm show chassis ssb show chassis spmb show chassis spmb sibs
Control Board (Ethernet switch) show chassis ethernet-switch
Step 2: Gather Component Alarm Information
Steps To Take To gather component alarm information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the Current Router Alarms on page 33
2.
Display Error Messages in the Messages Log File on page 33
3.
Display Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 34
60 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Display the Current Router Alarms
Action To display the current router component alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
The command output displays the number of alarms currently active, the time when the alarm began, the severity level, and an alarm description. Note the date and time of an alarm so that you can correlate it with error messages in the messages system log file.
Various conditions related to the chassis components trigger yellow and red alarms.
You cannot configure these conditions. Table 20 through Table 27 list the alarms that the chassis components can generate.
Table 20 lists the alarms that the chassis components can generate on an M5 or
M10 router.
Table 20: M5 or M10 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions
Chassis
Component
Alternative media
Craft interface
Fan trays
FEB
FPC
Hot swapping
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
The router boots from alternate boot device: the hard disk. Typically, the router boots from the flash drive . If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
For technical support, open a support case using the
Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Yellow
The craft interface failed.
Replace the failed craft interface.
Red
Install the missing fan tray.
Yellow One fan tray was removed from the chassis.
Two or more fan trays were removed from the chassis.
Install the missing fan trays. Red
One fan in the chassis is not spinning or is spinning below required speed.
Replace the failed fan tray.
Red
Red The Control Board failed.
If this occurs, the board attempts to reboot.
Replace the failed FEB.
An FPC failed. If this occurs, the FPC attempts to reboot. If the SCB sees that an FPC is rebooting too often, it shuts down the FPC.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Too many hot-swap interrupts are occurring. This message generally indicates that a hardware component that plugs into the router’s backplane from the front
(generally, an FPC) is broken.
------------------------------------------- Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
61
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chassis
Component
Routing Engine
Power supplies
Temperature
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Error in reading or writing compact flash.
Reformat the compact flash and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
System booted from hard disk.
Compact flash is missing in boot list.
Hard disk is missing in boot list.
Install a bootable image on the compact flash. If this fails, replace failed Routing
Engine.
Yellow
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
A power supply was removed from the chassis.
Install the missing power supply.
Red
Red
Yellow
A power supply failed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 55 degrees, the fans were turned on to full speed, and one or more fans failed.
Replace the failed power supply.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and the fans turned on to full speed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 75 degrees C. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and a fan has failed. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The temperature sensor failed.
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
For technical support, open a support case using the
Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Red
62 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Table 22 lists the alarms that the chassis components can generate on M7i and
M10i routing platforms.
Table 21: M7i or M10i Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions
Chassis
Component
Alternative media
CFEB
Fan trays
Hot swapping
Power supplies
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
The router has a optional flash disk and boots from an alternate boot device. If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
For technical support, open a support case using the
Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Yellow
Replace the failed CFEB.
Red For an M7i router, the CFEB failed. If this occurs, the board attempts to reboot.
For an M10i router, both
Control Boards were removed or have failed.
Too many hard errors in
CFEB memory.
Replace the failed or missing CFEB.
Replace the failed CFEB.
Red
Red
Too many soft errors in CFEB memory.
Replace the failed CFEB.
Red
A CFEB microcode download failed.
Replace the failed CFEB.
A fan has failed.
For an M7i router, a fan tray was removed from the chassis.
Red
Replace the failed fan tray.
Red
Install the missing fan tray.
Red
For an M10i router, both fan trays are absent from the chassis.
For an M10i router, only one power supply is operating.
Install the missing fan tray.
Insert or replace the secondary power supply.
Red
Too many hot-swap interrupts are occurring. This message generally indicates that a hardware component that plugs into the router’s midplane from the front is broken.
------------------------------------------- Red
Yellow A power supply was removed.
A power supply failed.
Insert missing power supply.
Replace the failed power supply.
Red
Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
63
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chassis
Component
Routing Engine
Temperature
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Error in reading or writing hard disk.
Reformat the hard disk and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Error in reading or writing compact flash.
Reformat the compact flash and install bootable image.
If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
System booted from hard disk. This alarm only applies, if you have an optional flash drive.
Install a bootable image on the compact flash. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Compact flash is missing in boot list.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
Red
Hard disk is missing in boot list.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
Red
Routing Engine failed to boot.
The chassis temperature exceeded 55 degrees C, the fans turned on to full speed, and one or more fans failed.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and the fans turned on to full speed.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and a fan failed. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
The chassis temperature exceeded 75 degrees C. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The temperature sensor failed.
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
For technical support, open a support case using the
Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Red
64 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Table 22 lists the alarms that the chassis components can generate on an M20 router.
Table 22: M20 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions
Chassis
Component
Alternative media
Craft interface
Fan trays
FPC
Hot swapping
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
The router boots from alternate boot device: the hard disk.
Typically, the router boots from the flash drive . If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
For technical support, open a support case using the
Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Yellow
The craft interface failed.
Replace the failed craft interface.
Red
One fan tray was removed from the chassis.
Install the missing fan tray.
Yellow
Install the missing fan trays. Red Two or more fan trays were removed from the chassis.
One fan in the chassis is not spinning or is spinning below required speed.
Replace the fan tray.
Red
An FPC failed. If this occurs, the
FPC attempts to reboot. If the
SCB sees that an FPC is rebooting too often, it shuts down the FPC.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Too many hot-swap interrupts are occurring. This message generally indicates that a hardware component that plugs into the router’s backplane from the front (generally, an FPC) is broken.
------------------------------------------- Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
65
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chassis
Component
Routing Engine
Power supplies
SSB
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Error in reading or writing hard disk.
Reformat the hard disk and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Error in reading or writing compact flash.
Reformat the compact flash and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
System booted from the default backup Routing Engine. If you manually switched mastership, ignore this alarm condition.
Install a bootable image on the default master Routing
Engine. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
System booted from the hard disk.
Install a bootable image on the compact flash. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Compact flash is missing in the boot list.
Hard disk is missing in the boot list.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
Routing Engine failed to boot.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
A power supply was removed from the chassis.
A power supply failed.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
Insert power supply into empty slot.
The Control Board failed.
If this occurs, the board attempts to reboot.
Replace the failed power supply.
Replace the failed Control
Board.
Red
Red
Red
Yellow
Red
Red
66 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Chassis
Component Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity temperature !
exceeded 55 degrees, the fans turned on to full speed, and one or more fans have failed
!
Check the room temperature.
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and the fans turned on to full speed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and a fan failed. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 75 degrees C. If this condition persists for more than
4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
The temperature sensor failed.
For technical support, open a support case using the
Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
67
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Table 23 lists the alarms that the chassis components can generate on an M40 router.
Table 23: M40 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions
Chassis
Component
Air filter
Alternative media
Craft interface
Fan trays
FPC
Hot swapping
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Change the air filter.
The router boots from an alternate boot device: the hard disk. Typically, the router boots from the flash drive . If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
The craft interface failed.
Change the air filter.
--------------------
For technical support, open a support case using the
Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Yellow
Replace the failed craft interface.
Red
Install the missing fan tray.
Yellow One fan tray was removed from the chassis.
Two or more fan trays were removed from the chassis.
Install the missing fan trays. Red
One fan in the chassis is not spinning or is spinning below the required speed.
Replace the fan tray.
An FPC has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
Replace the failed FPC.
An FPC microcode download has failed.
Replace the failed FPC.
An FPC failed. If this occurs, the FPC attempts to reboot. If the SCB sees that an FPC is rebooting too often, it shuts down the FPC.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Yellow
Red
Red
Too many hard errors in FPC memory.
Replace the failed FPC.
Too many soft errors in FPC memory.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Red
Too many hot-swap interrupts are occurring. This message generally indicates that a hardware component that plugs into the router’s backplane from the front
(generally, an FPC) is broken.
------------------------------------------- Red
68 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Chassis
Component
Power supplies
Routing Engine
SCB
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
A power supply was removed from the chassis.
Insert a power supply into an empty slot.
A power supply temperature sensor failed.
A power supply fan failed.
Replace the failed power supply or power entry module.
Replace the failed power supply fan.
A power supply has high temperature.
Replace the failed power supply or power entry module.
A 5V power supply has failed. Replace the failed power supply or power entry module.
A 3.3V power supply failed.
Replace the failed power supply or power entry module.
A 2.5V power supply failed.
Replace the failed power supply or power entry module.
A power supply input failed.
Check the power supply input connection.
A power supply has failed.
Replace the failed power supply or power entry module.
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Error in reading or writing hard disk.
Error in reading or writing compact flash.
Reformat the hard disk and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Reformat the compact flash and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
Yellow System booted from default backup Routing Engine. If you manually switched mastership, ignore this alarm condition.
Install a bootable image on the default master Routing
Engine. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
System booted from hard disk.
Install a bootable image on the compact flash. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Red Compact flash missing in boot list.
Hard disk missing in boot list.
Routing Engine failed to boot.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
Replace the failed Routing
Engine.
The SCB failed. If this occurs, the board attempts to reboot.
Replace the failed SCB.
Red
Red
Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
69
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chassis
Component Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Yellow exceeded 55 degrees C, the fans turned on to full speed, and one or more fans failed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 75 degrees C. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees, and the fans turned on to full speed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and a fan failed. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The temperature sensor failed.
Yellow
Red
Red
For technical support, open a support case using the
Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Red
70 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Table 24 lists the alarms that the chassis components can generate on an M40e or
M160 router.
Table 24: M40e or M160 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions
Chassis
Component
Air filter
Alternative media
CIP
Craft interface
Fan trays
FPC
Hot swapping
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Change the air filter.
The router boots from an alternate boot device: the hard disk. Typically, the router boots from the flash drive . If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
A CIP is missing.
The craft interface failed.
Change the air filter.
------------------------
-
For technical support, open a support case using the Case
Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC
(within the United
States) or
1-408-745-9500
(outside the United
States).
Yellow
Red Insert a CIP into an empty slot.
Replace the failed craft interface.
Red
Install the missing fan tray.
Yellow One fan tray was removed from the chassis.
Two or more fan trays were removed from the chassis.
Install the missing fan trays.
Red
One fan in the chassis is not spinning or is spinning below the required speed.
Replace the fan tray.
Red
Yellow An FPC has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
An FPC microcode download failed.
An FPC failed. If this occurs, the
FPC attempts to reboot. If the
MCS sees that an FPC is rebooting too often, it shuts down the FPC.
Replace the failed
FPC.
Replace the failed
FPC.
Replace the failed
FPC.
Red
Red
Too many hard errors in FPC memory.
Too many soft errors in FPC memory.
Too many hot-swap interrupts are occurring. This message generally indicates that a hardware component that plugs into the router’s backplane from the front (generally, an FPC) is broken.
Replace the failed
FPC.
Replace the failed
FPC.
Red
Red
---------------------------------- Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
71
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chassis
Component
MCS
PCG
Routing Engine
Power supplies
Alarm Condition
An MCS has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
An MCS was removed.
An MCS has failed.
A backup PCG is offline.
A PCG has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
A PCG was removed.
A PCG failed to come online.
Error in reading or writing hard disk.
Error in reading or writing compact flash.
System booted from the default backup Routing Engine. If you manually switched mastership, ignore this alarm condition.
System booted from hard disk.
Compact flash is missing in the boot list.
Hard disk is missing in the boot list.
Routing Engine failed to boot.
A power supply was removed from the chassis.
A power supply failed.
Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Replace the failed
MCS.
Yellow
Reinstall MCS0.
Replace the failed
MCS.
Set the backup PCG online.
Replace the failed
PCG.
Insert a PCG into empty slot.
Replace the failed
PCG.
Yellow
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Reformat the hard disk and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
Reformat the compact flash and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Install a bootable image on the default master Routing
Engine. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Install a bootable image on the compact flash. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
Red Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Red
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Red
Insert a power supply into the empty slot.
Yellow
Replace the failed power supply.
Red
72 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Chassis
Component
SFM
Temperature
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
An SFM has an out of range or invalid temperature reading on
SPP.
Replace the failed
SFM.
Yellow
An SFM has an out of range or invalid temperature reading on
SPR.
An SFM is offline.
An SFM has failed.
An SFM has been removed from the chassis.
Replace the failed
SFM.
Set the SFM online.
Replace the failed
SFM.
Insert the SFM into an empty slot.
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
All SFMs are offline or missing from the chassis.
The chassis temperature exceeded 55 degrees, the fans turned on to full speed, and one or more fans failed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and the fans turned on to full speed.
Insert SFMs into an empty slots or set all
SFMs online.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and a fan failed. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
The chassis temperature exceeded 75 degrees C. If this condition persists for more than
4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The temperature sensor failed.
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
For technical support, open a support case using the Case
Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC
(within the United
States) or
1-408-745-9500
(outside the United
States).
Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
73
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Table 25 lists the alarms that the chassis components can generate on an M320 router.
Table 25: M320 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions
Chassis
Component
Air filters
Alternative media
Control Board
CIP
Craft interface
Fan trays
FPC
Alarm Condition
Change the air filter.
Remedy
Change the air filter.
Alarm
Severity
------------------------
The router boots from an alternate boot device: the hard disk. Typically, the router boots from the flash drive . If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
For technical support, open a support case using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Yellow
Yellow A Control Board was removed. Insert a Control Board into the empty slot.
A Control Board temperature sensor alarm failed.
A Control Board failed.
Replace the failed
Control Board.
Replace the failed
Control Board.
Yellow
Red
A CIP is missing.
The craft interface failed.
One fan tray was removed from the chassis.
Two or more fan trays were removed from the chassis.
Insert a CIP into an empty slot.
Replace the failed craft interface.
Install the missing fan tray.
Install the missing fan trays.
Red
Red
Yellow
Red
One fan in the chassis is not spinning or is spinning below the required speed.
Replace the fan tray.
Red
An FPC has an out of range or invalid temperature reading.
Replace the failed FPC.
Yellow
An FPC microcode download has failed.
An FPC failed. If this occurs, the FPC attempts to reboot. If the SCB sees that an FPC is rebooting too often, it shuts down the FPC.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Too many hard errors in FPC memory.
Too many soft errors in FPC memory.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
74 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Chassis
Component
Hot swapping
Power supplies
Routing Engine
SIB
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Too many hot-swap interrupts are occurring. This message generally indicates that a hardware component that plugs into the router’s backplane from the front
(generally, an FPC) is broken.
-------------------------------------- Red
A power supply was removed from the chassis.
A power supply failed.
Error in reading or writing hard disk.
Error in reading or writing compact flash.
System booted from the default backup Routing
Engine. If you manually switched mastership, ignore this alarm condition.
System booted from hard disk.
Compact flash is missing in boot list.
Hard disk is missing in boot list.
Insert a power supply into the empty slot.
Yellow
Replace the failed power supply.
Red
Reformat the hard disk and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Reformat compact flash and install bootable image. If this fails, replace failed Routing
Engine.
Yellow
Install a bootable image on default master
Routing Engine. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Install a bootable image on compact flash. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Red Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Red
Red Routing Engine failed to boot.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
A spare SIB is missing.
Insert a spare SIB into an empty slot.
An SIB failed.
Replace the failed SIB.
A spare SIB failed.
An SIB has an out of range or invalid temperature reading.
An SIB is missing.
Replace the failed SIB.
Replace the failed SIB.
An SIB has failed.
Insert a SIB into an empty slot.
Replace the failed SIB.
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
75
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chassis
Component
Temperature
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
The chassis temperature has exceeded 55 degrees C, the fans have been turned on to full speed, and one or more fans have failed.
The chassis temperature has exceeded 65 degrees C and the fans have been turned on to full speed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and a fan has failed. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
Chassis temperature exceeded
75 degrees C. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The temperature sensor has failed.
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
For technical support, open a support case using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Red
76 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Table 26 lists the alarms that the chassis components can generate on an T320 router.
Table 26: T320 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions
Chassis
Component
Air filters
Alternative media
Control Board
CIP
Craft interface
Fan Trays
FPC
Alarm Condition
Change the air filter.
Remedy
Change the air filters.
Alarm
Severity
------------------------
The router boots from alternate boot device: the hard disk. Typically, the router boots from the flash drive . If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
For technical support, open a support case using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Yellow
Yellow A Control Board was removed. Insert a Control Board into an empty slot.
A Control Board temperature sensor alarm failed.
A Control Board failed.
Replace the failed
Control Board.
Replace the failed
Control Board.
Yellow
Red
A CIP is missing.
The craft interface failed.
One fan tray has been removed from the chassis.
Two or more fan trays have been removed from the chassis.
One fan in the chassis is not spinning or spinning below require speed.
Insert a CIP into an empty slot.
Replace the failed craft interface.
Install the missing fan tray.
Install the missing fan trays.
Replace the fan tray.
Red
Red
Yellow
Red
Red
An FPC has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
Replace the failed FPC.
Yellow
An FPC microcode download has failed.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
An FPC has failed. If this occurs, the FPC attempts to reboot. If the SCB sees that an
FPC is rebooting too often, it shuts down the FPC.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Replace the failed FPC.
Red Too many hard errors in FPC memory.
Too many soft errors in FPC memory.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
77
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chassis
Component
Hot swapping
Power supplies
Routing Engine
SIB
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Too many hot-swap interrupts are occurring. This message generally indicates that a hardware component that plugs into the router’s backplane from the front
(generally, an FPC) is broken.
----------------------------------Red
A power supply was removed from the chassis.
A power supply failed.
Error in reading or writing hard disk.
Error in reading or writing compact flash.
Insert a power supply into an empty slot.
Yellow
Replace the failed power supply.
Red
Reformat hard disk and install a bootable image.
If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
Reformat the compact flash and install bootable image. If this fails, replace failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
System booted from default backup Routing Engine. If you manually switched mastership, ignore this alarm condition.
Install a bootable image on default master
Routing Engine. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
System booted from hard disk.
Install a bootable image on the compact flash. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
Yellow
Compact flash missing in boot list.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Red
Hard disk missing in boot list.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
A SIB has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
An SIB is missing.
Replace the failed SIB.
Red
Routing Engine failed to boot.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
A spare SIB is missing.
Insert the spare SIB into an empty slot.
Red
Yellow
An SIB has failed.
A spare SIB has failed.
Replace the failed SIB.
Replace the failed SIB.
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Red
An SIB has failed.
Insert an SIB into an empty slot.
Replace the failed SIB.
Red
78 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Chassis
Component
Temperature
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
The chassis temperature exceeded 55 degrees, the fans turned on to full speed, and one or more fans failed.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and the fans turned on to full speed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and a fan failed. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
Chassis temperature exceeded
75 degrees C. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
Yellow
Yellow
Red
Red
The temperature sensor failed. For technical support, open a support case using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
79
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Table 27 lists the alarms that the chassis components can generate on a T640 routing node.
Table 27: T640 Routing Node Chassis Component Alarm Conditions
Chassis
Component
Air filter
Alternative media
Control Board
CIP
Craft interface
Fan trays
FPC
Alarm Condition
Change the air filter.
Remedy
Change the air filter.
Alarm
Severity
------------------------
The router boots from alternate boot device, the hard disk. Typically, the router boots from the flash drive . If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
For technical support, open a support case using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Yellow
Yellow A Control Board was removed. Insert a Control Board into an empty slot.
A Control Board temperature sensor alarm has failed.
A Control Board failed.
Replace the failed
Control Board.
Replace the failed
Control Board.
Yellow
Red
A CIP is missing.
The craft interface failed.
One fan tray was removed from the chassis.
Two or more fan trays were removed from the chassis.
Insert a CIP into an empty slot.
Replace the failed craft interface.
Install the missing fan tray.
Install the missing fan trays.
Red
Red
Yellow
Red
One fan in the chassis is not spinning or is spinning below the required speed.
Replace the fan tray.
Red
An FPC has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
Replace the failed FPC.
Yellow
An FPC microcode download has failed.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
An FPC has failed. If this occurs, the FPC attempts to reboot. If the SCB sees that an
FPC is rebooting too often, it shuts down the FPC.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
Replace the failed FPC.
Red Too many hard errors in FPC memory.
Too many soft errors in FPC memory.
Replace the failed FPC.
Red
80 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Chassis
Component
Hot swapping
Routing Engine
Power supplies
SCG
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
Too many hot-swap interrupts are occurring. This message generally indicates that a hardware component that plugs into the router’s backplane from the front
(generally, an FPC) is broken.
----------------------------------Red
Error in reading or writing hard disk.
Error in reading or writing compact flash.
System booted from the default backup Routing
Engine. If you manually switched mastership, ignore this alarm condition.
System booted from the hard disk.
Reformat the hard disk and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Reformat the compact flash and install a bootable image. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Yellow
Install a bootable image on the default master
Routing Engine. If this fails, replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Yellow
Install a bootable image on the compact flash. If this fails, replace the failed Routing Engine.
Yellow
Compact flash is missing in boot list.
Hard disk is missing in boot list.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
Routing Engine failed to boot.
Replace the failed
Routing Engine.
A power supply was removed from the chassis.
Insert a power supply into an empty slot.
Red
Red
Red
Yellow
A power supply has failed.
A backup SCG is offline.
Replace the failed power supply.
Red
Set the backup SCG online.
Yellow
An SCG has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
Replace the failed SCG.
Yellow
An SCG was removed.
Insert an SCG into an empty slot.
Yellow
All SCGs are offline or missing. Insert SCGs into empty slots or set all SCGs online.
An SCG failed.
Red
Replace the failed SCG.
Red
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
81
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Chassis
Component
SIB
SPMB
Temperature
Alarm Condition Remedy
Alarm
Severity
A spare SIB is missing.
Insert a spare SIB into an empty slot.
Yellow
An SIB failed.
A spare SIB failed.
A SIB has an out-of-range or invalid temperature reading.
An SIB is missing.
Replace the failed SIB.
Replace the failed SIB.
Replace the failed SIB.
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Insert an SIB into empty slot.
Red
An SIB failed.
Replace the failed SIB.
Red
A local SPMB is offline.
Reset the Control Board.
If this fails, replace the
Control Board.
Red
The chassis temperature exceeded 55 degrees, the fans turned on to full speed, and one or more fans have failed.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
Yellow
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and the fans have been turned on to full speed.
The chassis temperature exceeded 65 degrees C and a fan failed. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
Chassis temperature exceeded
75 degrees C. If this condition persists for more than 4 minutes, the router shuts down.
!
Check the room temperature.
!
Check the air filter and replace it.
!
Check the air flow.
!
Check the fan.
Yellow
Red
Red
The temperature sensor failed. For technical support, open a support case using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net
/support/ or call
1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or
1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Red
82 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
Display Error Messages in the Messages Log File
Action To display router component error messages in the messages system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. Display the error messages in the messages system log file logged at least 5 minutes before and after the alarm event.
To search for specific information in the log file, use the | match component-name command; for example, use show log messages | match fpc . If there is a space in the component name, enclose the component name in quotation marks; for example,
| match “power supply” .
To search for multiple items in the log file, use the | match command followed by the multiple items, separated by the | (pipe), and enclosed in quotation marks; for example, | match “fpc | sfm | kernel | tnp” .
To monitor the messages file in real time, use the monitor start messages CLI command. This command displays the new entries in the file until you stop monitoring by using the monitor stop messages CLI command.
For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log
Messages Reference.
Display Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display router component errors in the chassis daemon ( chassisd ) system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
The chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file keeps track of the state of each chassis component.
To search for specific information in the log file, use the | match component-name command; for example, show log messages | match fpc . If there is a space in the component name, enclose the component name in quotation marks; for example, | match “power supply” .
To search for multiple items in the log file, use the | match command followed by the multiple items, separated by the | (pipe), and enclosed in quotation marks; for example, | match “fpc | sfm | kernel | tnp” .
To monitor the chassisd file in real time, use the monitor start chassisd CLI command. This command displays the new entries in the file until you stop monitoring by using the monitor stop chassisd CLI command.
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
83
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Verify the Component Problem
Test a component only if it is not associated with a previously reported router component failure case and if testing will not compromise the integrity of the router and other components.
Action To verify component failure, follow these steps:
1.
Make sure that the component is well seated in its slot and connected to the router midplane.
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the component for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
2.
Perform a swap test on the component that has failed or has a problem. Take the component offline if necessary, remove it, and replace it with one that you know works. If the replaced component works, there was a problem with the component you removed.
Step 4: Fix the Problem
Action If the router alarm condition is your responsibility, take action and correct it. For example, replace a dirty air filter, clean a fiber-optic cable, connect the component securely to the midplane, or reset the component. Otherwise, escalate the alarm condition and contact JTAC.
NOTE: Do not straighten component pins. If a component’s pins are bent, return the component with a Return Material Authorization (RMA). Straightening the pins may cause intermittent problems in the future.
Step 5: Contact JTAC
JTAC performs more advanced troubleshooting. If you cannot determine the cause of a problem or need additional assistance, open a support case using the Case
Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or call 1-888-314-JTAC (within the
United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Action To provide JTAC with information about the system, use the following CLI command: user@host> request support information
Include the command output in your support request.
Because the output of this command is generally quite long, you can redirect the output to a file by using the following CLI command: user@host> request support information | save filename
84 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
The request support information command is a combination of the following CLI operational mode commands:
!
!
show version detail —Display the current time and information about how long the router, router software, and routing protocols have been running.
show version detail —Display version information for the JUNOS software packages and the software for each software process.
!
show system core-dumps —This is a hidden command used specifically by JTAC for troubleshooting router problems.
!
show chassis hardware —Display a list of all the components installed in the router chassis. The output includes the component name, version, part number, serial number, and a brief description.
!
show system processes extensive —Display exhaustive system processes that are running on the router and have controlling terminal information. This option is equivalent to the UNIX top –bSId1 infinity command.
!
show pfe statistics error —Display statistics about the Packet Forwarding Engine errors.
!
show chassis routing-engine —Display information about the Routing Engine.
!
show chassis environment —Display environmental information about the router chassis, including the temperature and information about the fans, power supplies, and Routing Engine.
!
show chassis firmware —Display the version levels of the firmware running on the SCB, SFM, SSB, FEB, and FPCs.
!
show chassis fpc detail —Display detailed status information for all FPCs or for a specified FPC.
!
show system boot messages —Display initial messages generated by the system kernel upon boot. This is the contents of the /var/run/dmesg.boot file.
!
show system storage —Display statistics about the amount of free disk space in the router’s file systems. Values are displayed in 1024-byte (1-KB) blocks. This command is equivalent to the UNIX df –k command.
!
show system virtual-memory —Display the usage of JUNOS kernel memory, listed first by size of allocation and then by type of usage.
!
show system buffer —Display information about the buffer pool that the Routing
Engine uses for local traffic, which is the routing and management traffic that is exchanged between the Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engine within the router, as well as the routing and management traffic from IP (that is, from OSPF, BGP, SNMP, pings, and so on).
!
show system statistics —Display system statistics for all protocols.
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
85
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
show configuration | except SECRET-DATA —Display the configuration that currently is running on the router, which is the last committed configuration. If you have modified the configuration since you last committed it, the configuration information displayed by the show configuration command will be different from that displayed with the show command from the [edit] hierarchy level in JUNOS software CLI configuration mode.
!
show interfaces extensive —Display static status information about router interfaces.
!
show chassis hardware extensive —Display extensive information about hardware installed in the router chassis.
Step 6: Return the Failed Component
Action To return a failed component, follow these steps:
1.
Determine the part number and serial number of the component. To list the numbers for all components installed in the chassis, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
If the component does not appear in the hardware inventory listing, check the failed component for the attached serial number ID label.
NOTE: The cooling system components (fans and impellers) do not have serial numbers. Therefore, you will not see a serial number listed in the hardware inventory or a serial number ID label on the component.
2.
Obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number from JTAC. Open a support case using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or call 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (outside the
United States).
Provide the following information in your e-mail message or during the telephone call:
!
Part number, description, and serial number of the component
!
Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address
!
Shipping address for the replacement component, including a contact name, phone number, and e-mail address
!
Description of the failure, including log messages
The support representative will validate your request and issue an RMA number for the return of the component.
86 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Chapter 11: Understanding the Method and Tools for Monitoring Router Components
3.
Pack the router or component for shipment, as described in the appropriate router hardware guide. Label the package with the corresponding RMA number.
Using the Basic Monitoring Method !
87
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
88 !
Using the Basic Monitoring Method
Part 3
Monitoring Key and Common Router
Components
!
Monitoring Key Router Components on page 91
!
Monitoring the Router Chassis on page 107
!
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
!
Monitoring FPCs on page 163
!
Monitoring PICs on page 183
!
Monitoring the Craft Interface on page 197
!
Monitoring Power Supplies on page 217
!
Monitoring the Cooling System on page 251
!
Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors on page 275
Monitoring Key and Common Router Components !
89
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
90 !
Monitoring Key and Common Router Components
Chapter 12
Monitoring Key Router Components
You monitor the key router components—the Routing Engine and the Packet
Forwarding Engine—to ensure that the router is handling general routing operations and is forwarding packets properly. This chapter provides an overview of the these components and includes the following information:
!
Understanding Key Router Components on page 92
!
Packet Forwarding Engine on page 92
!
Routing Engine on page 104
For information about what components comprise the Packet Forwarding Engine on each routing platform, see Table 29 on page 93.
For information about monitoring the Routing Engine, see:
!
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
!
91
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding Key Router Components
Purpose Inspect the Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engine to ensure that the router is handling general routing operations and is forwarding packets properly.
What Are the Key
Router Components
The router consists of two major architectural components:
!
Packet Forwarding Engine—This high-performance, application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC)-based component provides Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching, route lookups, and packet forwarding.
!
Routing Engine—Provides Layer 3 routing services and network management.
The Packet Forwarding Engine and the Routing Engine perform their primary tasks independently, although they constantly communicate through a 100-Mbps internal link. This arrangement provides streamlined forwarding and routing control and the capability to run Internet-scale backbone networks at high speeds. Figure 12 illustrates the relationship between the Packet Forwarding Engine and the Routing
Engine.
Figure 12: Router Architecture
Routing Engine
100-Mbps link
Packets in
Packet Forwarding
Engine
Packets out
Packet Forwarding Engine
The Packet Forwarding Engine provides Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching, route lookups, packet forwarding, and route lookup functions. Table 28 lists the Packet
Forwarding Engine forwarding rate and aggregate throughput for each routing platform.
Table 28: Packet Forwarding Engine Forwarding Rate and Aggregate Throughput Characteristics Per Routing
Platform
Specifications
Packet forwarding rate in million packets per second (Mpps)
Aggregate throughput in gigabits per second (Gbps)
M5/
M10 M7i M10i M20 M40 M40e M160 M320 T320 T640
40 16 16 40 40 40 160 385 385 770
6.4
8.4
12.8 25.6
40 51.2 160 320 320 640
92 !
Understanding Key Router Components
Chapter 12: Monitoring Key Router Components
For M-series routers, the Packet Forwarding Engine is implemented in ASICs that are located on the System Control Board (SCB): a Forwarding Engine Board (FEB)
(M5/M10 router), System and Switch Board (SSB) (M20 router), SCB (M40 router), or
Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM) (M40e and M160 routers). It uses a centralized route lookup engine and shared memory. For T-series routers, the Packet
Forwarding Engine is implemented in ASICs that are physically located on the
Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPCs) and Physical Interface Card (PICs).
Table 29 lists the Packet Forwarding Engine components for each routing platform.
Table 29: Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components Per Routing Platform
Component
Midplane
PIC
FPC
FIC
CFEB
FEB
SSB
SCB
SFM
Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC
Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs
T-series Internet Processor
Switch Interface ASICs
Media-specific ASICs on the PICs
M5/
M10 M7i M10i M20 M40 M40e M160 M320 T320 T640
X
X
Built-in
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Data Flow Through the Router Packet Forwarding Engine
This section describes the sequence in which data flows through each router Packet
Forwarding Engine.
!
Data Flow Through the M5 and M10 Router Packet Forwarding Engine on page 94
!
Data Flow Through the M7i Router Packet Forwarding Engine on page 95
!
Data Flow Through the M10i Router Packet Forwarding Engine on page 96
!
Data Flow Through the M20 Router Packet Forwarding Engine on page 97
!
Data Flow Through the M40 Router Packet Forwarding Engine on page 98
!
Data Flow Through the M40e Router Packet Forwarding Engine on page 99
!
Data Flow Through the M160 Router Packet Forwarding Engine on page 100
Understanding Key Router Components !
93
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
Data Flow Through the M320 Router and T640 Routing Node Packet
Forwarding Engine on page 101
!
Data Flow Through the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Packet Forwarding
Engine on page 103
Data Flow Through the M5 and M10 Router Packet Forwarding Engine
Data flows through the M5 and M10 router Packet Forwarding Engine in the sequence shown in Figure 13:
Figure 13: M5 and M10 Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
Packet in
Packet out
PIC
Controller
Midplane
PIC
Controller
I/O
Manager
FEB
Distributed
Buffer
Manager
Internet
Processor
II
Distributed
Buffer
Manager
Routing
Engine
= ASIC
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.
2.
The PIC passes the packets through the midplane to the FEB, where the I/O
Manager ASIC breaks them into 64-byte cells.
3.
The Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the FEB distributes the data cells throughout memory banks on the FEB.
4.
The Internet Processor II ASIC on the FEB performs route lookups and makes forwarding decisions.
5.
The Internet Processor II ASIC notifies a second Distributed Buffer Manager
ASIC on the FEB, which forwards the notification to the outgoing interface.
6.
The I/O Manager ASIC on the FEB reassembles data cells in shared memory into data packets as they are ready for transmission and passes them to the outgoing PIC through the midplane.
7.
The outgoing PIC transmits the data packets.
94 !
Understanding Key Router Components
Chapter 12: Monitoring Key Router Components
Data Flow Through the M7i Router Packet Forwarding Engine
Data flows through the M7i router Packet Forwarding Engine in the following sequence shown in Figure 14. Use of ASICs promotes efficient movement of data packets through the system.
Figure 14: M7i Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
Networking
Interface
Packet in
Controller
ASIC
Midplane CFEB Services
Interface
Controller
ASIC
Networking
Interface
Packet out
Controller
ASIC
Memory
Buffer
Routing
Engine
Integrated
ASIC
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming networking interface.
2.
The networking interface passes the packets to the CFEB, where the integrated
ASIC processes the packet headers, divides the packets into 64-byte data cells, and distributes the data cells throughout the memory buffer.
3.
The integrated ASIC on the CFEB performs a route lookup for each packet and decides how to forward it.
a.
If services are configured for the packet, the integrated ASIC reassembles the packet and passes it to the services interface.
b.
The services interface passes the packet to the CFEB, where the integrated
ASIC processes the packet, divides the packet into 64-byte cells, and distributes the data cells throughout the memory buffer.
c.
The integrated ASIC performs a second route lookup for each packet and decides how to forward it.
4.
The integrated ASIC notifies the outbound networking interface.
5.
The integrated ASIC reassembles data cells stored in shared memory into data packets as they are ready for transmission and passes them to the outbound networking interface.
6.
The outbound networking interface transmits the data packets.
Understanding Key Router Components !
95
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Data Flow Through the M10i Router Packet Forwarding Engine
Data flows through the M10i routers Packet Forwarding Engine in the sequence shown in Figure 15. Use of ASICs promotes efficient movement of data packets through the system.
Figure 15: M10i Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
Networking
Interface
Midplane CFEB
Packet in
Controller
ASIC
Networking
Interface
Memory
Buffer
Packet out
Controller
ASIC
Integrated
ASIC
Routing
Engine
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming networking interface.
2.
The networking interface passes the packets to the CFEB, where the integrated
ASIC processes the packet headers, divides the packets into 64-byte data cells, and distributes the data cells throughout the memory buffer.
3.
The integrated ASIC on the CFEB performs a route lookup for each packet and decides how to forward it.
a.
If services are configured for the packet, the integrated ASIC reassembles the packet and passes it to the services interface.
b.
The services interface passes the packet to the CFEB, where the integrated
ASIC processes the packet, divides the packet into 64-byte cells, and distributes the data cells throughout the memory buffer.
c.
The integrated ASIC performs a second route lookup for each packet and decides how to forward it.
4.
The integrated ASIC notifies the outbound networking interface.
5.
The integrated ASIC reassembles data cells stored in shared memory into data packets as they are ready for transmission and passes them to the outbound networking interface.
6.
The outbound networking interface transmits the data packets.
96 !
Understanding Key Router Components
Chapter 12: Monitoring Key Router Components
Data Flow Through the M20 Router Packet Forwarding Engine
Data flows through the M20 router Packet Forwarding Engine in the sequence shown in Figure 16.
Figure 16: M20 Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
Packet in
Controller
PIC
SSB
PIC
Controller
Packet out
FPC FPC
I/O
Manager
Internet
Processor
Distributed Buffer
Manager
I/O
Manager
= ASIC
Midplane
Routing Engine
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.
2.
The I/O Manager ASIC processes the packet headers, divides the packets into
64-byte data cells, and passes the cells through the midplane to the SSB.
3.
A Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the SSB distributes the data cells throughout the memory buffers located on and shared by all the FPCs.
4.
The Internet Processor II ASIC on the SSB performs a route lookup for each packet and decides how to forward it.
5.
The Internet Processor II ASIC notifies a Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the SSB of the forwarding decision, and the Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC forwards the notification to the FPC that hosts the appropriate outbound interface.
6.
The I/O Manager ASIC on the FPC reassembles data cells stored in shared memory into data packets as they are ready for transmission and passes them through the Packet Director ASIC to the outbound PIC.
7.
The outbound PIC transmits the data packets.
Understanding Key Router Components !
97
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Data Flow Through the M40 Router Packet Forwarding Engine
Data flows through the M40 router Packet Forwarding Engine in the sequence shown in Figure 17.
Figure 17: M40 Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
Controller
PIC
FPC
System Control
Board FPC
PIC
Controller
Packet in
I/O manager
Internet
Processor
I/O manager
Packet out
= ASIC
Backplane
Distributed Buffer
Manager
Routing Engine
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.
2.
The PIC passes the packets to the FPC, where the I/O Manager ASIC processes the packet headers, divides the packets into 64-byte data cells, and passes the cells to the backplane.
3.
The Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the backplane distributes the data cells throughout the memory buffers located on and shared by all the FPCs.
4.
The Internet Processor or Internet Processor II ASIC on the SCB performs route lookups and makes forwarding decisions.
5.
The Internet Processor or Internet Processor II ASIC notifies a second
Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the backplane of the routing decision.
6.
The Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC forwards the notification to the FPC that hosts the outbound PIC.
7.
The I/O Manager ASIC on the FPC reassembles data cells in shared memory into data packets as they are ready for transmission and passes them to the outbound PIC.
8.
The outbound PIC transmits the data packets.
98 !
Understanding Key Router Components
Chapter 12: Monitoring Key Router Components
Data Flow Through the M40e Router Packet Forwarding Engine
Data flows through the M40e router Packet Forwarding Engine in the sequence shown Figure 18.
Figure 18: M40e Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
Midplane
Packet in
Packet out
Controller
PIC
FPC
I/O
Manager
Packet
Director
Packet
Director
Distributed
Buffer
Manager
SFM
Internet
Processor II
Routing
Engine
= ASIC
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.
2.
The PIC passes the packets to the FPC, where the Packet Director ASIC directs them to the active I/O Manager ASIC.
3.
The I/O Manager ASIC processes the packet headers, divides the packets into
64-byte data cells, and passes the cells through the midplane to the SFM.
4.
A Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the SFM distributes the data cells throughout the memory buffers located on and shared by all the FPCs.
5.
The Internet Processor II ASIC on the SFM performs a route lookup for each packet and decides how to forward it.
6.
The Internet Processor II ASIC notifies the second Distributed Buffer Manager
ASIC (on the SFM) of the forwarding decision, and the Distributed Buffer
Manager ASIC forwards the notification to the FPC that hosts the appropriate outbound interface.
7.
The I/O Manager ASIC on the FPC reassembles data cells stored in shared memory into data packets as they are ready for transmission and passes them through the Packet Director ASIC to the outbound PIC.
8.
The outbound PIC transmits the data packets.
Understanding Key Router Components !
99
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Data Flow Through the M160 Router Packet Forwarding Engine
Data flows through the M160 router Packet Forwarding Engine in the sequence shown in Figure 19.
Figure 19: M160 Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
Midplane
Packet in
Packet out
Controller
PIC
FPC
I/O
Manager
Packet
Director
Distributed
Buffer
Manager
SFM
Internet
Processor II
Routing
Engine
= ASIC
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.
2.
The PIC passes the packets to the FPC, where the Packet Director ASIC distributes them among the I/O Manager ASICs.
3.
The I/O Manager ASICs process the packet headers, divide the packets into
64-byte data cells, and pass the cells through the midplane to the SFMs.
4.
The Distributed Buffer Manager ASICs on the SFMs distribute the data cells throughout memory buffers located on and shared by all the FPCs.
5.
For each packet, an Internet Processor II ASIC on an SFM performs a route lookup and decides how to forward the packet.
6.
The Internet Processor II ASIC notifies a second Distributed Buffer Manager
ASIC (on the SFM) of the forwarding decision, and the Distributed Buffer
Manager ASIC forwards the notification to the FPC that hosts the appropriate outbound interface.
7.
The I/O Manager ASIC on the FPC reassembles data cells in shared memory into data packets as they are ready for transmission and passes them through the Packet Director ASIC to the outbound PIC.
8.
The outbound PIC transmits the data packets.
100 !
Understanding Key Router Components
Chapter 12: Monitoring Key Router Components
Data Flow Through the M320 Router and T640 Routing Node Packet Forwarding
Engine
Data flows through the M320 routing node Packet Forwarding Engine in the sequence shown Figure 20.
Figure 20: M320 Router Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
Internet
Processor
ASIC
Queuing and
Memory
Interface
ASIC
Packets in
PIC
Layer 2/Layer 3
Packet
Processing
ASIC
Switch
Interface
ASIC
Switch
Interface
ASIC
Midplane
Queuing and
Memory
Interface
ASICs
RDRAM
Switch
Fabric
Packets out
PIC
Queuing and
Memory
Interface
ASICs
RDRAM
Switch
Fabric
Layer 2/Layer 3
Packet
Processing
ASIC
Switch
Interface
ASIC
Queuing and
Memory
Interface
ASIC
Internet
Processor
ASIC
Switch
Interface
ASIC
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.
2.
The PIC passes the packets to the FPC, where the Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet
Processing ASIC performs Layer 2 and Layer 3 parsing and divides the packets into 64-byte cells.
3.
The Switch Interface ASIC extracts the route lookup key, places it in a notification and passes the notification to the Internet Processor ASIC. The
Switch Interface ASIC also passes the data cells to the Queuing and Memory
Interface ASICs for buffering.
4.
The Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs pass the data cells to memory for buffering.
5.
The Internet Processor ASIC performs the route lookup and forwards the notification to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC.
Understanding Key Router Components !
101
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
6.
The Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC sends the notification to the Switch
Interface ASIC facing the switch fabric, unless the destination is on the same
Packet Forwarding Engine. In this case, the notification is sent back to the
Switch Interface ASIC facing the outgoing ports, and the packets are sent to the outgoing port without passing through the switch fabric (see Step 13).
7.
The Switch Interface ASIC sends bandwidth requests through the switch fabric to the destination port. The Switch Interface ASIC also issues read requests to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC to begin reading data cells out of memory.
8.
The destination Switch Interface ASIC sends bandwidth grants through the switch fabric to the originating Switch Interface ASIC.
9.
Upon receipt of each bandwidth grant, the originating Switch Interface ASIC sends a cell through the switch fabric to the destination Packet Forwarding
Engine.
10. The destination Switch Interface ASIC receives cells from the switch fabric. It extracts the route lookup key from each cell, places it in a notification, and forwards the notification to the Internet Processor ASIC.
11. The Internet Processor ASIC performs the route lookup, and forwards the notification to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC.
12. The Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC forwards the notification, including next-hop information, to the Switch Interface ASIC.
13. The Switch Interface ASIC sends read requests to the Queuing and Memory
Interface ASIC to read the data cells out of memory, and passes the cells to the
Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC.
14. The Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC reassembles the data cells into packets, adds Layer 2 encapsulation, and sends the packets to the outgoing PIC interface.
15. The outgoing PIC sends the packets out into the network.
102 !
Understanding Key Router Components
Chapter 12: Monitoring Key Router Components
Data Flow Through the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Packet Forwarding
Engine
Data flows through the T320 router and T640 routing node Packet Forwarding
Engine in the following sequence shown in Figure 21.
Figure 21: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Packet Forwarding Engine Components and Data Flow
T-series
Internet
Processor
ASIC
Queuing and
Memory
Interface
ASIC
Packets in
PIC
Layer 2/Layer 3
Packet
Processing
ASIC
Switch
Interface
ASIC
Switch
Interface
ASIC
Midplane
Queuing and
Memory
Interface
ASICs
RDRAM
Switch
Fabric
Packets out
PIC
Queuing and
Memory
Interface
ASICs
RDRAM
Switch
Fabric
Layer 2/Layer 3
Packet
Processing
ASIC
Switch
Interface
ASIC
Queuing and
Memory
Interface
ASIC
T-series
Internet
Processor
ASIC
Switch
Interface
ASIC
1.
Packets arrive at an incoming PIC interface.
2.
The PIC passes the packets to the FPC, where the Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet
Processing ASIC performs Layer 2 and Layer 3 parsing and divides the packets into 64-byte cells.
3.
The Switch Interface ASIC extracts the route lookup key, places it in a notification, and passes the notification to the T-series Internet Processor. The
Switch Interface ASIC also passes the data cells to the Queuing and Memory
Interface ASICs for buffering.
4.
The Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs pass the data cells to memory for buffering.
5.
The T-series Internet Processor performs the route lookup and forwards the notification to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC.
Understanding Key Router Components !
103
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
6.
The Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC sends the notification to the Switch
Interface ASIC facing the switch fabric, unless the destination is on the same
Packet Forwarding Engine. In this case, the notification is sent back to the
Switch Interface ASIC facing the outgoing ports, and the packets are sent to the outgoing port without passing through the switch fabric (see Step 13).
7.
The Switch Interface ASIC sends bandwidth requests through the switch fabric to the destination port. The Switch Interface ASIC also issues read requests to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC to begin reading data cells out of memory.
8.
The destination Switch Interface ASIC sends bandwidth grants through the switch fabric to the originating Switch Interface ASIC.
9.
Upon receipt of each bandwidth grant, the originating Switch Interface ASIC sends a cell through the switch fabric to the destination Packet Forwarding
Engine.
10. The destination Switch Interface ASIC receives cells from the switch fabric. It extracts the route lookup key from each cell, places it in a notification, and forwards the notification to the T-series Internet Processor.
11. The T-series Internet Processor performs the route lookup, and forwards the notification to the Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC.
12. The Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC forwards the notification, including next-hop information, to the Switch Interface ASIC.
13. The Switch Interface ASIC sends read requests to the Queuing and Memory
Interface ASIC to read the data cells out of memory, and passes the cells to the
Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC.
14. The Layer 2/Layer 3 Packet Processing ASIC reassembles the data cells into packets, adds Layer 2 encapsulation, and sends the packets to the outgoing PIC interface.
15. The outgoing PIC sends the packets out into the network.
Routing Engine
The Routing Engine consists of JUNOS software running on an Intel-based
Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) platform. The JUNOS kernel supports
JUNOS system processes which handle system management processes, routing protocols, and control functions (see Figure 22 on page 105).
The Routing Engine handles all the routing protocol processes, as well as other software processes that control the router interfaces, the chassis components, system management, and user access to the router. These routing and software processes run on top of a kernel that interacts with the Packet Forwarding Engine.
The Routing Engine has a dedicated 100-Mbps internal connection to the Packet
Forwarding Engine.
104 !
Understanding Key Router Components
Chapter 12: Monitoring Key Router Components
Figure 22: Routing Engine Architecture
JUNOS software
System management processes
Routing protocols
Kernel
Intel-based PCI platform
Control functions
System processes
Operating system
Routing Engine Functions
The Routing Engine handles all the routing protocol processes, as well as other software processes that control the router interfaces, system management, and user access to the router. These routing and software processes run on top of a kernel that interacts with the T-series Internet Processor in the Packet Forwarding
Engine.
The Routing Engine provides the following functions:
!
Routing protocol packet processing—All routing protocol packets from the network are directed to the Routing Engine, and hence do not delay the Packet
Forwarding Engine unnecessarily.
!
Software modularity—By dividing the different software functions into separate processes, the failure of one process is isolated from others and has little or no effect on them.
!
In-depth Internet functionality—Each routing protocol is implemented with a complete set of Internet features and provides full flexibility for advertising, filtering, and modifying routes. Routing policies are set according to route parameters (such as prefix, prefix lengths, and BGP attributes).
!
Scalability—The JUNOS routing tables are designed to hold all the routes in current and imminent networks. Additionally, the JUNOS software efficiently supports large numbers of interfaces and virtual circuits.
!
Management interface—Different levels of system management practices are provided, including a command-line interface (CLI) and SNMP.
!
Storage and change management—Configuration files, system images, and microcode can be held and maintained in primary and secondary storage systems, permitting local or remote upgrades.
!
Efficiency and flexibility monitoring—The router permits alarm handling and packet counting. For example, the router allows information to be gathered on every port, without adversely affecting packet forwarding performance.
Understanding Key Router Components !
105
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The Routing Engine constructs and maintains one or more routing tables (see
Figure 23). From the routing tables, the Routing Engine derives a table of active routes, called the forwarding table , which is copied into the Packet Forwarding
Engines. The design of the T-series Internet Processor allows the forwarding table in the Packet Forwarding Engines to be updated without interrupting the router’s forwarding.
Figure 23: Control Packet Handling for Routing and Forwarding Table Update
Routing protocol process
Routing Engine
Forwarding table updates
Routing protocol packets from network
Packets in
Forwarding table
Packet Forwarding
Engines
Packets out
On the M320 and T320 routers and the T640 routing node, the host subsystem provides the routing and system management functions. The host subsystem consists of the Routing Engine and the Control Board. For more information about the host subsystem, see “Monitoring the Host Subsystem” on page 289. For more information about the Control Boards, see “Monitoring the Control Board” on page 301.
On the M40e and M160 routers, the host module provides the routing and system management functions. The host module consists of the Routing Engine and the
Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS). For more information about the host module, see “Monitoring the Host Module” on page 341. For more information about the MCS, see “Monitoring the MCS” on page 359.
On the M10i router, the Routing Engine works with its companion High-Availability
Chassis Manager (HCM) to provide control and monitoring functions for router components. For more information about the HCM, see “Monitoring the HCM” on page 431.
106 !
Understanding Key Router Components
Chapter 13
Monitoring the Router Chassis
You monitor the router to ensure that the installed components are operating normally and that packets are being received and forwarded to their destination.
(See Table 30.)
Table 30: Checklist for Monitoring the Router Chassis
Monitor Chassis Tasks
Understanding the Router Chassis on page 108
Command or Action
!
M5 and M10 Router Chassis and Components on page 109
!
M7i Router Chassis and Components on page 109
!
M10i Router Chassis and Components on page 110
!
M20 Router Chassis and Components on page 110
!
M40 Router Chassis and Components on page 111
!
M40e Router Chassis and Components on page 112
!
M160 Router Chassis and Components on page 113
!
M320 Router Chassis and Components on page 114
!
T320 Router Chassis and Components on page 115
!
T640 Routing Node and Components on page 116
Checking the Router Chassis Component Status on page 117
1. Display the Hardware Components Installed in the Router
Chassis on page 117 show chassis hardware show chassis environment 2. Check the Component Environmental Status on page 118
3. Check the Component Status from the Craft Interface on page 118
Checking Router Alarms on page 119 show chassis craft-interface
1. Display Current Component Alarms on page 120 show chassis alarms show chassis craft-interface
2. Display Component Error Messages in the System Log File on page 121
3. Display Component Errors in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 122 show log messages show log chassisd
!
107
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Chassis Tasks
Verifying Router Component Failure on page 122
Replacing a Failed Component on page 122
Command or Action
Replace the failed component with one that you know works and check its status.
1. Locate the component serial number ID label.
2. Obtain a Return Material Authorization (RMA) from JTAC.
3. Pack the component and ship it.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedures in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Understanding the Router Chassis
Purpose Monitor the router chassis to ensure that the installed components are operating normally and that packets are being forwarded to their destination.
What Is a Chassis The router chassis is a rigid sheet-metal structure that houses all of the router hardware components. For more information about the router chassis, see the appropriate router hardware guide .
108 !
Understanding the Router Chassis
Chapter 13: Monitoring the Router Chassis
Figure 24 shows the front and rear of the M5 and M10 Internet router chassis and the installed components.
Figure 24: M5 and M10 Router Chassis and Components
M5 router front M10 router front
PICs
PICs
Craft interface
M5 and M10 router rear
Routing Engine
Forwarding Engine
Board
ESD point Craft interface
Power supplies
ESD point
Fan tray
Figure 25 shows the front and rear of the M7i Internet router chassis and the installed components.
Figure 25: M7i Router Chassis and Components
M7i router front M7i router rear
PICs
PEM0 PEM1
ESD point
FPC0 EDS point HCM Routing engine Power supplies
Understanding the Router Chassis !
109
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 26 shows the front and rear of the M10i Internet router chassis and the installed components.
Figure 26: M10i Router Chassis and Components
M10i router front M10i router rear
FPC0
FPC1
PICs
Compact Forwarding
Engine Boards
HCM0
HCM1 HCMs Routing Engines
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
RE0 PEM3
RE1 PEM2
FANTRAY 1
Power supplies
P/S 3
P/S 2
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
P/S 1
P/S 0
NOTE:
FOR NORMAL O UST BE PRESEN
T
FANTRAY O
PEM0 PEM1
Figure 27 shows the front and rear of the M20 Internet router chassis and the installed components.
Figure 27: M20 Router Chassis and Components
Front Rear
Routing
Engines
Rear Routing
Engine panel
Cable management system Fan tray assemblies (3) SSB0
SSB1
PICs
(on FPCs)
Craft interface
FPC0
FPC1
FPC2
FPC3
Cable management system
Power supplies
110 !
Understanding the Router Chassis
Chapter 13: Monitoring the Router Chassis
Figure 28 shows the front and rear of the M40 Internet router chassis and the installed components.
Figure 28: M40 Router Chassis and Components
Front
Front-rack mounting ear
Cable managment system cover
Rear
Cooling system exhaust
(upper impeller tray)
Front rack-mounting ear
Center rack-mounting ear
Triple fan assembly
Card cage with
FPCs with PICs
Electrostatic discharge point
Craft interface display
Air filter (behind cover)
Center rack-mounting ear
Routing Engine housing
LS-120 drive
Electrostatic discharge point
Power supplies
Understanding the Router Chassis !
111
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 29 shows the front and rear of the M40e Internet router chassis and the installed components.
Figure 29: M40e Router Chassis and Components
Rear Front
Center rack-mounting ear
Front support posts
Craft interface
FPCs
CIP
SFMs
MCS 0
Routing Engines
MCS 1
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
ESD point
Cable management system
Air filter
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
Do not install an SFM in this slot
PCG 0
PCG 1
PCGs
Grounding points
Circuit breakers
Power supplies
112 !
Understanding the Router Chassis
Chapter 13: Monitoring the Router Chassis
Figure 30 shows the front and rear of the M160 Internet router chassis and the installed components.
Figure 30: M160 Router Chassis and Components
Front Rear
Craft interface
FPCs
CIP
ESD point
Cable management system
Air filter
SFMs
MCS 0
Routing Engines
MCS 1
SFMs
ESD point
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
PCGs
Grounding points
Circuit breakers
Power supplies
Understanding the Router Chassis !
113
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 31 shows the front and rear of the M320 Internet router chassis and the installed components.
Figure 31: M320 Router Chassis and Components
M320 router front M320 router rear
Craft interface
Fan tray
FPCs
CIP
PIC
FAIL
FPC 0
OK FAIL
FPC 1
OK
FAIL
FPC 2
OK
FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK
FAIL
FPC 5
OK
FAIL
FPC 6
OK FAIL
FPC 7
OK
CB0
RE0
RE1
CB1
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
ESD point
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
SIB3
Power supply
PEM0
Power supply
PEM1
Power supply
PEM2
Power supply
PEM3
SIB-M
SIB-M
SIB-M
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB
2
SIB
3
SIB
0
SIB
1
114 !
Understanding the Router Chassis
Chapter 13: Monitoring the Router Chassis
Figure 32 shows the front and rear of the T320 Internet router chassis and installed components.
Figure 32: T320 Router Chassis and Components
T320 front T320 rear
Rack-mounting ears
Craft interface
Fan tray
FPCs
CIP
Air filter
PICs
Routing
Engines
Air exhaust
CB0
(RE0)
(RE1)
CB1
SCG1
Fan tray
ESD point
Fan tray
Air intake
(air filter inside)
SCG0
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
Power supplies
PEM0
PEM1
Understanding the Router Chassis !
115
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 33 shows the front and rear of the T640 Internet routing node and the frinstalled components.
Figure 33: T640 Routing Node and Components
T640 front T640 rear
Rack-mounting ears
Craft interface
Fan tray
FPCs
(with PICs installed)
CIP
ESD point
Air exhaust
SCG0
CB0
Routing
Engines
CB1
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
SIB3
SIB4
Air filter
Power supplies
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake
SCG1
RE0
RE1
Fan tray
PEM0
PEM1
ESD point
Grounding points
See Also !
M5 and M10 Internet Router Overview on page 3
!
M7i Internet Router Overview on page 7
!
M10i Internet Router Overview on page 11
!
M20 Internet Router Overview on page 15
!
M40 Internet Router Overview on page 19
!
M40e Internet Router Overview on page 23
!
M160 Internet Router Overview on page 27
!
M320 Internet Router Overview on page 31
!
“T320 Internet Router Overview” on page 35
116 !
Understanding the Router Chassis
Chapter 13: Monitoring the Router Chassis
!
T640 Internet Routing Node Overview on page 39
Checking the Router Chassis Component Status
Steps To Take To check the status of the components installed in the router chassis, follow these steps:
1.
Display the Hardware Components Installed in the Router Chassis on page 117
2.
Check the Component Environmental Status on page 118
3.
Check the Component Status from the Craft Interface on page 118
Step 1: Display the Hardware Components Installed in the Router Chassis
Action To display a list of the hardware components installed in the router chassis, use the following JUNOS command-line interface (CLI) operational mode command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output m160@host> show chassis hardware
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 101 M160
Midplane REV 02 710-001245 S/N AB4107
FPM CMB REV 01 710-001642 S/N AA2911
FPM Display REV 01 710-001647 S/N AA2999
CIP REV 02 710-001593 S/N AA9563
PEM 0 Rev 01 740-001243 S/N KJ35769 DC
PEM 1 Rev 01 740-001243 S/N KJ35765 DC
PCG 0 REV 01 710-001568 S/N AA9794
PCG 1 REV 01 710-001568 S/N AA9804
Host 1 da000004f8d57001 Present
MCS 1 REV 03 710-001226 S/N AA9777
SFM 0 SPP REV 04 710-001228 S/N AA2975
SFM 0 SPR REV 02 710-001224 S/N AA9838 Internet Processor I
SFM 1 SPP REV 04 710-001228 S/N AA2860
SFM 1 SPR REV 01 710-001224 S/N AB0139 Internet Processor I
FPC 0 REV 03 710-001255 S/N AA9806 FPC Type 1
CPU REV 02 710-001217 S/N AA9590
PIC 1 REV 05 750-000616 S/N AA1527 1x OC-12 ATM, MM
PIC 2 REV 05 750-000616 S/N AA1535 1x OC-12 ATM, MM
PIC 3 REV 01 750-000616 S/N AA1519 1x OC-12 ATM, MM
FPC 1 REV 02 710-001611 S/N AA9523 FPC Type 2
CPU REV 02 710-001217 S/N AA9571
PIC 0 REV 03 750-001900 S/N AA9626 1x STM-16 SDH, SMIR
PIC 1 REV 01 710-002381 S/N AD3633 2x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
FPC 2 FPC Type OC192
CPU REV 03 710-001217 S/N AB3329
PIC 0 REV 01 1x OC-192 SM SR-2
What It Means The command output displays a list of the components installed in the M160 router chassis, including the name, revision level, part number, serial number, and a brief description of the component. From this output, you can determine which components to maintain and monitor to ensure optimum router operation. The command output is similar for other routers.
Checking the Router Chassis Component Status !
117
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Check the Component Environmental Status
Action To check the environmental status of the router component, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output m20@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply A OK
Power Supply B OK
Temp FPC Slot 1 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
FPC Slot 2 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Power Supply A OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
Power Supply B OK 21 degrees C / 69 degrees F
SSB Slot 0 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
Backplane OK 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
Fans Rear Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Upper Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Middle Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
What It Means The command output lists the components installed in an M20 router chassis, including the category or class, component name, operational status, and temperature or speed measurement. Use this command to get a quick status of each component installed in the router chassis. You can also use the show chassis component-name CLI command to get more detailed status information on certain components for isolating problems. For an example, see “Display Detailed
Component Environmental Information” on page 59.
Step 3: Check the Component Status from the Craft Interface
Action To check the router operation status from the craft interface, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output m160@host> show chassis craft-interface
FPM Display contents:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|Up: 1+16:46 |
| |
|Fans OK |
+--------------------+
Front Panel System LEDs:
Host 0 1
------------------------
OK . *
Fail . .
Master . *
Front Panel Alarm Indicators:
-----------------------------
Red LED .
Yellow LED .
Major relay .
118 !
Checking the Router Chassis Component Status
Chapter 13: Monitoring the Router Chassis
Minor relay .
Front Panel FPC LEDs:
FPC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
Red . . . . . . . .
Green * * . . . . . .
MCS and SFM LEDs:
MCS 0 1 SFM 0 1 2 3
--------------------------------------
Amber . . .
Green . . .
Blue * * *
What It Means The command output displays the router system operation status for an M160 router, including the alarm indicators, the information displayed on the craft interface LCD display, and the component LEDs. An asterisk (*) indicates that the component is operating normally. A dot is merely a placeholder, and indicates nothing. For example, the asterisks in the Host Front Panel System LEDs section indicate that the Routing Engine in slot 1 is operating normally and that it is the master. The dots in the Front Panel Alarm Indicators section indicate that there are no system alarms.
Alternative Actions Physically look at the router craft interface. The router name in the LCD display helps verify that you have located the correct router to monitor. For more information about the craft interface, see “Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197 or the appropriate router hardware guide.
Checking Router Alarms
Chassis alarms indicate a problem with a chassis component, such as the Flexible
PIC Concentrators (FPCs), cooling system, power supplies, and other components.
For a listing of the chassis alarms for a particular router, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
For information about conditions that trigger router component alarms, see:
!
M5 or M10 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions on page 61
!
M7i or M10i Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions on page 63
!
M20 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions on page 65
!
M40 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions on page 68
!
M40e or M160 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions on page 71
!
M320 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions on page 74
!
T320 Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions on page 77
!
T640 Routing Node Chassis Component Alarm Conditions on page 80
Checking Router Alarms !
119
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Steps To Take To check router system alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Display Current Component Alarms on page 120
2.
Display Component Error Messages in the System Log File on page 121
Step 1: Display Current Component Alarms
Action To display the active chassis alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
5 alarms are currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-04-16 15:09:01 PDT Major PIC 2/2 failed to initialize
2002-04-16 15:08:40 PDT Major Power Supply A 2.5 volt output failed
2002-04-16 15:08:40 PDT Major Power Supply A 5 volt output failed
2002-04-16 15:08:40 PDT Major Power Supply A 3.3 volt output failed
2002-04-16 15:08:40 PDT Major Power Supply A fan failed
What It Means The command output displays the number of alarms currently active, the time at which the alarm began, the severity level, and an alarm description. Note the date and time of an alarm so that you can correlate it with error messages in the messages system log file. This sample command output is for a router from which the lower fan tray and the power supply have been removed, and the management
Ethernet interface disconnected. The craft interface display, in alarm mode, displays a short description of the alarm. The show chassis alarms command output displays a longer description of the alarm.
Alternative Actions To view active router alarms, you can physically look at the craft interface or use the show chassis craft-interface command.
The show chassis craft-interface command displays the most severe alarm first, the alarm indicator status, and the number of active alarms. You cannot scroll through the alarms (if there are more than two) at the command line.
user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Red alarm: LED on, relay on
Yellow alarm: LED off, relay off
Host OK LED: On
Host fail LED: Off
FPCs 0 1 2 3
-------------------
Green * * * *
Red . . . .
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|5 Alarms active |
|R: PIC 2/2 FAILED |
|R: Supply A 2v FAIL |
+--------------------+
120 !
Checking Router Alarms
Chapter 13: Monitoring the Router Chassis
When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the craft interface goes into alarm mode. Alarm mode preempts idle mode, displaying a message to alert you of serious alarm conditions. In alarm mode, the screen displays the following information:
!
First line—Name of the router.
!
Second line—Number of alarms active on the router.
!
Third and fourth lines—Individual alarms, with the most severe condition shown first. Each line indicates whether the alarm is red (R) or yellow (Y).
For more information about the craft interface, see “Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197 or the appropriate router hardware guide.
Step 2: Display Component Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display component error messages in the messages system log file, use the following JUNOS CLI operational mode command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
[...Output truncated...]
Apr 17 11:12:45 tylenol scb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) Power Supply B fan failed
Apr 17 11:12:46 tylenol scb CM: ALARM CLEAR: Power Supply B fan failed
Apr 17 11:12:46 tylenol alarmd[590]: Alarm cleared: Pwr supply color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=Power Supply B fan failed
Apr 17 11:13:09 tylenol alarmd[590]: Alarm set: Pwr supply color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=Power Supply B fan failed
Apr 17 11:13:09 tylenol scb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) Power Supply B fan failed
Apr 17 11:13:10 tylenol alarmd[590]: Alarm cleared: Pwr supply color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=Power Supply B fan failed
Apr 17 11:13:10 tylenol scb CM: ALARM CLEAR: Power Supply B fan failed
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can use the date and time to browse the messages log file, or you can use the show log messages | match component-name command to view error messages that are specific to a particular component. For example, the command output shows the common power supply error messages logged from the router. In the filter expression, if there is a space in the component name, enclose the component name in quotation marks, for example | match “power supply” .
Use system log file information to isolate a component problem and to let the
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated at the time of the event. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages Reference .
Checking Router Alarms !
121
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Display Component Errors in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display component error messages in the chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd
Jun 11 20:45:08 *** inventory change ***
Jun 11 20:45:08 CIP set alarm 0x1
Jun 11 20:45:08 alarm op fru 34 op 1 reason 1
Jun 11 20:45:08 send: red alarm set, class 100 obj 112 reason 1
Jun 11 20:45:08 CIP removed
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is maintained when components are added or removed. The command output displays error messages that are generated when a Connector Interface Panel (CIP) fails or is removed.
Verifying Router Component Failure
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the component for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To verify router component failure, perform a swap test on a component as follows:
1.
Replace a failed component with one that you know works.
2.
Verify the component status by using the appropriate show chassis component-name command. If the replaced component works, the original component is defective.
3.
If the replaced component does not work, remove it and check the component midplane connector for bent pins. If the replaced component still does not work, contact JTAC, and see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86.
Replacing a Failed Component
Action To return the router chassis, you need to know the chassis serial number. To display the midplane serial number, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output m160@host> show chassis hardware
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 101 M160
Midplane REV 02 710-001245 S/N AB4107
FPM CMB REV 01 710-001642 S/N AA2911
FPM Display REV 01 710-001647 S/N AA2999
[...Output truncated...]
122 !
Verifying Router Component Failure
Chapter 13: Monitoring the Router Chassis
What It Means The chassis serial number is AB4107 .
To return a chassis, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86. See also the appropriate router hardware guide.
Replacing a Failed Component !
123
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
124 !
Replacing a Failed Component
Chapter 14
Monitoring the Routing Engine
You monitor and maintain the Routing Engine, a key router component, to ensure that all system processes function normally, including routing protocols, packet forwarding tables, router interfaces, system management, JUNOS software and file system storage, and monitoring functions. (See Table 31.)
Table 31: Checklist for Monitoring the Routing Engine
Monitor Routing Engine Tasks
Understanding the Routing Engine on page 127
Command or Action
!
Routing Engine Types and Characteristics on page 127
!
Routing Engine Locations on page 130
!
Routing Engine Redundancy on page 135
!
Routing Engine Component Companionship on page 135
!
Routing Engine Boot Devices on page 135
!
Routing Engine Storage Media on page 136
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status on page 136
1. Check the Detailed Routing Engine Status on page 137 show chassis routing-engine show chassis environment routing-engine
2. Check the Routing Engine LEDs on page 138 !
Check the M7i Routing Engine LEDs on page 139
!
Check the M20 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 140
!
Check the M40 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 142
!
Check the M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 143
!
Check the M320 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 144
!
Check the T320 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 144
!
Check the T640 Routing Node Routing Engine LEDs on page 145
3. Check the Redundant Routing Engine Status from the Craft
Interface CLI Output on page 146 show chassis craft-interface
Verifying Routing Engine Failure on page 149
1. Check Core Files If the Routing Engine Reboots on page 149 !
List the Core Files Generated After A Crash Occurs on page 149
!
Display the Messages Log File After A Crash Occurs on page 150
!
Example of When No Core File Is Generated on page 150
!
125
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Routing Engine Tasks Command or Action
2. Example of Boot Messages If Routing Engine Fails to Boot on page 150
3. Check for Compact Flash Media and Hard Disk Failure on page 150 show system storage show system boot-messages show log messages
!
When the Compact Flash Is Removed from the Boot List on page 151
!
Determine Why Compact Flash Did Not Mount on page 151
!
When the Hard Disk Is Removed from the Boot List on page 152
!
Verify That the Hard Disk Did Not Mount on page 152
!
Verify That the Hard Disk Is Missing from The Boot List on page 153
!
View Alarms When Media Is Removed from the Boot List on page 153
4. Understand What Happens When Memory Failures Occur on page 154
5. Check the Router File System and Boot Disk on page 154 show system storage
6. Display the Current Routing Engine Alarms on page 155 show chassis alarms
7. Display Error Messages in the System Log File on page 155 show log messages
8. Document the Events Prior to the Failure on page 156
Getting Routing Engine Hardware Information on page 157
Write down failure events as they occur. Turn on logging on your system console.
1. Display Routing Engine Hardware Information on page 157 show chassis hardware
2. Locate the Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label on page 158
Removing a Routing Engine on page 161
Locate the Routing Engine serial number ID label. If you see two serial numbers, give both to JTAC.
The Routing Engine is hot-pluggable. Follow the procedures in the applicable router hardware guide.
Note: The M5/M10 routers have a cover over the Routing
Engine. The M40e and M160 routers have a cover over all the rear chassis components. Remember to remove the screws
(M5/M10, M20, M40e, and M160 routers) or captive screws
(T320 router and T640 routing node) next to the ejector clips before you remove the Routing Engine.
126 !
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Understanding the Routing Engine
Purpose Inspect the Routing Engine to ensure that key system processes are operating normally.
What Is a Routing
Engine
The Routing Engine is a key component in the router. It is primarily responsible for the protocol intelligence of the router. Thus, it is responsible for creating a routing table, which consists of all routes learned by all protocols running on the router.
The Routing Engine interprets the routing table, generates a subset of routes to be used for all forwarding purposes, and places them in the forwarding table. The
Routing Engine also holds the microcode for the Packet Forwarding Engine.
The Routing Engine is responsible for user interaction functions, such as the command-line interface (CLI), Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) management, and craft interface interaction.
The Routing Engine consists of the following components:
!
Intel Pentium compact Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) platform
!
Nonrotating compact flash drive (RAM disk)
!
Standard rotating hard drive
!
Removable media drive
The JUNOS software resides on the compact flash drive, with an alternate copy residing on the system hard drive.
This section also includes the following information:
!
Routing Engine Types and Characteristics on page 127
!
Routing Engine Locations on page 130
!
Routing Engine Redundancy on page 135
!
Routing Engine Component Companionship on page 135
Routing Engine Types and Characteristics
This section lists the Routing Engine characteristics that are supported in each routing platform. It also shows the Routing Engine component supported in each routing platform. This section covers the following routing platforms:
!
M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine on page 128
!
M5, M10, M20, M40, M40e, and M160 Router Routing Engines on page 129
!
M320 Router Routing Engine on page 129
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine on page 130
Understanding the Routing Engine !
127
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Table 32 lists the Routing Engine type characteristics for each routing platform.
Table 32: Routing Engine Characteristics Per Routing Platform
Routing Engine CLI Name Processor
RE-M40 (RE-200) RE1
RE-333 – 768 RE2
RE-600 – 2048 RE3
Memory
Intel Pentium 200 MHz 256 MB
Intel Pentium2 333 MHz 768 MB
256 MB (M5, M10)
Intel Pentium3 600 HHz 2048 MB
Hard Drive Routing Platforms
6.4 GB M40
10 – 20 GB M5, M10, M20, M40 (requires new housing)
30 GB
RE-1600 – 2048 RE4
RE-400 – 256 +
512 Upgrade
RE5
Intel Pentium4 1.6 GHz 2048 MB
Intel Celeron 400 MHz 768 MB
30 GB
20 GB
M5, M10, M20, M40, M40e,
M160, T320, T640
M320, T320, T640
M7i, M10i
M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine
Figure 34 shows the Routing Engine that is supported in the M7i and M10i routing platforms. For the current Routing Engines supported on these routing platforms, see Figure 32.
Figure 34: M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine
RES
ET
PC CA
JUNIP
ER N
ET W
ORK
RD
S LA
BEL
THI
S SID
E U
P
HDD
MAS
TER
CONSO
LE
FAIL
ONLINE AUX / MODEM
MGMT
OFFLIN
E
128 !
Understanding the Routing Engine
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
M5, M10, M20, M40, M40e, and M160 Router Routing Engines
Figure 35 shows the Routing Engines that are supported in the M5, M10, M20, M40,
M40e, and M160 routing platforms. For the current Routing Engines supported on these routing platforms, see Figure 32 on page 128.
Figure 35: M5, M10, M20, M40, M40e, and M160 Router Routing Engines
Extractor clip Extractor clip
JUNIP
ER NE
TWOR
KS LAB
EL THIS
SIDE
LED
PC card slot
Extractor clip
PC card slot
LED
Extractor clip
M320 Router Routing Engine
Figure 36 shows the Routing Engine that is supported in the M320 routing platform.
For the current Routing Engines supported on these routing platforms, see
Figure 32 on page 128.
Figure 36: M320 Router Routing Engine
JUNIPER NETWORKS LABEL THIS SIDE
Extractor clip
PC card slots
Extractor clip
Understanding the Routing Engine !
129
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine
Figure 37 shows the Routing Engine that is supported in the M320 routing platform.
For the current Routing Engines supported on these routing platforms, see
Figure 32 on page 128.
Figure 37: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine
JUNIPER NETW
ORKS LABEL
THIS SIDE
Extractor clip
PC card slot
Extractor clip
Figure 38 shows the Routing Engine location in the M5, M10, and M20 Internet routers.
Routing Engine Locations
This section shows where the Routing Engines are installed in each Routing
Platform. This section includes the following locations:
!
M5, M10, and M20 Router Routing Engines Location on page 131
!
M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine Location on page 131
!
M40 Router Routing Engine Location on page 132
!
M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine Location on page 133
!
M320 Router Routing Engine Location on page 134
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Location on page 134
130 !
Understanding the Routing Engine
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
M5, M10, and M20 Router Routing Engines Location
Figure 38 shows the Routing Engine location in the M5, M10, and M20 routing platforms.
Figure 38: M5, M10, and M20 Router Routing Engine Location
M5 and M10 router rear M20 router rear
Routing
Engines
Routing Engine
M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine Location
Figure 39 shows the Routing Engine location in the M7i and M10i routers.
Figure 39: M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine Location
M7i router front M10i router front
Routing Engine Routing Engines
RE0
RE1
Understanding the Routing Engine !
131
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M40 Router Routing Engine Location
Figure 40 shows the location of the Routing Engine on the M40 router.
Figure 40: M40 Router Routing Engine Location
Rear view
Side view
RST
IDE
PC CARD
Routing Engine housing Routing Engine
On the M40 Internet router, the Routing Engine module resides in a metal housing at the back of the chassis, below the fans, in a compartment behind the card cage
(see Figure 40).
The M40 router supports three Routing Engine models: RE-M40 (RE1), RE-333
(RE2), and RE-600 (RE3). See Table 32 on page 128.
All M40 routers shipped before mid-2001 had RE-M40 Routing Engines. All M40 routers shipped after mid-2001 have the RE-333 Routing Engine and housing. You could also upgrade to the RE-600 (RE3) Routing Engine.
The RE-333 and the RE-600 Routing Engines share the same housing, which is different from the RE-M40. Therefore, if you want to upgrade from an RE-M40 to an
RE-333 or RE-600, you must also upgrade the Routing Engine housing.
NOTE: Effective July 15, 2001, the RE-M40 Routing Engine was replaced by the
RE-333 Routing Engine, which was made available with JUNOS software, release
4.2. After July 15, 2004, the RE-M40 Routing Engine is no longer supported. See
“Routing Engine Characteristics Per Routing Platform” on page 128.
See also the End-of-sale and End-of-service Announcement for the M40 routing platform and products at https://www.juniper.net/support/eol/ .
132 !
Understanding the Routing Engine
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
If you upgrade the Routing Engine housing, the PCMCIA card slot is not accessible and you must use the LS-120 PC card. If you want to install a new version of the
JUNOS software, you must use the LS-120 drive.
You can replace the entire Routing Engine housing or just the Routing Engine.
M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine Location
Figure 41 shows the Routing Engine location on the M40e and M160 router.
Figure 41: M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine Location
M160 router rear M40e router rear
SFM 0
SFM 1
Routing
Engines
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
SFM 0
Routing
Engines
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
Do not install an SFM in this slot
Do not install an SFM in this slot
PCG 0
PCG 1
Understanding the Routing Engine !
133
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M320 Router Routing Engine Location
Figure 42 show the Routing Engine location on the M320 Internet router.
Figure 42: M320 Router Routing Engine Location
M320 router rear
Routing Engines
RE0
RE1
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
OK
A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Location
Figure 43 shows the Routing Engine location on the T320 router and T640 routing node.
Figure 43: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Location
T320 router rear T640 routing node rear
RE0
RE1
RE0
RE1
Routing Engines Routing Engines
134 !
Understanding the Routing Engine
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Routing Engine Redundancy
Table 33 show the routing platforms that can have redundant Routing Engines. See
“Routing Engine Component Companionship” on page 135.
Table 33: Redundant Routing Engines
Characteristic
Redundant Routing Engines
M5/
M10 M7i M10i
X works with
HCM
M20
X
M40 M40e/M160
X
(Host Module) works with MCS
M320/T320/
T640
X
(Host Subsystem) works with
Control Board
Routing Engine Component Companionship
On the M10i router, the Routing Engine works with its companion High-Availability
Chassis Manager (HCM) to provide control and monitoring functions for router components. For more information about the HCM, see “Monitoring the HCM” on page 431. For more information about monitoring Redundant HCMs, see
“Monitoring Redundant HCMs” on page 623.
For information about monitoring redundant Routing Engines, see “Host
Redundancy Overview” on page 463 and “Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491.
On the M40e and M160 routers, the host module provides the routing and system management functions. The host module consists of the Routing Engine and the
Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS). For more information about the host module, see “Monitoring the Host Module” on page 341. For more information about the MCS, see “Monitoring the MCS” on page 359.
On the M320 router, T320 router, and T640 routing node, the host subsystem provides the routing and system management functions. The host subsystem consists of the Routing Engine and the Control Board. For more information about the host subsystem, see “Monitoring the Host Subsystem” on page 289. For information about the Control Boards, see “Monitoring the Control Board” on page 301.
For more detailed information about the Routing Engine, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
Routing Engine Boot Devices
Generally the router boots on the primary boot device, which is the flash disk. This device contains the current router configuration and the last three committed configurations in the juniper.conf
, juniper.conf.1.gz
, juniper.conf.2.gz
, and juniper.conf.3.gz files, respectively. These files are located in the /config directory.
If the flash disk fails, the router attempts to boot from the hard disk, which is the alternate boot device.
If a removable media is installed when the router boots, the router attempts to boot the image on it. If the booting fails, the router tries the flash drive and then the hard disk.
Understanding the Routing Engine !
135
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
If the router boots from an alternate boot device, the JUNOS software displays a message indicating this when you log in to the router. For example, this message shows that the software booted from the hard disk (/ dev/ad2s1a ): login: username
Password: password
Last login: date on terminal
--- JUNOS 6.4 R1 built date
---
--- NOTICE: System is running on alternate media device (/dev/ad1).
Routing Engine Storage Media
The router has three forms of storage media:
!
Flash drive, which is a nonrotating drive. When a new router is shipped from the factory, the JUNOS software is preinstalled on the flash drive.
!
Hard disk, which is a rotating drive. When a new router is shipped from the factory, the JUNOS software is preinstalled on the hard disk. This drive is also used to store system log files and diagnostic dump files.
!
Removable media, either a PC card or an LS-120 floppy disk. The removable media that ships with each router contains a copy of the JUNOS software.
Table 43 on page 154 shows the storage media device names (as of JUNOS release
5.x and above) by Routing Engine type.
See Also !
“Host Redundancy Overview” on page 463
!
“Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines” on page 491
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status
For information about conditions that trigger Routing Engine alarms, see “Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
Steps To Take To monitor the Routing Engine status, follow these steps:
1.
Check the Detailed Routing Engine Status on page 137
2.
Check the Routing Engine LEDs on page 138
136 !
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Step 1: Check the Detailed Routing Engine Status
Action To display a detailed status of the Routing Engine, use the following JUNOS CLI operational mode command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status
Slot 0
Current state: Master
Election priority: Master
Temperature 41 C / 105 degrees F
DRAM
CPU utilization
765 Mbytes
User
Background
Kernel
Interrupt
0 percent
0 percent
0 percent
0 percent
Idle
Serial ID
Start time
Uptime
100 percent
39000004f8bdec01
2000-01-04 22:02:58 UTC
14 hours, 45 minutes, 40 seconds
Load averages 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.05
0.04
0.01
Slot 1
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 41 C / 105 degrees F
DRAM
CPU utilization
765 Mbytes
User
Background
Kernel
Interrupt
Idle
Serial ID
Start time
Uptime
0 percent
0 percent
0 percent
2 percent
98 percent
f2000004f903a801
2000-01-04 01:28:02 UTC
20 hours, 38 minutes, 1 seconds
What It Means The command output displays the Routing Engine slot number, current state
( Master , Backup, or Disabled ), election priority ( Master or Backup ), and the airflow temperature. The command output also displays the total DRAM available to the
Routing Engine processor, the CPU utilization percentage, and the Routing Engine serial number for the slot. The command output displays when the Routing Engine started running, how long the Routing Engine has been running, and the time, uptime, and load averages for the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes.
Check the Uptime to ensure that the Routing Engine has not rebooted since it started running.
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status !
137
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Alternative Actions (For M7i, M10i, M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and the T640 routing node)
To check the status and temperature of the Routing Engines, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment routing-engine user@host> show chassis environment routing-engine
Route engine 0 status:
State: Present Master
Temperature: 0 degrees C / 32 degrees F
Route engine 1 status:
State: Present
The command output displays the Routing Engine slot number, operating state, temperature, and whether it is operating as the master or backup. The state can be
Present or Absent .
To check the status and temperature of a particular Routing Engine, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment routing-engine slot
Step 2: Check the Routing Engine LEDs
Steps To Take To check the Routing Engine status LEDs, do one of the following:
1.
Check the M7i Routing Engine LEDs on page 139
2.
Check the M10i Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 139
3.
Check the M20 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 140
4.
Check the M40 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 142
5.
Check the M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 143
6.
Check the M320 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 144
7.
Check the T320 Router Routing Engine LEDs on page 144
8.
Check the T640 Routing Node Routing Engine LEDs on page 145
138 !
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Check the M7i Routing Engine LEDs
Action Check the four LEDs located on the Routing Engine faceplate. A green LED labeled
HDD, a blue LED labeled MASTER, a red LED labeled FAIL, and a green LED labeled
ONLINE indicate Routing Engine status. Table 34 describes the LED states.
Table 34: M7i and M10i Router Routing Engine LED States
Label
HDD
MASTER
FAIL
ONLINE
Color
Green
Blue
Red
Green
State
Blinking
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Description
There is read/write activity on the PC card.
Routing Engine is functioning as master.
Routing Engine is not operational.
Routing Engine is running normally.
Check the M10i Router Routing Engine LEDs
The M10i router Routing Engine has four LEDs indicating Routing Engine status: a green LED labeled HDD , a blue LED labeled MASTER , a red LED labeled FAIL , and a green LED labeled ONLINE .
Figure 44: M10i Routing Engine LEDs
RESET
PC CARD
JUNIPER NET WORKS LABEL THIS SIDE
HDD MASTER
CONSOLE
FAIL ONLINE
AUX / MODEM MGMT
OFFLINE
Status LEDs
Table 35 describes the M10i router Routing Engine LEDs.
Table 35: M10i Router Routing Engine LEDs and Buttons
Label
HDD
MASTER
FAIL
OFFLINE
Color
Green
Blue
Red
Green
State Description
Blinking There is read/write activity on the PC card.
On steadily Routing Engine is functioning as master.
On steadily Routing Engine is not operational.
On steadily Routing Engine is running normally.
You can see the Routing Engine LEDs on the Routing Engine panel located on the back of the router.
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status !
139
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Check the M20 Router Routing Engine LEDs
The M20 router Routing Engine LEDs and buttons are located near the middle of the craft interface above and below the Juniper Networks logo (see Figure 45).
Figure 45: M20 Router Craft Interface Routing Engine LEDs and Buttons
Routing Engine 0
LEDs
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
ACO/LT AUX/MODEM MGMT CONSOLE
RE0
RE1
FAIL OK
FAIL OK
FAIL OK
FAIL OK
FPC0
FPC1
FPC2
FPC3
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
Routing Engine 1
LEDs
Table 36 describes the M20 router Routing Engine LEDs.
Table 36: M20 Router Routing Engine LEDs and Buttons
Label
MASTER
Shape Color
Blue
State Description
On steadily Routing Engine is functioning as master.
ONLINE
OFFLINE
RE0, RE1
Green
Amber
On steadily Routing Engine has successfully booted and is running normally.
On steadily Routing Engine is not operational, or is in reset mode.
— — Press to take the Routing Engine offline.
140 !
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
You can see the Routing Engine LEDs on the craft interface or on the Routing
Engine panel located on the back of the router (see Figure 46).
Figure 46: M20 Router Routing Engine Panel
Routing Engine
LEDs
RE0
RE1
Routing Engine offline switches
Figure 37 describes the Routing Engine panel LEDs.
Table 37: Routing Engine Panel LEDs
Label
OFFLINE
Color
Amber
ONLINE
MASTER
Green
Blue
State Description
On steadily Routing Engine is not operational or is in reset mode.
On steadily Routing Engine is running normally.
On steadily Routing Engine is functioning as master.
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status !
141
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Check the M40 Router Routing Engine LEDs
Check the Routing Engine LEDs on the bottom right of the craft interface. A red Fail
LED and a green OK LED indicate the status of the Routing Engine. The green OK
LED should light steadily. Figure 47 shows the Routing Engine LEDs.
Figure 47: M40 Router Craft Interface Routing Engine LEDs
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
FAIL
0
OK FAIL OK FAIL
1
RED
ALARM
ALARM
YELLOW
ALARM
ALARM
CUTOFF
2
OK FAIL
3
OK FAIL
4
MENU
ENTER
OK FAIL
5
OK FAIL OK FAIL
6 7
ROUTING ENGINE
OK
FAIL
CONSOLE
MANAGEMENT
ETHERNET
AUXILIARY
OK
Routing Engine LEDs
Table 38 describes the Routing Engine LED states.
Table 38: M40 Router Routing Engine LEDs
Label
OK
Shape Color
Green
State Description
On steadily Presence of the Routing Engine is detected by the System Control Board (SCB).
OK Green Blinking Routing Engine is starting up.
FAIL Red On steadily Presence of the Routing Engine is not detected by the SCB, or the Routing Engine is not operational.
142 !
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Check the M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine LEDs
Check the host module LEDs on the upper right of the craft interface. Three
LEDs—one green MASTER , one green ONLINE , and one red OFFLINE —indicate the status of each host module. The LEDs marked HOST0 show the status of the
Routing Engine in slot RE0 and the MCS in slot MCS0 . The LEDs marked HOST1 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the MCS in slot MCS1 .
Figure 48 shows the host module LEDs on the M40e and M160 router craft interface.
Figure 48: M40e and M160 Router Redundant Host Module LEDs
Host Module
LEDs
ACO/LT
MENU
ENTER
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
HOST0
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
HOST1
FAIL
FPC 0
OK FAIL
FPC 1
OK FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK FAIL
FPC 6
OK FAIL
FPC 7
OK
Table 39 describes the host module LEDs.
Table 39: M40e and M160 Router Host Module LEDs
Label
MASTER
Shape Color
Green
State Description
On steadily Host module (Routing Engine and MCS) is functioning as master.
ONLINE
OFFLINE
Green
Red
On steadily Host module is present and operational.
Blinking Host module is starting up.
On steadily Host module is not present, or is present but not operational.
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status !
143
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Check the M320 Router Routing Engine LEDs
Figure 49 shows the host module LEDs on the M320 router craft interface.
Figure 49: M320 Router Redundant Host Module LEDs
Routing Engine LEDs
Each host subsystem has three LEDs, located in the middle of the craft interface, that indicate status. The LEDs labeled RE0 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE0 and the Control Board in slot CB0 . The LEDs labeled RE1 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the Control Board in slot CB1 . Table 40 describes the functions of the host subsystem LEDs.
Table 40: M320 Router Host Subsystem LEDs
Label
FAIL
OK
MASTER
Color
Red
Green
Green
State Description
On steadily Host module is offline.
On steadily Host module is online and functioning normally.
On steadily Host module is functioning as master.
Check the T320 Router Routing Engine LEDs
Figure 50 shows the host module LEDs on the T320 router craft interface.
Figure 50: T320 Router Redundant Host Module LEDs
FAIL
FPC 0
OK
Host subsystem LEDs
ACO/LT
FAIL
FPC 1
OK
MENU
ENTER
FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK
FAIL
FAIL
OK
OK
MASTER
HOST0
MASTER
HOST1
FAIL
FPC 6
OK
SP0
SP1
SP2
FAIL OK
FAIL
FPC 7
OK
Each host subsystem has three LEDs, located on the upper right of the craft interface, which indicate status. The LEDs labeled HOST0 show the status of the
Routing Engine in slot RE0 and the Control Board in slot CB0 . The LEDs labeled
HOST1 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the Control Board in slot CB1 .
144 !
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Table 41 describes the functions of the host subsystem LEDs.
Table 41: T320 Router Host Subsystem LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Red
Green
State Description
On steadily Host module is online and functioning normally.
On steadily Host module is offline.
On steadily Host module is functioning as master.
Check the T640 Routing Node Routing Engine LEDs
Figure 51 shows the host module LEDs on the T640 routing node craft interface.
Figure 51: T640 Routing Node Redundant Host Module LEDs
Host subsystem LEDs
FAIL
FPC 0
OK
ACO/LT
FAIL
FPC 1
OK
MENU
ENTER
FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK
FAIL
FAIL
OK
OK
MASTER
HOST0
MASTER
HOST1
FAIL
FPC 6
OK
SP0
SP1
SP2
SP3
SP4
FAIL OK
FAIL
FPC 7
OK
Each host subsystem has three LEDs, located on the upper right of the craft interface, which indicate status. The LEDs labeled HOST0 show the status of the
Routing Engine in slot RE0 and the Control Board in slot CB0 . The LEDs labeled
HOST1 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the Control Board in slot CB1 . Table 42 describes the functions of the host subsystem LEDs.
Table 42: T640 Routing Node Host Subsystem LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Red
Green
State Description
On steadily Host module is online and functioning normally.
On steadily Host module is offline.
On steadily Host module is functioning as master.
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status !
145
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Check the Redundant Routing Engine Status from the Craft Interface CLI Output
Action To view the Routing Engine status from the craft interface, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
For M10i routers:
Red alarm: LED off, relay off
Yellow alarm: LED on, relay on
Routing Engine OK LED: On
Routing Engine fail LED: Off
FPCs 0 1
-------------
Green * *
Red . .
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|waddle |
|1 Alarm active |
|Y: Backup RE Active |
| |
+--------------------+
For M20 routers:
Red alarm: LED off, relay off
Yellow alarm: LED off, relay off
Routing Engine OK LED: On
Routing Engine fail LED: Off
FPCs 0 1 2 3
-------------------
Green . * * .
Red . . . .
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|Up: 5+00:16:57 |
| |
|0pps Load |
+--------------------+
For M40e/M160 routers:
FPM Display contents:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|1 Alarm active |
|Y: PEM 0 Absent |
| |
+--------------------|
146 !
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Front Panel System LEDs:
Host 0 1
------------------------
OK * *
Fail . .
Master * .
For M320 routers:
FPM Display contents:
[...Output truncated...}
Front Panel System LEDs:
Routing Engine 0 1
--------------------------
OK * .
Fail . .
Master * .
[...Output truncated...]
For T320 routers:
FPM Display contents:
[...Output truncated...}
Front Panel System LEDs:
Routing Engine 0 1
--------------------------
OK * .
Fail . .
Master * .
[...Output truncated...]
For T640 routing nodes:
FPM Display contents:
+--------------------+
|bananas-re0 |
|Up: 7+00:20 |
| |
|Fans OK |
+--------------------|
Front Panel System LEDs:
Routing Engine 0 1
--------------------------
OK * .
Fail . .
Master * .
Front Panel Alarm Indicators:
-----------------------------
Red LED .
Yellow LED .
Major relay .
Minor relay .
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status !
147
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Front Panel FPC LEDs:
FPC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
Red . * . . . . . .
Green * . * * . * . .
CB LEDs:
CB 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * .
Blue * .
SCG LEDs:
SCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
SIB LEDs:
SIB 0 1 2 3 4
--------------------------
Red . . . . .
Green * * * * *
What It Means The M10i router craft interface command output displays the LED status of the master Routing Engine, indicating whether the OK and Fail LEDs are on or off . It also displays that the backup Routing Engine is active.
The M20 router craft interface command output displays the LED status of the master Routing Engine, indicating whether the OK and Fail LEDs are on or off .
The M40e and M160 router craft interface command output also displays the LED status of both the master and backup host modules that include the master and backup Routing Engines. By default, the master host module ( Host 0 ) has components installed in slots RE0 and MCS0 ; the backup host module ( Host 1 ) has components installed in slots RE1 and MCS1 .
The T640 routing node craft interface command output indicates that RE0 is the master Routing Engine, and that it is active. The status under the backup Routing
Engine ( RE1 ) has no indicators.
148 !
Monitoring the Routing Engine Status
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Verifying Routing Engine Failure
NOTE: Routing Engine failures can include compact flash failure and hard disk failure. If the Routing Engine has a compact flash failure and hard disk failure at the same time, you will not be able to boot up the Routing Engine.
The following sections describe how to check for the following failure conditions:
NOTE: The M7i and M10i routers by default come with no compact flash.
Steps To Follow 1.
Check Core Files If the Routing Engine Reboots on page 149
2.
Example of Boot Messages If Routing Engine Fails to Boot on page 150
3.
Check for Compact Flash Media and Hard Disk Failure on page 150
Step 1: Check Core Files If the Routing Engine Reboots
List the Core Files Generated After A Crash Occurs
A vmcore file is only generated if the Routing Engine has a kernel crash. Kernel crashes can be generated by such things as a bug in the kernel software or bad memory. If the router has a kernel crash, the vmcore.< n > file is generated while the
Routing Engine comes back up.
Action A vmcore file is always saved in /var/crash/ . To view the core file that is generated when a crash occurs, use the following CLI command: user@host> file list /var/crash/ detail
Sample Output user@host> file list /var/crash/ detail
/var/crash/: total 892856
-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 2 May 14 2004 bounds
-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 11959693 Oct 13 2003 kernel.0
-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 10114127 May 14 2004 kernel.1
-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 5 Feb 26 1997 minfree
-rw------- 1 root wheel 805240832 Oct 13 2003 vmcore.0
-rw------- 1 root wheel 805240832 May 14 2004 vmcore.1
What It Means The command output lists the vmcore.< n > files that have been generated.
Verifying Routing Engine Failure !
149
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Display the Messages Log File After A Crash Occurs
Action You might see the following in the /var/log/messages file after the router comes back up after a kernel crash occurred. To view the messages log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Mar 9 12:22:02 host savecore: Router crashed.....
Mar 9 12:22:02 host savecore: reboot after panic: Loss of soft watchdog Mar 9
12:22:02 host savecore: system went down at Sun Mar 9 12:22:02 2003 Mar 9
12:22:02 host savecore: Selective dump will be saved now
What It Means A kernel crash occurred and a core file has been generated.
Example of When No Core File Is Generated
When a power outage occurs, no kernel crash core file is generated. To view the messages log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Aug 15 15:35:58 host /kernel: checking for core dump...
Aug 15 15:35:59 host /kernel: savecore: Router rebooted. Cause unknown....
Aug 15 15:35:59 host savecore: Router rebooted. Cause unknown....
What It Means The kernel checks for a core dump file when the router reboots.
Example of Boot Messages If Routing Engine Fails to Boot
The following example shows boot messages that occur when a Routing Engine remains in a constant boot loop. In this condition, contact JTAC for further analysis and assistance.
Trying to boot from PCMCIA Flash Card ...
Trying to boot from Compact Flash ...
Trying to boot from Ethernet ...
Step 2: Check for Compact Flash Media and Hard Disk Failure
If the Routing Engine has a compact flash failure, the router boots from the hard disk. When you log in to the router, the JUNOS software CLI will indicate that the router has booted from alternate media.
If the Routing Engine has a hard drive failure, the router boots from the compact flash as usual. However, the router cannot write to the hard drive.
150 !
Verifying Routing Engine Failure
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
When the Compact Flash Is Removed from the Boot List
You can have a compact flash error when conditions, such as a HARD READ error occurs. When the compact flash is removed from the boot list, the following message displays you log in to the router: login: user
--- JUNOS 6.0R1.6 built 2003-09-24 04:06:27 UTC
---
--- NOTICE: System is running on alternate media device (/dev/ad1s1a).
--user@host>
Action Check to see which file system is mounted by using the following CLI command: user@host> show system storage
Sample Output user@host> show system storage
Filesystem 512-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on
/dev/ad1s1a 218690 56502 144694 28% / devfs 32 32 0 100% /dev/
/dev/vn0 18316 18316 0 100% /packages/mnt/jbase devfs 32 32 0 100% /dev/
/dev/vn1 45448 45448 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jkernel-6.0R1.6
/dev/vn2 20532 20532 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jpfe-M160-6.0R1.6
/dev/vn3 3580 3580 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jdocs-6.0R1.6
/dev/vn4 20728 20728 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jroute-6.0R1.6
/dev/vn5 9256 9256 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jcrypto-6.0R1.6
mfs:139 4064278 2 3739134 0% /tmp
/dev/ad1s1e 24234 4 22292 0% /config procfs 8 8 0 100% /proc
/dev/ad1s1f 52492630 7988510 40304710 17% /var
What It Means The command output will not show ad0 (the compact-flash) mounted, but instead, ad1 (the hard disk) has the root file system mounted.
Determine Why Compact Flash Did Not Mount
Action To determine why the compact-flash did not get mounted, use the following CLI command: user@host> show system boot-messages | match "ad0|ad1" user@host> show system boot-messages | match "ad0|ad1" ad0: not attached, missing in Boot List ad1: 28615MB <FUJITSU MHS2030AT> [58140/16/63] at ata0-slave using BIOSDMA
Mounting root from ufs:/dev/ad1s1a
What It Means The command output shows that the compact flash ( ad0 ) was removed from the boot list.
Verifying Routing Engine Failure !
151
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
When the Hard Disk Is Removed from the Boot List
The following boot messages list on the console shows symptoms that signify a hard disk failure. These messages are not in the boot-messages log file.
Sample Output /dev/ad1s1f: CAN'T CHECK FILE SYSTEM.
/dev/ad1s1f: UNEXPECTED INCONSISTENCY; RUN fsck MANUALLY.
Can't open /dev/ad1s1f: Device not configured
WARNING:
WARNING: /var mount failed, building emergency /var
WARNING: dumpon: sysctl: kern.dumpdev: Device not configured mgd: commit complete dumpon: sysctl: kern.dumpdev: Device not configured mgd: commit complete
What it Means The boot messages show that the hard disk (ad1) was removed from the boot list
(using JUNOS, release 6.1R1.4).
Verify That the Hard Disk Did Not Mount
Action To verify that the hard disk ( ad1 ) did not get mounted, use the following CLI command: user@host> show system storage
Sample Output The following sample output was taken from a RE-333 Routing Engine.
user@host> show system storage
Filesystem 512-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on
/dev/ad0s1a 218690 60294 140902 30% / devfs 32 32 0 100% /dev/
/dev/vn0 20044 20044 0 100% /packages/mnt/jbase devfs 32 32 0 100% /dev/
/dev/vn1 51920 51920 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jkernel-6.1R1.4
/dev/vn2 22328 22328 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jpfe-M160-6.1R1.4
/dev/vn3 3844 3844 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jdocs-6.1R1.4
/dev/vn4 23328 23328 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jroute-6.1R1.4
/dev/vn5 8820 8820 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jcrypto-6.1R1.4
mfs:139 127006 16914 99932 14% /tmp
/dev/ad0s1e 24234 28 22268 0% /config procfs 8 8 0 100% /proc
What It Means The command shows that the hard disk ( ad1 ) is not mounted. Instead, /var now exists only in the swap partition ( mfs:139 ), so any contents saved to /var will not be saved at the next reboot.
user@host> start shell user@host% ls -l / total 47
-rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 4735 Mar 31 2001 COPYRIGHT dr-xr-xr-x 2 root wheel 512 Jan 20 2004 altconfig dr-xr-xr-x 2 root wheel 512 Jan 20 2004 altroot drwxr-xr-x 2 root wheel 512 Dec 29 12:00 bin
152 !
Verifying Routing Engine Failure
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine dr-xr-xr-x 3 root wheel 512 Feb 4 23:16 boot drwxr-xr-x 3 root wheel 512 Feb 3 18:08 config dr-xr-xr-x 4 root wheel 2084 Feb 4 23:18 dev dr-xr-xr-x 7 root wheel 1536
Feb 4 23:19 etc lrwxr-xr-x 1 root wheel 17 Dec 29 12:02 kernel -> /packages/jkernel dr-xr-xr-x 2 root wheel 512 Jan 20 2004 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 root wheel 512 Feb 3 21:16 modules drwxr-xr-x 3 root wheel 1536 Feb 3 21:19 packages dr-xr-xr-x 1 root wheel 512 Feb 4 23:29 proc dr-xr-xr-x 2 root wheel 512 Feb 3 21:15 root dr-xr-xr-x 3 root wheel 1536 Feb 3 21:15 sbin drwxrwxrwt 3 root wheel 512 Feb 4 23:19 tmp dr-xr-xr-x 8 root wheel 512 Dec 29 12:00 usr lrwxr-xr-x 1 root wheel 8 Feb 4 23:18 var -> /tmp/var
What It Means The example shows that var has a symbolic link to the /tmp/var directory. It resides under the /tmp/var directory, and is mounted on the mfs partition.
Verify That the Hard Disk Is Missing from The Boot List
Action To verify that the hard disk ( ad1 ) is missing from the boot list, use the following CLI command: user@host> show system boot-messages | match "ad0|ad1"
Sample Output user@host> show system boot-messages | match "ad0|ad1" ad0: 122MB <SanDisk SDCFB-128> [980/8/32] at ata0-master using PIO4 ad1: not attached, missing in Boot List
Mounting root from ufs:/dev/ad0s1a
What It Means The device is taken out of the boot list because of an error condition, such as a
HARD READ errror.
View Alarms When Media Is Removed from the Boot List
Action To display an alarm that is generated when media (compact flash or hard disk) is removed from the boot list, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2005-02-04 23:19:27 CET Major hard-disk missing in Boot List
What It Means When the router is operational and the hard disk is removed from the boot list, a minor yellow alarm is generated. When the router is rebooted and the hard disk is still removed from the boot list, a red major alarm is generated.
What It Means The command output displays a major alarm indicating what media is missing from the boot list and the time and date when the event occurred.
Verifying Routing Engine Failure !
153
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Understand What Happens When Memory Failures Occur
Most Juniper Networks Routing Engines support Error Checking and Correction
(ECC) protected memory. There are two types of memory errors: single-bit and multiple-bit.
A single-bit error is when a single 0 or 1 bit is incorrect. The system detects and corrects single-bit errors, then logs the event in the /var/log/eccd file. If there are persistent single-bit errors, the Routing Engine controller reboots the Routing
Engine. Persistent single-bit errors could be a symptom of bad RAM.
Multiple-bit errors are when multiple bits are incorrect. By default, if a multiple-bit error is detected, a nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) is generated to interrupt the
Routing Engine and panic the kernel causing the router to subsequently reboot. The
Routing Engine panics the kernel, and leaves a vmcore file.Multi-bit parity error detection was implemented in JUNOS software release 5.3 and above.
Step 4: Check the Router File System and Boot Disk
Action Table 43 specifies the storage media by Routing Engine type. The device names are displayed when the router boots. To display the Routing Engine type on some routers, use the show chassis hardware CLI command.
Table 43: Storage Media Device Names
Storage Media
RE-M40
(RE1)
Flash drive
Hard disk ad0 ad2
Removable media afd0
RE-400
(RE5) ad0 ad1 ad3
RE-333 (RE2)/
RE-600 (RE3)
RE-1600
(RE4) ad0 ad0 ad1 ad1 ad3 ad3 and ad4
Action To check the router file system and on which disk the router booted, use the following CLI command: user@host> show system storage
Sample Output user@host> show system storage
Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail Capacity Mounted on
/dev/ad0s1a 65687 26701 33732 44% /
devfs 16 16 0 100% /dev/
/dev/vn1 9310 9310 0 100% /packages/mnt/jbase
/dev/vn2 8442 8442 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jkernel-5.0R5.1
/dev/vn3 11486 11486 0 100% /packages/mnt/jpfe-5.0R5.1
/dev/vn4 5742 5742 0 100% /packages/mnt/jroute-5.0R5.1
/dev/vn5 1488 1488 0 100%
/packages/mnt/jcrypto-5.0R5.1
/dev/vn6 792 792 0 100% /packages/mnt/jdocs-5.0R5.1
mfs:181 762223 3 701243 0% /tmp
/dev/ad0s1e 25263 7 23235 0% /config
procfs 4 4 0 100% /proc
/dev/ad1s1f 7156052 337194 6246374 5% /var
154 !
Verifying Routing Engine Failure
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
What It Means The command output displays statistics about the amount of free disk space in the router’s file systems, including the amount used, the amount available, and the percentage of system space being used. The values are displayed in 1024-byte
(1KB) blocks.
Filesystem is the name of the file system on which the Routing Engine booted. The command output also displays the directory to which the file system is mounted.
During normal operation, the / and /config directories are from the compact flash drive and the /var directory is from the hard drive. If the router booted off the hard drive, the show system storage command will show all three directories on the hard drive. If the hard drive fails and the router booted off the compact flash drive, the show system storage command will show all three directories on the compact flash drive.
Step 5: Display the Current Routing Engine Alarms
To display information about the conditions that trigger Routing Engine alarms for each router type, see “Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
NOTE: An event may occasionally cause the Routing Engine not to boot and you will not be able to display the current alarms.
Action To display the current Routing Engine alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2001-07-22 15:12:19 PDT Major hard-disk missing in Boot List
2002-05-14 09:20:36 PDT Major compact-flash missing in Boot List
2002-05-14 09:20:31 PDT Minor Boot from alternate media
What It Means The command output displays the alarm time, severity level, and description.
Step 6: Display Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To view Routing Engine error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output For compact flash drive errors: user@host> show log messages
Feb 3 07:58:17 host /kernel: ad0: HARD WRITE ERROR blk# 135783 status=51 error=10 Feb 3 07:58:17 host /kernel: ad0: HARD WRITE ERROR blk# 137633 status=51 error=10 Feb 3 07:58:47 host /kernel: ad0: HARD WRITE ERROR blk#
135731 status=51 error=10 Feb 3 07:58:47 host /kernel: ad0: HARD WRITE ERROR blk# 135783 status=51 error=10 Feb 3 07:58:47 host /kernel: ad0: HARD WRITE
ERROR blk# 137633 status=51 error=10
Verifying Routing Engine Failure !
155
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
For hard drive errors: user@host> show log messages
Jun 3 12:00:28 router /kernel: ad1: WRITE command timeout - resetting
Jun 3 12:00:44 router /kernel: ata0: resetting devices ..
Jun 3 12:00:44 router /kernel: ata0: Succeeded in resetting devices.
Jun 3 12:00:28 router /kernel: ad1: WRITE command timeout - resetting
Jun 3 12:00:17 router /kernel: ata0: resetting devices ..
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. Use the show log messages CLI command to browse error messages that are generated at least 5 minutes before and after an event. You can also use the show log messages | match “ device-name ” command to view error messages that are specific to a device name. Use this information to diagnose a problem and to let JTAC know what error messages were generated and the router events prior to the event. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS Software System Log Messages Reference .
Step 7: Document the Events Prior to the Failure
Action To document events that occurred prior to a Routing Engine failure, follow these steps:
1.
Write down any events such as an abrupt router shutdown because of a power outage, a software upgrade, a configuration commit, or a system snapshot request.
2.
Write down any recovery procedures attempted. If the Routing Engine reported some errors on the hard drive but appeared to be working fine or a backup Routing Engine is available, it may not be necessary to recover.
3.
Turn on logging to your console to start capturing screen output. This is especially useful if a terminal server is connected to the Routing Engine console port.
4.
While you have screen capturing enabled, boot the Routing Engine and look at the router boot messages.
156 !
Verifying Routing Engine Failure
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Getting Routing Engine Hardware Information
Steps To Take To get hardware information for a failed Routing Engine, follow these steps:
1.
Display Routing Engine Hardware Information on page 157
2.
Locate the Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label on page 158
Step 1: Display Routing Engine Hardware Information
Action To display the Routing Engine hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output For an M20 router with two Routing Engines: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis
Backplane REV 03 710-001517 AA7915
Power Supply A Rev 01 740-001465 000011 AC
Power Supply B Rev 01 740-001465 000016 AC
Display REV 04 710-001519 AE6019
Routing Engine 0 32000004f8ff1201 RE-2.0
Routing Engine 1 REV 01 740-003239 AARCHOO RE-2.0
[...Output truncated...]
For M40 router components: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Backplane REV 02 710-000073 S/N AA0053
Power supply A Rev 2 740-000235 S/N 000042 DC
Maxicab REV X1 710-000229 S/N AAO139
Minicab REV X1 710-000482 S/N AA0201
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The sample output for an M20 router displays the Routing Engine, slot number, and serial number, and indicates that it is present in the router. Give this information to
JTAC if the Routing Engine fails.
The sample output for an M40 router shows that the maxicab is the (Motorola)
Routing Engine, and the minicab is the Routing Engine and Packet Forwarding
Engine interface.
On other routers, the Routing Engine serial number is located in the host hardware inventory line.
Getting Routing Engine Hardware Information !
157
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Locate the Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label
If the Routing Engine fails, you cannot see the Routing Engine hardware information when you use the show chassis hardware command. You must manually locate the serial number ID label on the component
Some Routing Engines may have more than one serial number. Contact your
Juniper Networks support representative if you need assistance in determining which serial number to provide.
Action Look on the Routing Engine for the serial number ID label.
M7i Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location
The serial number ID label is located on the left side near the midplane connector.
M10i Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location
The serial number ID label is located on the left side, near the back (see Figure 52).
Figure 52: M10i Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location
Serial Number ID label
RES
ET
PC CA
JUNIP
ER N
ETW
ORK
RD
S LA
BEL TH
IS S
IDE U
P
HDD
MAS
TER
CONSOLE
FAIL
ONLINE AUX / MODEM
MGMT
OFFLIN
E
Teknor Type 2 Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location
For all routers with a Type 2 (Teknor) Routing Engine, the serial number ID label is located on the top right side of the Routing Engine (see Figure 53 on page 159). If there are multiple labels on the Routing Engine, the label marked “Teknor Silicon
Serial ID” is the correct serial number. The serial number ID label includes two serial numbers: a 16-digit number on the top and a 10-digit number on the bottom.
Give both serial numbers to JTAC.
158 !
Getting Routing Engine Hardware Information
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Figure 53: Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location for All Routers
Serial number ID label
Te k n o r S i l i c o n S e r i a l I D
460000078ba2201
Board S/N: 900106217
M40 Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location
For M40 routers, the serial number that you use depends on whether you purchased the Routing Engine housing or just the Routing Engine. If you purchased the Routing Engine housing, the serial number is located on the maxicab, as shown in Figure 54. If you purchased the Routing Engine only, remove the Routing Engine and locate the serial number ID label, as shown in Figure 54. If there are multiple labels on the Routing Engine, the label marked “Teknor Silicon Serial ID” is the correct serial number.
Figure 54: M40 Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label
AA1234
Getting Routing Engine Hardware Information !
159
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M320 Router Serial Number ID Label Location
The serial number label is located on the right side of the top of the Routing Engine
(see Figure 55).
Figure 55: M320 Router Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label Location
Serial number ID label
*1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 2 *
JUNIPER NETWORKS LABEL THIS SIDE
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Serial Number ID Label Location
For the T320 router and T640 routing node, the serial number ID label is located on the right side of the top of the Routing Engine (see Figure 56).
Figure 56: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Serial Number ID Label
*1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 2 *
Serial number ID label
160 !
Getting Routing Engine Hardware Information
Chapter 14: Monitoring the Routing Engine
Removing a Routing Engine
Action To replace the Routing Engine, see the appropriate router hardware guide See also,
“Replacing a Redundant Routing Engine” on page 506..
NOTE: The M5 and M10 routers have a cover over the Routing Engine. The M40e and M160 routers have a cover over all the rear chassis components.
Removing a Routing Engine !
161
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
162 !
Removing a Routing Engine
Chapter 15
Monitoring FPCs
You monitor and maintain Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) to connect Physical
Interface Cards (PICs) to the rest of the router so that incoming packets are forwarded across the midplane to the appropriate destination ports. (See Table 44.)
Table 44: Checklist for Monitoring FPCs
Monitor FPC Tasks
Understanding FPCs on page 164
Command or Action
!
FPC Numbering on page 165
Checking the FPC Status on page 166
1. Check FPC Status and Utilization on page 166
2. Check FPC Status and Uptime on page 167 show chassis fpc show chassis fpc detail fpc-slot
3. (M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and T640 routing node only) Check FPC Status and Temperature on page 167 show chassis environment fpc fpc-slot
4. Check the FPC LED States on page 168 show chassis craft-interface
Or, physically check the FPC LEDs on the Front Panel Module
(FPM).
Checking for FPC Alarms on page 169
1. Display the Current FPC Alarms on page 169
1. Document Events Prior to the FPC Failure on page 173
2. Check the FPC Installation on page 173 show chassis alarms
2. Display FPC Error Messages in the System Log File on page 170 show log messages | match “fpc| kernel | tnp”
3. Display FPC Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 171 show log chassisd | match fpc
Verifying FPC Failure on page 173
Document a software upgrade, hardware upgrade, or reset .
Check that the FPC is seated in the slot.
Try to bring the FPC online.
3. Check the FPC Fuses on page 174 The fuses for the and FPCs are located in the rear of the midplane behind the power supply in slot PEM0 .
4. Take the FPC Offline on page 175
5. Perform an FPC Swap Test on page 176
Press the offline button for approximately 3 seconds.
Replace the FPC with one that you know works.
6. Display the FPC Software Version Information on page 176 show version brief
7. Display the FPC Hardware Information on page 177 show chassis hardware
!
163
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor FPC Tasks
8. Locate the FPC Serial Number ID Label on page 177
Replacing an FPC on page 181
Command or Action
!
M20 Internet router—With the FPC in horizontal position, look on the top back right of the FPC.
!
M40 Internet router—With the FPC in vertical position, look on the back left side of the FPC.
!
M40e and M160 routers—With the FPC in vertical position, look on the center right side of the FPC.
!
For M320 routers—On an FPC3, the serial number ID label is located on the center of the right side. On an FPC2, the serial number label is located on the top PIC slot.
!
For T320 routers—On an FPC3, the serial number ID label is located on the center of the right side. On an FPC1 and
FPC2, the serial number ID label is located near the top PIC slot.
!
For T640 routing nodes—On an FPC3, the serial number label is located on the center of the right side. On an FPC2, the serial number label is located near the top PIC slot.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86. Follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Understanding FPCs
Purpose Inspect the FPCs to ensure that they connect PICs to the rest of the router so that incoming packets are forwarded across the midplane to the appropriate destination port.
What Is an FPC The FPC is a component of the Packet Forwarding Engine. FPCs house the various
PICs used in the router.
The FPCs installed in the router depend on the platform and the PICs needed.
Table 45 provides some FPC characteristics for each router type.
For a listing of available FPCs and supported PICs, see the appropriate router hardware guide and router PIC guide.
Table 45: FPC Characteristics Per Routing Platform
FPC Characteristic
M5/
M10 M7i M10i M20 M40 M40e
FPC types supported per router FPC built into the
FEB
FPC built into the router
FPC slots per router 1/2 1
FPC built into the router
2
FPC
4
FPC
8
M160
M40e-FPC1,
M40e-FPC2
FPC1,
FPC2
8 8
M320
FPC1,
FPC2,
FPC3
FPC1,
FPC2,
FPC3
FPC2,
FPC3
8
T320
8
T640
8
164 !
Understanding FPCs
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
Figure 57: FPC Numbering
M5
FPC0
M10
FPC0
FPC1
M7i
FPC0
Figure 57 shows the location and numbering of the FPCs in each router platform.
M40 M40e, M160, M320,T320 and T640
M10i
M10
FPC0
FPC1
M20
Primary SSB
Secondary SSB
Craft interface
FPC0
FPC1
FPC2
FPC3
FPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. You can remove and replace them without powering down the router or disrupting the routing functions.
See Also “Monitoring PICs” on page 183
Understanding FPCs !
165
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Checking the FPC Status
Steps To Take To check the FPC status, follow these steps:
1.
Check FPC Status and Utilization on page 166
2.
Check FPC Status and Uptime on page 167
3.
Check FPC Status and Temperature on page 167
4.
Check the FPC LED States on page 168
Step 1: Check FPC Status and Utilization
Action To display brief status and utilization information for all FPCs installed in the router, use the following JUNOS command-line interface (CLI) operational mode command: user@host> show chassis fpc
Sample Output user@m160> show chassis fpc
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 43 3 0 32 1 39
1 Online 47 3 0 32 1 39
2 Online 42 3 0 32 1 40
3 Online 40 4 0 32 1 39
4 Online 41 4 0 32 1 39
5 Online 42 0 0 32 1 39
6 Empty 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 Empty 0 0 0 0 0 0
What It Means Use the show chassis fpc command to identify whether there is a problem with any of the FPCs installed in the router. The command output displays a brief status of all the FPCs installed in the router. The state can be online , dead , diag , dormant , empty , online , probed , or probe-wait . If the FPC state is dead , an alarm occurs. For more detailed information about the FPC states, see the JUNOS Protocols, Class of Service, and System Basics Command Reference.
The temperature is that of the air flowing past the FPC. If the temperature is too high, an alarm occurs.
The CPU and memory information is the total percentage of CPU being used by the
FPC processor, the total CPU being used by the FPC processor, the percentage of
CPU being used for interrupts, and the total DRAM available to the FPC processor.
The percentage of heap space (dynamic memory) reflects the buffer space being used by the FPC processor. If the heap space exceeds 80 percent, there might be a software problem (memory leak).
The output also displays the percentage of buffer space being used by the FPC processor for buffering internal messages.
166 !
Checking the FPC Status
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
Step 2: Check FPC Status and Uptime
Action To display the status and uptime for a particular FPC slot, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis fpc detail fpc-slot
Sample Output user@M160> show chassis fpc detail 3
Slot 3 information:
State Online
Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 32 Mbytes
Total SRAM 4 Mbytes
Total SDRAM 256 Mbytes
I/O Manager ASIC information Version 2.0, Foundry IBM, Part number 0
I/O Manager ASIC information Version 2.0, Foundry IBM, Part number 0
I/O Manager ASIC information Version 2.0, Foundry IBM, Part number 0
Start time: 2002-03-19 13:13:26 PST
Uptime: 6 days, 1 hour, 19 minutes, 36 seconds
What It Means The command output shows status information for the FPC in slot 3, including the operating state. The state can be online , dead , diag , dormant , empty , online , probed , or probe-wait . If the FPC state is dead , an alarm occurs. For more detailed information about the FPC states, see the JUNOS Protocols, Class of Service, and
System Basics Command Reference.
The command output also shows temperature, memory usage, I/O Manager application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) version level, start time, and uptime. The uptime is important to determine how long the
FPC has been operational. A small uptime means that the FPC came online a short time ago and could indicate a possible FPC error condition.
Syntax show chassis fpc <pic-status < fpc-slot >> show chassis fpc <detail < fpc-slot >>
Step 3: Check FPC Status and Temperature
Action (M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and T640 routing node only) To display the
FPC status and temperature for a particular FPC slot, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment fpc fpc-slot user@m160> show chassis environment fpc 0
FPC 0 status:
State Online
Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
Power:
1.5 V 1496 mV
2.5 V 2485 mV
3.3 V 3306 mV
5.0 V 4991 mV
5.0 V bias 4993 mV
8.0 V bias 8251 mV
CMB Revision 12
Checking the FPC Status !
167
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The command output displays the status of the FPC in slot 0, including the state, temperature, voltage levels on the FPC, and the revision level of the chassis management bus slave. The state can be Unknown , Empty , Present , Ready , Announce online , Online , Offline , or Diagnostics . An Offline state indicates an FPC error condition.
Step 4: Check the FPC LED States
Action To check the FPC LED status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
Front Panel FPC LEDs:
FPC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
Red . . . . . . . .
Green * * . . . . . .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The Front Panel FPC LEDs section displays the status of each FPC. The FPCs have two operational states: Green (OK), and Red (Fail). Asterisks ( * ) indicate the operating state. Dots indicate an off state for LEDs. If both red and green LEDs have dots, the FPC slot is empty. Asterisks in the Green state indicate that the FPCs in slots 0 and 1 are operating normally. No FPCs are installed in slots 2 through 7.
Alternative Action (For all routers except the M5, M7i, M10, and M10i) You can also check the FPC status by looking at the LEDs on the faceplate. Each FPC has two LEDs that report its status. Only one LED state can occur at a time. Table 46 describes the FPC LEDs.
Table 46: FPC LEDs on the Faceplate
Label
OK
FAIL
Shape Color
Green
Red
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
FPC is functioning normally.
FPC is starting up.
FPC has failed.
(For all routers except the M5, M7i, M10, and M10i, you can check the FPC status by looking at the FPC LEDs on the craft interface. Table 47 describes the functions of the FPC LEDs.
Table 47: FPC LEDs on the Craft Interface
Label
FAIL
OK
Color
Red
Green
State
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
Description
FPC has failed.
FPC is functioning normally.
FPC is starting up.
168 !
Checking the FPC Status
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
Checking for FPC Alarms
Steps To Take To check for FPC alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Display the Current FPC Alarms on page 169
2.
Display FPC Error Messages in the System Log File on page 170
3.
Display FPC Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 171
Step 1: Display the Current FPC Alarms
Action You can display current FPC alarms at the command line or use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-04-16 15:09:00 UTC Major Too many unrecoverable errors
What It Means The command output displays the current FPC alarms, including the time the alarm occurred, the severity level, and the alarm description. At the command line, you see the following FPC error messages:
Too many unrecoverable errors
Too many recoverable errors
From the router craft interface LCD screen, you see the following:
Slot x: errors
Alternative Actions Check for FPC alarms on the router craft interface. You can physically look at the craft interface or use the show chassis craft-interface command. When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the craft interface goes into alarm mode. Alarm mode preempts idle mode, displaying a message to alert you of serious alarm conditions.
In alarm mode, the screen displays the following information:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|1 Alarm active |
|R: Slot 2:errors |
| |
+--------------------+
The craft interface output provides the following information:
!
First line—Name of the router.
!
Second line—Number of alarms active on the router.
!
Third and fourth lines—Individual alarms, with the most severe condition shown first. Each line indicates whether the alarm is a red (R) or yellow (Y) alarm.
Checking for FPC Alarms !
169
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
For more information about the craft interface, see “Monitoring the Craft Interface” on page 197 or the appropriate hardware guide.
For more information about craft interface alarms, see “Display the Current Router
Alarms” on page 61.
Step 2: Display FPC Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To check for FPC error messages in the system log messages file, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match fpc
Check for error messages at least 5 minutes before and after an FPC alarm occurs.
Sample Output The following output displays when you browse through the messages log file using the time and date stamp to look for error messages that occur 5 minutes before and after the FPC event: user@host> show log messages
Mar 10 09:20:31 cls-edge-02 ssb RDP: Keepalive timeout for rdp.(scb:chassis).(fpc1:36865) (elapsed 5595)
Mar 10 09:20:33 cls-edge-02 ssb SSB(0): Slot 0, serial number S/N BD9709.
Mar 10 09:20:37 cls-edge-02 ssb BCHIP 1: SRAM test failed.
Mar 10 09:20:37 cls-edge-02 ssb CM(0): Slot 1: B-chip diagnostics failed
Mar 10 09:20:37 cls-edge-02 ssb CM(0): Slot 1: Unrecoverable error; probe failed
Mar 10 09:20:37 cls-edge-02 ssb CM(0): Slot 1: Too many unrecoverable errors, going off-line
Mar 10 09:20:37 cls-edge-02 ssb CM(0): ALARM SET: (Major) Slot 1: Too many unrecoverable errors
Mar 10 09:20:37 cls-edge-02 ssb CM(0): Slot 1: Off-line
Mar 10 09:20:38 cls-edge-02 ssb PFEMAN: FPC socket closure indicated
Mar 10 09:20:38 cls-edge-02 ssb PFEMAN: closing FPC 1 socket
Mar 10 09:20:42 cls-edge-02 ssb PFEMAN: FPC socket closure indicated
Mar 10 09:20:42 cls-edge-02 ssb PFEMAN: close on unlisted socket, 0xb0e200
The following output displays when you use the | match filter command to look for specific information in the messages log file: user@host> show log messages | match fpc
Mar 31 05:07:58 bopper fpc6 D4-6/0 AMCC: Transmitter laser bias out of range.
Mar 31 05:08:37 bopper chassisd[630]: CHASSISD_FRU_UNRESPONSIVE: fpc 2, power on timeout, retry 1, restarting
Mar 31 05:08:44 bopper chassisd[630]: CHASSISD_FRU_UNRESPONSIVE: fpc 5, power on timeout, retry 1, restarting
Mar 31 05:10:19 bopper chassisd[630]: CHASSISD_FRU_UNRESPONSIVE: fpc 2, power on timeout, retry 2, restarting
Mar 31 05:10:26 bopper chassisd[630]: CHASSISD_FRU_UNRESPONSIVE: fpc 5, power on timeout, retry 2, restarting
Mar 31 05:12:00 bopper chassisd[630]: CHASSISD_FRU_UNRESPONSIVE: fpc 2, power on timeout, retry 3, restarting
Mar 31 05:12:07 bopper chassisd[630]: CHASSISD_FRU_UNRESPONSIVE: fpc 5, power on timeout, retry 3, restarting
Mar 31 05:13:41 bopper chassisd[630]: CHASSISD_FRU_UNRESPONSIVE: FPC 2 unresponsive, setting offline!
Mar 31 05:13:48 bopper chassisd[630]: CHASSISD_FRU_UNRESPONSIVE: FPC 5 unresponsive, setting offline!
170 !
Checking for FPC Alarms
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
What It Means When an FPC fails, the System and Switch Board (SSB), System Control Board
(SCB), and Switching and Forwarding Modules (SFMs) generate error messages. The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. Use the show log messages | match fpc command to view only FPC error messages. Use this information to diagnose an
FPC problem and to let the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events prior to the FPC problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System
Log Messages Reference .
Step 3: Display FPC Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display FPC error messages in the chassisd log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd | match “fpc | kernel | tnp”
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd | match “fpc | kernel | tnp”
Nov 11 15:58:31 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=0, tnpaddr=2
Nov 11 15:58:42 m40-2 tnp.bootpd[2497]: BOOTPD_BOOTSTRING: Boot string: boot 1 fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:42 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2647]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
16 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:42 m40-2 tnp.bootpd[2497]: BOOTPD_BOOTSTRING: Boot string: boot 1 fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:43 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2649]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
17 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:44 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2651]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
18 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:45 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2653]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
19 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:46 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2655]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
20 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:47 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2657]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
21 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:47 m40-2 fpc6 TFTP Error - Timeout
Nov 11 15:58:47 m40-2 fpc7 TFTP Error - Timeout
Nov 11 15:58:48 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2659]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
22 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:49 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2661]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
23 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:50 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2663]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
22 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:50 m40-2 fpc6 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 572
Nov 11 15:58:51 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2665]: TFTPD_CONNECT_INFO: tftp read from addr
23 port 1024 file fpc.jbf
Nov 11 15:58:51 m40-2 fpc6 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 731
Nov 11 15:58:51 m40-2 fpc7 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 200
Nov 11 15:58:52 m40-2 fpc6 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 775
Nov 11 15:58:52 m40-2 fpc7 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 265
Nov 11 15:58:52 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2647]: TFTPD_SENDCOMPLETE_INFO: Sent 2335 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 960 for file '/usr/share/pfe/fpc.jbf'
Nov 11 15:58:53 m40-2 fpc6 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 782
Nov 11 15:58:53 m40-2 fpc7 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 340
Nov 11 15:58:54 m40-2 fpc7 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 428
Nov 11 15:58:54 m40-2 fpc6 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 1016
Nov 11 15:58:55 m40-2 fpc7 TFTP read - saw block 1, expected 531
Nov 11 15:58:57 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2649]: TFTPD_SENDCOMPLETE_INFO: Sent 2335 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 960 for file '/usr/share/pfe/fpc.jbf'
Checking for FPC Alarms !
171
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Nov 11 15:58:57 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2651]: TFTPD_SENDCOMPLETE_INFO: Sent 2335 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 960 for file '/usr/share/pfe/fpc.jbf'
Nov 11 15:58:58 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=1, tnpaddr=16
Nov 11 15:58:58 m40-2 chassisd[2476]: CHASSISD_EVENT: fpc slot 0 restart
Nov 11 15:59:00 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2653]: TFTPD_SENDCOMPLETE_INFO: Sent 2335 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 960 for file '/usr/share/pfe/fpc.jbf'
Nov 11 15:59:00 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2659]: TFTPD_SENDCOMPLETE_INFO: Sent 2335 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 960 for file '/usr/share/pfe/fpc.jbf'
Nov 11 15:59:01 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2655]: TFTPD_SENDCOMPLETE_INFO: Sent 2335 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 960 for file '/usr/share/pfe/fpc.jbf'
Nov 11 15:59:02 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2661]: TFTPD_SENDCOMPLETE_INFO: Sent 2335 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 960 for file '/usr/share/pfe/fpc.jbf'
Nov 11 15:59:02 m40-2 tnp.tftpd[2657]: TFTPD_SENDCOMPLETE_INFO: Sent 2335 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 960 for file '/usr/share/pfe/fpc.jbf'
Nov 11 15:59:03 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=2, tnpaddr=17
Nov 11 15:59:03 m40-2 chassisd[2476]: CHASSISD_EVENT: fpc slot 1 restart
Nov 11 15:59:03 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=3, tnpaddr=18
Nov 11 15:59:03 m40-2 chassisd[2476]: CHASSISD_EVENT: fpc slot 2 restart
Nov 11 15:59:06 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=4, tnpaddr=19
Nov 11 15:59:06 m40-2 chassisd[2476]: CHASSISD_EVENT: fpc slot 3 restart
Nov 11 15:59:07 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=5, tnpaddr=22
Nov 11 15:59:07 m40-2 chassisd[2476]: CHASSISD_EVENT: fpc slot 6 restart
Nov 11 15:59:07 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=6, tnpaddr=20
Nov 11 15:59:08 m40-2 chassisd[2476]: CHASSISD_EVENT: fpc slot 4 restart
Nov 11 15:59:08 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=7, tnpaddr=23
Nov 11 15:59:08 m40-2 chassisd[2476]: CHASSISD_EVENT: fpc slot 7 restart
Nov 11 15:59:09 m40-2 /kernel: pfe_listener_connect: conn established: listener idx=8, tnpaddr=21
Nov 11 15:59:09 m40-2 chassisd[2476]: CHASSISD_EVENT: fpc slot 5 restart
What It Means The chassisd log file is a database that provides the date, time, and a component status message. The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed. The sample command output shows the results of a multiple item search in the log file ( “fpc | kernel | tnp” ): error messages for the FPC, kernel, and Trivial Networking Protocol (TNP) that indicate communication issues between the Routing Engine and the Packet
Forwarding Engine components.
172 !
Checking for FPC Alarms
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
Verifying FPC Failure
Action To verify an FPC failure, follow these steps:
1.
Document Events Prior to the FPC Failure on page 173
2.
Check the FPC Installation on page 173
3.
Check the FPC Fuses on page 174
4.
Take the FPC Offline on page 175
5.
Perform an FPC Swap Test on page 176
6.
Display the FPC Software Version Information on page 176
7.
Display the FPC Hardware Information on page 177
8.
Locate the FPC Serial Number ID Label on page 177
Step 1: Document Events Prior to the FPC Failure
Action To document an FPC failure, record any events that may have led to the FPC failure, such as a software upgrade, hardware upgrade, or a reset. Capture system log file error messages 5 minutes before and after a failure event by using the show log messages command and use the time and date stamp to browse the file. You can use the show log messages | match command to view certain common error messages and help identify why an FPC failure occurred.
Step 2: Check the FPC Installation
Action To check the FPC installation and verify an FPC failure, follow these steps:
1.
Make sure that the FPC is seated in its slot. Use a screwdriver to check that the screws at the top and bottom of the card carrier are tight.
2.
Try to bring the FPC online. Press the online button on the craft interface or
FPM for a few seconds. If the FPC does not come online, it has probably failed.
3.
If the FPC comes online, check the FPC detailed status with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis fpc detail fpc-slot
Alternative Action For the M40e, M160, M320 and T320 routers and T640 routing node, to bring the
FPC online, use the request chassis fpc slot-number online command.
Verifying FPC Failure !
173
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Check the FPC Fuses
The M40e and M160 router fuses are located in a fuse box at the rear of the midplane, behind the lower rear impeller assembly. You must remove the lower impeller assembly to access the fuses, as described in the appropriate hardware guide.
The M320 router requires fuses for the FPCs. The fuses for the and FPCs are located in the rear of the midplane behind the power supply in slot PEM0 .
When the fuse for an FPC blows, the FPC stops functioning even though it is installed correctly and the power supplies are providing power to the router.
For the M40e and M160 routers, when a fuse has blown but the power supplies are still delivering power to router, the amber LED adjacent to the fuse lights. For vertically oriented fuses (in the groups labeled J241 through J244 .
Another indication that a fuse has blown is when the colored indicator bulb inside it becomes visible through the clear cover on the fuse. For information about the indicator bulb color for each fuse type, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
A blown fuse can cause a component to fail even though it is correctly installed and the power supplies are functioning. Check for a blown fuse in the following circumstances:
!
The LED that indicates normal operation for the component fails to light.
!
The appropriate CLI show chassis environment command indicates that the component is installed but is not receiving power.
174 !
Verifying FPC Failure
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
Figure 58 shows the location of the M320 fuses in the rear of the midplane for the
FPC. (The labels shown in the figure do not appear on the actual fuses—the clear cover on every fuse reads BUSS GMT-X—and might not match the labels on the midplane. Ignore the labels on the midplane.)
Figure 58: Component Fuses in the M320 Router Midplane
J416
A B C D
J415
A B C D
J414
A B C D
J412
A B C D
J411 J410
A B C D A B C D
Amber LED
Step 4: Take the FPC Offline
The FPCs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove an FPC, the router continues to function, although the PIC interfaces installed on the FPC no longer function.
Action To take an FPC offline, press the offline button for approximately 3 seconds, and follow the instructions in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Verifying FPC Failure !
175
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 5: Perform an FPC Swap Test
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the FPC for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on an FPC, follow these steps:
1.
Remove the FPC that you suspect has failed from the router chassis.
2.
Inspect the router midplane for bent pins. Inspect the FPC connector for pins that are stuck. If you find a bent or stuck pin, see “Return the Failed
Component” on page 86.
3.
If there are no bent or stuck pins and there is a spare FPC slot in the router, insert the FPC that failed into a spare slot. If the FPC still fails, see “Return the
Failed Component” on page 86. If there is no spare FPC slot, insert an FPC that you know works into the slot where the FPC failed. If the FPC works, the replaced FPC failed. If the FPC does not work, the FPC slot has failed.
Step 6: Display the FPC Software Version Information
Action To display the version of kernel software running on the router, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show version brief
Sample Output user@host> show version brief
Hostname: host
Model: m160
JUNOS Base OS boot [5.5R1.2]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [5.5R1.2]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [5.5R1.2]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support [5.5R1.2]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [5.5R1.2]
JUNOS Online Documentation [5.5R1.2]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [5.5R1.2]
What It Means The command output displays the router hostname, model number, and the version of software running on the router. The kernel software version is important when diagnosing FPC issues. You will need this information when you contact JTAC.
176 !
Verifying FPC Failure
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
Step 7: Display the FPC Hardware Information
Action To display the FPC hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
[...Output truncated...]
FPC 0 REV 01 710-001292 AE3843
PIC 0 REV 04 750-000617 AE2495 1x OC-48 SONET, SMIR
FPC 1 REV 07 710-000175 AA3408
PIC 0 REV 01 750-001323 AB1244 1x Tunnel
PIC 1 REV 05 750-000613 AA3151 1x OC-12 SONET, SMIR
FPC 3 REV 01 710-000175 AA0048
PIC 0 REV 04 750-000613 aa0343 1x OC-12 SONET, SMIR
PIC 1 REV 05 750-000616 AA1394 1x OC-12 ATM, MM
PIC 2 REV 04 750-000613 AA0377 1x OC-12 SONET, SMIR
PIC 3 REV 04 750-000613 AA0378 1x Tunnel
FPC 5 REV 07 710-000175 AA3475
PIC 0 REV 04 750-000611 AA3506 4x OC-3 SONET, MM
PIC 2 REV 06 750-001072 AA1785 1x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
FPC 7 REV 07 710-000175 AA3409
PIC 1 REV X1 750-000603 AAO181 4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR
What It Means The command output displays each FPC installed in the router, including the version level, part number, serial number, and description. The output also displays a description of the PICs installed in each FPC. You will need this information when you contact JTAC.
Step 8: Locate the FPC Serial Number ID Label
Action The serial number ID label is small, rectangular, and has the component serial number and bar code on it. To locate the FPC serial number ID label, do one of the following:
!
M20 router—With the FPC in horizontal position, look on the top back right of the FPC (see Figure 59).
Figure 59: M20 Router FPC Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Verifying FPC Failure !
177
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
M40 router—With the FPC in vertical position, look on the back left side of the
FPC (see Figure 60).
Figure 60: M40 Router FPC Serial Number ID Label
STATU
S
RX
TX
LINE
RX AC
TIVITY
AA1234
Serial number ID label
!
M40e and M160 routers—With the FPC in vertical position, look on the center right side of the FPC (see Figure 61).
Figure 61: M40e and M160 Router FPC Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
178 !
Verifying FPC Failure
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
!
M320 routers—The serial number ID label is located on the center of the right side of the FPC3 (see Figure 62). On an FPC2, the serial number label is located on the top PIC slot.
Figure 62: M320 FPC Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Verifying FPC Failure !
179
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
T320 routers—The serial number ID label is located on the center of the right side of the FPC3 (see Figure 63). On an FPC1 and FPC2, the serial number ID label is located near the top PIC slot.
Figure 63: T320 Router FPC Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
180 !
Verifying FPC Failure
Chapter 15: Monitoring FPCs
!
T640 routing nodes— The serial number label is located on the center of the right side of the FPC3 (see Figure 64). On an FPC2, the serial number label is located near the top PIC slot.
Figure 64: T640 Routing Node Serial Number Label
AA1234
Serial number ID label
Replacing an FPC
The FPC is hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove or replace it without powering down the router and disrupting routing functions. However, you must first take the FPC offline by pressing the FPC offline button on the router craft interface for all router platforms except the M5 and M10 routers.
Action To return a failed FPC, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86. To replace an FPC, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
Replacing an FPC !
181
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
182 !
Replacing an FPC
Chapter 16
Monitoring PICs
You monitor and maintain Physical Interface Cards (PICs) to ensure that they receive incoming packets from the network and transmit outgoing packets to the network. (See Table 48.)
Table 48: Checklist for Monitoring PICs
Monitor PIC Tasks
Understanding PICs on page 184
Command or Action
!
PIC Location, Row, and Slot Numbering on page 185
Checking the PIC Status on page 186
1. Display the PIC Media Type and FPC Status on page 186
2. Display the PIC Interface Status Information on page 187
3. Check the PIC LED States on page 188
Checking PIC Alarms on page 189
1. Check Current Chassis Alarms on page 189 show chassis fpc pic-status show chassis pic pic-slot # fpc-slot # show interfaces terse
Check the PIC port LEDs.
show chassis alarms show chassis craft-interface
2. Display Error Messages in the System Log File on page 190 show log messages | match PIC
Verifying PIC Failure on page 190
1. Perform a PIC Swap Test on page 190
2. Display PIC Hardware Information on page 191
3. Locate the PIC Serial Number ID Label on page 192
Replace the PIC with one that you know works, then use the show chassis fpc pic-status command .
show chassis hardware
Replacing a PIC on page 195
Look on the right side of the top of the PIC if horizontally oriented.
Look on the left side of the PIC if vertically oriented.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86. Follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide. See also the appropriate PIC guide.
!
183
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding PICs
Purpose Inspect PICs to ensure that data packets are received from and transmitted to the network for supported media types.
What Is a PIC A PIC is an interface card through which network cables carry data transmissions to and from the network plug. A PIC installs into a Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC).
PICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Removing or inserting a PIC causes a brief interruption of forwarding performance. Each PIC has an ejector lever at the bottom of its faceplate that allows for easy removal from the router.
Table 49 lists some PIC characteristics for each routing platform. A PIC performs framing and line-speed signaling for its media type.
Table 49: PIC Characteristics Per Routing Platform
PIC Characteristic
Single-wide PICs per FPC
Accepts Quad-wide PIC
M5/
M10
4/8
Yes, M10
Internet router only
M7i
4
M10i M20
8
Yes
16
M40
32
Yes,
FPC not required
Yes,
FPC not require d
No
M40e M160 M320 T320
32
T640
32 32 16
(2 PICs per FPC)
32
Yes,
FPC not require d
N/A
2 PICs per FPC3
N/A N/A
Before transmitting outgoing data packets, the PICs encapsulate packets received from the FPCs. Each PIC is equipped with an application-specific integrated circuit
(ASIC) that performs control functions specific to the PIC’s media type.
For a listing of PICs supported for each routing platform, see the appropriate router hardware guide and the router PIC guide.
Figure 65 on page 185 shows the PIC location in each router and the corresponding row and slot numbering.
184 !
Understanding PICs
Chapter 16: Monitoring PICs
Figure 65: PIC Location, Row, and Slot Numbering
M40, M40e, M160, M320, and T640 router
Craft interface
0/0 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 5/0 6/0 7/0
0/1 1/1 2/1 3/1 4/1 5/1 6/1 7/1
0/2 1/2 2/2 3/2 4/2 5/2 6/2 7/2
M5 router
FPC0 0/3
M10 router
FPC0
FPC1
0/3
1/3
M7i router
FPC0 0/3
M10i router
FPC0
FPC1
0/0
1/0
M20 router
FPC0
FPC1
FPC2
FPC3
0/2
0/2
1/2
0/2
0/1
1/1
0/1
0/1
1/1
0/1
0/2
1/2
0/3
1/3
2/3
3/3
Primary SSB0
Secondary SSB1
Craft interface
0/2 0/1
1/2
2/2
1/1
2/1
3/2 3/1
0/0
1/0
2/0
3/0
0/0
0/0
1/0
0/0
0/3
1/3
See Also “Monitoring FPCs” on page 163
T320
0/3 1/3 2/3 3/3 4/3 5/3 6/3 7/3
Craft interface
0/0 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 5/0 6/0 7/0
0/1 1/1 2/1 3/1 4/1 5/1 6/1 7/1
Understanding PICs !
185
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Checking the PIC Status
Steps To Take To check the PIC status, follow these steps:
1.
Display the PIC Media Type and FPC Status on page 186
2.
Display the PIC Interface Status Information on page 187
3.
Check the PIC LED States on page 188
Step 1: Display the PIC Media Type and FPC Status
Action To display the PIC media type and FPC status, use the following JUNOS command-line interface (CLI) operational mode command: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status
Sample Output user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status
Slot 0 Online
PIC 0 1x OC-12 SONET, MM
PIC 1 4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR
PIC 2 4x E1, BNC
PIC 3 1x CSTM1, SMIR
Slot 1 Online
PIC 0 4x CT3
Slot 2 Online
PIC 0 1x Tunnel
Slot 4 Online
Slot 5 Offline
Slot 6 Online
PIC 0 1x OC-192 12xMM VSR
What It Means The command output displays the status for all FPCs installed in the router and a description of the PICs installed in each FPC, including the number of ports, media type, mode, and reach. The FPCs in slots 0, 1, 2, 4, and 6 are online. The FPC in slot 5 is offline. The PICs installed in the router include SONET, E1, Channelized
STM1, CT3, Tunnel, and OC192 media PICs.
In the example, PIC 0 is one-port, SONET, OC12, and multimode.
For more detailed information about PIC types, see the appropriate router PIC guide.
Alternative Actions To check PIC status including port information, use the show chassis pic pic-slot # fpc-slot # CLI command. The command output for an M10i router displays the PIC type, ASIC type, operating status, PIC version, and how long the PIC has been online. Additionally, the command output displays the PIC port number, type, small form-factor pluggable transciever (SFP) vendor, and part number information.
user@host> show chassis pic pic-slot 0 fpc-slot 1
186 !
Checking the PIC Status
Chapter 16: Monitoring PICs
Sample Output user@host> show chassis pic pic-slot 0 fpc-slot 1
PIC fpc slot 1 pic slot 0 information:
Type 1x OC-48 SONET SFP
ASIC type D chip
State Online
PIC version 1.1
Uptime 7 days, 13 hours, 29 minutes, 51 seconds
PIC Port Information:
Port Cable SFP SFP Vendor
Number Type Vendor Name Part Number
0 OC48 SHORT REACH SumitomoElectric SCP6828-J1-ANE
1 UNKNOWN CABLE
2 UNKNOWN CABLE
3 UNKNOWN CABLE
To check the PIC media type and status for a particular FPC, use the show chassis fpc pic-status fpc-slot command.
To display PIC hardware information, including the media type description, use the show chassis hardware command.
Syntax show chassis fpc <pic-status < fpc-slot >> show chassis hardware
Step 2: Display the PIC Interface Status Information
Action To display the status of each configured interface, use the following JUNOS CLI operational mode command: user@host> show interfaces terse
Sample Output user@host> show interfaces terse
Interface Adman Link Port Local Remote so-0/0/0 up up so-0/0/0.0 up up inet 192.168.36.201 --> 192.168.36.200
so-0/1/0 up down so-0/1/1 up down e1-0/2/0 up down e1-0/2/1 up down t1-1/0/0:1 up down t1-1/0/0:2 up down gr-2/0/0 up up ip-2/0/0 up up
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output shows the names of all interfaces configured on the router.
The interface name indicates the media type-fpc/pic/port (for example, so-0/0/0.0
).
It shows whether the interface is on ( up ) or off ( down ) and whether the link state is up or down. Additionally, the output shows the protocol configured on that interface and the local address of the interface, as well as the address of the remote side of a connection for point-to-point interfaces. Refer to the PIC for port numbering.
A line in the sample output shows the status of a SONET interface on FPC 0, PIC 0, port 0, and logical unit number 0. The status of the interface is up . The link status is up . The protocol configured on the interface is inet . The local interface IP address is
192.168.36.201
and the remote IP address is 192.168.36.200
.
Checking the PIC Status !
187
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The interface is configured with a /32 subnet. If you configure the interface with a different subnet, the output will be different.
For more detailed information about monitoring interfaces, see the JUNOS Network
Interfaces and Class of Service Configuration Guide .
Alternative Actions To view more detailed information about a particular interface, use the show interfaces interface-name brief command. The command output shows the interface status, link-level type, loopback, device flags, interface flags, keepalive settings, keepalive input, active alarms, and defects.
To view interface status information, use the show interface descriptions command.
This command displays the interface status and the description given when configured on the router.
Syntax show interfaces terse < interface-name > show interfaces < interface-name > brief
Step 3: Check the PIC LED States
For PICs that have a physical port, the LEDs indicate the status of the physical link.
If the LED is green, the physical link is up. If the LED is red or amber, the physical link is down. Usually, when the LED is red, the receive port is not receiving a signal.
If the LED is amber, the receive port is getting a remote alarm from the device.
For PICs with no physical port, such as a tunnel or encryption PIC, the LED indicates the status of the PIC.
The Tunnel PIC, which has no ports, has a single LED. Each LED has four different states, described in Table 50.
Table 50: Tunnel PIC LEDs
Color
Red
Green
Amber
None
State
Fail
Normal
Problem detected; still functioning
Not enabled
Description
The FPC has detected a PIC failure.
The port is functioning normally.
To track the problem, use the CLI.
The port is not enabled or the PIC is offline.
For M7i and M10i routers, most PICs have an LED labeled STATUS on the PIC faceplate. Some PICs have additional LEDs, often one per port. The meaning of the
LED states differs for various PICs. For more information, see the appropriate router PIC guide.
188 !
Checking the PIC Status
Chapter 16: Monitoring PICs
Checking PIC Alarms
Steps To Take To check for PIC alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Check Current Chassis Alarms on page 189
2.
Display Error Messages in the System Log File on page 190
Step 1: Check Current Chassis Alarms
Action To display current PIC alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-04-08 10:01:20 PDT Major PIC 0/2 failed to initialize
What It Means The command output displays the alarm time, severity level, and description.
Alternative Action You can also display PIC alarms by using the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Red alarm: LED on, relay on
Yellow alarm: LED off, relay off
Host OK LED: On
Host fail LED: Off
FPCs 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-------------------------------
Green * . . * . . . .
Red . . . . . . . .
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|1 Alarm active |
|R: PIC 0/2 FAILED |
| |
+--------------------+
Checking PIC Alarms !
189
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Display Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display PIC error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match PIC
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match PIC
Apr 8 10:01:20 aspirin scb CM: PIC 0/2, ID 0x0206, hardware error, offlined
Apr 8 10:01:20 aspirin alarmd[2671]: Alarm set: FPC color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=PIC 0/2 failed to initialize
Apr 8 10:01:20 aspirin fpc0 PIC: PIC 2 discovery error (1)
Apr 8 10:01:20 aspirin fpc0 CMFPC: Hardware error discovering PIC 2, ID 0x0206
Apr 8 10:01:21 aspirin scb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) Slot 0: PIC 0/2 failed to initialize
What It Means When a PIC fails, the messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. Use the show log messages command to browse error messages that are generated at least 5 minutes before and after a PIC event. You can also use the show log messages | match PIC command to view specific PIC error messages with common information. Use this information to diagnose a PIC problem and to let the Juniper
Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events prior to the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages Reference .
Verifying PIC Failure
Steps To Take To verify PIC failure, follow these steps:
1.
Perform a PIC Swap Test on page 190
2.
Display PIC Hardware Information on page 191
3.
Locate the PIC Serial Number ID Label on page 192
Step 1: Perform a PIC Swap Test
Action To perform a swap test on a PIC, follow these steps:
1.
Ensure that the PIC is firmly seated in the FPC or the FPC slot.
2.
If the PIC is firmly seated and still fails, remove it from the FPC. Follow the PIC removal procedure in the appropriate router PIC guide.
190 !
Verifying PIC Failure
Chapter 16: Monitoring PICs
3.
Check the PIC connector pins. a.
If a pin is bent, contact JTAC and generate a Return Material Authorization
(RMA). For more information about returning a failed router part, see
“Return the Failed Component” on page 86.
b.
If no pins are bent, install a PIC that you know works into the FPC. c.
Check the PIC status by looking at the PIC LEDs and using the show chassis fpc pic-status command (see “Display the PIC Media Type and FPC Status” on page 186).
4.
If the PIC works, then the PIC you removed is defective. Contact JTAC and generate an RMA. See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86.
Step 2: Display PIC Hardware Information
Action To display PIC hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
[...Output truncated...]
FPC 0 REV 03 710-001255 S/N AA9806 FPC Type 1
CPU REV 02 710-001217 S/N AA9590
PIC 1 REV 05 750-000616 S/N AA1527 1x OC-12 ATM, MM
PIC 2 REV 05 750-000616 S/N AA1535 1x OC-12 ATM, MM
PIC 3 REV 01 750-000616 S/N AA1519 1x OC-12 ATM, MM
FPC 1 REV 02 710-001611 S/N AA9523 FPC Type 2
CPU REV 02 710-001217 S/N AA9571
PIC 0 REV 03 750-001900 S/N AA9626 1x STM-16 SDH, SMIR
PIC 1 REV 01 710-002381 S/N AD3633 2x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
FPC 2 FPC Type OC192
CPU REV 03 710-001217 S/N AB3329
PIC 0 REV 01 1x OC-192 SM SR-2
What It Means The command output displays the PIC number, revision level, part number, serial number, and media type.
Verifying PIC Failure !
191
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Locate the PIC Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the PIC serial number ID label, do one of the following:
!
With the PIC in horizontal position, look on the right side of the top of the PIC
(see Figure 66).
Figure 66: PIC Serial Number ID Label (Horizontal Orientation)
Serial number ID label
AA1234
!
With the PIC in vertical position, look on the left side of the PIC (see Figure 67).
Figure 67: PIC Serial Number ID Label (Vertical Orientation)
AA1234
Serial number ID label
192 !
Verifying PIC Failure
Chapter 16: Monitoring PICs
For M320 routers, the serial number ID label is located on the right side of the PIC
(see Figure 68) when the PIC is vertically oriented (as it would be installed in the router). The exact location may be slightly different on different PICs, depending on the placement of components on the PIC board.
Figure 68: M320 Router Serial Number ID Label on PIC
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Tunnel Ser vices
STATUS
OFFLINE
Verifying PIC Failure !
193
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
For T320 routers, the serial number ID label is located on the right side of the PIC
(see Figure 69) when the PIC is vertically oriented (as it would be installed in the router). The exact location may be slightly different on different PICs, depending on the placement of components on the PIC board.
Figure 69: T320 Router Serial Number ID Label on PIC
Serial number ID label
AA1234
STATUS
ONLINE/
OFFLINE
194 !
Verifying PIC Failure
Chapter 16: Monitoring PICs
For T640 routing nodes, the serial number label is located on the right side of the
PIC (see Figure 70) when the PIC is vertically oriented (as it would be installed in the routing node). The exact location may be slightly different on different PICs, depending on the placement of components on the PIC board.
Figure 70: T640 Routing Node Serial Number Label on PIC
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Tunnel Ser vices
STATUS
OFFLINE
Replacing a PIC
Action To remove a PIC, refer to the appropriate PIC guide.
For information about returning a PIC, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86. To replace a PIC, see the appropriate router hardware guide or PIC guide.
Replacing a PIC !
195
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
196 !
Replacing a PIC
Chapter 17
Monitoring the Craft Interface
You monitor and maintain the craft interface or Front Panel Module (FPM) to ensure that you can view the router status and perform management operations from the panel on the front of the chassis. (See Table 51.) You can also display craft interface information from the JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI).
Table 51: Checklist for Monitoring the Craft Interface
Monitor Craft Interface Tasks
Understanding the Craft Interface on page 199
Command or Action
!
M5 and M10 Router Craft Interface on page 199
!
M20 Router Craft Interface on page 200
!
M40 Router Craft Interface on page 200
!
M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface on page 201
!
M320 Router Craft Interface on page 201
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft Interface on page 202
Monitoring the Craft Interface Status on page 203
1. View the Craft Interface Status on page 203 show chassis craft interface
Physically check the craft interface panel.
2. Check the Craft Interface Environmental Status on page 203 show chassis environment
(M40e, M160, and T320 routers and T640 routing node only) show chassis environment fpm
Viewing Craft Interface Information from the Command
Line on page 204
Verifying Craft Interface Failure on page 205 show chassis craft-interface
1. Display Craft Interface Alarms on page 206
2. Display Craft Interface Error Messages in the System Log
File on page 207 show chassis alarms show log messages
3. Display Craft Interface Messages in the Chassis Daemon
Log File on page 208 show log chassisd
4. Display Craft Interface Hardware Information on page 208 show chassis hardware
!
197
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Craft Interface Tasks
Replacing the Craft Interface on page 209
Command or Action
1. Replace the M20 Router Craft Interface on page 209
2. Replace the M40 Router Craft Interface on page 209
3. Replace the M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface on page 210
4. Replace the M320 Router Craft Interface on page 211
5. Replace the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft
Interface on page 212
1. Attach an ESD wrist strap to your wrist.
2. Unscrew the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the craft interface.
3. Flip the ends of the two extractor clips towards the outside edges of the router.
4. Grasp both sides of the craft interface and slide it out of the chassis.
The craft interface is attached to the lower impeller tray.
1. Attach an ESD wrist strap to your wrist.
2. Unscrew the three screws at the bottom edge of the lower impeller tray.
3. Grasp the sides of the lower impeller tray, and slide it out of the chassis.
The craft interface is attached to the upper impeller assembly
(front top blower).
1. Attach an ESD wrist strap to your wrist.
2. Undo the captive screws at the corners of the craft interface.
3. Grasp the craft interface and pull it out of the chassis.
The craft interface is located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage.
The craft interface is located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage.
Locating the Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label on page 213
1. Locate the M20 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID
Label on page 213
2. Locate the M40 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID
Label on page 214
3. Locate the M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface Serial
Number ID Label on page 214
4. Locate the M320 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID
Label on page 215
5. Locate the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft
Interface Serial Number ID Label on page 215
Returning the Craft Interface on page 215
Remove the craft interface and look for the serial number ID label on the back of the unit.
Remove the craft interface and look for the serial number ID label on the back of the unit.
Remove the craft interface and look for the serial number ID label on the back of the unit.
Remove the craft interface and look for the serial number ID on the back of the unit, behind the alarm LEDs.
Remove the craft interface and look for the serial number ID label on the back of the unit.
See “Replacing a Failed Component” on page 122, or follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
198 !
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
Understanding the Craft Interface
Purpose Inspect the craft interface to ensure that you can monitor the status of the router and perform system management functions. The craft interface is also referred to as the Front Panel Module (FPM).
What Is the Craft
Interface
The craft interface, located on the front of the router chassis, provides status information, alarm indicators and contacts, Physical Interface Card (PIC) online and offline buttons, Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) online and offline buttons and LED status indicators, Routing Engine offline button and LED status indicators, and management access to the router.
You can display craft interface status information from the JUNOS software CLI.
The craft interface is hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove and replace it without powering down the router or disrupting routing functions.
For detailed information about how the router craft interface works, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
Figure 71 shows the M5 and M10 Internet router craft interface.
Figure 71: M5 and M10 Router Craft Interface
R
Lamp test
Link status LED
Red alarm
Yellow alarm
Activity status LED
Routing Engine ports
PIC0/3
PIC1/3
PIC0/0
PIC1/0
PIC0/2
PIC1/2
PIC0/1
PIC1/1
PIC online/offline buttons
Understanding the Craft Interface !
199
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 72 shows the M20 Internet router craft interface.
Figure 72: M20 Router Craft Interface
Red alarm
LED
Alarm cutoff button
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
ACO/LT
Link status light
Activity status light
Routing Engine 0 ports
AUX/MODEM MGMT CONSOLE
Routing Engine 0
LEDs
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
Routing Engine 0 offline button
FPC offline buttons
RE0
RE1
FAIL OK
FAIL OK
FAIL OK
FAIL OK
FPC0
FPC1
FPC2
FPC3
Alarm relay contacts
Yellow alarm
LED
Link status light
Activity status light
Routing Engine 1 ports
Routing Engine 1
LEDs
Routing Engine 1 offline button
FPC LEDs
Figure 73 shows the M40 Internet router craft interface.
Figure 73: M40 Router Craft Interface
FPC LEDs FPC offline buttons
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
FAIL
0
OK FAIL OK FAIL
1
RED
ALARM
ALARM
YELLOW
ALARM
ALARM
CUTOFF
2
OK FAIL
3
OK FAIL
4
MENU
ENTER
OK FAIL
5
OK FAIL OK FAIL
6 7
ROUTING ENGINE
OK
FAIL
CONSOLE
MANAGEMENT
ETHERNET
AUXILIARY
OK
Alarm relay contacts
Alarm LEDs LCD display
LCD navigation buttons
LEDs Routing Engine ports
200 !
Understanding the Craft Interface
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
Figure 74 shows the M40e and M160 Internet router craft interface.
Figure 74: M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface
Yellow alarm
LED
Red alarm
LED
Alarm cutoff button
ACO/LT
Navigation buttons
MENU
ENTER
LCD display
Navigation buttons
Host Module
LEDs
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
HOST0
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
HOST1
FAIL
FPC 0
OK FAIL
FPC 1
OK FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK FAIL
FPC 6
OK FAIL
FPC 7
OK
FPC LEDs and offline buttons (for FPC 0-7)
Figure 76 shows the M320 Internet router craft interface.
Figure 75: M320 Router Craft Interface
Routing
Engine
LEDs
SIB
LEDs
Power supply
LEDs
LED display
Red alarm
LED
Yellow alarm
LED
FPC LEDs and online/offline buttons
Understanding the Craft Interface !
201
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 76 shows the T320 Internet router and T640 Internet routing node craft interface.
Figure 76: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft Interface
Red alarm
LED
Yellow alarm
LED
Alarm cutoff button LCD display
Host subsystem
LEDs
SIB LEDs (5)
SIB LEDs (3) T320
FAIL
FPC 0
OK
ACO/LT
FAIL
FPC 1
OK
MENU
ENTER
FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK
FAIL
FAIL
OK
OK
MASTER
HOST0
MASTER
HOST1
FAIL
FPC 6
OK
SP0
SP1
SP2
SP3
SP4
FAIL OK
FAIL
FPC 7
OK
FPC LEDs and online/offline buttons
Table 52 lists the craft interface characteristics for each routing platform.
Table 52: Router Craft Interface Characteristics Per Routing Platform
Characteristic
Alarm LEDs
Lamp test button
Alarm cutoff button
Alarm relay contacts
Link and activity status lights
LCD display and navigation buttons
X
Routing Engine ports
Routing Engine LEDs
Host module LEDs
Switch Interface Board (SIB)
LEDs
X
Host subsystem LEDs
PIC online and offline buttons X
FPC LEDs
FPC offline buttons
Power Supply LEDs
HCM LEDs
X
X
M5
/M10 M7i M10i M20 M40 M40e M160 M320 T320 T640
X X X X X X X X X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
See Also !
Monitoring the Router Chassis on page 107
!
Monitoring the CIP on page 381
202 !
Understanding the Craft Interface
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
Monitoring the Craft Interface Status
Steps To Take To monitor the craft interface status, follow these steps:
1.
View the Craft Interface Status on page 203
2.
Check the Craft Interface Environmental Status on page 203
Step 1: View the Craft Interface Status
Action To view the craft interface status, look at the craft interface panel on the front of the router chassis. (See Figure 71 on page 199 through Figure 76 on page 202.)
When the craft interface fails, you might not see any lights on the craft interface panel and the LCD display will be blank. In addition, the buttons on the panel might not work as indicated.
Alternative Action You can view the craft interface information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
If the craft interface fails, you can still view current craft interface information at the command line. A craft interface failure or removal generates a red alarm. See
“Viewing Craft Interface Information from the Command Line” on page 204.
Step 2: Check the Craft Interface Environmental Status
Action To check the craft interface status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output For M5, M10, M20, and M40 routers: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Misc Craft Interface OK
For M40e and M160 routers: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
FPM CMB OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
FPM Display OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
For M40e and M160 routers: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
FPM GBUS OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
FPM Display OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
Monitoring the Craft Interface Status !
203
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means For M5, M10, M20, and M40 routers, the command output displays the craft interface state, which can be OK or Absent .
For M40e and M160 routers, the command output displays the FPM Chassis
Management Bus (CMB) status and the FPM display status, which can be OK or
Absent .
For M320 routers, the command output displays the FPM CMB status only.
For T320 routers and T640 routing nodes, the command output displays the FPM circuitry and the FPM display status, which can be OK or Absent .
Alternative Action (For M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and the T640 routing node) To monitor the craft interface environmental status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment fpm user@host> show chassis environment fpm
FPM status:
State Online
FPM CMB Voltage:
5.0 V bias 5030 mV
8.0 V bias 8083 mV
FPM Display Voltage:
5.0 V bias 4998 mV
FPM CMB temperature 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
FPM Display temperature 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
CMB Revision 12
The command output displays the status of the FPM or craft interface, which can be
Online or Offline . It also displays information about the power supplied to the FPM
CMB or FPM GBUS, information about the FPM display power supply, the temperature of the air flowing past the FPM CMB or FPM GBUS and the FPM display, and the CMB or GBUS revision level.
Viewing Craft Interface Information from the Command Line
If the craft interface fails, you can still display the craft interface information from the CLI. The values reflect what would be visible if the craft interface were operating normally.
Action To display craft interface information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
204 !
Viewing Craft Interface Information from the Command Line
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
WARNING: Front panel not present. The following values
reflect what would be currently visible.
Red alarm: LED on, relay on
Yellow alarm: LED on, relay on
Host OK LED: On
Host fail LED: Off
FPCs 0 1 2 3
-------------------
Green . . * *
Red . . . .
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|2 Alarms active |
|R: fxp0: link down |
|Y: Bchip uCode ovflw|
+--------------------+
What It Means The command output displays the information that is currently displayed on the craft interface, including the alarm indicator status, the component status, and the alarm messages currently displayed on the LCD display. The command output is for an M20 router. A craft interface failure generates a red alarm, and you see an fpx0: link down alarm in the LCD screen output. The fpx0 interface or the Ethernet management interface provides an out-of-band method of connecting to the router from the craft interface.
Verifying Craft Interface Failure
When the craft interface fails, you might not see any lights on the craft interface panel and the LCD display will be blank. In addition, the buttons on the panel might not work as indicated.
On M5 and M10 routers, you can use the lamp test button to ensure that the alarm
LED lights are working properly.
Steps To Take To verify craft interface failure, follow these steps:
1.
Display Craft Interface Alarms on page 206
2.
Display Craft Interface Error Messages in the System Log File on page 207
3.
Display Craft Interface Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 208
4.
Display Craft Interface Hardware Information on page 208
Verifying Craft Interface Failure !
205
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Display Craft Interface Alarms
A craft interface failure generates a red or yellow alarm, or both. For information about conditions that trigger craft interface alarms, see “Gather Component Alarm
Information” on page 60.
Action To display a craft interface alarm, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output For an M20 router: user@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-05-09 00:00:54 UTC Major fxp0: ethernet link down
For M40e and M160 routers: user@host> show chassis alarms
2 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-06-07 18:20:00 UTC Minor Craft Failure
2002-06-07 18:20:00 UTC Minor Front Top Fan Absent
What It Means (M20 router) If the craft interface fails or is removed, you see an alarm. For example, if you remove the craft interface, a major management Ethernet interface down alarm is generated. The Ethernet link to the router is down. The Ethernet management interface, or fpx0 , provides an out-of-band method for connecting to the router. You can connect to the management interface over the network using utilities such as secure shell (SSH) and telnet. The Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP) can use the management interface to gather statistics from the router.
(M40e and M160 routers) The craft interface is connected to the front top fan assembly. If the craft interface fails or is removed, a craft interface failure alarm and a front top fan absence alarm are generated.
206 !
Verifying Craft Interface Failure
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
Step 2: Display Craft Interface Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display craft interface error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output For an M20 router: user@host> show log messages
Jun 3 16:43:19 flitter ssb CM(0): ALARM SET: (Major) fxp0: ethernet link down
Jun 3 16:43:19 flitter craftd[582]: forwarding display request to chassisd: type = 4, subtype = 43
Jun 3 16:43:19 flitter alarmd[581]: Alarm set: fxp0 color=RED, class=ETHER, reason=fxp0: ethernet link down
Jun 3 16:43:19 flitter mib2d[586]: SNMP_TRAP_LINK_DOWN: ifIndex 1, ifAdminStatus up(1), ifOperStatus down(2), ifName fxp0
Jun 3 16:43:21 flitter /kernel: fxp0: media DOWN 100Mb / full-duplex
For M40e and M160 routers: user@host> show log messages
Jun 7 18:18:50 myrouter craftd[2654]: Minor alarm set, Front Top Fan Absent
Jun 7 18:18:50 myrouter chassisd[2652]: CHASSISD_BLOWERS_SPEED: blowers being set to full speed [fan/blower missing]
Jun 7 18:18:50 myrouter alarmd[2653]: Alarm set: Fan color=YELLOW, class=CHASSIS, reason=Front Top Fan Absent
Jun 7 18:18:50 myrouter craftd[2654]: fpm led error: Unknown error: -1
Jun 7 18:18:50 myrouter alarmd[2653]: Alarm set: Craft IF color=YELLOW, class=CHASSIS, reason=Craft Failure
Jun 7 18:18:50 myrouter craftd[2654]: Minor alarm set, Craft Failure
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. Use the show log messages CLI command to browse error messages that are generated at least 5 minutes before and after an event. Use this information to diagnose a problem and to let the
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events prior to the event.
For an M20 router, the messages file output shows that the Ethernet management interface ( fpx0) that provides an out-of-band method for connecting to the router from the craft interface is down. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages Reference .
For an M160 router, since the craft interface is attached to the front top fan, you see both craft interface and fan error messages.
Verifying Craft Interface Failure !
207
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Display Craft Interface Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
The chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file keeps track of the state of each chassis component.
Action To display craft interface status messages in the chassisd log file, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd
Jun 7 18:18:50 *** inventory change ***
Jun 7 18:18:50 fru 42 set alarm 0x2
Jun 7 18:18:50 alarm op fru 42 op 1 reason 2
Jun 7 18:18:50 send: yellow alarm set, class 100 obj 100 reason 2
Jun 7 18:18:50 front top blower removed
Jun 7 18:18:50 FPM set alarm 0x1
Jun 7 18:18:50 alarm op fru 33 op 1 reason 1
Jun 7 18:18:50 send: yellow alarm set, class 100 obj 106 reason 106
Jun 7 18:18:50 FPM removed
Jun 7 18:18:50 CHASSISD_BLOWERS_SPEED: blowers being set to full speed
[fan/blower missing]
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed.
Step 4: Display Craft Interface Hardware Information
Action To display the craft interface hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output For M5, M10, M20, and M40 routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
[...Output truncated...]
Display REV 07 710-000150 AA7812
For M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and T640 routing nodes: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
[...Output truncated...]
FPM CMB REV 03 710-001642 AH5159
FPM Display REV 01 710-001647 AA2920
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means For M5, M10, M20, and M40 routers, the command output displays the display version level, part number, and serial number. For M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and T640 routing nodes, the command output displays the hardware information for the FPM CMB or the FPM GBUS and the FPM display. If the craft interface has failed or is absent, you will not see the craft interface or FPM hardware information in the command output.
208 !
Verifying Craft Interface Failure
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
Replacing the Craft Interface
The craft interface is hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove and replace it without powering down the router or disrupting routing functions.
NOTE: The M5 and M10 router craft interface is a part of the router chassis. You cannot remove it.
Steps To Take To replace the craft interface, do one of the following:
1.
Replace the M20 Router Craft Interface on page 209
2.
Replace the M40 Router Craft Interface on page 209
3.
Replace the M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface on page 210
4.
Replace the M320 Router Craft Interface on page 211
5.
Replace the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft Interface on page 212
Step 1: Replace the M20 Router Craft Interface
Action To remove the M20 router craft interface, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Unscrew the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the card carrier to unseat the craft interface from the midplane.
3.
Flip the ends of the two extractor clips, which are adjacent to the thumbscrews, toward the outside edges of the router.
4.
Grasp both sides of the craft interface and slide it about three-quarters of the way out of the router.
5.
Move one of your hands underneath the craft interface to support it, and slide the craft interface completely out of the chassis.
Step 2: Replace the M40 Router Craft Interface
The craft interface is attached to the lower impeller tray.
Action To remove the M40 router craft interface, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an ESD wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Unscrew the three screws at the bottom edge of the lower impeller tray.
3.
Grasp the sides of the lower impeller tray and slide it out of the chassis. (See
Figure 77 on page 210.)
Replacing the Craft Interface !
209
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 77: Removing the Lower Impeller Tray
Impellers
Craft interface display
Screws
Step 3: Replace the M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface
The craft interface is attached to the upper impeller assembly (front top blower).
Action To remove the M40e and M160 router craft interface, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an ESD wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Unscrew the captive screws at the corners of the impeller assembly (the craft interface).
3.
Grasp the impeller assembly and pull it halfway out of the chassis. (See
Figure 78.)
CAUTION: If the impeller is still spinning, do not put your fingers or any tool into the impeller assembly as you pull it out. To avoid injury, wait until the impeller stops spinning before removing the assembly.
Figure 78: Removing the Front Upper Impeller Assembly
210 !
Replacing the Craft Interface
Loosen captive screws (4)
4.
Pull the impeller assembly completely out of the chassis.
5.
Place the assembly top-side down (the lettering on the craft interface is upside down) on an antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
6.
Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the four screws that secure the bottom of the craft interface housing to the impeller assembly.
7.
Turn the impeller assembly over so that the lettering on the craft interface is right side up.
8.
Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the four screws that secure the top of the craft interface housing to the impeller assembly.
9.
Using a Phillips screwdriver, loosen and remove the screws located on the rear side of the craft interface at the side. There are two screws at each side, located near the holes for the captive screws that secure the impeller assembly to the chassis.
10. Grasp the sides of the craft interface and pull it straight off the front of the impeller assembly.
Step 4: Replace the M320 Router Craft Interface
The craft interface is located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage.
Action To remove the craft interface, follow these steps:
NOTE: Removing the front upper fan tray before you remove the craft interface might make it easier to grasp the craft interface as you remove it. For instructions on removing a front fan tray, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
1.
Attach an ESD wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Remove the upper cable guards by loosening the three captive screws on each cable guard.
3.
Completely loosen the four captive screws that attach the craft interface to the chassis.
4.
Grasp the craft interface by the left and right flanges and carefully pull it straight out of the chassis. (See Figure 79 on page 212.)
Replacing the Craft Interface !
211
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 79: Remove the Craft Interface
FAIL
FPC 0
OK
FAIL
FPC 1
OK
FAIL
FPC 2
OK
FAIL
FPC 3
OK
FAIL
FPC 4
OK
FAIL
FPC 5
OK FAIL
FPC 6
OK
FAIL
FPC 7
OK
Step 5: Replace the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft Interface
The craft interface is located on the front of the chassis above the FPC card cage.
Action To remove the craft interface, follow these steps:
NOTE: Removing the front upper fan tray before you remove the craft interface might make it easier to grasp the craft interface as you remove it. For instructions on removing a front fan tray, see the appropriate nrouter hardware guide.
1.
Attach an ESD wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Completely loosen the screws at the four corners of the craft interface.
3.
Insert the blade of a flat-blade screwdriver into the slot on one side of the craft interface, then gently pry that side out from the chassis.
4.
Repeat Step 3 for the other side of the craft interface.
5.
Grasp the craft interface by the top and bottom edges and carefully pull it straight out of the chassis.
212 !
Replacing the Craft Interface
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
Locating the Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
If the craft interface has failed or is absent, it does not appear in the hardware list output when you use the show chassis hardware command. You must remove the craft interface and manually locate the craft interface serial number ID label.
NOTE: The M5 and M10 router craft interfaces are part of the chassis. You cannot remove them.
Steps To Take To locate the craft interface serial number ID label, do one of the following:
1.
Locate the M20 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label on page 213
2.
Locate the M40 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label on page 214
3.
Locate the M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label on page 214
4.
Locate the M320 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label on page 215
5.
Locate the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft Interface Serial Number
ID Label on page 215
Step 1: Locate the M20 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the M20 router craft interface serial number ID label, look on the back of the craft interface panel (see Figure 80).
Figure 80: M20 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
AA1234
Serial number ID label
Locating the Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label !
213
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Locate the M40 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the M40 router craft interface serial number ID label, look on the back of the panel, above the connector (see Figure 81).
Figure 81: M40 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Step 3: Locate the M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the M40e and M160 router serial number ID label, look on the back of the panel, behind the alarm LEDs (see Figure 82).
Figure 82: M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
AA1234
214 !
Locating the Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
Chapter 17: Monitoring the Craft Interface
Step 4: Locate the M320 Router Craft Interface Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the M320 router serial number, look on the back of the craft interface panel, behind the alarm LEDs (see Figure 83).
Figure 83: M320 Router Serial Number ID Label
AA1234
Serial number ID label
Step 5: Locate the T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Craft Interface Serial Number ID
Label
Action To locate the T320 router and T640 routing node serial number, look on the back of the craft interface panel, behind the alarm LEDs (see Figure 84).
Figure 84: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Serial Number ID Label
AA1234
Serial number ID label
Returning the Craft Interface
The craft interface is hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove or replace a craft interface without powering down the system and disrupting routing functions.
Action To return the craft interface, see “Replacing a Failed Component” on page 122 or the appropriate router hardware guide.
Returning the Craft Interface !
215
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
216 !
Returning the Craft Interface
Chapter 18
Monitoring Power Supplies
You monitor and maintain the power supplies to ensure that power is distributed to the router components. (See Table 53.)
Table 53: Checklist for Monitoring Power Supplies
Monitor Power Supply Tasks
Understanding Power Supplies on page 218
Command or Action
!
M5/M10 Router Power Supplies on page 219
!
M7i Router Power Supplies on page 220
!
M10i Router Power Supplies on page 221
!
M20 Router Power Supplies on page 222
!
M40 Router Power Supplies on page 223
!
M40e Router Power Supplies on page 224
!
M160 Router Power Supplies on page 226
!
M320 Router Power Supplies on page 227
!
T320 Router Power Supplies on page 228
!
T640 Routing Node Power Supplies on page 229
Checking the Power Supply Cables on page 229 Check the power supply cables.
Checking the Power Supply Status on page 230
1. Check the Power Supply Environmental Status on page 230 show chassis environment
(M40e, M160, and T320 router and T640 routing node only) show chassis environment pem slot
2. Check the Power Supply LEDs on page 232
Checking for Power Supply Alarms on page 235
1. Display Current Power Supply Alarms on page 235
Check the LEDs on the power supply faceplate.
show chassis alarms
2. Display Power Supply Error Messages in the System Log File on page 238 show log messages | match “power supply”
3. Display Power Supply Error Messages in the Chassis
Daemon Log File on page 238 show log chassisd | match pem
Verifying Power Supply Failure on page 239
1. Check the Power Supply Power Switch on page 239
2. Check the Circuit Breaker on page 239
3. Perform a Power Supply Swap Test on page 240
4. Check the Router Cooling System on page 240
Check the power supply power switch.
Make sure that the power switch is on.
Replace the faulty power supply with one that works.
show chassis environment
!
217
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Power Supply Tasks Command or Action
5. Test the Power Supply on page 241
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information on page 241
Press the power supply self-test button.
1. Display the Power Supply Hardware Information on page 242
2. Locate the Power Supply Serial Number ID Label on page 242
Replacing the Power Supplies on page 250 show chassis hardware
Look on the power supply faceplate or look on the back of the power supply.
(M5, M10, M20, and M40 routers) Turn off the power to the individual power supply before removing it from the chassis.
(M40e, M160, and T320 routers and T640 routing node)
Switch the corresponding circuit breaker off before removing the power supply. Follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Understanding Power Supplies
Purpose Inspect the power supplies to ensure that they distribute power to the other router components according to their voltage requirements.
What Is a Power Supply The power supplies are internally connected to the midplane, which delivers the power input from the circuit breaker box and distributes the different output voltages produced by the power supplies to the router’s components, depending on their voltage requirements.
Table 54 lists some router characteristics for each router type.
Table 54: Router Power Supply Characteristics
Power Supply Characteristic
M5/
M10
M7i/
M10i M20 M40 M40e M160 M320 T320 T640
Watts per AC/DC power supply 434 W 293 W 750 W 1500 W AC 2900 W
DC 3000 W
DC original
2600 W
DC enhanced
3200 W
1750
W
Supports both AC and DC power supplies
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No; original or enhanced
DC only
Yes
Turn off power supply before removing
Turn off circuit breaker before removing power supply
X X X X
X X X
3200 W 6500 W
No;
DC only
No;
DC only
X X
Power supplies in the router must be of the same type: either two AC or two DC power supplies. You cannot mix power supply types. The M160 router supports DC power supplies only.
218 !
Understanding Power Supplies
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
The following sections describe each routing platform power supply location and type:
!
M5/M10 Router Power Supplies on page 219
!
M7i Router Power Supplies on page 220
!
M10i Router Power Supplies on page 221
!
M20 Router Power Supplies on page 222
!
M40 Router Power Supplies on page 223
!
M40e Router Power Supplies on page 224
!
M160 Router Power Supplies on page 226
!
M320 Router Power Supplies on page 227
!
T320 Router Power Supplies on page 228
!
T640 Routing Node Power Supplies on page 229
M5/M10 Router Power Supplies
Two load-sharing, isolated power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the M5 and M10 router chassis. The routers use either AC or DC power. Figure 85 shows the
M5 and M10 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
Figure 85: M5 and M10 Router Power Supplies
M5 and M10 router rear AC power supply DC power supply
Power supply A Power supply B
Understanding Power Supplies !
219
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supply instantly begins providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning and can provide full power indefinitely.
NOTE: Mixing AC and DC power supplies is not supported. The two power supplies must be either both AC or both DC.
When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on. In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of having a second power supply installed.)
M7i Router Power Supplies
Two load-sharing, isolated power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the M7i router chassis. The router uses either AC or DC power. Figure 86 shows the M7i router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load.
For full redundancy, two power supplies are required. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the second power supply instantly begins providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning. The second power supply can provide full power indefinitely.
Figure 86: M7i Router Power Supplies
M7i router rear
AC power supply DC power supply
USE C
OPPER
RTN -48 V
S
10 A
CAUTIO
N on m from idplane
Power supply A
Power supply B
NOTE: When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one
FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on. In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of having a second power supply installed.)
220 !
Understanding Power Supplies
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
M10i Router Power Supplies
The M10i router uses either AC or DC power. You can install up to four load-sharing power supplies at the bottom rear of the chassis. Figure 87 shows the M10i router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
The AC power supplies are fully redundant. If one power supply fails or is removed, the remaining power supplies instantly assume the entire electrical load. Two power supplies can provide full power for as long as the router is operational. Three power supplies are required for redundancy. Power supplies must be present in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 for the router to operate.
The DC power supplies are fully redundant. The DC power supplies in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 can provide full power to the router. Likewise, the DC power supplies in slots P/S 2 and P/S 3 can also provide full power. The DC power supplies in slots
P/S 2 and P/S 3 jointly serve as the backup to the DC power supplies in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 . Power supplies must be present in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 for the router to operate.
Figure 87: M10i Router Power Supplies
M10i router rear AC power supply
Power supplies
FANTRAY 1
PEM3
PEM2
P/S 3
P/S 2
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
P/S 1
P/S 0
NOTE: P/S 0 AND P/S 1
FOR NORMAL O
MUST BE PRES
PERATION.
ENT
FANTRAY O
DC power supply
USE CO
PPER
CTORS
Energy hazard contacting co or in card cag
from e.
PEM0
PEM1
NOTE: AC and DC power supplies are required in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 for the router to operate.
The DC power supplies in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and the DC power supplies in slots P/S 2 and
P/S 3 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
Understanding Power Supplies !
221
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M20 Router Power Supplies
Two load-sharing, isolated power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the M20 router chassis.The router uses either AC or DC power. Figure 88 shows the M20 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supplies instantly begin providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning, and can provide full power indefinitely.
NOTE: Mixing AC and DC power supplies is not supported. The two power supplies must be either both AC or both DC.
When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on. In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers and on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of having a second power supply installed.)
Figure 88: M20 Router Power Supplies
M20 router rear DC power supply
AC power supply
Power supply A Power supply B
222 !
Understanding Power Supplies
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
M40 Router Power Supplies
The M40 router can use either AC or DC power. Two load-sharing power supplies install into the bays located at the bottom rear of the chassis. As viewed from the rear of the chassis, the supply on the left is referred to as supply A and the supply on the right as supply B . Figure 89 shows the M40 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
The power supplies are fully redundant. When both power supplies are operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If one power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supply instantly begins providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning, and can provide full power indefinitely.
Figure 89: M40 Router Power Supplies
M40 router DC power supply
AC power supply
Power supply A
Power supply B
Understanding Power Supplies !
223
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M40e Router Power Supplies
The M40e router uses either AC or DC power. Two load-sharing, pass-through power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the chassis. Figure 90 shows the M40e router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supplies instantly begin providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning, and can provide full power indefinitely.
NOTE: Mixing AC and DC power supplies is not supported and prevents the router from booting. If two power supplies are installed, they must be either both AC or both DC.
!
A circuit breaker box must be installed on a DC-powered router, while a circuit breaker is incorporated into each AC power supply. Converting the router from
AC to DC power or vice versa involves removing or installing the circuit breaker box. Only authorized service personnel should perform the conversion; this manual does not include instructions.
!
When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one
FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on. In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of having a second power supply installed.)
224 !
Understanding Power Supplies
Figure 90: M40e Router Power Supplies
M40e router
DC power supplies
B/PEM1
A/PEM0
PCG 0
PCG 1
AC power supplies
B/PEM1
OFF
A/PEM0
OFF
PCG 0
PCG 1
AC power supply
Install only in an M40e router
NOMINAL INPUT
200-240V
47-63 Hz
CAUTION
THE SYSTEM, DISCONNECT
MAXIMUM OF 2 PO
APPARATEN SKALL ANSLUT
TILL JORD
WER CORDSETS
ANSLUTS
AT UTTAG NAR DE
TILL ETT NA
TVERK
OUTPUT OK
PEM
SELF TEST
OFF
TIGHTEN
THESE S
CREWS F
IRST
DC power supply
ENHANCED PEM
CAUTION
TURN OFF CIRCUIT
BREAKER BEFORE REMOVING
OR INSERTING PEM.
INSERT PEM THEN
TURN OFF CIRCUIT
BREAKER AFTER 1 MINUTE.
CB ON
OUTPUT OK
CB OFF
PEM
SELF TEST
TIGHTEN THESE SCREWS FIRST
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Understanding Power Supplies !
225
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M160 Router Power Supplies
The M160 router uses DC power. Two load-sharing, pass-through power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the chassis. Figure 91 shows the M160 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supplies instantly begin providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning, and can provide full power indefinitely.
Figure 91: M160 Router Power Supplies
M160 router
Original DC power supply
Power supplies
B/PEM1
A/PEM0
CB ON
OUTPUT OK
NO A IRFLOW
CB OFF
PEM
SELF TEST
Enhanced DC power supply
ENHANCED PEM
CAUTION
TURN OFF CIRCUIT
BREAKER BEFORE REMOVING
OR INSERTING PEM.
INSERT PEM THEN
TURN OFF CIRCUIT
BREAKER AFTER 1 MINUTE.
CB ON
OUTPUT OK
CB OFF
TIGHTEN THESE SCREWS FIRST
226 !
Understanding Power Supplies
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
M320 Router Power Supplies
The M320 router uses either AC or DC power. Figure 92 shows the M320 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
Figure 92: M320 Router Power Supplies
M320 router rear
Power supply
PEM0
Power supply
PEM1
Power supply
PEM2
Power supply
PEM3
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
SIB-M
SIB-M
SIB-M
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB
2
SIB
3
SIB
0
SIB
1
AC power supply
DC power supply
The M320 router supports four power supplies. The AC power supplies are fully redundant. If one power supply fails or is removed, the remaining power supplies instantly assume the entire electrical load. Three power supplies can provide full power for as long as the router is operational.
In the M320 router DC power supply configuration, the router has four DC power supplies, located at the lower rear of the chassis in slots PEM0 through PEM3 (top to bottom). The DC power supplies in slots PEM0 and PEM2 are load-sharing and provide power to the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) in slots FPC3 through FPC7 .
The DC power supplies in slots PEM1 and PEM3 are load-sharing and provide power to the FPCs in slots FPC0 through FPC2 , Switch Interface Boards (SIBs), Control
Boards, and Routing Engines. All DC power supplies provide power to the fan trays.
NOTE: The DC power supplies in slots PEM0 and PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and the DC power supplies in slots
PEM2 and PEM3 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B.
This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
Understanding Power Supplies !
227
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated 15 A (250 VAC) circuit breaker.
T320 Router Power Supplies
Figure 93 shows the T320 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
Figure 93: T320 Router Power Supplies Location
T320 router rear
DC power supply
Power supplies
228 !
Understanding Power Supplies
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
T640 Routing Node Power Supplies
Figure 94 shows the T640 routing node power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
Figure 94: T640 Routing Node Power Supplies
T640 router rear
DC power supply
CB ON
CB TRIP
OVER TEMP
DC OK INPUT 1
INPUT 0
Power supply
PEM 0
Power supply
PEM 1
See Also !
Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies on page 507
Checking the Power Supply Cables
Action To check the power supply cables, follow these steps:
1.
Verify that the power cable or power cord from the power source to the router is not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, immediately replace the cord or cable.
2.
Make sure that the power and ground cables on each DC power supply are arranged so that they do not obstruct access to the other power supply or to the
Routing Engine.
3.
Periodically inspect the site to ensure that the cables connected to the power supply are securely in place and are properly insulated.
Checking the Power Supply Cables !
229
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Checking the Power Supply Status
Steps To Take To check the power supply status, follow these steps:
1.
Check the Power Supply Environmental Status on page 230
2.
Check the Power Supply LEDs on page 232
Step 1: Check the Power Supply Environmental Status
Action To check the power supply environmental status, use the following JUNOS command-line interface (CLI) operational mode command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output For M5, M10, M20, and M40 routers: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply A OK
Power Supply B Absent
[...Output truncated...]
For M7i and M10i routers: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply 0
Power Supply 1
[...Output truncated...]
OK
Absent
For M40e, M160, M320 and T320 routers and T640 routing nodes: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power PEM 0 OK
PEM 1 OK
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the status of both power supplies installed in the router.
For M5, M10, M7i, M10i, M20, and M40 routers, the command output displays the power supply slot number and status. The status can be OK , Testing (during initial power-on), Failed , or Absent . A Failed condition triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.
For M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and T640 routing nodes, the output displays the power supply slot number and status for the Power Entry Modules
(PEMs). The status can be OK , Absent , or Check.
230 !
Checking the Power Supply Status
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Alternative Action For the M40e, M160, M320, and T320 routers and the T640 routing node, to display the power supply status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment pem user@host> show chassis environment pem
PEM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC input OK
DC output OK
Load Less than 20 percent
Voltage:
48.0 V input 69028 mV
48.0 V fan supply 48839 mV
5.0 V bias 5013 mV
8.0 V bias 8253 mV
PEM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC input OK
DC output OK
Load Less than 20 percent
Voltage:
48.0 V input 69307 mV
48.0 V fan supply 49170 mV
5.0 V bias 4991 mV
8.0 V bias 8263 mV
For each PEM, the command output displays the slot number, status, temperature,
DC input and output, load percentage, and voltage. You can display the status of a particular power supply by specifying the slot number.
For T320 routers and T640 routing nodes, the command output displays the PEM slot number, status, temperature, DC input status, and DC output for each Flexible
PIC Concentrator (FPC), SONET Clock Generator (SCG), Control Board, and Switch
Interface Board (SIB). You can display the status of a particular power supply by specifying the slot number.
user@host> show chassis environment pem
PEM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
DC input: OK
DC Output: Voltage Current Power Load
FPC 0 53783 3368 181 24
FPC 1 0 0 0 0
FPC 2 0 0 0 0
FPC 3 0 0 0 0
FPC 4 54041 3462 187 24
FPC 5 53883 5187 279 37
FPC 6 0 0 0 0
FPC 7 0 0 0 0
SCG/CB/SIB 54066 4031 217 18
Checking the Power Supply Status !
231
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Check the Power Supply LEDs
Action To check the power supply status, look at the four LEDs on the faceplate. Table 55 describes the M5 and M10 router output LED and self-test button for both the AC and DC power supplies.
Table 55: M5 and M10 Router Power Supply LED and Self-Test Button
Label
OUTPUT OK
SELF-TEST
Color
Blue
(button)
State
On steadily
Blinking
–
Description
Power supply is functioning normally, input is occurring, outputs are within range, and the temperature is within range.
Power supply has failed.
Power supply is in self-test mode.
Table 56 describes the functions of the LED on both the M7i and M10 router AC and
DC power supplies.
Table 56: M7i and M10i Router AC/DC Power Supply LED
Label
OUTPUT OK
Color
Green
State Description
On steadily Power supply is inserted and is functioning normally, input is occurring, outputs are within range, and the temperature is within range.
Blinking Power supply is not functioning, is starting up, or is not properly inserted, or airflow is not sufficient.
Table 57 describes the functions of the M20 router power supply LEDs.
Table 57: M20 Router Power Supply LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
Color
Green
Amber
State
On steadily
On steadily
Description
Power supply is functioning normally, input is occurring, outputs are within range, temperature is within range, and fans are operational.
Power supply has failed.
Table 58 describes the functions of the M40 router power supply LEDs.
Table 58: M40 Router Power Supply LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
Color
Green
Red
State
On steadily
On steadily
Description
Power supply is functioning normally, input is occurring, outputs are within range, temperature is within range, and fans are operational.
Power supply has failed.
232 !
Checking the Power Supply Status
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Table 59 describes the functions of the M40e router AC power supply LED.
Table 59: M40e Router AC Power Supply LED
Label
OUTPUT OK
Color
Green
State Description
On steadily Power supply is inserted and is functioning normally.
Blinking slowly
Power supply is not plugged in, or power switch is in the off position (when other AC power supply is functioning).
Blinking rapidly
Power supply is starting up.
Table 60 describes the functions of the M40e router DC power supply LEDs.
Table 60: M40e Router DC Power Supply LEDs
Label
CB ON
Color
Green
OUTPUT OK
Blue
CB OFF Amber
State Description
On steadily Power supply is inserted correctly and is receiving power. Circuit breaker is on.
On steadily Power supply is inserted and is functioning normally.
Blinking Power supply is not functioning, is starting up, is not properly inserted, or airflow is not sufficient.
On steadily Power supply is functioning, but the circuit breaker is off.
Table 61 describes the functions of the M160 router DC power supply LEDs.
Table 61: M160 Router Power Supply LEDs
LED
CB ON
OUTPUT OK
Color
Green
Blue
NO AIRFLOW
(Original power supply only)
Amber
CB OFF Amber
State
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
Off
On steadily
On steadily
Description
Power supply is inserted correctly and is receiving power. Circuit breaker is on.
Power supply is inserted and is functioning normally.
Power supply is not functioning, is going through startup, is not properly inserted, or airflow is not sufficient.
Power supply is not functioning.
Power supply is inserted, but airflow around the power supply is not sufficient.
Power supply is functioning, but the circuit breaker is off.
Checking the Power Supply Status !
233
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Table 62 describes the functions of the M320 router AC and DC power supply LED.
Table 62: M320 Router AC/DC Power Supply LED
Label
OUTPUT OK
Color
Blue
State Description
Off
Blinking
No power applied to power supply.
!
Power supply blinks for 5 seconds after initial power on.
!
Power supply is installed, but not powered on, and is receiving bias power from a proword on power supply.
!
Input voltage is invalid
!
Power supply has failed.
On steadily Power supply is functioning normally.
Table 63 describes the functions of the M320 router AC and DC power supply LED.
Table 63: T320 Router DC Power Supply LED
Label
DC OK
Color
Blue
State Description
On steadily Power supply is installed correctly and is functioning normally.
Blinking Power supply is starting up, is not functioning, or is not properly installed.
Table 64 describes the functions of the T640 routing node DC power supply LEDs.
Table 64: T640 Routing Node Power Supply LEDs
LED
CB ON
CB TRIP
OVER TEMP
DC OK
Color
Green
Amber
Amber
Blue
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
Description
Power supply is installed correctly and is functioning normally, is receiving power, and the circuit breaker is on.
Circuit breaker not turned on, or host subsystem has detected a failure and has turned the circuit breaker off.
Power supply has exceeded the recommended temperature.
Power supply is installed correctly and is functioning normally.
Power supply is starting up, is not functioning, or is not properly installed.
234 !
Checking the Power Supply Status
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Alternative Actions For M40e and M160 routers, if all LEDs are off on both power supplies, either someone has switched off power to the router or the system temperature has exceeded the acceptable maximum. The host module shuts down both power supplies. There is no power to the router, so the alarm LEDs on the craft interface are not lit and the LCD display is blank.
Excessive system temperature is almost always caused by excessive environmental temperature. Correct the environmental temperature before repowering the router.
If all LEDs on one power supply are off, but the LEDs on the other supply indicate that it is functioning properly, or the LEDs on both power supplies indicate a problem, do the following:
1.
Check the current alarms by using the show chassis alarms CLI command or by looking at the router craft interface.
2.
Check that the power switch is in the ON (|) position (on the circuit breaker box for a DC-powered router, or on the power supply faceplate for an AC-powered router).
3.
Perform a swap test on the power supplies (see “Perform a Power Supply Swap
Test” on page 240).
Checking for Power Supply Alarms
For a listing of power supply alarm conditions, remedy, and alarm severity by routing platform type, see “Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
Steps To Take To check for power supply alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Display Current Power Supply Alarms on page 235
2.
Display Power Supply Error Messages in the System Log File on page 238
Step 1: Display Current Power Supply Alarms
Action To display power supply alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
4 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-04-08 15:25:12 PDT Major Power Supply A 2.5 volt output failed
2002-04-08 15:25:12 PDT Major Power Supply A 5 volt output failed
2002-04-08 15:25:12 PDT Major Power Supply A 3.3 volt output failed
2002-04-08 15:25:12 PDT Major Power Supply A fan failed
Checking for Power Supply Alarms !
235
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
Table 65 shows the power supply alarm descriptions that you see on the craft interface LCD and the alarms that you see at the CLI. For information about conditions that trigger power supply alarms, see “Gather Component Alarm
Information” on page 60.
Table 65: Power Supply Alarms
Power Supplies
M5 and M10
M7i and M10i
M20
M40
M40e
M160
Craft Interface LCD
Short Version
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Supply x FAIL
Supply x 3V FAIL
Supply x 5V FAIL
Supply x 2V FAIL
PEM pem-ID Removed
PEM pem-ID High Temp
PEM pem-ID Output Fail
PEM pem-ID Input Fail
PEM pem-number Removed
PEM pem-number High Temp
PEM pem-number Output Fail
PEM pem-number Input Fail
CLI Long Version
Power supply x not providing power
Power supply x not providing power
Power supply x not providing power
Power supply x 3.3V failed
Power supply x 5V failed
Power supply x 2.5V failed
Power supply x not providing power
Power supply x 3.3V failed
Power supply x 5V failed
Power supply x 2.5V failed
YELLOW ALARM - PEM pem-ID Removed
RED ALARM - PEM pem-ID High
Temperature
RED ALARM - PEM pem-ID Output Failure
RED ALARM - PEM pem-ID Input Failure
YELLOW ALARM - PEM pem-number
Removed
RED ALARM - PEM pem-number High
Temperature
RED ALARM - PEM pem-number Output
Failure
RED ALARM - PEM pem-number Input
Failure
236 !
Checking for Power Supply Alarms
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Power Supplies
T320
T640
Craft Interface LCD
Short Version
PEM pem-number Removed
PEM pem-number Over Temp
PEM pem-number Output Fail
PEM pem-number Input Fail
PEM pem-number Removed
PEM pem-number Over Temp
PEM pem-number Output Fail
PEM pem-number Input Fail
CLI Long Version
YELLOW ALARM - PEM pem-number
Removed
RED ALARM - PEM pem-number Over
Temperature
RED ALARM - PEM pem-number Output
Failure
RED ALARM - PEM pem-number Input
Failure
YELLOW ALARM — PEM pem-number
Removed
RED ALARM — PEM pem-number Over
Temperature
RED ALARM — PEM pem-number Output
Failure
RED ALARM — PEM pem-number Input
Failure
For information about what conditions trigger power supply alarms and their remedy for each router type, see “Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
Alternative Action To display current power supply alarms and the alarm indicator states, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output Red alarm: LED on, relay on
Yellow alarm: LED off, relay off
Host OK LED: On
Host fail LED: Off
FPCs 0 1 2 3
-------------------
Green * * * *
Red . . . .
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|4 Alarms active |
|R: Supply A 2v FAIL |
|R: Supply A 5v FAIL |
+--------------------+
What It Means The command output displays the alarm indicator status and the alarms that display on the craft interface LCD display.
(For M7i router) Check the red and yellow alarm LEDs on the FIC. Power supply failure or removal triggers an alarm that causes one or both of the LEDs to light.
Checking for Power Supply Alarms !
237
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Display Power Supply Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display power supply error messages that are generated in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match “power supply”
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match “power supply”
Apr 8 14:00:15 myrouter scb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:00:15 myrouter alarmd[584]: Alarm cleared: Pwr supply color=RED, class=CHASSIS, myrouter=Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:00:18 myrouter scb CM: ALARM CLEAR: Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:00:21 myrouter alarmd[584]: Alarm set: Pwr supply color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:00:23 myrouter scb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:05:16 myrouter alarmd[584]: Alarm set: Pwr supply color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=Power Supply A fan failed
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. Use the show log messages | match “power supply” command to view only power supply error messages. Use this information to diagnose a power supply problem and to let the Juniper Networks
Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events prior to the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages Reference .
Step 3: Display Power Supply Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display power supply error messages in the chassisd log file, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd | match pem
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd | match pem
Jul 15 11:18:59 CMB cmd to PEM#0 [0xf8], Amber LED Off [0x18]
Jul 15 11:18:59 PEM#0 - Amber LED Off
Jul 15 11:18:59 CMB cmd to PEM#0 [0xf8], Green LED Off [0x1a]
Jul 15 11:18:59 PEM#0 - Green LED Off
Jul 15 11:18:59 CMB cmd to PEM#0 [0xf8], Blue LED Off [0x16]
Jul 15 11:18:59 PEM#0 - Blue LED Off
Jul 15 11:18:59 CMB cmd to PEM#1 [0xf9], Amber LED Off [0x18]
Jul 15 11:18:59 PEM#1 - Amber LED Off
Jul 15 11:18:59 CMB cmd to PEM#1 [0xf9], Green LED Off [0x1a]
Jul 15 11:18:59 PEM#1 - Green LED Off
Jul 15 11:18:59 CMB cmd to PEM#1 [0xf9], Blue LED Off [0x16]
Jul 15 11:18:59 PEM#1 - Blue LED Off
Jul 15 11:19:02 PEM#0 added
Jul 15 11:19:02 reading PEM 0 initial state
Jul 15 11:19:02 PEM#1 added
Jul 15 11:19:02 reading PEM 1 initial state
Jul 15 11:19:18 CHASSISD_PEM_INPUT_BAD: PEM 1 - INPUT FAIL, status bits: 0xf2, check breaker
Jul 15 11:19:18 CHASSISD_SNMP_TRAP: SNMP trap: FRU failure: jnxFruContentsIndex
2, jnxFruL1Index 2, jnxFruL2Index 0, jnxFruL3Index 0, jnxFruName PEM 1, jnxFruType 7, jnxFruSlot 2, jnxFruOfflineReason 2, jnxFruLastPowerOff 0, jnxFruLastPowerOn
26221491, jnxFruPowerUpTime 1484
Jul 15 11:19:23 CHASSISD_PEM_INPUT_BAD: PEM 1 - INPUT FAIL, status bits: 0xf2, check breaker
238 !
Checking for Power Supply Alarms
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Jul 15 11:19:28 CHASSISD_PEM_INPUT_BAD: PEM 1 - INPUT FAIL, status bits: 0xf2, check breaker
Jul 15 11:19:33 CHASSISD_PEM_INPUT_BAD: PEM 1 - INPUT FAIL, status bits: 0xf2, check breaker
Jul 15 11:19:38 CHASSISD_PEM_INPUT_BAD: PEM 1 - INPUT FAIL, status bits: 0xf2, check breaker
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed.
Verifying Power Supply Failure
Steps To Take To verify a power supply failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the Power Supply Power Switch on page 239
2.
Check the Circuit Breaker on page 239
3.
Perform a Power Supply Swap Test on page 240
4.
Check the Router Cooling System on page 240
5.
Test the Power Supply on page 241
Step 1: Check the Power Supply Power Switch
Action If the OK power supply LED is off and no red alarm condition exists, check that the power switch is ON .
Step 2: Check the Circuit Breaker
Action To check the circuit breaker, follow these steps:
1.
Verify that the source DC or AC circuit breaker has the proper current rating.
Each power supply in the router must be connected to a separate power source.
2.
Make sure that the power switch is in the ON (|) position in the circuit breaker box for DC-powered routers. If the circuit breaker box has been tripped, reset it.
Verifying Power Supply Failure !
239
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Perform a Power Supply Swap Test
Action To perform a swap test to determine whether a power supply is defective, follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide to remove the faulty power supply and connect it to a different source with a new power cable. If the power supply does not power on, then the power supply is the source of the problem.
Return the faulty power supply for replacement, as described in the appropriate router hardware guide.
CAUTION: When replacing a power supply, do not leave a slot empty for more than two minutes while the router is operational. The power supply must remain in the chassis for proper airflow.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the back side of the power supply. They can contain dangerous voltages.
Step 4: Check the Router Cooling System
The power supplies require an unobstructed airflow.
If the NO AIRFLOW LED on one of the power supplies lights, check that the airflow around the power supply is sufficient.
Action To check the airflow, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@m40-host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply A OK
Power Supply B Absent
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Top Impeller OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Impeller OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the power supply status and the cooling system status. When monitoring the power supplies, look at both the power supply status and the cooling system status. If the cooling system temperature is above a certain level, the power supplies are automatically cut off.
240 !
Verifying Power Supply Failure
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Alternative Action To check the power supply temperature on M40e and M160 routers, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment pem user@host> show chassis environment pem
PEM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC input OK
DC output OK
Load Less than 20 percent
Voltage:
48.0 V input 69028 mV
48.0 V fan supply 48839 mV
5.0 V bias 5013 mV
8.0 V bias 8253 mV
PEM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK
DC input OK
DC output OK
Load Less than 20 percent
Voltage:
48.0 V input 69307 mV
48.0 V fan supply 49170 mV
5.0 V bias 4991 mV
8.0 V bias 8263 mV
The command output displays the temperature of the air flowing past the power supplies (PEMs). The status is either OK or Failed .
To check the status of a specific power supply, indicate the slot number. For example, type show chassis environment pem slot , where slot can be either 0 or 1 .
Step 5: Test the Power Supply
Action On certain power supplies (M5/M10, M40e, and M160 routers), a self-test button is used to test the power supply, It is located beneath the power supply LEDs. The self-test button is for use by qualified service personnel only.
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information
Steps To Take To get the power supply hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the Power Supply Hardware Information on page 242
2.
Locate the Power Supply Serial Number ID Label on page 242
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information !
241
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Display the Power Supply Hardware Information
Action To display power supply hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output For M5, M10, M20, M40, and M40e routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 2003 M20
Backplane REV 07 710-001517 AA7940
Power Supply A Rev 02 740-001465 000497 AC
Power Supply B Rev 01 740-001465 000001 AC
[...Output truncated...]
For M160 and T320 routers and T640 routing nodes: user@host> show chassis hardware
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 47 M160
Midplane REV 02 710-001245 AB4113
FPM CMB REV 01 710-001642 AA9721
FPM Display REV 01 710-001647 AA2995
CIP REV 02 710-001593 AA9886
PEM 0 Rev 01 740-001243 KJ35782 DC
PEM 1 Rev 01 740-001243 kj35756 DC
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means For all routers except the M160 and T320 routers and the T640 routing node, the command output displays the power supply slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and the power supply type. When facing the back of the router, power supply A is located on the right and power supply B is located on the left.
For the M160 and T320 routers and the T640 routing node, the command output displays the power supply or PEM slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and power supply type. When facing the back of the router, PEM 0 is located on the right and PEM 1 is located on the left.
Step 2: Locate the Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the power supply serial number ID label, see Table 66 and Figure 95 on page 243 through Figure 101 on page 248.
Table 66: Power Supply Serial Number ID Label Locations on M-series Routers
Router
M5 and M10
M7i and M10i
M20
M40
Power Supply
Type
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
Serial Number ID Label Location
Power supply faceplate
Power supply faceplate
Right side of the power supply back
Top of the power supply
242 !
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Router
M40e
M160
M320
Power Supply
Type
AC
DC
DC
AC, DC
T320 and T640 DC
Serial Number ID Label Location
Upper center of the power supply faceplate
Left center of the power supply faceplate
Left center of the power supply faceplate
On the power supply faceplate under the circuit breaker switch
Left side of the power supply faceplate
Figure 95 shows the location of the serial number ID label on the power supplies for the M5 and M10 routers. The label is located on the power supply faceplate.
Figure 95: M5 and M10 Router Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
AC power supply
Serial number ID label
DC power supply
Serial number ID label
Figure 96 shows the location of the power supply serial number ID label. for the
M7i router. The label is located on the power supply faceplate.
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information !
243
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 96: M7i Router Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
SP05291A
P/N : 740-008537
S/N : PB15954
REV: C
REV: 03
082901
Figure 97 shows the location of the AC and DC power supply serial number ID labels for the M10i router. The labels are located on the power supply faceplate.
Figure 97: M10i Router Power Supply Serial Number ID Labels
Serial number ID label
SP05291A
P/N : 740-008537
S/N : PB15954
REV: C
REV: 03
082901
Serial number ID label
SP04371A
P/N : 740-002498
S/N : LK33319
REV: A
REV: 03
102600
AC power supply DC power supply
244 !
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Figure 98 shows the location of the serial number ID label on the power supplies for an M20 router. The label is located on the right side on the back of the power supply.
Figure 98: M20 Router Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
(P) DC
(R) 05
(S) 001638
(D) 12/08/00
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information !
245
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 99 shows the location of the serial number ID label on the power supply for an M40 router. The label is located on the top of the power supply.
Figure 99: M40 Router Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
R
MARTEK POWER, INC.
Torrance, California 90503
PS2250
740-000234-007
REV. A3
REV. 05
432 - 4199
200V-240V 50/60Hz 15A MAXIMUM
3.3V@165A, 5V@70A,
2.5V @75A, 24V @ 8.5A
+12V@2A 5V @.5A
246 !
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Figure 100 shows the location of the AC power supply serial number ID label for an
M40e router. The label is located at the upper center of the faceplate.
Figure 100: M40e Router AC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
OFF
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information !
247
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 101 shows the location of the DC power supply serial number ID label for the
M40e and M160 routers. The label is located on the faceplate.
Figure 101: M40e and M160 Router DC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
CB ON
OUTPUT O
K
NO A IRFLO
W
CB OFF
SELF TE
ST
248 !
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information
Chapter 18: Monitoring Power Supplies
Figure 102 shows the location of the AC and DC power supply serial number ID labels for the M320 router. The serial number ID label is located on the power supply faceplate under the circuit breaker switch.
Figure 102: M320 Router AC and DC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
SP0559 1A
P/N : 740-009148
S/N : PH15121
REV: X04
REV: X04
081403
Figure 103 shows the location of the DC power supply serial number ID label for the
T320 router. The serial number ID label is located on the left side of the power supply faceplate.
Figure 103: T320 Router DC Power Supply Serial Number ID Label
SP04771A
P/N : 740-004359
S/N : NB12561
Serial number ID label
REV: A
REV: 01
020702
Getting Power Supply Hardware Information !
249
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 104 shows the location of the DC power supply serial number ID label for the
T640 routing node. The serial number ID label is located on the left side of the power supply faceplate.
Figure 104: T640 Routing Node DC Power Supply Serial Number Label
Serial number ID label
SP04461A
P/N : 740-002595
S/N : MJ10276
REV: C
REV: 03
082901
CB ON
CB TRIP
OVER TEMP
DC OK INPUT 1
INPUT 0
Replacing the Power Supplies
The power supplies are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove or replace a power supply without powering down the system and disrupting routing functions.
However, you must power down the power supply before removing it from the router. When one power supply is powered down, the other power supply automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router.
NOTE: The circuit breaker box is not hot-removable or hot-pluggable. You must power down the router to remove the circuit breaker box.
Action To return a failed power supply, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86. To replace the power supplies, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
250 !
Replacing the Power Supplies
Chapter 19
Monitoring the Cooling System
You monitor and maintain the cooling system to keep an acceptable operating temperature for the router chassis and its components. (See Table 67.)
Table 67: Checklist for Monitoring the Cooling System
Monitor Cooling System Tasks
Understanding the Cooling System on page 252
Command or Action
!
M5 and M10 Router Cooling Systems on page 253
!
M7i Router Cooling System on page 253
!
M10i Router Cooling System on page 254
!
M20 Router Cooling System on page 255
!
M40 Router Cooling System on page 256
!
M40e and M160 Router Cooling Systems on page 259
!
M320 Router Cooling System on page 261
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cooling Systems on page 263
Checking the Cooling System Status on page 267 show chassis environment
Checking the Cooling System Alarms on page 269
1. Check the Alarm Indicators on the Craft Interface on page 270 show chassis craft-interface
Check the router craft interface.
show chassis alarms 2. Display Current Cooling System Alarms on page 270
3. Display Cooling System Error Messages in the System Log
File on page 271
Maintaining the Air Filter on page 272
Verifying a Fan Failure on page 272
Verifying an Impeller Failure on page 273 show log messages | match fan
Inspect the air filter. If dirty, clean it; if damaged, replace it.
Perform a swap test on the fan. If defective, replace it without powering down the router.
Feel the impeller air exhaust. If no airflow, replace without powering down the router.
Replacing a Cooling System Component on page 273 Follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
!
251
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the Cooling System
Purpose Inspect the router cooling system to ensure that air is flowing through the router to cool the components installed in the router chassis. If the router temperature exceeds the critical level, the router automatically shuts down.
What Is the Cooling
System
The cooling system includes the fans and impellers that provide cooling in the router chassis to keep the components operating at an acceptable temperature.
Table 68 describes the cooling system components for each routing platform.
Table 68: Router Cooling System Components per Routing Platform
Power Supply Characteristic
Fan tray
Power supply integrated fan
Impellers
Fan assemblies
Air filter
_
_
_
M5/
M10 M7i M10i M20 M40 M40e
1 with 4 fans
1 with 4 fans
2 with
8 fans each
3 front
1 rear
_ _ _ 2 2 _
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
M160 fan tray
M320
1 rear
T320
2 front
1 rear
T640
2 front
1 rear
2 pairs 1 central impeller
1 rear upper impeller
1 rear lower impeller
3
1
_
1
Cooled by air flowing through the chassis
_
1 upper impeller
2 rear impellers
_
_
1
_
_
_
_
_
1 front,
1 rear
_
1 front
1 rear
_
1 front
1 rear
The following sections describe the various routing platform cooling systems:
!
M5 and M10 Router Cooling Systems on page 253
!
M7i Router Cooling System on page 253
!
M10i Router Cooling System on page 254
!
M20 Router Cooling System on page 255
!
M40 Router Cooling System on page 256
!
M40e and M160 Router Cooling Systems on page 259
!
M320 Router Cooling System on page 261
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cooling Systems on page 263
252 !
Understanding the Cooling System
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
M5 and M10 Router Cooling Systems
The M5 and M10 router houses four fans, which draw room air into the chassis to keep the internal temperature below a maximum acceptable level. The air flows side-to-side in the chassis (see Figure 105).
CAUTION: Do not remove the fan tray for more than one minute while the router is operating. The fans are the sole source of cooling, and the router can overheat when they are absent.
Figure 105: M5 and M10 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Front of chassis
Rear of chassis
Fans
6" (15.2 cm)
for airflow
(recommended)
Fan tray with left fans 1-4
M7i Router Cooling System
The M7i router cooling system consists of a fan tray, located along the left side of the chassis, that provides side-to-side cooling (see Figure 13). It connects directly to the router midplane. The fan tray is a single unit containing four individually fault-tolerant fans. If a single fan fails, the remaining fans continue to function indefinitely.
The cooling system draws in room air through the air intake vent on the left side of the chassis. After entering the chassis, the air stream separates into separate flows for the front and rear components (see Figure 106).
Figure 106: M7i Router Cooling System and Airflow
Fans Fans Front of chassis
6" (15.2 cm)
for airflow
(recommended)
6" (15.2 cm)
for airflow
(recommended)
Understanding the Cooling System !
253
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M10i Router Cooling System
The M10i router cooling system consists of two fan trays, located along the left and right side of the chassis that provide side-to-side cooling. The fan trays house eight fans that draw room air into the chassis to maintain an acceptable operating temperature for the Routing Engine, Physical Interface Cards (PICs), Compact
Forwarding Engine Board (CFEB), and other components. The fan trays connect directly to the router midplane. If a single fan fails, the remaining fans continue to function indefinitely (see Figure 107).
Figure 107: M10i Router Cooling System and Airflow
M10i
Fan tray
Front of chassis
Redundant fan tray
6" (15.2 cm)
for airflow
(recommended)
FANTRAY 1
P/S 3
P/S 2
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
P/S 1
P/S 0
NOTE: P/S 0 AND P/S 1
FOR NORMAL O
MUST BE PRES
PERATION.
ENT
FANTRAY O
6" (15.2 cm)
for airflow
(recommended)
Redundant fan tray Fan tray
For proper airflow, the primary fan tray should be installed in slot 1 (the left slot looking at the chassis from the rear) and must be installed for proper cooling at all times. The redundant fan tray, if present, should be installed in slot 0 on the right.
This fan tray provides additional cooling and redundancy.
254 !
Understanding the Cooling System
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
M20 Router Cooling System
The M20 router cooling system consists of the following components (see
Figure 108):
!
Three front fan trays—Cool the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) and the
System and Switch Boards (SSBs). The fan trays are located on the left front side of the chassis. Each tray houses three fans.
!
Routing Engine fan tray—Cools the Routing Engines. The fan tray is located behind the Routing Engine panel. It houses two fans.
!
Power supply integrated fan—Cools each power supply. It is built into the supply.
Figure 108: M20 Router Cooling System Components
Front Rear
Upper fan
Middle fan
Bottom fan
Front fan tray(s) Rear fan tray
Understanding the Cooling System !
255
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The cooling system includes several fan trays that draw room air into the chassis to keep its internal temperature below a maximum acceptable level. The cooling subsystems have redundant components, which are controlled by the SSB. If a fan fails, the remaining fans provide sufficient cooling for the unit indefinitely (see
Figure 109.
Figure 109: M20 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Front of chassis Side of chassis
Front fan trays
Upper fan
Rear fan tray
Fan
Fan
Fan
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
SSB
SSB
Craft interface display
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
Middle fan
Bottom fan
Front of Router
M40 Router Cooling System
The M40 router cooling system consists of the following components:
!
Air intake vent and air filter (see Figure 111 on page 257)—Provide an opening for room air to enter the router. They are located at the bottom of the chassis front, below the craft interface. The air filter prevents dust and other particles from entering the cooling system. For replacement instructions, see the M40 router hardware guide.
CAUTION: Do not remove the air filter for more than a minute while the router is operating. The fans and impellers are powerful enough to draw in foreign material, such as bits of wire, through the unfiltered air intake, which could damage router components.
!
Upper and lower impeller assemblies (see Figure 110 on page 257)—Cool the
Packet Forwarding Engine components (backplane, SCB, FPCs, and PICs). The lower impeller assembly is located behind the craft interface at the front the chassis, and the upper assembly is located above the fan tray at the rear of the chassis. Each assembly houses two impellers for redundancy. The assemblies are not interchangeable. For replacement instructions, see the M40 router hardware guide.
!
Fan tray (see Figure 111 on page 257)—Cools the Routing Engine and backplane. The tray houses three fans for redundancy and is located above the
Routing Engine at the upper rear of the chassis. For replacement instructions, see “Maintain and Replace the Fan Tray” on page 155.
!
Power supply integrated fan—Cools the power supply. It is not field-replaceable.
256 !
Understanding the Cooling System
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
Figure 110 shows the M40 router cooling system impeller trays.
Figure 110: M40 Router Impeller Trays
Front Rear
Lower impeller tray
Upper impeller tray
Figure 111 shows the M40 router air filter and fan tray.
Figure 111: M40 Router Air Filter and Fan Tray
Front Rear
Air filter
(behind cover)
Rear fan tray
Understanding the Cooling System !
257
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The M40 router cooling system consists of separate subsystems (sets of fans and impellers) that draw room air into the chassis to keep its internal temperature below a maximum acceptable level. After entering the chassis, the air stream separates into separate flows for the front and rear subsystems, and the temperature of each flow is monitored independently. Figure 112 shows the M40 router cooling system airflow.
Figure 112: M40 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Exhaust for
Packet Forwarding
Engine cooling
Exhaust for Routing
Engine and backplane cooling
Upper impellers
Fan tray
Routing
Engine
Top impeller
Rear of Chassis
Packet
Forwarding
Engine
Exhaust for power supply
Lower impellers
Power supply and Fans
Bottom impeller
Front of Chassis
Air intake for
Packet Forwarding
Engine cooling
Air intake for
Routing Engine cooling
Air intake for power supply cooling
258 !
Understanding the Cooling System
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
M40e and M160 Router Cooling Systems
The M40e and M160 router cooling system has the following components:
!
Air intake vent, air filter, and intake cover—Provide an opening for room air to enter the router. They are located at the bottom of the chassis front, below the cable management system, as shown in Figure 113 on page 260. The air filter is removable and covers the air intake vent, preventing dust and other particles from entering the cooling system. For maintenance and replacement instructions, see the M40e or M160 router hardware guide. The nonremovable air intake cover is located behind the air filter and provides EMC shielding.
CAUTION: Do not remove the air filter for more than a few minutes while the router is operating. The fans and impellers are powerful enough to draw in foreign material, such as bits of wire, through the unfiltered air intake, which could damage router components.
!
Front cooling subsystem—Cools the FPCs, PICs, and midplane. It includes a fan tray located behind the cable management system and a large, central impeller behind the craft interface. For replacement instructions, see the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
!
Rear cooling subsystem—Cools the Switching and Forwarding Modules (SFMs), host module, Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generator (PCGs), and power supplies. It includes one impeller located at the upper right of the chassis rear and another at the lower left. The upper and lower impellers are not interchangeable. For replacement instructions, see the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
Understanding the Cooling System !
259
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 113 shows the M40e and M160 router cooling system components.
Figure 113: M40e and M160 Router Cooling System Components
M40e and M160 router front
Air filter
M40e and M160 router front
Air filter cover
Front left fan
Rear left fan
Fan tray
Front right fan
Rear right fan
M40e and M160 router rear
Front upper
Impeller assembly
M40e router rear
Rear lower
Impeller assembly
M160 router rear
Rear upper
Impeller assembly
260 !
Understanding the Cooling System
Rear upper
Impeller assembly
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
The cooling system draws in room air through the air intake vent located at the front of the chassis below the cable management system. After entering the chassis, the air stream separates into separate flows for the front and rear subsystems, and the Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) monitors the temperature of each flow independently.
Figure 114 shows the M40e and M160 router cooling system components and airflow.
Figure 114: M40e and M160 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Top view Front view
Impeller
Side view
Impeller
Rear top blower
Front Rear
Rear bottom blower
Rear
Impeller
(upper rear)
Impeller
(upper front)
Card cage
Air intake cover
Fan tray
Front
M320 Router Cooling System
The M320 cooling system consists of the following components (see Figure 115 on page 262):
!
Two front fan trays—The front fan trays each contain four fans and are interchangeable. The front fan trays cool the components installed in the FPC card cage (the FPCs, PICs, Connector Interface Panel [CIP], and midplane).
!
Rear fan tray—The rear fan tray contains seven fans and is not interchangeable with the front trays. The rear fan tray cools the components installed in the rear card cage (the Routing Engines, Control Boards, and the Switch Interface
Boards [SIBs]).
!
Front and rear air filter—Air filters for both the front and rear fan trays help keep dust and other particles from entering the cooling system.
!
Power supply fans—Each power supply has two fans that cool that power supply.
Understanding the Cooling System !
261
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 115: M320 Router Cooling System and Airflow
M320 router front M320 router rear
Fan tray
Air exhaust
Fan tray
FAIL
FPC 0
OK
FAIL
FPC 1
OK FAIL
FPC 2
OK
FAIL
FPC 3
OK
FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK
FAIL
FPC 6
OK
FAIL
FPC 7
OK
CB-M
FAIL
OK A
B
CB-M
FAIL
OK A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
Air filter
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB-M
SIB-M
ACTIVE
FAIL
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB
2
SIB
3
SIB
0
SIB
1
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake
The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above a threshold, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range.
If the ambient maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be adequately cooled, the Routing Engine shuts down some or all of the hardware components.
262 !
Understanding the Cooling System
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
Figure 116 shows the M320 router airflow.
Figure 116: M320 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Front view
Air flow (front boards)
Rear view
Air flow (back boards)
Side view
Air flow (front boards)
Fan tray
Left Right Front
Card cage
Rear
Card cage
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake cover
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cooling Systems
The T320 cooling system consists of the following components:
!
Two front fan trays—The front fan trays each contain six fans and are interchangeable. The fan trays in the front of the chassis, each with six fans, cool the components installed in the FPC card cage (the FPCs, PICs, CIP, and midplane).
!
Rear fan tray—The rear fan tray contains five fans and is not interchangeable with the front trays. It cools the components installed in the rear card cage (the
Routing Engines, Control Boards, PCGs, and SIBs).
!
Front and rear air filter—Air filters for both the front and rear fan trays help keep dust and other particles from entering the cooling system.
!
Power supply fans—The power supplies each have a fan that cools that power supply.
During normal operation, the fans in each fan tray function at less than full capacity. Temperature sensors on the midplane and the host subsystem control the speed of the fans. A fan failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface. If the temperature passes a certain threshold, the JUNOS software turns off the power supplies.
Understanding the Cooling System !
263
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 117 shows the T320 router cooling system components.
Figure 117: T320 Router Cooling System Components
Front top fan tray
Rear air filter
Rear fan tray
Front bottom fan tray
Air intake
(air filter inside)
Figure 118 shows the T320 router airflow.
Figure 118: T320 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Front view
Air flow (front boards)
Rear view
Air flow (back boards)
Left Right Front
Side view
Air flow (front boards)
Fan tray
Card cage
Rear
Card cage
Fan tray
Air intake cover
264 !
Understanding the Cooling System
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
Figure 119 shows the T640 routing node airflow.
Figure 119: T640 Routing Node Cooling System and Airflow
Front view
Air flow (front boards)
Rear view
Air flow (back boards)
Side view
Air flow (front boards)
Fan tray
Card cage Left Right Front Rear
Card cage
Fan tray
Air intake cover
Understanding the Cooling System !
265
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 120 shows the T640 routing node cooling system components.
Figure 120: T640 Routing Node Cooling System Components
T640 front T640 rear
Rear fan tray
Air exhaust
Front top fan tray
Rear air filter
Front air filter
Front bottom fan tray
Air intake
See Also “Monitoring Power Supplies” on page 217
266 !
Understanding the Cooling System
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
Checking the Cooling System Status
For the cooling system to operate properly, the clearance around the chassis must be sufficient for unobstructed airflow. For clearance and maintenance requirements, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
Action To check the cooling system status, use the following JUNOS command-line interface (CLI) operational mode command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output For M5 and M10 routers (see also Figure 105 on page 253): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Left Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Left Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Left Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
Left Fan 4 OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
For M7i routers (see also Figure 106 on page 253): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan 4 OK Spinning at normal speed
For M10i routers (see also Figure 107 on page 254): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Fan Tray 0 Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 4 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 5 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 6 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 7 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 8 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 1 Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 1 Fan 2
Fan Tray 1 Fan 3
Fan Tray 1 Fan 4
Fan Tray 1 Fan 5
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 1 Fan 6
Fan Tray 1 Fan 7
Fan Tray 1 Fan 8
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
Checking the Cooling System Status !
267
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
For an M20 router (see also Figure 109 on page 256): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Rear Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Front Upper Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Front Middle Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Front Bottom Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
For an M40 router (see also Figure 112 on page 258): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Top Impeller OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom impeller OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Left Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Center Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Right Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
For M40e and M160 routers (see also Figure 114 on page 261): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Rear Bottom Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Top Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Front Top Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray Rear Left OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray Rear Right OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray Front Left OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray Front Right OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc CIP OK
For M320 routers (see also Figure 116 on page 263): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Fan Top Left Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Left Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 1 (TOP) OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 4 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 5 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 6 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 7 (Bottom) OK Spinning at normal speed
268 !
Checking the Cooling System Status
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
For T320 routers and T640 routing nodes (see also Figure 118 on page 264,
Figure 117 on page 264, Figure 119 on page 265, and Figure 120 on page 266): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Fans Top Left Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Left Middle fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Left Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Middle fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Middle fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Middle fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Fourth Blower from top OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Middle Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Second Blower from top OK Spinning at normal speed
What It Means The command output shows the fans, impellers, or blowers monitored for the router type. The command output displays the fan, impeller, or blower status and the spinning speed. Top Left and Top Right refer to fans in the upper front fan tray;
Bottom Left and Bottom Right refer to fans in the lower front fan tray; Blower refers to fans in the rear fan tray. The status can be OK , Testing (during initial power-on),
Failed , or Absent . Measurement indicates if the fan or impeller is spinning at normal or high speed.
Checking the Cooling System Alarms
For a listing of cooling system alarm conditions, remedy, and alarm severity by routing platform type, see “Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
Steps To Take To check for cooling system alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Check the Alarm Indicators on the Craft Interface on page 270
2.
Display Current Cooling System Alarms on page 270
3.
Display Cooling System Error Messages in the System Log File on page 271
Checking the Cooling System Alarms !
269
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Check the Alarm Indicators on the Craft Interface
Action To check the craft interface alarm indicators, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Status Measurement
Red alarm: LED on, relay on
Yellow alarm: LED off, relay off
Host OK LED: On
Host fail LED: Off
[...Output truncated...]
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|2 Alarms active
|R: Fan Failure
|R: Fan Removed |
+--------------------+
|
|
What It Means The command output displays the alarm indicator status. The alarm indicators can be either On or Off . If an indicator is on, an alarm has occurred. The command output also displays the active alarms on the craft interface LCD display. To list the current alarms, use the show chassis alarms command.
Alternative Action You can also physically view the craft interface to see the alarm indicators and alarm descriptions displayed on the LCD display.
Step 2: Display Current Cooling System Alarms
For information that triggers cooling system alarms in each router type, see “Gather
Component Alarm Information” on page 60. For fan alarms by router type, see
Table 69 on page 271.
Action To display the current cooling system alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
2 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-04-08 15:25:12 PDT Major Rear left fan stopped spinning
2002-04-08 15:25:12 PDT Major Rear left fan Failure
What It Means The command output displays the current cooling system alarms, including the time and date stamp, severity level, and description. Table 69 on page 271 shows the possible cooling system alarms for each router type. The alarm LCD short version appears on the craft interface LCD display. The alarm long version appears at the CLI when you use the show chassis alarms command.
270 !
Checking the Cooling System Alarms
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
Table 69: Cooling System Alarm Messages
Routing Platform LCD Short Version
M5 and M10
M7i and M10i
M20
M40
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A fan-name FAIL fan-name RMVD
M40e and M160
Too few fans
Fan Failure
Fan Removed
Fans Missing
T320 and T640 Fan Failure
Fan Removed
Fans Missing
CLI Long Version fan-name stopped spinning fan-name removed
Too few fans installed or working fan-name stopped spinning fan-name removed
Too few fans installed or working fan-name stopped spinning fan-name removed
Too few fans installed or working fan-name stopped spinning fan-name removed
Too few fans installed or working
RED ALARM - fan-name Failure
YELLOW ALARM - fan-name Removed
RED ALARM - Too many fans missing or failing
RED ALARM - fan-name Failure
YELLOW ALARM - fan-name Removed
RED ALARM - Too many fans missing or failing
Step 3: Display Cooling System Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To view cooling system error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match fan
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match fan
Apr 8 14:00:15 myrouter scb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:00:15 myrouter alarmd[584]: Alarm cleared: Pwr supply color=RED, class=CHASSIS, myrouter=Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:00:18 myrouter scb CM: ALARM CLEAR: Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:00:21 myrouter alarmd[584]: Alarm set: Pwr supply color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=Power Supply A fan failed
Apr 8 14:00:23 myrouter scb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) Rear left fan stopped spinning
Apr 8 14:05:16 myrouter alarmd[584]: Alarm set: Fan color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=Rear left fan stopped spinning
Checking the Cooling System Alarms !
271
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The messages system log file records the time when the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. Use the show log messages | match fan command to view only fan error messages. Use this information to diagnose a cooling system problem and to let the Juniper Networks Technical
Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events prior to the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages Reference .
Maintaining the Air Filter
Action To maintain the air filter on M40, M40e, M160, and T320 routers and T640 routing nodes, follow these steps:
1.
Check the air filter for dust, debris, or holes. If the air filter needs cleaning, clean it as described in the appropriate hardware guide.
2.
If the air filter needs repair, replace it as described in the appropriate hardware guide.
CAUTION: Because the impellers and fans are quite powerful, it is important to keep the air filter in place while the router is operating. The impellers and fans could pull in foreign material, such as bits of wire, through an unfiltered air intake, resulting in damage to router components.
Verifying a Fan Failure
Action To verify a fan failure, follow these steps:
1.
Perform a swap test on the fan. Remove the problem fan tray and put it into another bay. If the fan tray does not work in the other bay, it is probably faulty and must be replaced. If the fan tray works in another bay, there is probably a problem with the power connectivity from the midplane.
2.
Check the fan power connector.
3.
Check the fan connector on the router midplane.
4.
If the fan fails, replace it as described in the appropriate hardware guide. The fans are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can replace the fans without powering down the router.
NOTE: The cooling system components (fans and impellers) do not have serial numbers. Therefore, you will not see a serial number listed in the hardware inventory or a serial number ID label on the component.
272 !
Maintaining the Air Filter
Chapter 19: Monitoring the Cooling System
Verifying an Impeller Failure
Action To verify an impeller failure, follow these steps:
1.
Place your hand near the exhaust in the router chassis to determine whether the impellers are pushing air out. If you do not feel much air or no air at all, the impeller is not working.
2.
If the impeller fails, replace it as described in the appropriate hardware guide.
The impellers are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can replace the fans without powering down the router.
NOTE: The cooling system components (fans and impellers) do not have serial numbers. Therefore, you will not see a serial number listed in the hardware inventory or a serial number ID label on the component.
Replacing a Cooling System Component
The cooling system components are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove or replace a cooling system component without powering down the system and disrupting routing functions. However, you should not operate a router for more than a few minutes without the air filter in place to avoid dust, particles, or other material being sucked into the router chassis.
Action To replace a cooling system component, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
Verifying an Impeller Failure !
273
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
274 !
Replacing a Cooling System Component
Chapter 20
Maintaining the Cable Management
System, Cables, and Connectors
You maintain the router cables in the cable management system to ensure that fiber-optic cables have the proper bend radius and to ensure that all cables are organized and securely in place.
You maintain the Physical Interface Card (PIC) cables and connectors to ensure that they transport incoming packets from the network and transmit outgoing packets to the network.
You maintain the power cables and connectors to ensure that power is supplied to the router.
You maintain the Routing Engine external cables and connectors to ensure that you can connect external devices to the router. (See Table 70.)
Table 70: Checklist for Maintaining Cables and Connectors
Maintain Cable and Connector Tasks Command or Action
Understanding the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors on page 276
!
M5 and M10 Router Cable Management System on page 277
!
M10i Router Cable Management System on page 277
!
M20 Router Cable Management System on page 278
!
M40 Router Cable Management System on page 279
!
M40e and M160 Router Cable Management System on page 280
!
M320 Router Cable Management System on page 280
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cable Management System on page 281
Maintaining the PIC Cables on page 281
Maintaining the PIC Fiber-Optic Cable on page 282
Use only specified cables and connectors.
Follow all guidelines to ensure that fiber-optic cables transmit packets to and from the network.
Cleaning the Transceivers on page 282 Follow all procedures in the cleaning kit you use. See the appropriate router hardware guide and the PIC hardware guide.
!
275
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Maintain Cable and Connector Tasks
Checking the PIC Port Status on page 283
1. Check the PIC or FPC LED Status on page 283
2. Display the PIC Media Type on page 284
Maintaining the Power Cables on page 285
Command or Action
Check the PIC LEDs.
show chassis fpc pic-status show chassis pic pic-slot number fpc-slot number
Use the specified cables and connectors. Turn power off to the router, then reconnect power using the replacement cables.
Maintaining Routing Engine External Cables on page 285
Turn off the power switch, if necessary. Use the specified cable and connector.
Replacing the Cable Management System on page 285 See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Understanding the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
Purpose Inspect the router cables in the cable management system to ensure that fiber-optic cables have the proper bend radius and that all cables are organized and securely in place.
Inspect the PIC cables and connectors to ensure that they transport incoming packets from the network and transmit outgoing packets to the network.
Inspect the power cables and connectors to ensure that power is supplied to the router.
Inspect the Routing Engine external cables and connectors to ensure that you can connect external devices to the router.
What Is the Cable
Management System
All Juniper Networks routers have a method of cable management. Although you are not required to use the cable management system, we recommend that you do so. The cable management system maintains the proper bend radius for fiber-optic
PIC cables. It keeps installed cables organized, securely in place, and tangle free.
The following sections describe the location of the cable management system on each routing platform.
!
M5 and M10 Router Cable Management System on page 277
!
M10i Router Cable Management System on page 277
!
M20 Router Cable Management System on page 278
!
M40 Router Cable Management System on page 279
!
M40e and M160 Router Cable Management System on page 280
!
M320 Router Cable Management System on page 280
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cable Management System on page 281
276 !
Understanding the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
Chapter 20: Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
M5 and M10 Router Cable Management System
The M5 and M10 router cable management system consists of two vertical pieces, each with a pair of metal hooks draped in a plastic shield, that attach to each side of the front of the chassis. (See Figure 121.)
Figure 121: M5 and M10 Router Cable Management System
Cable management system
M10i Router Cable Management System
The M10 router cable management system consists of racks that attach vertically to each side of the chassis at the front, as shown in Figure 122. Pass PIC cables through the slots in the racks to keep the cables organized and securely in place, and to avoid bending optical cables beyond the proper bend radius. The cable management system evenly distributes the weight of a cable, so that it is not subjected to undue stress at the connector.
Figure 122: M10i Router Cable Management System
Mounting bracket Cable manager
Understanding the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors !
277
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M20 Router Cable Management System
The M20 router cable management system consists of two vertical pieces that attach to each side of the front of the chassis. Each piece consists of a row of staggered metal hooks, each draped with a rounded plastic shield. (See Figure 123.)
Figure 123: M20 Router Cable Management System
Cable management system
278 !
Understanding the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
Chapter 20: Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
M40 Router Cable Management System
The M40 router cable management system consists of a row of staggered metal hooks, each draped with a rounded plastic shield. The row of hooks is shielded by a removable cable management system cover. (See Figure 124.)
Figure 124: M40 Router Cable Management System and Cover
Front Cable management system
Cable management system cover
Understanding the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors !
279
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M40e and M160 Router Cable Management System
The M40e and M160 router cable management system consists of a row of nine semicircular plastic bobbins mounted on the front of the chassis below the Flexible
PIC Concentrator (FPC) card cage. PIC cables wrap around the bobbins, keeping the cables organized and securely in place. (See Figure 125.)
Figure 125: M40e and M160 Routers Cable Management System
Cable management system
M320 Router Cable Management System
The M320 router cable management system consists of a row of nine semicircular plastic bobbins mounted on the front of the router below the FPC card cage (see
Figure 126). The PIC cables pass between the bobbins and into the tray, keeping the cables organized and securely in place. The curvature of the bobbins also helps maintain the proper bend radius for optical PIC cables.
You can pull the cable management system up and outward to lock it into the maintenance position. This allows you to access the lower fan tray and the front air filter.
Figure 126: M320 Router Cable Management System
Mounting flange
Maintenance linkage
Bobbin
Release handles
Tray
280 !
Understanding the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
Chapter 20: Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cable Management System
The T320 router and T640 routing node cable management system consists of a row of nine semicircular plastic bobbins mounted on the front of the chassis below the FPC card cage. PIC cables wrap around the bobbins, keeping the cables organized and securely in place. (See Figure 127.)
Figure 127: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Cable Management System
T320 T640
Maintaining the PIC Cables
Action To maintain the PIC cables, follow these guidelines:
!
Make sure that you use the cable and connector type that is specified in the appropriate router hardware guide, especially for the cable and connectors that are not supplied, such as the single-mode interface (fiber) and multimode interface (fiber).
!
Make sure that all cable connectors are securely connected. Securely screw in the cable connector screws.
!
Use the cable management system to support cables and prevent them from being dislodged or developing stress points.
!
Place excess cable out of the way in the cable management system and place fasteners on the loop to help to maintain the shape of the cables. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle from the system, as this stresses the cable at the fastening point.
!
Keep the cable connections clean and free of dust and other particles which can cause drops in the received power level. Always inspect cables and clean them if necessary before connecting an interface.
!
Label all PIC cables to identify them. Label each end of the cable the same way.
Maintaining the PIC Cables !
281
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Maintaining the PIC Fiber-Optic Cable
Action To maintain the PIC fiber-optic cable, follow these guidelines:
!
Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
!
Anchor fiber-optic cable to avoid stress on the connectors. When attaching fiber to a PIC, secure the fiber so it is not supporting its own weight as it dangles to the floor. Never let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.
!
When you unplug a fiber-optic cable from a PIC, always place a rubber safety plug over the connector.
!
Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean using an appropriate fiber-cleaning device, such as the RIFOCS 945/946 Fiber-Optic Connector Cleaning System.
Follow the guidelines in the appropriate router hardware guide.
!
Frequent plugging and unplugging of fibers into or out of optical instruments, such as SONET or Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) analyzers, can damage the instruments, which are expensive to repair. We recommend attaching a short fiber extension to the optical equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by the short fiber extension, which is easy and inexpensive to replace.
!
If a fiber-optic cable is damaged, replace it as described in the appropriate router hardware guide.
CAUTION: If you do not have a replacement rubber plug in your hand, do not unplug the fiber-optic cable from a PIC. The safety plug keeps the connection clean and prevents accidental exposure to light that might be emitted, which can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not look directly into the PICs installed in the FPC or into the ends of fiber-optic cable. PICs that use SONET/SDH or ATM single-mode fiber-optic cable contain laser light sources that can damage your eyes.
Cleaning the Transceivers
To clean the transceivers, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device, such as RIFOCS
Fiber Optic Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.
After you have cleaned the transceiver on the fiber-optic PIC, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is clean. Use only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit, such as the Opptex Cletop-S® Fiber Cleaner. Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.
282 !
Maintaining the PIC Fiber-Optic Cable
Chapter 20: Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
Checking the PIC Port Status
Steps To Take To check the PIC port status, follow these steps:
1.
Check the PIC or FPC LED Status on page 283
2.
Display the PIC Media Type on page 284
Step 1: Check the PIC or FPC LED Status
Action To view the PIC port status, look at the PIC or FPC LEDs. You can also use the show chassis fpc pic-status fpc-slot or the show chassis pic pic-slot number fpc-slot number
CLI commands.
For M5, M10, and M20 routers, each port on each PIC has one LED, which is located on the PIC faceplate above the optical transceiver. Each LED has four different states, described in Table 71. If the cable is installed properly, the PIC port LED is green.
For M5 and M10 routers, if the Forwarding Engine Board (FEB) detects a PIC failure, it sends an alarm to the Routing Engine.
Table 71: M5, M10, and M20 Router PIC LEDs
Color
Red
Green
Yellow
None
State
Fail
Normal
Problem detected; still functioning
Not enabled
Description
PIC is online but the link has failed.
Port is functioning normally.
To track the problem, use the command-line interface (CLI).
Port is not enabled.
For M7i and M10i routers, check the LEDs on the PIC faceplates. Most PIC faceplates have an LED labeled STATUS . Some PICs have additional LEDs, often one per port.
The meaning of the LED states differs for various PICs. Each PIC has an LED on the
FIC labeled PICS ON/OFF that shows whether the PIC is online.
For M20 routers, if the FPC that houses the PIC detects a PIC failure, the FPC informs the System and Switch Board (SSB), which in turn sends an alarm to the
Routing Engine.
For M40 routers, each FPC has two LEDs that report its status as OK or Fail . The
LEDs are located below each FPC, on the craft interface. If there is a PIC failure, the
FPC Fail LED lights.
For M40e, M160, and T320 routers and T640 routing nodes, each of the eight FPC slots in the router has two LEDs and an offline button located directly above it on the craft interface. The green LED labeled OK and the red LED labeled FAIL indicate the FPC status, as described in Table 72 on page 284. The offline button, labeled with the FPC slot number (for example, FPC4 ), prepares the FPC for removal from the router when pressed. Press and hold the button for about 3 seconds until the
FAIL LED lights.
Checking the PIC Port Status !
283
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Each FPC slot has two LEDs that indicate its status. The FPC LEDs, labeled FPC0 through FPC7 , are located along the bottom of the craft interface. Table 72 describes the functions of the FPC LEDs. Each FPC also has a button that you use to take the
FPC offline and bring it online. The button is located next to the FPC LEDs on the bottom of the craft interface.
Table 72: M40e, M160, and T320 Routers and T640 Routing Node FPC LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
Color
Green
Red
State Description
On steadily FPC is functioning normally.
Blinking FPC is starting up.
On steadily FPC has failed.
Step 2: Display the PIC Media Type
Action To display the PIC media type, use the following JUNOS operational mode CLI command: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status
Sample Output user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status
Slot 0 Online
PIC 0 1x OC-12 SONET, MM
PIC 1 4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR
PIC 2 4x E1, BNC
PIC 3 1x CSTM1, SMIR
Slot 1 Online
PIC 0 4x CT3
Slot 2 Online
PIC 0 1x Tunnel
Slot 4 Online
Slot 5 Offline
Slot 6 Online
PIC 0 1x OC-192 12xMM VSR
What It Means The command output displays the status for all FPCs installed in the router and a description of the PICs installed in each FPC, including the number of ports, media type, mode, and reach. The FPCs in slots 0, 1, 2, 4, and 6 are online. The FPC in slot
5 is offline. The PICs installed in the router include SONET, E1, Channelized STM1,
CT3, Tunnel, and OC192 media PICs.
PIC 0 is one-port, SONET, OC12, and multimedia.
For more detailed information about PIC types, see the appropriate PIC guide.
Alternative Action To view a particular PIC status, use the show chassis pic pic-slot number fpc-slot number CLI command: user@host> show chassis pic pic-slot 0 fpc-slot 1
PIC fpc slot 1 pic slot 0 information:
Type 1x Tunnel
ASIC type Tunnel FPGA
State Online
PIC version 1.2
Uptime 4 hours, 40 minutes, 53 seconds
284 !
Checking the PIC Port Status
Chapter 20: Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors
Maintaining the Power Cables
Action To maintain the power cables, follow these guidelines:
!
Make sure that the power and ground cables on each DC power supply are arranged so that they do not obstruct access to the other power supply or to other router components.
!
Periodically inspect the site to ensure that the cables connected to the power supply are securely in place and are properly insulated.
!
If power cables are damaged, replace them. To replace power cables, you must disconnect power to the router, then reconnect power using the replacement cables. Follow the guidelines in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Maintaining Routing Engine External Cables
The CIP contains connectors for connecting the Routing Engines to a console, a network, an external management device, or an external alarm device.
Action To maintain the Console or Auxiliary Port cable, the Ethernet Management cable, or the alarm relay cables, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
Replacing the Cable Management System
The cable management system is hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove or replace the cable management system without powering down the system and disrupting routing functions.
Action To replace the cable management system, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
Maintaining the Power Cables !
285
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
286 !
Replacing the Cable Management System
Part 4
Monitoring M320 and T320 Router and
T640 Routing Node-Specific Components
!
Monitoring the Host Subsystem on page 289
!
Monitoring the Control Board on page 301
!
Monitoring the SCGs on page 315
!
Monitoring the SIBs on page 325
Monitoring M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node-Specific Components !
287
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
288 !
Monitoring M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node-Specific Components
Chapter 21
Monitoring the Host Subsystem
You monitor and maintain the host subsystem (the Routing Engine and the Control
Board) on the routing platform, which provides the routing and system management functions for the router. (See Table 68.)
Table 68: Checklist for Monitoring the Host Subsystem
Monitor Host Subsystem Tasks
Understanding the Host Subsystem on page 290
Command or Action
!
M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engines on page 291
!
M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Control Boards on page 292
!
Host Subsystem Location on page 294
Checking the Host Subsystem Status on page 295
Checking the Routing Engine Status on page 297 show chassis craft-interface
Look at the LEDs on the craft interface or the component faceplate.
show chassis routing-engine show chassis environment routing-engine
Checking the Control Board Status on page 298 show chassis environment cb
This chapter provides basic information about monitoring the host subsystem components: the Routing Engine and the Control Board. For more detailed information about monitoring the Routing Engine, see “Monitoring the Routing
Engine” on page 125. For more detailed information about monitoring the Control
Board, see “Monitoring the Control Board” on page 301.
!
289
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the Host Subsystem
Purpose Inspect the host subsystem to ensure that the Routing Engine and Control Board function properly.
What Is a Host
Subsystem
The host subsystem provides routing and system management functions on the
M320 and T320 routers and the T640 routing node. The host subsystem is comprised of two components: the Routing Engine and the Control Board. For a host subsystem to function, both of these components must be installed and operational.
The Routing Engine maintains the routing tables used by the router and controls the routing protocols that run on the router.
The Control Board provides control and monitoring functions for the router—determining Routing Engine mastership, controlling power, performing reset and SONET clocking for the other router components, monitoring and controlling fan speed, and monitoring system status using I
2
C controllers.
You can install one or two host subsystems on the router. You can install one or two
Routing Engines. The Routing Engines install into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled RE0 and RE1 . If two Routing Engines are installed, one functions as master and the other acts as backup. If the master Routing Engine fails or is removed, and the backup is configured appropriately, the backup restarts and becomes master. The Routing Engines are hot-pluggable. Each Routing Engine requires that a Control Board be installed in the adjacent slot.
The Control Boards install into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled CB0 and CB1 . If two Control Boards are installed, one functions as master and the other acts as backup. If the master Control Board fails or is removed, the backup restarts and becomes master. The Control Boards are hot-pluggable. Each Control Board requires a Routing Engine to be installed in the adjacent slot. CB0 installs above
RE0 , and CB1 installs below RE1 . A Control Board does not function if no Routing
Engine is present in the adjacent slot.
290 !
Understanding the Host Subsystem
Chapter 21: Monitoring the Host Subsystem
M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engines
The following sections describe the Routing Engine component used on each routing platform.
M320 Router Routing Engine
Figure 116 shows the Routing Engine component used on the M320 router.
Figure 116: M320 Router Routing Engine Component
JUNIPER NETWORKS LABEL THIS SIDE
Extractor clip
PC card slots
Extractor clip
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine
Figure 117 shows the Routing Engine component used on the T320 router and T640 routing node.
Figure 117: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Component
JUNIPER NETW
ORKS LABEL
THIS SIDE
Extractor clip
PC card slot
Extractor clip
Understanding the Host Subsystem !
291
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Control Boards
The following sections describe the Control Board used on each routing platform.
M320 Router Control Board
Figure 118 shows the Control Board component used on the M320 router.
Figure 118: M320 Router Control Board Component
Extractor clip
CB-M
MAS
FAIL
OK
TER
Online/offline button
LEDs
External clock connections
EXTE
A
RNA
L C
LOC
K IN
PUTS
B
Extractor clip
T320 Router Control Board
Figure 119 shows the T320 router Control Board component of the host subsystem.
Figure 119: T320 Router Control Board Component
Extractor clip
Online/offline button
LEDs
Ethernet port
Extractor clip
292 !
Understanding the Host Subsystem
Chapter 21: Monitoring the Host Subsystem
T640 Routing Node Control Board
Figure 120 shows the T640 routing node Control Board component of the host subsystem.
Figure 120: T640 Routing Node Control Board Component
Extractor clip
Online/offline button
LEDs
Ethernet port Extractor clip
Understanding the Host Subsystem !
293
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Host Subsystem Location
Figure 121 shows the location of the host subsystem components on the M320 and
T320 routers and the T640 routing node.
Figure 121: M320 and T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Host Subsystem Location
M320 rear
CB0
RE0
RE1
CB1
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
OK
A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
Control Boards
Routing Engines
T320 rear T640 rear
CB0
RE0
RE1
CB1
Control Boards
Routing
Engines
Control Boards
CB0
RE0
RE1
CB1
You can install one or two host subsystems into the midplane from the rear of the chassis. Each host subsystem functions as a unit: the Routing Engine requires the corresponding Control Board to operate, and vice-versa. If the adjacent component is not present, the Routing Engine or Control Board will not function. RE0 installs below CB0 , and RE1 installs above CB1 otherwise the circuit will not be connected.
You take the host subsystem offline and online as a unit. Before you replace a
Routing Engine or a Control Board, you must take the host subsystem offline. The host subsystem is hot-pluggable.
See Also !
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
!
Monitoring the Control Board on page 301
!
Host Redundancy Overview on page 463
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
!
Monitoring Redundant Control Boards on page 559
294 !
Understanding the Host Subsystem
Chapter 21: Monitoring the Host Subsystem
Checking the Host Subsystem Status
Each host subsystem has three LEDs that display its status. The host subsystem
LEDs are located on the right side of the craft interface.
To check the host subsystem status, use the following JUNOS command-line interface (CLI) operational mode command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output m320@host> show chassis craft-interface
FPM Display contents:
+--------------------+
|router001|
|2 Alarms active |
|R: PEM 1 Not OK |
|R: PEM 0 Not OK |
+--------------------|
Front Panel System LEDs:
Routing Engine 0 1
--------------------------
OK * *
Fail . .
Master * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means On M320 and T320 routers and T640 routing nodes, the Front Panel System LEDs section of the command output shows the Routing Engine status. The state can be
OK , Fail , or Master . An asterisk (*) indicates the operating state.
Alternative Actions Check the LEDs on the Routing Engine and the Control Board faceplates at the rear of the router.
Check the Routing Engine or Host Subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. If the red
LED is lit, look at the LCD display for more information about the cause of the problem.
Checking the Host Subsystem Status !
295
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 122 shows the location of the Routing Engine LEDs on the M320 router craft interface.
Figure 122: M320 Router Host Subsystem Craft Interface LEDs
Routing
Engine
LEDs
SIB
LEDs
Power supply
LEDs
LED display
Red alarm
LED
Yellow alarm
LED
FPC LEDs and online/offline buttons
Table 69 describes the M320 router Routing Engine LED states.
Table 69: M320 Router Routing Engine Craft Interface LEDs
Label
FAIL
OK
MASTER
Color
Red
Green
Green
State Description
On steadily Host is offline.
On steadily Host is online and is functioning normally.
On steadily Host is functioning as master.
Figure 123 shows the location of the Host Subsystem LEDs on the T320 router and
T640 routing node craft interface.
Each host subsystem has LEDs, located on the upper right of the craft interface, which indicate its status. The LEDs labeled HOST0 show the status of the Routing
Engine in slot RE0 and the Control Board in slot CB0 . The LEDs labeled HOST1 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the Control Board in slot CB1 .
Figure 123: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Host Subsystem Craft Interface LEDs
Red alarm
LED
Yellow alarm
LED
Alarm cutoff button LCD display
Host subsystem
LEDs
SIB LEDs (5)
SIB LEDs (3) T320
FAIL
FPC 0
OK
ACO/LT
FAIL
FPC 1
OK
MENU
ENTER
FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK
FAIL
FAIL
OK
OK
MASTER
HOST0
MASTER
HOST1
FAIL
FPC 6
OK
SP0
SP1
SP2
SP3
SP4
FAIL OK
FAIL
FPC 7
OK
FPC LEDs and online/offline buttons
296 !
Checking the Host Subsystem Status
Chapter 21: Monitoring the Host Subsystem
Table 70 describes the T320 router and T640 routing node host subsystem LED states.
Table 70: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Host Subsystem Craft Interface LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Red
Green
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Description
Host is online and functioning normally.
Host is offline.
Host is functioning as master.
Checking the Routing Engine Status
This section provides a brief description of monitoring the Routing Engines as part of the host subsystem on the T320 router and T640 routing node. For more detailed information about monitoring the Routing Engine, see “Monitoring the Routing
Engine” on page 125.
Action To check the Routing Engine status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
CPU temperature 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 11 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 5 percent
Interrupt 1 percent
Idle 94 percent
Model RE-4.0
Serial ID P11123900322
Start time 2004-09-25 19:32:31 PDT
Uptime 9 days, 20 hours, 53 minutes, 8 seconds
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.00 0.00
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
CPU temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 10 percent
CPU utilization:
[...Output truncated...]
Checking the Routing Engine Status !
297
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The command output displays the Routing Engine slot number, current state
( Master , Backup , or Disabled ), election priority ( Master or Backup ), and airflow temperature. The command output also displays the total DRAM available to the
Routing Engine processor, the CPU utilization percentage, and the Routing Engine serial number for the slot. Additionally, the command output displays when the
Routing Engine started running, how long the Routing Engine has been running, and the time, uptime, and load averages for the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes.
Check the Uptime to ensure that the Routing Engine has not rebooted since it started running.
Alternative Actions To check the Routing Engine environmental status information, such as the operating state, function, and operating temperature, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment routing-engine
Routing Engine 0 status:
State Online Master
Temperature 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
Routing Engine 1 status:
State Online Standby
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Check the LCD display on the craft interface to view information about the router temperature and the status of the Routing Engines.
Checking the Control Board Status
This section provides a brief description of monitoring the Control Board as part of the host subsystem on T320 routers and T640 routing nodes. For more information about monitoring the Control Board, see “Monitoring the Control Board” on page 301.
Action To monitor the Control Board environmental status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment cb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment cb
CB 0 status:
State Online Master
Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Power:
1.8 V 1807 mV
2.5 V 2473 mV
3.3 V 3312 mV
4.6 V 4793 mV
5.0 V 5008 mV
12.0 V 11677 mV
3.3 V bias 3294 mV
8.0 V bias 7272 mV
BUS Revision 16
FPGA Revision 45
CB 1 status:
State Online Standby
Temperature 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Power:
1.8 V 1809 mV
298 !
Checking the Control Board Status
Chapter 21: Monitoring the Host Subsystem
2.5 V 2448 mV
3.3 V 3305 mV
4.6 V 4765 mV
5.0 V 4989 mV
12.0 V 11633 mV
3.3 V bias 3284 mV
8.0 V bias 7301 mV
BUS Revision 16
FPGA Revision 45
What It Means The command output displays environmental information about both Control
Boards installed in the router. It displays the Control Board slot, operating status, temperature of air flowing past the Control Board, power supply, and circuitry and field programmable gate array (FPGA) revision information.
The Control Board status can be Present , Online , Offline , or Empty . The command also indicates whether the Control Board is master.
Checking the Control Board Status !
299
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
300 !
Checking the Control Board Status
Chapter 22
Monitoring the Control Board
You monitor and maintain the Control Boards that provide control and monitoring functions for the router. These functions include determining Routing Engine mastership, controlling power, performing reset and SONET clocking for the other router components, monitoring and controlling fan speed, and monitoring system status using I
2
C controllers. (See Table 71.)
For information on monitoring the Control Boards, see “Monitoring the Host
Subsystem” on page 289.
Table 71: Checklist for Monitoring the Control Board
Monitor the Control Board Tasks
Understanding the Control Board on page 303
Command or Action
!
M320 Router Control Board on page 303
!
T320 Router Control Board on page 304
!
T640 Routing Node Control Board on page 304
!
M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Control Board Location on page 305
Monitoring the Control Board Status on page 306
1. Check the Control Board Environmental Status on page 306 show chassis environment cb
2. Check the Control Board Status from the Craft Interface on page 307 show chassis craft-interface
Check the LEDs on the Control Board faceplate.
Check the Host Subsystem LEDs on the T320 router and the
T640 routing node craft interface.
Checking the Control Board Alarms on page 308
1. Display Control Board Alarms on page 308
2.
Check the Control Board LEDs on page 309
3. Display Control Board Error Messages in the System Log
File on page 309
4. Display Control Board Error Messages in the Chassis
Daemon Log File on page 309 show chassis alarms
For conditions that trigger M320 router alarms, see Table 25 on page 74.
For conditions that trigger T320 router alarms, see Table 26 on page 77.
For conditions that trigger T640 routing node alarms, see
Table 27 on page 80.
Look at the LEDs on the Control Board faceplate.
show log messages | match cb show log chassisd | match cb
!
301
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor the Control Board Tasks
Verifying Control Board Failure on page 310
1. Check the Control Board Connection on page 310
2. Check the Control Board Fuses on page 311
3. Perform a Control Board Swap Test on page 312
4. Display the Control Board Hardware Information on page 313
5. Locate the Control Board Serial Number ID Label on page 314
Returning the Control Board on page 314
Command or Action
1. Make sure that the Control Board is properly seated in the midplane.
2. Ensure that none of the pins are bent.
3. Check the thumbscrews on the ejector locking tabs.
The fuses for the Control Boards are located in the rear of the midplane behind the power supply in slot PEM0 .
1. Take the host subsystem offline if the Control Board is master.
2. Replace the Control Board with one that you know works.
3. Bring the Control Board online.
4. Check the Control Board status.
show chassis hardware
Look on the bottom of the left side of the Control Board.
Follow the procedure in the appropriate hardware guide.
302 !
Chapter 22: Monitoring the Control Board
Understanding the Control Board
Purpose Inspect the Control Boards to ensure that control and monitoring functions occur for the router.
What Is the Control
Board
The Control Board works with an adjacent Routing Engine in the host subsystem on
M320 and T320 routers and the T640 routing node to provide control and monitoring functions. These functions include determining Routing Engine mastership, controlling power, performing reset and SONET clocking for the other router components, monitoring and controlling fan speed, and monitoring system status using I
2
C controllers.
M320 Router Control Board
Figure 124 shows the Control Board component used on the M320 router.
Figure 124: M320 Router Control Board Component
Extractor clip
CB-M
MAS
FAIL
OK
TER
Online/offline button
LEDs
External clock connections
EXTE
A
RNA
L C
LOC
K IN
PUTS
B
Extractor clip
Understanding the Control Board !
303
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
T320 Router Control Board
Figure 125 shows the T320 router Control Board component of the host subsystem.
Figure 125: T320 Router Control Board Component
Extractor clip
Online/offline button
LEDs
Ethernet port
Extractor clip
T640 Routing Node Control Board
Figure 126 shows the T320 router Control Board component of the host subsystem.
Figure 126: T640 Routing Node Control Board Component
Extractor clip
Online/offline button
LEDs
Ethernet port Extractor clip
304 !
Understanding the Control Board
Chapter 22: Monitoring the Control Board
M320, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Control Board Location
You can install one or two Control Boards in the router. The Control Boards install into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled CBO and CB1 (see Figure 127).
Figure 127: M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Control Board Location
M320 rear
CB0
CB1
T320 rear
CB-M
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
FAIL
OK A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
Control Boards
T640 rear
CB0 Control Boards
CB0
CB1
CB1
Each Control Board requires that a Routing Engine be installed in the adjacent slot.
CB0 installs above RE0 , and CB1 installs below RE1 . A Control Board does not function if no Routing Engine is present in the adjacent slot.
If two Control Boards are installed, one functions as master and the other acts as backup. If the master Control Board fails or is removed, the backup restarts and becomes master.
The Control Boards are hot-pluggable.
See Also !
Monitoring the Control Board on page 301
!
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
!
Monitoring the Host Subsystem on page 289
Understanding the Control Board !
305
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitoring the Control Board Status
Steps To Take To check the Control Board status, follow these steps:
1.
Check the Control Board Environmental Status on page 306
2.
Check the Control Board Status from the Craft Interface on page 307
Step 1: Check the Control Board Environmental Status
Action To check the Control Board environmental status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment cb
Sample Output t640@host> show chassis environment cb
CB 0 status:
State Online Master
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Power:
1.8 V 1805 mV
2.5 V 2501 mV
3.3 V 3293 mV
4.6 V 4725 mV
5.0 V 5032 mV
12.0 V 11975 mV
3.3 V bias 3286 mV
8.0 V bias 7589 mV
GBUS Revision 40
FPGA Revision 7
CB 1 status:
State Online Standby
Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Power:
1.8 V 1802 mV
2.5 V 2482 mV
3.3 V 3289 mV
4.6 V 4720 mV
5.0 V 5001 mV
12.0 V 11946 mV
3.3 V bias 3274 mV
8.0 V bias 7562 mV
GBUS Revision 40
FPGA Revision 7
What It Means The command output lists the Control Board state, redundancy status, temperature, power supply voltages, and circuitry revision level. If you do not specify a Control
Board slot number, the command displays the environmental status for each
Control Board installed in the router chassis. If you specify a Control Board slot number, the command displays the status for that slot only.
306 !
Monitoring the Control Board Status
Chapter 22: Monitoring the Control Board
Step 2: Check the Control Board Status from the Craft Interface
Action To check the Control Board operation status from the craft interface, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output t640@host> show chassis craft-interface
FPM Display contents:
[...Output truncated...}
CB LEDs:
CB 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The sample output shows that the routing platform has two Control Boards online and functioning normally. The Control Board installed in slot 0 is functioning as master. If an amber asterisk displays, the Control Board has failed.
Alternative Action To view the Control Board status, you can do one of the following:
!
(T320 router and T640 routing node) Look at the router craft interface host module status or look at the LCD display for any Control Board alarms.
Table 72 describes the T320 router and T640 routing node host subsystem LED states.
Table 72: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Host Subsystem Craft Interface LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Red
Green
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Description
Host is online and functioning normally.
Host is offline.
Host is functioning as master.
!
Look at the Control Board LEDs on the faceplate. See Figure 127 on page 305 for the Control Board location. For more information, see “Check the Control
Board LEDs” on page 309.
Monitoring the Control Board Status !
307
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Checking the Control Board Alarms
Steps To Take To check for Control Board alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Display Control Board Alarms on page 308
2.
Display Control Board Error Messages in the System Log File on page 309
3.
Display Control Board Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 309
Step 1: Display Control Board Alarms
For a listing of the conditions that trigger Control Board alarms, see “M320 Router
Chassis Component Alarm Conditions” on page 74, “T320 Router Chassis
Component Alarm Conditions” on page 77, and “T640 Routing Node Chassis
Component Alarm Conditions” on page 80.
Table 73 lists the Control Board alarm messages that display on the router craft interface LCD and at the CLI command line for the M320 and T320 routers and the
T640 routing node.
Table 73: Control Board Alarm Messages
Component
Control Board
LCD Short Version
CB CB-number Failure
CB CB-number Removed
CLI Long Version
RED ALARM - CB CB-number Failure
RED ALARM - CB CB-number Removed
Action To display any active Control Board alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2004-01-07 17:35:03 PST Major CB 1 Failure
What It Means The command output displays the current FPC alarms, including the time the alarm occurred, the severity level, and the alarm description.
Alternative Actions To check for Control Board errors, you can also look at the show chassis craft-interface CLI command output or check the LEDs on the Control Board faceplate.
308 !
Checking the Control Board Alarms
Chapter 22: Monitoring the Control Board
Step 2: Check the Control Board LEDs
Action To check the Control Board LEDs, look at the three LEDs located on the Control
Board faceplate. Figure 124 on page 303, Figure 125 on page 304, and Figure 129 on page 314 show the Control Board faceplates. Table 74 describes the functions of the Control Board LEDs.
NOTE: The online/offline button on the Control Board is currently nonfunctional.
Table 74: Control Board LEDs
Label
OK
Color
Green
FAIL
MASTER
Amber
Blue
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Description
Control Board is online and functioning normally.
Control Board has failed.
Control Board is functioning as master.
Step 3: Display Control Board Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To check for Control Board error messages in the system log messages file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match cb
Check for messages at least 5 minutes before and after a Control Board alarm occurs.
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match cb
May 18 16:04:06 routerhost chassisd[4836]: CHASSISD_FRU_OFFLINE_NOTICE: CB 1 offline: Offlined
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match cb command to see error messages that are generated when a
Control Board fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a Control Board problem and to let the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS
System Log Messages Reference .
Step 4: Display Control Board Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display Control Board error messages in the chassisd log file, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd | match cb
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd | match cb
May 18 16:04:06 CHASSISD_FRU_OFFLINE_NOTICE: Taking CB 1 offline: Offlined
Checking the Control Board Alarms !
309
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
May 18 16:04:06 GBUS cmd to CB#1 [0x9], Green LED Off [0x1a]
May 18 16:04:06 CB#1 - Green LED Off
May 18 16:04:06 hwdb: entry for cbd 296 at slot 1 deleted
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed. You can search for multiple items in the chassisd log file by using the | match cb command to see error messages that are generated when a Control Board fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a Control Board problem and to let JTAC know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages
Reference .
Verifying Control Board Failure
Steps To Take To verify a Control Board failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the Control Board Connection on page 310
2.
Check the Control Board Fuses on page 311
3.
Perform a Control Board Swap Test on page 312
4.
Display the Control Board Hardware Information on page 313
5.
Locate the Control Board Serial Number ID Label on page 314
Step 1: Check the Control Board Connection
Action To check the Control Board connection, make sure that it is properly seated in the midplane. Ensure that none of the pins are bent. Check the captive screws on the
Control Board ejector handles.
310 !
Verifying Control Board Failure
Chapter 22: Monitoring the Control Board
Step 2: Check the Control Board Fuses
The M320 router requires fuses for the Control Board. The fuses for the Control
Board, Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) and Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) are located in the rear of the midplane behind the power supply in slot PEM0 . When the fuse for a Control Board blows, the Control Board stops functioning even though it is installed correctly and the power supplies are providing power to the router.
Figure 128 shows the location of the fuses in the rear of the midplane for the
Control Boards. (The labels shown in the figure do not appear on the actual fuses—the clear cover on every fuse reads BUSS GMT-X—and might not match the labels on the midplane. Ignore the labels on the midplane.)
Figure 128: Component Fuses in the M320 Router Midplane
J416
A B C D
J415
A B C D
J414
A B C D
J412
A B C D
J411 J410
A B C D A B C D
Amber LED
Verifying Control Board Failure !
311
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Perform a Control Board Swap Test
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the Conrol Board for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a Control Board swap test, follow these steps:
1.
Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as master or backup, using one of the two following methods:
!
Check the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER
LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as master.
!
Display which host subsystem is functioning as master, using the following
CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
2.
If the host subsystem is functioning as master, switch it to backup, using the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch
When you switch the host subsystem from master to backup, the functioning of the routing node is interrupted for up to several minutes as the system reboots and the new master host subsystem downloads software to the SIBs.
3.
Have ready an antistatic mat, placed on a flat, stable surface.
4.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
5.
Loosen the captive screws on the ejector handles on both sides of the Control
Board faceplate.
6.
Flip the ejector handles outwards to unseat the Control Board.
7.
Grasp the ejector handles and slide the Control Board about halfway out of the chassis.
8.
Move one of your hands underneath the Control Board to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
9.
Remove the replacement Control Board from its electrostatic bag.
10. Carefully align the sides of the Control Board with the guides inside the chassis.
11. Slide the Control Board all the way into the chassis.
12. Grasp both ejector handles and press them inwards to seat the Control Board.
312 !
Verifying Control Board Failure
Chapter 22: Monitoring the Control Board
13. Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles.
14. To bring the Control Board online, press the online/offline button until the green
ONLINE LED lights.
Step 4: Display the Control Board Hardware Information
Action To display the Control Board hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output t640@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 65565 M320
Midplane REV 05 710-009120 RB0662 M320 Midplane
FPM GBUS REV 04 710-005928 HV7564 M320 Board
FPM Display REV 05 710-009351 HY0996 VFPD
CIP REV 04 710-005926 HV2440 SCP
PEM 0 Rev 03 740-009148 QD17663 DC Power Entry Module
PEM 1 Rev 03 740-009148 QD17664 DC Power Entry Module
PEM 2 Rev 03 740-009148 QD17662 DC Power Entry Module
PEM 3 Rev 03 740-009148 QD16006 DC Power Entry Module
Routing Engine 0 REV 05 740-008883 P11123900322 RE-4.0
Routing Engine 1 REV 05 740-008883 P11123900311 RE-4.0
CB 0 REV 07 710-009115 HW8716 M320 Control Board
CB 1 REV 07 710-009115 HW8693 M320 Control Board
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the Control Board slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and description. The command output for this T640 routing node shows two Control Boards installed in slots CB0 and CB1 .
Verifying Control Board Failure !
313
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 5: Locate the Control Board Serial Number ID Label
Action To find the Control Board serial number ID label locations, do the following:
On the M320 router, look on the right side of the top of the Control Board (see
Figure 129).
Figure 129: M320 Router Control Board Serial Number ID Label Location
Serial number ID label
AA1234
CB-M
MAS
FAIL
OK
TER
EXTE
A
RNA
L CLO
CK IN
PUTS
B
On the T320 router and the T640 routing node, look on the bottom left side of the
Control Board (see Figure 130).
Figure 130: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Control Board Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Returning the Control Board
Action To return the Control Board, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
314 !
Returning the Control Board
Chapter 23
Monitoring the SCGs
You monitor the SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) that provide a clock signal for the
SONET/SDH interfaces on the T320 router and the T640 routing node. The SCGs select a clock signal from any Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC). (See Table 75.)
Table 75: Checklist for Monitoring the SCG
Monitor SCG Tasks
Understanding the SCG on page 316
Monitoring the SCG Status on page 317
1. Monitor the SCG Environmental Status on page 317
Command or Action show chassis environment show chassis environment scg
2. Display the SCG LED States at the Command Line on page 318
3. Look at the SCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 319
Determining SCG Mastership on page 319 show chassis craft-interface
1. Display the SCG Master from the Craft Interface Output on page 319
2. Look at the SCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 320
Displaying SCG Alarms on page 320
1. Display Current SCG Alarms on page 320 show chassis craft-interface show chassis alarms
2. Display SCG Error Messages in the System Log File on page 321 show log messages
3. Display SCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 321 show log chassisd
Verifying SCG Failure on page 322
1. Check the SCG Connection on page 322
2. Perform an SCG Swap Test on page 322
1. Make sure the SCG is properly seated in the midplane.
2. Make sure none of the SCG pins are bent.
3. Check the thumbscrew on the right side of the SCG.
1. Take the SCG offline.
2. Replace the SCG with one that you know works.
3. Bring the SCG online.
4. Check the SCG status.
!
315
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor SCG Tasks
Getting SCG Hardware Information on page 323
1. Display the SCG Hardware Information on page 323
2. Locate the SCG Serial Number ID Label on page 324
Returning the SCG on page 324
Command or Action show chassis hardware
Look on the top of the SCG, close to the midplane connector.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Understanding the SCG
Purpose You monitor the SCGs to ensure that they provide a clock signal for the SONET/SDH interfaces on the router and that they select a clock signal from any FPC, or from the external clock inputs.
What Is an SCG The SCGs provide a 19.44-MHz Stratum 3 clock signal for the SONET/SDH interfaces on the router. The SCGs can also select a clock signal from any FPC, or from the external clock inputs (see Figure 131).
Figure 131: SCG Component
LEDs
External clock inputs
Two SCGs are installed in the T320 router and the T640 routing node. The SCGs install into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SCG0 and SCG1 .
If both SCGs are installed and functioning normally, SCG0 is master and SCG1 is backup. Removing the backup SCG does not affect the functioning of the router or routing node. Taking the master SCG offline might result in a brief loss of SONET clock lock while the backup SCG becomes master.
The SCGs are hot-pluggable.
Figure 132 on page 317 shows the location of the SCGs on the T320 router and
T640 routing node.
316 !
Understanding the SCG
Chapter 23: Monitoring the SCGs
Figure 132: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node SCG Location
T320 T640
SCG0
SCG0 SCG1
SCGs SCGs
Monitoring the SCG Status
Steps To Take To monitor the SCG status, follow these steps:
1.
Monitor the SCG Environmental Status on page 317
2.
Display the SCG LED States at the Command Line on page 318
3.
Look at the SCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 319
Step 1: Monitor the SCG Environmental Status
Action To monitor the SCG environment status, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output t320@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power PEM 0 Absent
PEM 1 OK
Temp SCG 0 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SCG 1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the status and temperature for each SCG.
SCG1
Monitoring the SCG Status !
317
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Alternative Action If there is a problem with the SCG status, you can display more detailed SCG environmental information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment scg
The command output is as follows: t320@host> show chassis environment scg
SCG 0 status:
State Online - Master clock
Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
Power:
GROUND 0 mV
3.3 V 3317 mV
5.0 V 5072 mV
5.6 V 5697 mV
1.8 V bias 1794 mV
3.3 V bias 3304 mV
5.0 V bias 4991 mV
8.0 V bias 7318 mV
BUS Revision 40
SCG 1 status:
State Online - Standby
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Power:
GROUND 0 mV
3.3 V 3318 mV
5.0 V 5084 mV
5.6 V 5704 mV
1.8 V bias 1782 mV
3.3 V bias 3286 mV
5.0 V bias 5003 mV
8.0 V bias 7323 mV
BUS Revision 40
The command output displays the status for each SCG slot 0 and 1. The operating status can be Present , Online , Offline , or Empty . If Online , it can be the clock source
( Master clock ) or backup ( Standby ). The command output displays the temperature of the air flowing past the SCG. The command output also displays information about the SCG power supplies and the SCG circuitry revision level.
Step 2: Display the SCG LED States at the Command Line
Action To display the SCG LED states, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output t320@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
SCG LEDs:
SCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
318 !
Monitoring the SCG Status
Chapter 23: Monitoring the SCGs
What It Means The command output displays the SCG LED status. The router has two SCGs installed. Asterisks (*) indicate the operation status. The color represents the possible SCG operating states: Amber (Fail), Green (OK), and Blue (Master). Both
SCGs are functioning properly (Green). The SCG in slot 0 is operating as master; the
SCG in slot 1 is the backup.
Step 3: Look at the SCG LEDs on the Faceplate
Action To view the SCG LEDs, remove the rear component cover and look on the SCG faceplate at the rear of the router chassis (see Figure 131 on page 316 and
Figure 132, “T320 Router and T640 Routing Node SCG Location” on page 317).
Table 76 describes the functions of these LEDs.
Table 76: SCG LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Amber
Blue
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Description
SCG is online and functioning normally.
SCG has failed.
SCG is functioning as master.
Determining SCG Mastership
If both SCGs are installed and functioning normally, SCG0 is master and SCG1 is backup. Removing the backup SCG does not affect the functioning of the routing node. Taking the master SCG offline might result in a brief loss of SONET clock lock while the backup SCG becomes master.
Steps To Take To determine which SCG is operating as the master, follow these steps:
1.
Display the SCG Master from the Craft Interface Output on page 319
2.
Look at the SCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 320
Step 1: Display the SCG Master from the Craft Interface Output
Action To determine the SCG master from the craft interface status information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
SCG LEDs:
SCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
Determining SCG Mastership !
319
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The command output displays which SCG is operating as master. Asterisks (*) indicate the operation status. The color represents the possible SCG operating states: Amber (Fail), Green (OK), and Blue (Master). The SCG in slot 0 is operating as master; the SCG in slot 1 is the backup.
Step 2: Look at the SCG LEDs on the Faceplate
Action Check the blue MASTER LED on the SCG faceplate. If this LED is on steadily, the SCG is functioning as master. Table 76 describes the functions of these LEDs.
Displaying SCG Alarms
Steps To Take To display SCG alarms and error messages, follow these steps:
1.
Display Current SCG Alarms on page 320
2.
Display SCG Error Messages in the System Log File on page 321
3.
Display SCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 321
Step 1: Display Current SCG Alarms
Table 77 describes the SCG alarms that display on the router craft interface LCD display at the CLI command line.
Table 77: SCG Alarm Messages
Component
SCG
LCD Short Version
SCG SCG-number Failure
SCG SCG-number Removed
SCG SCG-number Not Online
CLI Long Version
RED ALARM — SCG SCG-number Failure
RED ALARM — SCG SCG-number Failure
YELLOW ALARM — SCG SCG-number Not
Online
For the conditions that trigger SCG alarms, see “T320 Router Chassis Component
Alarm Conditions” on page 77 and “T640 Routing Node Chassis Component Alarm
Conditions” on page 80.
Action To display the current SCG alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output t320@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarm currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2004-01-28 14:53:10 PST Minor SCG 0 Not Online
What It Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
320 !
Displaying SCG Alarms
Chapter 23: Monitoring the SCGs
Step 2: Display SCG Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display the SCG error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output t320@host> show log messages | match scg
Jan 28 14:53:10 utah chassisd[2384]: CHASSISD_FRU_OFFLINE_NOTICE: Taking SCG 0 offline - Offlined by cli command
Jan 28 14:53:10 utah craftd[2386]: Minor alarm set, SCG 0 Not Online
Jan 28 14:53:10 utah alarmd[2385]: Alarm set: SCG color=YELLOW, class=CHASSIS, reason=SCG 0 Not Online
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match scgs command to see error messages that are generated when an
SCG fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a problem and to let the
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem.
For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log
Messages Reference .
Step 3: Display SCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display the SCG error messages in the chassis daemon ( chassisd) log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
Sample Output t320@host> show log chassisd
Dec 17 11:11:12 SCG 1 removed
Dec 17 11:11:12 CHASSISD_FRU_OFFLINE_NOTICE: Taking SCG 1 offline - Removal
Dec 17 11:11:12 CHASSISD_SNMP_TRAP7: SNMP trap: FRU removal: jnxFruContentsIndex
11, jnxFruL1Index 2, jnxFruL2Index 0, jnxFruL3Index 0, jnxFruName SCG 1, jnxFruType 2, jnxFruSlot 2
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed.
Displaying SCG Alarms !
321
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Verifying SCG Failure
Steps To Take To verify SCG failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the SCG Connection on page 322
2.
Perform an SCG Swap Test on page 322
Step 1: Check the SCG Connection
Action To check the SCG connection, make sure the SCG is properly seated in the midplane. Make sure none of the SCG pins are bent. Check the thumbscrew on the right side of the SCG.
Step 2: Perform an SCG Swap Test
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the SCG for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on a SCG, follow these steps:
1.
Take the SCG offline by doing one of the following:
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis scg offline slot number
!
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. Press the online/offline button on the SCG faceplate and hold it down until the LED goes out (about 5 seconds).
2.
Loosen the captive screws on the edges of the SCG faceplate.
3.
Grasp the SCG by the handle on the faceplate and slide it out of the chassis.
4.
Place the SCG on the antistatic mat.
5.
Remove the replacement SCG from its electrostatic bag.
6.
Carefully align the sides of the SCG with the guides in the SCG slot.
7.
Grasp the SCG by its handle and slide it straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.
8.
Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the SCG faceplate.
322 !
Verifying SCG Failure
Chapter 23: Monitoring the SCGs
9.
Bring the SCG online by doing one of the following:
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> r equest chassis scg online slot number
!
Press the online/offline button until the green ONLINE LED lights.
10. Verify that the SCG is online by using the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis scg online slot number
If the replaced SCG is online, the removed SCG has failed. Return the SCG as described in “Return the Failed Component” on page 86.
Getting SCG Hardware Information
Steps To Take To get the SCG hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the SCG Hardware Information on page 323
2.
Locate the SCG Serial Number ID Label on page 324
Step 1: Display the SCG Hardware Information
Action To display the SCG hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis abcdef T320
Midplane REV 01 710-004339 AY4529
FPM GBUS REV 02 710-004461 AY4511
FPM Display REV 02 710-002897 HF6094
CIP REV 05 710-002895 HC0468
PEM 1 Rev 01 740-004359 2708013 Power Entry Module
SCG 0 REV 06 710-004455 AY4526
SCG 1 REV 06 710-004455 AY4523
What It Means The command output displays the SCG slot number, revision level, part number, and serial number.
Getting SCG Hardware Information !
323
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Locate the SCG Serial Number ID Label
Action The serial number is located on the top of the SCG, close to the midplane connector
(see Figure 133).
Figure 133: Serial Number Label on the SCG
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Returning the SCG
The SCGs are hot-pluggable. If both SCGs are installed and functioning normally,
SCG0 is master and SCG1 is backup. Removing the backup SCG does not affect the functioning of the routing node. Taking the master SCG offline might result in a brief loss of SONET clock lock while the backup SCG becomes master.
Action To return an SCG, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
324 !
Returning the SCG
Chapter 24
Monitoring the SIBs
You monitor the Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) that provide the switching function to the destination Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC). The SIBs create the switch fabric for the routing platforms, providing up to a total of 640 million packets per second
(Mpps) of forwarding. (See Table 78.)
Table 78: Checklist for Monitoring the SIBs
Monitor SIB Tasks
Understanding the SIBs on page 326
Command or Action
!
M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node SIB Location on page 328
!
M320 Router SIBs on page 329
!
T320 Router SIBs on page 329
!
T640 Routing Node SIBs on page 329
Monitoring the SIB Status on page 329
1. Display the SIB Summary Status on page 330
2. Display the SIB LED Status at the Command Line on page 330
3. Check the SIB LED Status on the Faceplate on page 330 show chassis sibs show chassis craft-interface
4. Display the SIB Environmental Status on page 331
Check the SIB faceplate at the back of the T320 router and the
T640 routing node chassis.
show chassis environment show chassis environment sib slot
Displaying SIB Alarms on page 332
1. Display Current SIB Alarms on page 332
2. Display SIB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 333 show chassis alarms show log messages| match sib
3. Display SIB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 333 show log chassisd | match sib
Verifying SIB Failure on page 334
1. Check the SIB Connection on page 334
2. Check the SIB Fuses on page 334
1. Make sure that the SIB is properly seated in the midplane.
2. Ensure that none of the pins are bent.
3. Check the thumbscrews on the ejector locking tabs.
The fuses for the SIBs are located in the rear of the midplane behind the power supply in slot PEM0 .
!
325
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor SIB Tasks
3. Perform an SIB Swap Test on page 336
Getting SIB Hardware Information on page 337
1. Display SIB Hardware Information on page 337
2. Locate the SIB Serial Number ID Label on page 338
Returning the SIB on page 338
Command or Action
1. Take the SIB offline.
2. Replace the SIB with one that you know works.
3. Bring the SIB online.
4. Check the SIB status.
show chassis hardware
Look on the top left of the SIB component.
Follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Understanding the SIBs
Purpose Inspect the SIBs to ensure that they provide the switching function to the destination FPCs.
What Is an SIB A SIB forwards packets to a destination FPC.
Table 79 shows the SIB characteristics for the M320 router, T320 router, and the
T640 routing node.
Table 79: SIB Packet Forwarding Characteristics
Routing
Platform
M320
T320
T640
Million Packets per Second (Mpps)
Forwarding
385
320
640
4
3
5
Number of
SIBs per Chassis Redundancy
No
Yes
Yes
Figure 134 shows the M320 router SIB component.
Figure 134: M320 Router SIB Component
Extractor clip
SIB-M
ONLIN
OFFLIN
E/
E
Online/offline button
LEDs
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
Extractor clip
326 !
Understanding the SIBs
Chapter 24: Monitoring the SIBs
Figure 138 shows the T320 router and T640 routing node SIB component.
Figure 135: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node SIB Component
Extractor clip
LEDs
Online/offline button
Extractor clip
Understanding the SIBs !
327
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 136 shows the location of the SIBs on the M320 router, T320 router, and the
T640 routing node.
Figure 136: M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node SIB Location
M320 rear
SIBs
CB-M
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
FAIL
OK A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
SIB-M
SIB-M
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB-M
ACTIVE
FAIL
SIB
2
SIB
3
SIB
0
SIB
1
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
SIB3
T640 rear
T320 rear
SIBs SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
SIBs
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
SIB3
SIB4
328 !
Understanding the SIBs
Chapter 24: Monitoring the SIBs
M320 Router SIBs
Four SIBs are installed in the M320 router. The SIBs are located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB3 (top to bottom). See Figure 136 on page 328. All four SIBs are active, and there is no backup.
T320 Router SIBs
Three SIBs are installed in the router. The SIBs are located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB2 (see Figure 136 on page 328).
Each FPC has a dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs.
Two high-speed links connect to SIB1 and SIB2. One high-speed link connects to
SIB0 . SIB0 acts as a backup to SIB1 and SIB2 . In the event of a complete SIB failure,
SIB0 will become active. Because SIB0 has only one high-speed link to each FPC, only three links will remain active. A slight degradation in forwarding capacity may occur. When the failed SIB is replaced, it will become active and SIB0 will revert to backup. The router will regain full forwarding capacity.
T640 Routing Node SIBs
Five SIBs are installed in the routing node. The SIBs are located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB4 (top to bottom). See Figure 136 on page 328.
Each FPC1 and FPC2 has a dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (one link per SIB). An FPC3 has two dedicated ASICs, and each ASIC has five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (a total of 10 links). One of the five
SIBs—usually SIB4 —acts as a backup to the remaining four SIBs. In the event of a
SIB failure, the backup SIB becomes active and traffic forwarding continues without any degradation. When the failed SIB is replaced, it becomes the new backup.
Monitoring the SIB Status
Steps To Take To monitor the SIB status, follow these steps:
1.
Display the SIB Summary Status on page 330
2.
Display the SIB LED Status at the Command Line on page 330
3.
Check the SIB LED Status on the Faceplate on page 330
4.
Display the SIB Environmental Status on page 331
Monitoring the SIB Status !
329
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Display the SIB Summary Status
Action To display the SIB summary status, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis sibs
Sample Output t640@host> show chassis sibs
Slot State Uptime
0 Spare
1 Online 4 hours, 5 minutes, 47 seconds
2 Online 4 hours, 5 minutes, 42 seconds
3 Online 4 hours, 5 minutes, 37 seconds
4 Online 4 hours, 5 minutes, 33 seconds
What it Means The command output displays the SIB slot number: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4 . The output also displays the operating status of each SIB as Online , Offline , or Empty , and how long each SIB has been online.
Step 2: Display the SIB LED Status at the Command Line
Action To display the SIB LED status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output t640@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
SIB LEDs:
SIB 0 1 2 3 4
--------------------------
Red . . . . .
Green * * * * *
What it Means The command output is for a T640 routing node. Asterisks (*) represent the operating state. The status colors represent the possible SIB operating states: Red
(Fail) and Green (OK). All SIBs are functioning normally.
Step 3: Check the SIB LED Status on the Faceplate
Action To check the SIB LED status, remove the component cover and look on the SIB faceplate at the back of the T320 router and the T640 routing node (see Figure 135 on page 327).
Table 80 describes the SIB LED states.
Table 80: SIB LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
ACTIVE
Color
Green
Amber
Green
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
On steadily
Description
SIB is functioning normally.
SIB is starting up.
SIB has failed.
SIB is in active mode.
330 !
Monitoring the SIB Status
Chapter 24: Monitoring the SIBs
Step 4: Display the SIB Environmental Status
Action To display the SIB environmental information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output T640@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Temp PEM 0 Absent
PEM 1 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SCG 0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SCG 1 Absent
Routing Engine 0 OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
Routing Engine 1 Absent
CB 0 OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SIB 0 OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
SIB 1 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SIB 2 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SIB 3 OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
SIB 4 OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
What it Means The command output displays each component installed in the router, including the operating status and temperature.
Alternative Action If there is a problem with the SIB status, you can display more detailed environmental information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment sib user@host> show chassis environment sib
SIB 0 status:
State Spare
Temperature 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
Power:
GROUND 0 mV
1.8 V 1807 mV
2.5 V 2478 mV
3.3 V 3308 mV
1.8 V bias 1797 mV
3.3 V bias 3284 mV
5.0 V bias 5018 mV
8.0 V bias 7440 mV
SIB 1 status:
State Online
Temperature 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
Power:
GROUND 0 mV
1.8 V 1814 mV
2.5 V 2485 mV
3.3 V 3321 mV
1.8 V bias 1794 mV
3.3 V bias 3313 mV
5.0 V bias 5028 mV
8.0 V bias 7553 mV
SIB 2 status:
[...Output truncated...]
SIB 3 status:
[...Output truncated...]
SIB 4 status:
[...Output truncated...]
Monitoring the SIB Status !
331
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The command output displays the SIB slot, status, and temperature of the air flowing past the SPP card and the power supply voltages.
You can display the environmental status of a particular SIB with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment sib slot
Displaying SIB Alarms
Steps To Take To display SIB alarms and error messages, follow these steps:
1.
Display Current SIB Alarms on page 332
2.
Display SIB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 333
3.
Display SIB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 333
Step 1: Display Current SIB Alarms
Table 81 lists the SIB alarms that display in the craft interface LCD display and at the
CLI command line.
For conditions that trigger SIB alarms, see “T320 Router Chassis Component Alarm
Conditions” on page 77 and “T640 Routing Node Chassis Component Alarm
Conditions” on page 80.
Table 81: SIB Alarm Messages
Component
SIB
LCD Short Version
SIB sib-number Failure
SIB sib-number Removed
Spare SIB Failure
Spare SIB Removed
Check SIB
CLI Long Version
RED ALARM — SIB sib-number Fault
RED ALARM — SIB sib-number Absent
YELLOW ALARM — Spare SIB Fault
YELLOW ALARM — Spare SIB Absent
YELLOW ALARM — Check SIB
Action To display the current SIB alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
1alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2004-01-29 18:37:09 PST Minor SIB 2 Not Online
What it Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
332 !
Displaying SIB Alarms
Chapter 24: Monitoring the SIBs
Step 2: Display SIB Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display the SIB error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match sib
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match sib
Jan 29 18:37:07 toto spmb0 CMGSIB: SIB #2 state transition SIB_STATE_ONLINE ->
SIB_STATE_OFFLINE_ACK_WAIT
Jan 29 18:37:09 toto spmb0 CMGSIB: SIB #2 state transition SIB_STATE_OFFLINE_AC
K_WAIT -> SIB_STATE_OFFLINE
Jan 29 18:37:09 toto spmb0 CMGSIB: SIB #0 state transition SIB_STATE_SPARE -> S
IB_STATE_ONLINE_WAIT
What it Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match sib command to see error messages that are generated when an
SIB fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose an SIB problem and to let the
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem.
For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log
Messages Reference .
Step 3: Display SIB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
The chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file keeps track of the state of each chassis component.
Action To display the SIB error messages logged in the chassis daemon log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd | match sib
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd | match sib
Jan 29 18:37:07 CHASSISD_FRU_OFFLINE_NOTICE: Taking SIB 2 offline - Offlined by cli command
Jan 29 18:37:07 CHASSISD_SNMP_TRAP10: SNMP trap: FRU power off: jnxFruContentsIn dex 15, jnxFruL1Index 3, jnxFruL2Index 0, jnxFruL3Index 0, jnxFruName SIB 2, jnx
FruType 9, jnxFruSlot 3, jnxFruOfflineReason 7, jnxFruLastPowerOff 1701082, jnxF ruLastPowerOn 3250
Jan 29 18:37:09 send: yellow alarm set, device SIB 2, reason SIB 2 Not Online
Jan 29 18:37:09 fm_recv_hsl_start_sib_ack plane case. Checking plane control to all line cards?
Jan 29 18:37:09 fm_recv_hsl_start_sib_ack: Awaiting spmb ack for LC#0!
Jan 29 18:37:09 fm_recv_hsl_start_sib_ack plane case. Checking plane control to all line cards?
Jan 29 18:37:09 fm_recv_hsl_start_sib_ack: Awaiting spmb ack for LC#0!
Jan 29 18:37:09 fm_recv_hsl_start_sib_ack plane case. Checking plane control to all line cards?
Jan 29 18:37:09 fm_recv_hsl_start_sib_ack plane case. Sending plane control to a ll line cards!
Displaying SIB Alarms !
333
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed. You can search for multiple items in the chassisd log file by using the | match sib command to see error messages that are generated when an SIB fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose an SIB problem and to let JTAC know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages Reference .
Verifying SIB Failure
Steps To Take To verify SIB failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the SIB Connection on page 334
2.
Check the SIB Fuses on page 334
3.
Perform an SIB Swap Test on page 336
Step 1: Check the SIB Connection
Action To check the SIB connection, make sure that it is properly seated in the midplane.
Ensure that none of the pins are bent. Check the thumbscrews on the ejector locking tabs.
Step 2: Check the SIB Fuses
The M320 router requires fuses for the SIBs. The fuses for the Control Board, SIBs, and FPCs are located in the rear of the midplane behind the power supply in slot
PEM0 . When the fuse for an SIB blows, the SIB stops functioning even though it is installed correctly and the power supplies are providing power to the router.
334 !
Verifying SIB Failure
Chapter 24: Monitoring the SIBs
Figure 137 shows the location of the fuses in the rear of the midplane for the SIBs.
(The labels shown in the figure do not appear on the actual fuses—the clear cover on every fuse reads BUSS GMT-X—and might not match the labels on the midplane.
Ignore the labels on the midplane.)
Figure 137: Component Fuses in the M320 Router Midplane
J416
A B C D
J415
A B C D
J414
A B C D
J412
A B C D
J411 J410
A B C D A B C D
Amber LED
Verifying SIB Failure !
335
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Perform an SIB Swap Test
SIBs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
NOTE: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the SIB for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on an SIB, follow these steps:
1.
Take the SIB offline by doing one of the following
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis sib slot number offline
!
Press the online/offline button on the SIB faceplate. Press and hold down the button until the green ONLINE LED goes out (about 5 seconds).
2.
Have ready an antistatic mat placed on a stable, flat surface.
3.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4.
Loosen the captive screws on the ejector handles on each side of the SIB faceplate.
5.
Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the SIB.
6.
Grasp both ejector handles, pull firmly on the SIB, and slide the SIB about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.
7.
Move one of your hands underneath the SIB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
8.
Hold the replacement SIB by placing one hand underneath to support it and the other hand on one of the ejector handles on the SIB faceplate.
9.
Carefully align the sides of the SIB with the guides inside the chassis.
10. Slide the unit into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
11. Grasp both ejector handles and press them inwards to seat the SIB.
12. Tighten the captive screws on the ejector handles.
13. Bring the SIB online by doing one of the following
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis sib slot number online
!
Press the offline/online button until the green ONLINE LED lights to bring the SIB online.
336 !
Verifying SIB Failure
Chapter 24: Monitoring the SIBs
Getting SIB Hardware Information
Steps To Take To get the hardware information you need to return a failed SIB, follow these steps:
1.
Display SIB Hardware Information on page 337
2.
Locate the SIB Serial Number ID Label on page 338
Step 1: Display SIB Hardware Information
Action To display the SIB hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 19061 T640
[...Output truncated...]
SIB 0 REV 05 710-003980 HF9603 SIB-I8
SIB 1 REV 05 710-003980 HF9577 SIB-I8
SIB 2 REV 05 710-003980 HF9540 SIB-I8
SIB 3 REV 05 710-003980 HF9550 SIB-I8
SIB 4 REV 05 710-003980 HF9592 SIB-I8
What it Means The command output displays the SIB slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and description.
Getting SIB Hardware Information !
337
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Locate the SIB Serial Number ID Label
Action To find the SIB serial number ID label locations, do the following:
On the M320 router, the SIB serial number label is located on the right side of the top of the component (see Figure 138).
Figure 138: M320 Router SIB Serial Number ID Label location
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Extractor clip
SIB-M
ONLIN
OFFLIN
E/
E
Online/offline button
LEDs
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
Extractor clip
On the T320 router and the T640 routing node, the SIB serial number ID label is located on the left side of the top panel of the component (see Figure 139).
Figure 139: Serial Number Label on the SIB
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Returning the SIB
Action To return a failed SIB, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or the appropriate router hardware guide.
338 !
Returning the SIB
Part 5
Monitoring M40e and M160 Internet
Router-Specific Components
!
Monitoring the Host Module on page 341
!
Monitoring the SFMs on page 347
!
Monitoring the MCS on page 359
!
Monitoring the PCG on page 369
!
Monitoring the CIP on page 381
Monitoring M40e and M160 Internet Router-Specific Components !
339
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
340 !
Monitoring M40e and M160 Internet Router-Specific Components
Chapter 25
Monitoring the Host Module
You monitor and maintain the M40e and M160 router host module—the Routing
Engine and the Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS)—which constructs routing tables, performs system management functions, and generates the SONET/SDH clock signal for SONET/SDH interfaces. (See Table 82.)
Table 82: Checklist for Monitoring the Host Module
Monitor Host Module Tasks
Understanding the Host Module on page 341
Checking the Host Module Status on page 344
Checking the Routing Engine Status on page 345
Checking the MCS Status on page 346
Command or Action show chassis craft-interface show chassis routing-engine show chassis environment mcs
Understanding the Host Module
Purpose
What Is a Host
Module
Inspect the host module to ensure that the Routing Engine and Miscellaneous
Control Subsystem (MCS) function properly.
The host module is present on M40e and M160 routers. The host module constructs routing tables, performs system management functions, and generates the
SONET/SDH clock signal for SONET/SDH interfaces.
The host module is comprised of two components: the Routing Engine and the
MCS. For a host module to function, both of these components must be installed and operational.
Understanding the Host Module !
341
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 140 shows the Routing Engine component of the host module.
Figure 140: Routing Engine Component
Extractor clip
Reset button
PC card slot
Extractor clip
Figure 141 shows the MCS component of the host module.
Figure 141: MCS Component
Extractor clip
Offline button
LEDs
Extractor clip
342 !
Understanding the Host Module
Chapter 25: Monitoring the Host Module
One or two host modules can be installed into the midplane from the rear of the chassis (see Figure 142). The Routing Engine (slot RE0 ) is below the MCS slot
( MCS0 ), while slot RE1 is above the MCS1 slot. RE0 must use MCS0 and RE1 must use MCS1 or the circuit will not be connected.
Figure 142: M40e and M160 Router Host Module Location
M40e router rear M160 router rear
MCS 0
Routing Engines
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
MCS 1
Do not install an
SFM in this slo t
Do not install an SFM
in this slot
PCG 0
PCG 1
MCS 0
Routing Engines
MCS 1
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
This chapter provides basic information about monitoring the Routing Engine and the MCS. For more detailed information about monitoring the Routing Engine, see
“Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125. For more detailed information about monitoring the MCS, see “Monitoring the MCS” on page 359.
See Also !
Monitoring the Host Module on page 341
!
Monitoring the MCS on page 359
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
!
Monitoring Redundant MCSs on page 567
Understanding the Host Module !
343
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Checking the Host Module Status
Action To check the host module status, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) operational mode command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
Front Panel System LEDs:
Host 0 1
------------------------
OK * .
Fail . .
Master * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means (M40e and M160 routers) The Front Panel System LEDs show the Routing Engine
Host 0 and Host 1 LED state. The state can be OK , Fail , or Master . An asterisk (*) indicates the operating state.
Alternative Action Look at the LEDs on the craft interface.
The host module LEDs are located on the upper right corner of the craft interface.
Two sets of LEDs indicate the host module status: the set labeled HOST0 reports the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE0 and the MCS in slot MCS0 , while the set labeled HOST1 reports the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the MCS in slot MCS1 . Each set includes three LEDs: MASTER (green), ONLINE (green), and
OFFLINE (red).
Figure 143 shows the M40e and M160 router craft interface LEDs.
Figure 143: M40e and M160 Router Host Module LEDs on the Craft Interface
Host Module
LEDs
ACO/LT
MENU
ENTER
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
HOST0
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
HOST1
FAIL
FPC 0
OK FAIL
FPC 1
OK FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK FAIL
FPC 6
OK FAIL
FPC 7
OK
344 !
Checking the Host Module Status
Chapter 25: Monitoring the Host Module
Table 83 describes the M40e and M160 router host module LED states.
Table 83: M40e and M160 Router Host Module LEDs
Label
MASTER
ONLINE
OFFLINE
Color
Green
Green
Red
State Description
On steadily Host module is functioning as master.
On steadily Host module components (Routing Engine and
MCS) are installed and functioning normally.
Blinking Host module is starting up.
On steadily One or both host module components are not installed or have failed.
Checking the Routing Engine Status
This section provides a brief description of monitoring the Routing Engines as part of the host module on M40e and M160 routers. For more detailed information about monitoring the Routing Engine, see “Monitoring the Routing Engine” on page 125.
Action To check the Routing Engine status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Temperature 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F
DRAM 768 Mbytes
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 0 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 100 percent
Model teknor
Serial ID 4d0000062b049501
Start time 2002-04-29 11:18:31 PDT
Uptime 5 hours, 20 minutes, 17 seconds
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.06 0.03 0.00
What It Means The command output displays the Routing Engine slot number, current state
( Master , Backup , or Disabled ), election priority ( Master or Backup ), and the airflow temperature. The command output also displays the total DRAM available to the
Routing Engine processor, the CPU utilization percentage, and the Routing Engine serial number for the slot. Additionally, the command output displays when the
Routing Engine started running, how long the Routing Engine has been running, and the time, uptime, and load averages for the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes.
Check the Uptime to ensure that the Routing Engine has not rebooted since it started running.
Checking the Routing Engine Status !
345
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Checking the MCS Status
This section provides a brief description of monitoring the MCS as part of the host module on M40e and M160 routers. For a more information about monitoring the
MCS, see “Monitoring the MCS” on page 359.
Action To monitor the MCS status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment mcs
Output user@host> show chassis environment mcs
MCS 0 status:
State Online Master
Temperature 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
Power:
3.3 V 3318 mV
5.0 V 4974 mV
12.0 V 11824 mV
5.0 V bias 4974 mV
8.0 V bias 8212 mV
BUS Revision 12
FPGA Revision 13
MCS 1 status:
State Online Standby
Temperature 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
Power:
3.3 V 3317 mV
5.0 V 5006 mV
12.0 V 11843 mV
5.0 V bias 4998 mV
8.0 V bias 8195 mV
BUS Revision 12
FPGA Revision 255
What It Means The show chassis environment mcs CLI command is available on the M40e and
M160 routers only. The command output displays environmental information about both MCSs installed in the router or about an individual MCS. It displays the MCS status: Present , Online , Offline , or Empty . The command also indicates whether the
MCS is master. The command output displays the temperature of the air flowing past the MCS, information about MCS power supplies, field programmable gate array (FPGA) revision information, and the revision level of the chassis management bus (CMB) slave.
346 !
Checking the MCS Status
Chapter 26
Monitoring the SFMs
You monitor the Switching and Forwarding Modules (SFMs) to ensure that traffic transiting the router is handled properly. (See Table 84.)
Table 84: Checklist for Monitoring the SFMs
Monitor SFM Tasks
Understanding the SFMs on page 348
Monitoring the SFM Status on page 349
1. Display the SFM Summary Status on page 349
Command or Action show chassis sfm sfm-slot show chassis sfm detail sfm-slot
2. Display the SFM LED Status at the Command Line on page 351
3. Check the SFM LED Status on the Faceplate on page 351 show chassis craft-interface
4. Display the SFM Environmental Status on page 351
Check the SFM faceplate at the back of the M40e and M160 router chassis.
show chassis environment show chassis environment sfm sfm-slot
Displaying SFM Alarms on page 353
1. Display Current SFM Alarms on page 353
2. Display SFM Error Messages in the System Log File on page 353 show chassis alarms show log messages
3. Display SFM Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 354 show log chassisd
Verifying SFM Failure on page 355
1. Check the SFM Connection on page 355
2. Check the SFM Fuses on page 355
3. Perform an SFM Swap Test on page 356
Check the thumbscrews on the SFM ejector locking tabs.
The M40e and M160 router fuses are located in a fuse box at the rear of the midplane, behind the lower rear impeller assembly.
1. Take the SFM offline.
2. Replace the SFM with one that you know works.
3. Bring the SFM online.
4. Check the SFM status.
Getting SFM Hardware Information on page 357
1. Display SFM Hardware Information on page 357 show chassis hardware
!
347
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor SFM Tasks
2. Locate the SFM Serial Number ID Label on page 357
Replacing the SFM on page 358
Command or Action
Look on the top left of the SFM component.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
Understanding the SFMs
Purpose Inspect the SFMs to ensure that all traffic leaving the Flexible PIC Concentrators
(FPCs) is handled properly.
What Is an SFM The SFM is a control board that handles traffic transiting the router (see Figure 144).
There are two SFMs on the M40e router and four SFMs on the M160 router (see
Figure 145).
Figure 144: SFM Component
Offline button LEDs
The SFMs provide route lookup, filtering, and switching. When the serial stream of bits leaves the FPC, it is directed to one of the SFMs. Each SFM effectively handles one-half or one-quarter of the traffic on each FPC. The SFMs handle a total of 160 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding.
Figure 145: M40e and M160 Router SFM Location
M40e router rear M160 router rear
348 !
Understanding the SFMs
SFMs
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
Do not install a n SFM in this slo t
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
PCG 0
PCG 1
SFMs
SFMs
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
Chapter 26: Monitoring the SFMs
The SFMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Inserting or removing an SFM causes a brief interruption in forwarding performance (about 500 ms) as the Packet
Forwarding Engine reconfigures the distribution of packets across the remaining
SFMs.
Monitoring the SFM Status
To monitor the SFM status, follow these steps:
Steps To Take 1.
Display the SFM Summary Status on page 349
2.
Display the SFM LED Status at the Command Line on page 351
3.
Check the SFM LED Status on the Faceplate on page 351
4.
Display the SFM Environmental Status on page 351
Step 1: Display the SFM Summary Status
Action To display the SFM summary status, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis sfm
Sample Output user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 41 2 0 64 16 46
1 Offline --- Hard FPC error ---
2 Online 43 2 0 64 16 46
3 Online 44 2 0 128 7 46
What it Means The command output displays the SFM slot number: 0 , 1 , 2 , or 3 . The output also displays the operating status of each SFM as Online , Offline , or Empty .
In the sample output, the root cause of the SFM1 failure may be an FPC problem.
The command output displays the temperature of air passing by the SFM, in degrees Centigrade. It displays the SFM CPU usage, including the total percentage used by the SFM processor and the percentage used for interrupts.
The command output also displays the percentage of memory usage, including the total DRAM available to the SFM processor, in megabytes (MB), and the percentage of heap space (dynamic memory) being used by the SFM processor. Heap utilization greater than 80 percent can indicate a software problem (memory leak). The output shows the percentage of buffer space being used by the SFM processor for buffering internal messages.
Monitoring the SFM Status !
349
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Alternative Action If the SFM summary command output indicates that there is a problem, you can display more detailed SFM status information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sfm detail
The command output displays the following information:
Sample Output user@host> show chassis sfm detail
SFM status:
Slot 0 information:
State Online
SPP Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SPR Temperature 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 64 Mbytes
Total SRAM 4 Mbytes
Internet Processor I Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 3
Start time: 2001-12-03 05:08:45 PST
Uptime: 6 hours, 41 minutes, 17 seconds
Slot 1 information:
[...Output truncated...]
Slot 2 information:
[...Output truncated...]
Slot 3 information:
[...Output truncated...]
Packet scheduling mode: Disabled
What It Means In addition to the command output displayed for the show chassis sfm command, the show chassis sfm detail command displays the temperature of air passing by the Switch Plane Processor (SPP) card and the Switch Plane Router (SPR) card (the two SFM serial components) in degrees Centigrade. The command output displays the total CPU DRAM and SRAM being used by the SFM processor. It also displays the time when the SFM became active and how long the SFM has been up and running.
A small uptime means that the SFM came online a short time ago and could indicate a possible SFM error condition.
Alternative Action To display the status of a particular SFM, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sfm sfm-slot
Alternative Action To display detailed status information about a particular SFM, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sfm detail sfm-slot
350 !
Monitoring the SFM Status
Chapter 26: Monitoring the SFMs
Step 2: Display the SFM LED Status at the Command Line
Action To display the SFM LED status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
SFM LEDs:
SFM 0 1 2 3
-----------------------
Amber . . * .
Green * * . *
Blue * * . *
What it Means The command output is for an M160 router. The SFMs in slots 0 and 1 are online and are functioning normally. The status colors represent the possible SFM operating states: Amber (Fail), Green (OK), and Blue (Master). The (*) indicates the current operating state. There are no SFMs in slots 2 and 3.
Step 3: Check the SFM LED Status on the Faceplate
Action To check the SFM LED status, remove the component cover and look on the SFM faceplate at the back of the M40e and M160 routers (see Figure 144 on page 348).
Table 85 describes the SFM LED states.
Table 85: SFM LEDs
Color
Green
Amber
Label
OK
FAIL
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
SFM is functioning normally.
SFM is starting up.
SFM has failed.
Step 4: Display the SFM Environmental Status
Action To display the SFM environmental information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power PEM 0 OK
PEM 1 OK
Temp
[...Output truncated...]
SPP 0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SPR 0 OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SPP 1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SPR 1 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SPP 2 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SPR 2 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFM 3 Offline
[...Output truncated...]
Monitoring the SFM Status !
351
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What it Means The command output displays the status and temperature for the SFM and its two serialized components: the SPP card and the SPR card.
Alternative Action If there is a problem with the SFM status, you can display more detailed environmental information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment sfm user@host> show chassis environment sfm
SFM 0 status:
State Online
SPP temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SPR temperature 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
SPP Power:
1.5 V 1501 mV
2.5 V 2485 mV
3.3 V 3291 mV
5.0 V 5020 mV
5.0 V bias 4974 mV
SPR Power:
1.5 V 1501 mV
2.5 V 2492 mV
3.3 V 3301 mV
5.0 V 5028 mV
5.0 V bias 4986 mV
8.0 V bias 8305 mV
CMB Revision 12
SFM 1 status:
[...Output truncated...]
SFM 2 status:
[...Output truncated...]
SFM 3 status:
State Offline
- Hard FPC error
[...Output truncated...]
The command output displays the SFM slot, status, and temperature of the air flowing past the SPP card and the SPR card. It also displays information about the
SFM power supplies. The chassis management bus (CMB) slave revision level is also displayed.
You can display the environmental status of a particular SFM with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment sfm sfm-lot
352 !
Monitoring the SFM Status
Chapter 26: Monitoring the SFMs
Displaying SFM Alarms
Steps To Take To display SFM alarms and error messages, follow these steps:
1.
Display Current SFM Alarms on page 353
2.
Display SFM Error Messages in the System Log File on page 353
3.
Display SFM Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 354
Step 1: Display Current SFM Alarms
Action To display the current SFM alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
4 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-05-14 09:23:58 PDT Major SFM Failure
2002-05-14 09:23:55 PDT Major SFM Failure
2002-05-14 09:23:53 PDT Major SFM Failure
2002-05-14 09:20:51 PDT Major No SFM Online, the box is not forwarding
What it Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
Step 2: Display SFM Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display the SFM error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Jun 11 20:31:11 hissy-re0 craftd[556]: Major alarm set, No SFM Online, the box is not forwarding
Jun 11 20:31:11 hissy-re0 alarmd[555]: Alarm set: SFM color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=No SFM Online, the box is not forwarding
What it Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match sfm command to see error messages that are generated when an
SFM fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a power supply problem and to let the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System
Log Messages Reference .
Displaying SFM Alarms !
353
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Display SFM Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
The chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file keeps track of the state of each chassis component.
Action To display the SFM error messages logged in the chassis daemon, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr_handler fpm_mcsfd 10
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr mcs_ints_pending 0x7cbf20 button_status 0x0
Jun 11 20:50:16 bp_handle_button_intr button status 0x0
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr_handler fpm_mcsfd 10
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr mcs_ints_pending 0x7cbf20 button_status 0x8
Jun 11 20:50:16 bp_handle_button_intr button status 0x8
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr_handler fpm_mcsfd 10
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr mcs_ints_pending 0x7cbf20 button_status 0x8
Jun 11 20:50:16 bp_handle_button_intr button status 0x8
Jun 11 20:50:16 received second FPM key press, clearing timer!
Jun 11 20:50:18 bp_button_timer: taking sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 take_sfm_offline - slot 1 reason 7
Jun 11 20:50:18 cleaning up sfm 1 connection
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Blue LED Off [0x16]
Jun 11 20:50:18 SPP 1 - Blue LED Off
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 0, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 1, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 2, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 6, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 7, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 2, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 2, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0x4
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 1, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 1, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0x6
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 0, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 0, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0x7
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 7, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 7, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0x87
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 6, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 6, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0xc7
Jun 11 20:50:18 sfm_offline_now plane 1 conn 0x8152638
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Assert PLL Bypass [0x13]
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Assert Board Reset [0x2e]
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Assert ASIC Reset [0x28]
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Disable Power [0x10]
Jun 11 20:50:18 SPP 1 - Disable Power [addr 0x9 cmd 0x10]
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB readback SPP 1 [0xe9, 0xf2] -> 0x26
Jun 11 20:50:18 power disable verified, SPP 1
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Blue LED Off [0x16]
Jun 11 20:50:18 SPP 1 - Blue LED Off
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Green LED Off [0x1a]
Jun 11 20:50:18 SPP 1 - Green LED Off
Jun 11 20:50:18 check_sfm_online_alarm: present 0xf waiting 0x0 online 0xd
Jun 11 20:50:18 send_pfe_status(): sfm 0, sfm_online_mask 0xd fpc_online_mask
0xc7
Jun 11 20:50:18 send_pfe_status(): sfm 2, sfm_online_mask 0xd fpc_online_mask
0xc7
[...Output truncated...]
354 !
Displaying SFM Alarms
Chapter 26: Monitoring the SFMs
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed. You can search for multiple items in the chassisd log file by using the | match “item |item |item” command. For example,
| match “sfm|kernel|tnp” is a search for error messages for the SFM, kernel, and
Trivial Networking Protocol (TNP), and indicates communication issues between the
Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engine components.
Verifying SFM Failure
Steps To Take To verify SFM failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the SFM Connection on page 355
2.
Check the SFM Fuses on page 355
3.
Perform an SFM Swap Test on page 356
Step 1: Check the SFM Connection
Action To check the SFM connection, make sure that it is properly seated in the midplane.
Check the thumbscrews on the ejector locking tabs.
Step 2: Check the SFM Fuses
Action Check for blown SFM fuses.
The M40e and M160 router fuses are located in a fuse box at the rear of the midplane, behind the lower rear impeller assembly. You must remove the lower impeller assembly to access the fuses, as described in the M40e Router Hardware
Guide .
When the fuse for an SFM blows, the SFM stops functioning even though it is installed correctly and the power supplies are providing power to the router.
For the M40e and M160 routers, when a fuse has blown but the power supplies are still delivering power to router, the amber LED adjacent to the fuse lights. See
Figure 146.
Figure 146: M40e M160 Router Fuses
J243
A B C D
J242
A B C D
J244
A B C D
J241
A B C D
J240
FPC2 15A
FPC1 15A
FPC0 15A
PCG0 1A
C
D
A
B
Verifying SFM Failure !
355
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Another indication that a fuse has blown is that the colored indicator bulb inside it becomes visible through the clear cover on the fuse. For information about the indicator bulb color for each fuse type, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
A blown fuse can cause a component to fail even though it is correctly installed and the power supplies are functioning. Check for a blown fuse in the following circumstances:
!
The LED that indicates normal operation for the component fails to light.
!
The appropriate CLI show chassis environment command indicates that the component is installed but is not receiving power.
Step 3: Perform an SFM Swap Test
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the SFM for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on an SFM, follow these steps:
1.
Remove the chassis rear component cover by loosening the screws on the corners of the cover and pulling it straight out from the chassis.
2.
Remove the SFM, as described in the M40e and M160 router hardware guides.
3.
Take the SFM offline by doing one of the following:
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis sfm slot slot-number offline
!
Press and hold the offline button on the SFM faceplate at the rear of the router until the SFM OK LED turns off (about 5 seconds).
4.
Replace the SFM with one that you know works.
5.
Bring the SFM online by doing one of the following:
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis sfm slot slot-number online
!
Press and hold the offline button on the SFM faceplate until the green OK
LED lights (about 5 seconds).
6.
Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the screws to secure it to the chassis.
7.
Check the SFM status. See “Display the SFM Summary Status” on page 349.
356 !
Verifying SFM Failure
Chapter 26: Monitoring the SFMs
Getting SFM Hardware Information
Steps To Take To get the hardware information you need to return a failed SFM, follow these steps:
1.
Display SFM Hardware Information on page 357
2.
Locate the SFM Serial Number ID Label on page 357
Step 1: Display SFM Hardware Information
Action To display the SFM hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 20079 M160
[...Output truncated...]
SFM 0 SPP REV 04 710-001228 AA2860
SFM 0 SPR REV 01 710-001224 AB0139 Internet Processor I
SFM 1 SPP REV 04 710-001228 AA2859
SFM 1 SPR REV 02 710-001224 AA9861 Internet Processor I
SFM 2 SPP REV 06 710-001228 AB3082
SFM 2 SPR
SFM 3 SPP REV 04 710-001228 AA1998
SFM 3 SPR REV 01 710-001224 AB0137 Internet Processor I
[...Output truncated...]
What it Means The command output displays the SFM slot number and SFM serial component
(SPP and SPR) card names, SFM revision level, part number, serial number, and description.
Step 2: Locate the SFM Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the SFM serial number ID label, look on the left side of the SFM top panel
(see Figure 147).
Figure 147: SFM Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
Getting SFM Hardware Information !
357
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Replacing the SFM
The SFMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove and replace SFMs without powering down the router or disrupting the routing functions. However, you must take an SFM offline before replacing it.
Inserting or removing an SFM causes a brief interruption in forwarding performance (about 500 ms) as the Packet Forwarding Engine reconfigures the distribution of packets across the remaining SFMs.
Action To replace an SFM, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or the procedure to return a field-replaceable unit in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
358 !
Replacing the SFM
Chapter 27
Monitoring the MCS
You monitor and maintain the Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) to provide control and monitoring functions for router components and to provide
SONET/SDH clocking for the M40e and M160 routers. (See Table 86.)
Table 86: Checklist for Monitoring the MCS
Monitor MCS Tasks
Understanding the MCS on page 360
Checking the MCS Status on page 362
1. Check the MCS Environmental Status on page 362
Command or Action show chassis environment mcs
2. Check the MCS Status from the Craft Interface on page 363 show chassis craft-interface
3. Check the MCS LEDs on page 364 Check the LEDs on the MCS faceplate.
Verifying MCS Failure on page 365
1. Check the MCS Fuses on page 365
2. Perform an MCS Swap Test on page 366
The M40e and M160 router fuses are located in a fuse box at the rear of the midplane, behind the lower rear impeller assembly.
Remove the MCS and replace it with one that you know works.
Getting MCS Hardware Information on page 367
1. Display the MCS Hardware Information on page 367 show chassis hardware
2. Locate the MCS Serial Number ID Label on page 368
Returning the MCS on page 368
Look at the bottom left of the MCS board.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
!
359
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the MCS
Purpose Inspect the MCS to ensure that control and monitoring functions for router components and SONET/SDH clocking for the router function normally.
What Is an MCS The MCS is a component of the host module on M40e and M160 routers (see
Figure 148). The MCS works with the Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for router components and to provide SONET/SDH clocking for the router.
Figure 148: MCS Component
Extractor clip
Offline button
LEDs
Extractor clip
The router can be equipped with up to two MCSs for redundancy. If two MCSs are installed, one acts as the master MCS and the other acts as a backup. If the master
MCS fails or is removed, the backup MCS restarts and becomes the master MCS.
NOTE: The host modules ( RE0 working with MCS0 and RE1 working with MCS1 ) actually have the master and backup role.
Each MCS requires a Routing Engine to be installed in an adjacent slot. MCS0 installs above RE0 , and MCS1 installs below RE1 . Even if an MCS is physically installed in the chassis, it does not function if there is no Routing Engine present in the adjacent slot.
360 !
Understanding the MCS
Chapter 27: Monitoring the MCS
The MCS installs into the midplane from the back of the chassis (see Figure 149).
Figure 149: M40e and M160 Router MCS Location
M40e router rear M160 router rear
MCS 0
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
MCS 1
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
PCG 0
PCG 1
MCS 0
MCS 1
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
See Also !
Monitoring the Host Module on page 341
!
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
!
Monitoring Redundant MCSs on page 567
PCG 0
PCG 1
Understanding the MCS !
361
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Checking the MCS Status
Steps To Take To check the MCS status, follow these steps:
1.
Check the MCS Environmental Status on page 362
2.
Check the MCS Status from the Craft Interface on page 363
3.
Check the MCS LEDs on page 364
Step 1: Check the MCS Environmental Status
Action To check the MCS environmental status, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis environment mcs
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment mcs
MCS 0 status:
State Online Master
Temperature 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
Power:
3.3 V 3318 mV
5.0 V 4974 mV
12.0 V on 12
FPGA Revision 13
MCS 1 status:
State Online Standby
Temperature 58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
Power:
3.3 V 3317 mV
5.0 V 5006 mV
12.0 V 11843 mV
5.0 V bias 4998 mV
8.0 V bias 8195 mV
BUS Revision 12
FPGA Revision 255
What It Means The show chassis environment mcs command is available on the M40e and M160 routers only. The command output displays environmental information about both
MCSs installed in the router or about an individual MCS. The MCS status can be
Present , Online , Offline , or Empty . The command also indicates that the MCS is the master MCS. The command output also displays the temperature of the air flowing past the MCS, information about MCS power supplies, field-programmable gate array (FPGA) revision information, and the revision level of the chassis management bus (CMB) slave.
Alternative Action To display the environmental status of a particular MCS, use the following JUNOS
CLI operational mode command: user@host> show chassis environment mcs slot
362 !
Checking the MCS Status
Chapter 27: Monitoring the MCS
Step 2: Check the MCS Status from the Craft Interface
Action To display the MCS LED status from the craft interface, use the following JUNOS software operational mode CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
MCS and SFM LEDs:
MCS 0 1 SFM 0 1 2 3
--------------------------------------
Amber . . .
Green . . .
Blue * * *
What It Means If the amber FAIL LED is on, check for current MCS alarms.
Alternative Action Look at the Host Module LEDs on the craft interface. The LEDs indicate the MCS status. (See Figure 150.)
Figure 150: M40e and M160 Router Craft Interface Host Module LEDs
Yellow alarm
LED
Red alarm
LED
Alarm cutoff button
Navigation buttons
LCD display
Navigation buttons
Host Module
LEDs
ACO/LT
MENU
ENTER
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
HOST0
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
HOST1
FAIL
FPC 0
OK FAIL
FPC 1
OK FAIL
FPC 2
OK FAIL
FPC 3
OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK FAIL
FPC 6
OK FAIL
FPC 7
OK
FPC LEDs and offline buttons (for FPC 0-7)
Three host module LEDs—one green MASTER , one green ONLINE , and one red
OFFLINE —located on the upper right of the craft interface indicate the status of each host module. The LEDs marked HOST0 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot
RE0 and the MCS in slot MCS0 . The LEDs marked HOST1 show the status of the
Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the MCS in slot MCS1 .
Checking the MCS Status !
363
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Table 87 describes the functions of the host module LEDs.
Table 87: Host Module LEDs
Label
MASTER
Shape Color
Green
State Description
On steadily Host module (Routing Engine and MCS) is functioning as master.
ONLINE Green
OFFLINE Red
On steadily Host module is present and operational.
Blinking Host module is starting up.
On steadily Host module is not present, or is present but not operational.
Step 3: Check the MCS LEDs
Action To check the MCS status, look at the LEDs on the MCS faceplate.
Table 88 describes the functions of these LEDs.
Table 88: MCS LEDs
Color
Blue
Green
Amber
Label
MASTER
OK
FAIL
State
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
MCS is master.
MCS is operating normally.
MCS is starting up.
MCS has failed.
When the MCS is functioning normally, the green OK LED remains on steadily. If the amber FAIL LED is on, check for MCS alarms.
364 !
Checking the MCS Status
Chapter 27: Monitoring the MCS
Verifying MCS Failure
Steps To Take To verify MCS operation failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the MCS Fuses on page 365
2.
Perform an MCS Swap Test on page 366
Step 1: Check the MCS Fuses
Action Check the MCS fuses to check for failure.
The M40e and M160 router fuses are located in a fuse box at the rear of the midplane, behind the lower rear impeller assembly. You must remove the lower impeller assembly to access the fuses, as described in the appropriate router hardware guide.
When the fuse for an MCS blows, the MCS stops functioning even though it is installed correctly and the power supplies are providing power to the router.
For the M40e and M160 routers, when a fuse has blown but the power supplies are still delivering power to router, the amber LED adjacent to the fuse lights. See
Figure 151.
Figure 151: M40e M160 Router Fuses
J243
A B C D
J242
A B C D
J244
A B C D
J241
A B C D
J240
FPC2 15A
FPC1 15A
FPC0 15A
PCG0 1A
C
D
A
B
Another indication that a fuse has blown is that the colored indicator bulb inside it becomes visible through the clear cover on the fuse. For information about the indicator bulb color for each fuse type, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
A blown fuse can cause a component to fail even though it is correctly installed and the power supplies are functioning. Check for a blown fuse in the following circumstances:
!
The LED that indicates normal operation for the component fails to light.
!
The appropriate CLI show chassis environment command indicates that the component is installed but is not receiving power.
Verifying MCS Failure !
365
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Perform an MCS Swap Test
The MCS can fail and not start, or it can cause a connectivity problem between the
Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engine components, such as the Flexible
PIC Concentrator (FPC) and Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM). You can perform a swap test on the MCS to try to pinpoint the problem.
CAUTION: The MCS is hot-pluggable. Routing functions are interrupted until a replacement is installed. You should perform a swap test during a maintenance window.
Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the MCS for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on an MCS, remove it and replace it with one that you know works.
Normally, if two host modules are installed in the router, HOST0 functions as the master and HOST1 as the backup. You can remove the backup host module (or either of its components) without interrupting the functioning of the router. If you take the master host module offline, the router reboots and the backup host module becomes the master. If the router has only one host module, taking it offline causes the router to shut down.
The host module is taken offline and brought back online as a unit. Before you replace the Routing Engine or an MCS, you must take the host module offline; the host module is hot-pluggable.
To remove an MCS, follow these steps:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the Routing Engine.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3.
Remove the rear component cover by loosening the screws at the corners of the cover and pulling it straight off of the chassis.
4.
If two host modules are installed, check whether the MCS you are removing belongs to the master host module. Use the show chassis environment mcs CLI command or check the MCS LEDs. If it does, switch mastership to the standby host module. You can change the default mastership by including the routing-engine statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level in the configuration, as described in the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide .
366 !
Verifying MCS Failure
Chapter 27: Monitoring the MCS
5.
On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine that is paired with the MCS you are removing, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command. The command shuts down the Routing Engine cleanly, so its state information is preserved.
user@host> request system halt
Wait to continue until all software processes have shut down.
6.
Flip the ends of the extractor clips outward.
7.
Grasp the extractor clips and slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.
8.
Place one hand under the MCS to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
9.
Align the rear of the MCS with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.
10. Press the extractor clips on the left and right sides of the MCS inward.
11. Verify that the green LED labeled OK on the MCS faceplate is lit. Also check the host module LEDs on the craft interface to verify that the green LED labeled
ONLINE is lit for the host module to which the MCS belongs.
You can also verify correct MCS functioning by using the show chassis environment mcs command.
12. Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the screws at the corners to secure it to the chassis.
Getting MCS Hardware Information
Steps To Take To get MCS hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the MCS Hardware Information on page 367
2.
Locate the MCS Serial Number ID Label on page 368
Step 1: Display the MCS Hardware Information
Action To display the MCS hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis M40e
[...Output truncated...]
Routing Engine 0 d8000007c8460a01 RE-2.0
MCS 0 REV 11 710-001226 AS4709
[...Output truncated...]
Getting MCS Hardware Information !
367
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The command output displays the MCS slot number, revision level, part number, and serial number. Give this information to the Juniper Networks Technical
Assistance Center (JTAC) if the MCS fails.
Step 2: Locate the MCS Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the MCS serial number ID label, look on the bottom left side of the board, as shown in Figure 152.
Figure 152: MCS Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Returning the MCS
Action To return the MCS, see “Replacing a Failed Component” on page 122, or the procedure to return a field-replaceable unit in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
368 !
Returning the MCS
Chapter 28
Monitoring the PCG
You monitor the Packet Forwarding Engine Clock Generator (PCG) to ensure that a clocking signal is generated to synchronize the internal M40e and M160 router
Packet Forwarding Engine components. (See Table 89.)
Table 89: Checklist for Monitoring the PCG
Monitor PCG Tasks
Understanding the PCG on page 370
Monitoring the PCG Status on page 371
1. Monitor the PCG Environmental Status on page 371
Command or Action show chassis environment show chassis environment pcg
2. Display the PCG LED States at the Command Line on page 372
3. Look at the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 373 show chassis craft-interface
Remove the rear component cover and look on the PCG faceplate at the back of the M40e or M140 router chassis.
Determining PCG Mastership on page 373
1. Display the PCG Master in the Craft Interface Output on page 373
2. Look at the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 374 show chassis craft-interface
Remove the rear component cover and look on the PCG faceplate at the rear of the M40e or M160 router chassis.
3. Display the Packet Forwarding Engine Current Clock Source on page 374 show chassis clocks
Displaying PCG Alarms on page 375
1. Display Current PCG Alarms on page 375
2. Display PCG Error Messages in the System Log File on page 375 show chassis alarms show log messages
3. Display PCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 375 show log chassisd
Verifying PCG Failure on page 376
1. Check the PCG Connection on page 376
2. Check the PCG Fuses on page 377
Check the thumbscrew on the right side of the PCG.
The M40e and M160 router fuses are located in a fuse box at the rear of the midplane, behind the lower rear impeller assembly.
!
369
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor PCG Tasks
3. Perform a PCG Swap Test on page 378
Getting PCG Hardware Information on page 378
1. Display the PCG Hardware Information on page 379
2. Locate the PCG Serial Number ID Label on page 379
Replacing the PCG on page 379
Command or Action
1. Take the PCG offline.
2. Replace the PCG with one that you know works.
3. Bring the PCG online.
4. Check the PCG status.
show chassis hardware
Look on the top of the PCG, close to the midplane connector.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
Understanding the PCG
Purpose You monitor the PCGs to ensure that they generate a clock signal to synchronize the modules and application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) that make up the Packet
Forwarding Engine.
What Is a PCG The PCG supplies a 125-MHz system clock to synchronize the modules and ASICs that make up the Packet Forwarding Engine (see Figure 153).
Figure 153: PCG Component
Offline button
LEDs
A router has two PCGs. They are located at the rear of the chassis in the slots labeled PCG0 and PCG1 , to the right of the Routing Engine slots.
Both PCGs send clock signals to the Packet Forwarding Engine modules, along with a signal indicating which is the master clock source. The master Routing Engine controls which PCG is master and which is backup.
The PCGs are field-replaceable and hot-pluggable. You can remove and replace them without powering down the router; however, the routing functions of the system are interrupted when a PCG is removed.
Removing the backup PCG does not affect the functioning of the router. Taking the master PCG offline causes the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) and Switching and
Forwarding Modules (SFMs) to power down and restart with the other PCG selected as master. The forwarding and routing functions are interrupted during this process.
370 !
Understanding the PCG
Chapter 28: Monitoring the PCG
Figure 154 shows the location of the PCGs on the M40e and M160 router chassis.
Figure 154: M40e and M160 Router PCG Location
M40e router rear M160 router rear
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
Do not install an SFM in this slot
PCG 0
PCG 1
PCGs
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
PCGs
Monitoring the PCG Status
Steps To Take To monitor the PCG status, follow these steps:
1.
Monitor the PCG Environmental Status on page 371
2.
Display the PCG LED States at the Command Line on page 372
3.
Look at the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 373
Step 1: Monitor the PCG Environmental Status
Action To monitor the PCG environment status, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power PEM 0 OK
PEM 1 OK
Temp PCG 0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
PCG 1 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the status and temperature for each PCG.
Monitoring the PCG Status !
371
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Alternative Action If there is a problem with the PCG status, you can display more detailed PCG environmental information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment pcg
The command output is as follows: user@host> show chassis environment pcg
PCG 0 status:
State Online - PFE clock source
Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Frequency:
Setting 125.00 MHz
Measurement 125.03 MHz
Power:
3.3 V 3266 mV
5.0 V bias 4981 mV
8.0 V bias 8168 mV
CMB Revision 12
PCG 1 status:
State Online
Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
Frequency:
Setting 125.00 MHz
Measurement 125.03 MHz
Power:
3.3 V 3271 mV
5.0 V bias 4971 mV
8.0 V bias 8175 mV
CMB Revision 12
The command output displays the status for each PCG slot 0 and 1. The operating status can be Present , Online , Offline , or Empty . If Online , it can be the current PFE clock source or backup. The command output displays the temperature of the air flowing past the PCG and the frequency setting and measurement for the PCG. The command output also displays information about the PCG power supplies and the revision level of the chassis management bus (CMB) slave.
Step 2: Display the PCG LED States at the Command Line
Action To display the PCG LED states, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
PCG LEDs:
PCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output is for an M160 router. The PCGs in slots 0 and 1 are online and are functioning normally. The status colors represent the possible PCG operating states: Amber (Fail), Green (OK), and Blue (Master). The (*) indicates the current operating state.
372 !
Monitoring the PCG Status
Chapter 28: Monitoring the PCG
Step 3: Look at the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate
Action To view the PCG LEDs, remove the rear component cover and look on the PCG faceplate at the rear of the M40e or M160 router chassis (see Figure 153 on page 370 and Figure 154 on page 371). Table 90 describes the functions of these
LEDs.
Table 90: PCG LEDs
Color
Blue
Green
Amber
Label
MASTER
OK
FAIL
State
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
PCG is master.
PCG is operating normally.
PCG is starting up.
PCG has failed.
Determining PCG Mastership
The PCGs function as redundant components. For information about monitoring redundant PCGs, see “Monitoring Redundant PCGs” on page 595.
Steps To Take To determine which PCG is operating as the master, follow these steps:
1.
Display the PCG Master in the Craft Interface Output on page 373
2.
Look at the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 374
3.
Display the Packet Forwarding Engine Current Clock Source on page 374
Step 1: Display the PCG Master in the Craft Interface Output
Action To determine the PCG master from the craft interface status information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
PCG LEDs:
PCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output shows that PCG 0 is the master because the blue MASTER LED is on.
Determining PCG Mastership !
373
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Look at the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate
Action To check the PCG LEDs, look on the PCG faceplate at the rear of the M40e or M160 router chassis (see Figure 153 on page 370 and Figure 154 on page 371). Table 90 describes the PCG LED states. If the blue MASTER LED on the PCG faceplate is on steadily, the PCG is functioning as master.
Step 3: Display the Packet Forwarding Engine Current Clock Source
The Packet Forwarding Engine current clock source is the master PCG.
Action To display the PCG master from the Packet Forwarding Engine clock source output, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis clocks
Sample Output user@host> show chassis clocks
PFE clock status:
Current source PCG 0
Measured frequency 125.03 MHz
Reference clock status:
Current source Primary
Primary source Internal
Secondary source Internal
Tertiary source Internal
Rollover algorithm Holdover
PLL mode Free-running
PLL errors 0
Sync message current 0x00
Sync message normal 0x00
Sync message override 0x00
What It Means The command output shows that the PCG in slot 0 is the primary clock source.
374 !
Determining PCG Mastership
Chapter 28: Monitoring the PCG
Displaying PCG Alarms
Steps To Take To display PCG alarms and error messages, follow these steps:
1.
Display Current PCG Alarms on page 375
2.
Display PCG Error Messages in the System Log File on page 375
3.
Display PCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 375
Step 1: Display Current PCG Alarms
Action To display the current PCG alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
2 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-06-11 20:30:29 PDT Minor PCG 0 Not Online
2002-06-11 20:30:32 PDT Minor No PCGs Online
What It Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
Step 2: Display PCG Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display the PCG error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Jun 11 20:31:31 myrouter chassisd[553]: CHASSISD_NO_GOOD_PCGS:
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match pcgs command to see error messages that are generated when a
PCG fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a problem and to let the
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem.
For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log
Messages Reference .
Step 3: Display PCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display the PCG error messages in the chassis daemon ( chassisd) log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
Displaying PCG Alarms !
375
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd
Jun 11 20:31:17 FPC 7 - Disable Power [addr 0x17 cmd 0x10]
Jun 11 20:31:17 CMB readback FPC 7 [0xf7, 0xf2] -> 0x26
Jun 11 20:31:17 power disable verified, FPC 7
Jun 11 20:31:17 CHASSISD_IFDEV_DETACH: ifdev_detach(7)
Jun 11 20:31:17 ifd so-7/0/0 marked as gone
Jun 11 20:31:19 PCG 0 set alarm 0x3
Jun 11 20:31:19 alarm op fru 1 op 1 reason 3
Jun 11 20:31:19 send: yellow alarm set, class 100 obj 110 reason 3
Jun 11 20:31:19 CMB cmd to PCG 0 [0xe2], Disable Power [0x10]
Jun 11 20:31:19 PCG 0 - Disable Power [addr 0x2 cmd 0x10]
Jun 11 20:31:19 CMB readback PCG 0 [0xe2, 0xf2] -> 0x6
Jun 11 20:31:19 power disable verified, PCG 0
Jun 11 20:31:19 CMB cmd to PCG 0 [0xe2], Blue LED Off [0x16]
Jun 11 20:31:19 PCG 0 - Blue LED Off
Jun 11 20:31:19 CMB cmd to PCG 0 [0xe2], Green LED Off [0x1a]
Jun 11 20:31:19 PCG 0 - Green LED Off
Jun 11 20:31:19 CMB cmd to PCG 0 [0xe2], Amber LED Off [0x18]
Jun 11 20:31:19 PCG 0 - Amber LED Off
Jun 11 20:31:19 mcs_intr_handler fpm_mcsfd 10
Jun 11 20:31:19 mcs_intr mcs_ints_pending 0x7cbf20 button_status 0x0
Jun 11 20:31:19 bp_handle_button_intr button status 0x0
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 0 initial state
Jun 11 20:31:21 CMB readback FPC 0 [0xf0, 0xff] -> 0xc
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 0 ideeprom
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 1 initial state
Jun 11 20:31:21 CMB readback FPC 1 [0xf1, 0xff] -> 0xc
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 1 ideeprom
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 2 initial state
Jun 11 20:31:21 CMB readback FPC 2 [0xf2, 0xff] -> 0xc
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 2 ideeprom
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 6 initial state
Jun 11 20:31:21 CMB readback FPC 6 [0xf6, 0xff] -> 0xc
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 6 ideeprom
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 7 initial state
Jun 11 20:31:21 CMB readback FPC 7 [0xf7, 0xff] -> 0xc
Jun 11 20:31:21 reading FPC 7 ideeprom
Jun 11 20:31:21 gen_sfm_wait_mask 0x0
Jun 11 20:31:21 ...power sequencer started...
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed.
Verifying PCG Failure
Steps To Take To verify PCG failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the PCG Connection on page 376
2.
Perform a PCG Swap Test on page 378
Step 1: Check the PCG Connection
Action To check the PCG connection, make sure the PCG is properly seated in the midplane. Check the thumbscrew on the right side of the PCG.
376 !
Verifying PCG Failure
Chapter 28: Monitoring the PCG
Step 2: Check the PCG Fuses
Action Check the PCG fuses to check for failure.
The M40e and M160 router fuses are located in a fuse box at the rear of the midplane, behind the lower rear impeller assembly. You must remove the lower impeller assembly to access the fuses, as described in the appropriate router hardware guide.
When the fuse for an PCG blows, the PCG stops functioning even though it is installed correctly and the power supplies are providing power to the router.
For the M40e and M160 routers, when a fuse has blown but the power supplies are still delivering power to router, the amber LED adjacent to the fuse lights. See
Figure 155.
Figure 155: M40e and M160 Router Fuses
J243
A B C D
J242
A B C D
J244
A B C D
J241
A B C D
J240
FPC2 15A
FPC1 15A
FPC0 15A
PCG0 1A
A
B
C
D
Another indication that a fuse has blown is that the colored indicator bulb inside it becomes visible through the clear cover on the fuse. For information about the indicator bulb color for each fuse type, see the appropriate router hardware guide.
A blown fuse can cause a component to fail even though it is correctly installed and the power supplies are functioning. Check for a blown fuse in the following circumstances:
!
The LED that indicates normal operation for the component fails to light.
!
The appropriate CLI show chassis environment command indicates that the component is installed but is not receiving power.
Verifying PCG Failure !
377
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Perform a PCG Swap Test
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the PCG for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on a PCG, follow these steps:
1.
Have an antistatic mat ready.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
3.
Remove the rear component cover by loosening the screws on the corners of the cover and pulling it straight out from the chassis.
4.
Press the offline button on the faceplate of the PCG and hold it down until the
Red FAIL LED lights (about 3 seconds).
5.
Loosen the thumbscrew on the right side of the PCG.
6.
Grasp the thumbscrew and slide out the PCG.
7.
Align the rear of the PCG with the guides inside the chassis.
8.
Slide the PCG all the way into the card cage until it contacts the midplane.
9.
Tighten the thumbscrew on the right side of the PCG faceplate.
10. Verify that the PCG is properly installed by looking at the LEDs on the PCG faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily.
Getting PCG Hardware Information
Steps To Take To get the PCG hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the PCG Hardware Information on page 379
2.
Locate the PCG Serial Number ID Label on page 379
378 !
Getting PCG Hardware Information
Chapter 28: Monitoring the PCG
Step 1: Display the PCG Hardware Information
Action To display the PCG hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 20079 M160
Midplane REV 03 710-001245 AB4132
FPM CMB REV 02 710-001642 AB3264
FPM Display REV 02 710-001647 AB3046
CIP REV 04 710-001593 AB3284
PEM 0 Rev 03 740-001243 KM28409 DC
PEM 1 Rev 03 740-001243 KM13359 DC
PCG 0 REV 02 710-001568 AB3013
PCG 1 REV 02 710-001568 AB3000
What It Means The command output displays the PCG slot number, revision level, part number, and serial number.
Step 2: Locate the PCG Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the PCG serial number ID label, look on the top of the PCG, close to the midplane connector. See Figure 156.
Figure 156: PCG Serial Number ID Label
Serial number
ID label
Replacing the PCG
The PCGs are hot-pluggable. You can remove and replace them without powering down the router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the
PCG is removed.
If both PCGs are installed and functioning normally, PCG0 is the master PCG and
PCG1 is the backup by default.
Replacing the PCG !
379
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Removing the backup PCG does not affect the functioning of the router. Taking the master PCG offline causes the FPCs and SFMs to power down and restart, with the other PCG selected as master. The forwarding and routing functions are interrupted during this process.
Action To replace a PCG, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or the procedure to return a field-replaceable unit in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
380 !
Replacing the PCG
Chapter 29
Monitoring the CIP
You monitor the Connector Interface Panel (CIP) to ensure management connection to the M40e, M160, M320, T320, and T640 routing node Routing Engines, Building
Integrated Timing Source (BITS) interfaces for the Miscellaneous Control Subsystem
(MCS), and alarm relay contacts. (See Table 91.)
Table 91: Checklist for Monitoring the CIP
Tasks for Monitoring the CIP
Understanding the CIP on page 382
Monitoring the CIP Status on page 384
Checking for CIP Alarms on page 385
Command or Action show chassis environment
1. Display Current CIP Alarms on page 385
2. Display CIP Error Messages in the System Log File on page 385 show chassis alarms show log messages
3. Display CIP Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 386 show log chassisd
Verifying CIP Failure on page 386
1. Check the CIP Connection on page 386
2. Check the Ethernet Port Functionality on page 386
3. Performing a CIP Swap Test on page 387
Check the connector screws on the CIP faceplate.
1. Connect to the Ethernet port.
2. Check the LINK LED.
3. Run the JUNOS software CLI.
1. Power down the router.
2. Remove the CIP.
3. Replace the CIP with one that you know works.
4. Power on the router.
Getting CIP Hardware Information on page 388
1. Display CIP Hardware Information on page 388
2. Locating the CIP Serial Number ID Label on page 389
Replacing the CIP on page 389 show chassis hardware
Look on the top of the left side of the CIP.
Power down the router. To replace and return a CIP, follow the instructions in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
!
381
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the CIP
Purpose Inspect the CIP to ensure connection to the Routing Engines, BITS interfaces for the
MCS, and alarm relay contacts.
What Is the CIP The CIP provides an interface through which you can connect to the M40e and
M160 Routing Engines, BITS interfaces for the MCS, and alarm relay contacts (see
Figure 157).
Figure 157: CIP Component
HOST
0
ETHERNET
ACT 0
YEL = 10M
GRN = 100M
CONSOLE
AUXILLARY
BITS A
LINK
BITS B
LINK
RED ALARM
NC
C
NO
NC
C
NO
YELLOW
ALARM
CONSOLE
AUXILLARY
HOST
1
ETHERNET
ACT 1
YEL = 10M
GRN = 100M
Routing
Engine ports
BITS interfaces to MCS
Alarm relay contacts
The CIP has two sets of ports you use to connect the Routing Engines to external management devices. From these management devices, you can use the JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) to configure and monitor the router.
382 !
Understanding the CIP
Chapter 29: Monitoring the CIP
The upper set of ports, labeled HOST0 , connect to the Routing Engine in slot RE0 , and the lower set of ports, labeled HOST1 , connect to the Routing Engine in slot
RE1 .
Each HOST port set includes the following ports:
!
ETHERNET —Connects the Routing Engine through an Ethernet connection to a management LAN (or any other device that plugs into an Ethernet connection) for out-of-band management. The port uses an autosensing RJ-45 connector to support both 10-Mbps and 100-Mbps connections. Two small LEDs on the left edge of the port indicate the connection in use: the amber LED lights for a
10-Mbps connection and the green LED lights for a 100-Mbps connection.
!
CONSOLE —Connects the Routing Engine to a system console through an
RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable.
!
AUXILIARY — Connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device through an RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable.
At the center of the CIP are two ports labeled BITS A and BITS B. These are the BITS connectors to the MCS. The router does not support BITS input, so these ports currently do not function.
The CIP has two sets of alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices. Whenever a system condition triggers either the red or yellow alarm on the craft interface, the alarm relay contacts are also activated. The alarm relay contacts are located below the BITS interface ports.
Understanding the CIP !
383
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The CIP is located on the left side of the M40e and M160 router Flexible PIC
Concentrator (FPC) card cage (see Figure 158).
Figure 158: M40e and M160 Router CIP Location
CIP
The CIP is field-replaceable, but is not hot-removable, hot-insertable, or hot-pluggable. You must power down the router before removing or installing it.
See Also !
Maintaining the Cable Management System, Cables, and Connectors on page 275
!
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
Monitoring the CIP Status
Action To monitor the CIP status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Misc CIP OK
What It Means The command output displays the status for the CIP, which can be OK , Absent , or
Failed .
384 !
Monitoring the CIP Status
Chapter 29: Monitoring the CIP
Checking for CIP Alarms
Steps To Take To check for CIP alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Display Current CIP Alarms on page 385
2.
Display CIP Error Messages in the System Log File on page 385
3.
Display CIP Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 386
Step 1: Display Current CIP Alarms
Action To display the current CIP alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
2 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-06-11 20:45:08 UTC Major Connector Interface Panel Missing
2002-06-11 20:45:07 UTC Major fxp0: ethernet link down
What It Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description. fxp0 is the Ethernet connection to a management LAN.
Step 2: Display CIP Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display the CIP error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Jun 11 20:45:07 hissy-re0 /kernel: fxp0: link media DOWN 10Mb / half-duplex
Jun 11 20:45:07 hissy-re0 craftd[556]: Major alarm set, fxp0: ethernet link down
Jun 11 20:45:07 hissy-re0 alarmd[555]: Alarm set: fxp0 color=RED, class=ETHER, reason=fxp0: ethernet link down
Jun 11 20:45:07 hissy-re0 mib2d[560]: SNMP_TRAP_LINK_DOWN: ifIndex 1, ifAdminStatus up(1), ifOperStatus down(2), ifName fxp0
Jun 11 20:45:08 hissy-re0 craftd[556]: Major alarm set, Connector Interface
Panel Missing
Jun 11 20:45:08 hissy-re0 alarmd[555]: Alarm set: CIP color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=Connector Interface Panel Missing
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match cip command to see specific error messages that are generated when a CIP fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a power supply problem and to let the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS
System Log Messages Reference .
Checking for CIP Alarms !
385
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Display CIP Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display CIP error messages in the chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd
Jun 11 20:45:08 *** inventory change ***
Jun 11 20:45:08 CIP set alarm 0x1
Jun 11 20:45:08 alarm op fru 34 op 1 reason 1
Jun 11 20:45:08 send: red alarm set, class 100 obj 112 reason 1
Jun 11 20:45:08 CIP removed
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed.
Verifying CIP Failure
Steps To Take To verify CIP failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the CIP Connection on page 386
2.
Check the Ethernet Port Functionality on page 386
3.
Performing a CIP Swap Test on page 387
Step 1: Check the CIP Connection
If the CIP is not seated properly, it will not function.
Action To check the CIP connection, check the screws on the top and bottom of the CIP faceplate and make sure that the CIP is properly seated in the slot.
Step 2: Check the Ethernet Port Functionality
Action To check the Ethernet port, plug an Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port on the CIP.
If the host module is operational, the LINK LED (either the yellow 10-Mbps LED or the green 100-Mbps LED) will flash to register Ethernet activity. If you can run the
CLI, the CIP is installed correctly.
386 !
Verifying CIP Failure
Chapter 29: Monitoring the CIP
Step 3: Performing a CIP Swap Test
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the CIP for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on a CIP, follow these steps:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the CIP.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3.
On the console or other management device connected to each Routing
Engine, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command to shut down the router software. For more information, see the JUNOS Protocols, Class of Service, System Basics Command Reference .
user@host> request system halt
Do not continue until all software processes have shut down.
4.
Flip both circuit breaker switches on the circuit breaker box to the OFF ( O ) position.
5.
Disconnect any external devices connected to the CIP.
6.
Loosen the screws on the top and bottom of the CIP faceplate.
7.
Grasp the CIP and slide it out of the chassis.
8.
Check the CIP connector to the router chassis midplane. Look for bent pins.
9.
Place the CIP in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat prepared in Step
1.
CAUTION: Be sure to slide the CIP straight out of the slot to avoid damaging the connecting pins on the front of the midplane.
10. Carefully insert the CIP into the left side of the FPC card cage, following the guides on the top and bottom of the card cage.
NOTE: The components on the CIP are on the left side of the board, unlike the components of an FPC, which are on the right side. Verify that the components are on the left before inserting the CIP.
11. Slide the CIP into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.
CAUTION: Be sure to slide the CIP straight into the slot to avoid damaging the connecting pins on the front of the midplane.
Verifying CIP Failure !
387
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
12. Tighten the screws on the top and bottom of the CIP faceplate.
13. Reattach any external devices connected to the CIP.
14. Power on the router. See the instructions in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
15. To verify that the CIP is installed correctly, plug an Ethernet cable into the CIP port labeled ETHERNET for the appropriate host module.
When the host module is operational, one of the activity indicator LEDs on the
Ethernet port (either the amber 10-Mbps LED or the green 100-Mbps LED) will flash to indicate activity. If you can issue CLI commands over the connection, the CIP is installed correctly.
Getting CIP Hardware Information
Steps To Take To get the CIP hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display CIP Hardware Information on page 388
2.
Locating the CIP Serial Number ID Label on page 389
Step 1: Display CIP Hardware Information
Action To display the CIP hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 51135 M160
[...Output truncated...]
CIP REV 02 710-001593 AA9564
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the CIP slot number, revision level, part number, and serial number.
388 !
Getting CIP Hardware Information
Chapter 29: Monitoring the CIP
Step 2: Locating the CIP Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the CIP serial number ID label, look on the top of the left side of the CIP
(see Figure 159).
Figure 159: CIP Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Replacing the CIP
The CIP is field-replaceable, but is not hot-removable, hot-insertable, or hot-pluggable. You must power down the router before removing or installing it.
Action To replace a the CIP, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or the procedure to return a field-replaceable unit in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
Replacing the CIP !
389
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
390 !
Replacing the CIP
Part 6
Monitoring M40 Internet Router-Specific
Components
!
Monitoring the SCB on page 393
Monitoring M40 Internet Router-Specific Components !
391
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
392 !
Monitoring M40 Internet Router-Specific Components
Chapter 30
Monitoring the SCB
You monitor and maintain the M40 router System Control Board (SCB), the control board for the Packet Forwarding Engine, to ensure that it provides route lookups, system component monitoring, exception and control packet transfer, and Flexible
PIC Concentrator (FPC) operation and reset control. (See Table 92.)
Table 92: Checklist for Monitoring the SCB
Monitor SCB Tasks
Understanding the SCB on page 394
Monitoring the SCB Status on page 395
1. Display the SCB Environmental Status on page 396
Command or Action show chassis environment
2. Display the SCB Detailed Status on page 396
3. Check the SCB LED Status on page 397
Checking for SCB Alarms on page 398 show chassis scb
Check the LEDs on the SCB faceplate.
1. Display SCB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 398 show log messages
2. Display SCB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 399 show log chassisd
Verifying SCB Failure on page 400
1. Check the SCB Connection on page 400
2. Perform an SCB Swap Test on page 400
Ensure that the SCB is securely seated. Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the SCB card carrier.
Remove the failed SCB and replace it with one that you know works.
Getting SCB Hardware Information on page 401
1. Display the SCB Hardware Information on page 401
2. Locate the SCB Serial Number ID Label on page 402
3. Display the SCB Firmware Version on page 402
Returning the SCB on page 402 show chassis hardware
Look on the front of the SCB board near the faceplate.
show chassis firmware
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the return procedure in the M40 Internet Router Hardware Guide .
!
393
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the SCB
Purpose Inspect the SCB, the control board for the Packet Forwarding Engine, to ensure that it provides route lookups, system component monitoring, exception and control packet transfer, and FPC operation and reset control.
What Is the SCB The SCB is the control board for the M40 router Packet Forwarding Engine (see
Figure 160).
Figure 160: SCB Component
394 !
Understanding the SCB
The SCB performs four major functions:
!
Route lookups—The Internet Processor application-specific integrated circuit
(ASIC) on the SCB performs route lookups using the forwarding table stored in synchronous SRAM (SSRAM). After performing the lookup, the Internet
Processor informs the backplane of the forwarding decision, and the backplane forwards the decision to the appropriate outgoing interface.
!
System component monitoring—The SCB monitors other system components for failure and alarm conditions. It collects statistics from all sensors in the system and relays them to the Routing Engine, which sets the appropriate alarm.
!
Exception and control packet transfer—The Internet Processor ASIC on the SCB passes exception packets to a microprocessor on the SCB, which processes almost all of them. The remaining packets are sent to the Routing Engine for further processing. Any errors originating in the Packet Forwarding Engine and detected by the SCB are sent to the Routing Engine using SYSLOG messages.
!
FPC reset control—The SCB monitors the operation of the FPCs. If it detects errors in an FPC, the SCB attempts to reset the FPC. After three unsuccessful resets, the SCB takes the FPC offline and informs the Routing Engine. Other
FPCs are unaffected, and normal system operation continues.
Chapter 30: Monitoring the SCB
The SCB occupies the center slot of the card cage, and is installed into the backplane from the front of the chassis (see Figure 161).
Figure 161: M40 Router SCB Location
System
Control Board
The SCB is field-replaceable and hot-pluggable. You can remove and replace it without powering down the system; however, this causes major impact to the system. While the SCB is out of the router, route lookups, system component monitoring, exception and control packet transfer, and FPC operation and reset control cannot occur.
When you replace the SCB, it is rebooted by flash EEPROM.
Monitoring the SCB Status
If the SCB fails, no information about chassis components is available through the
JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI).
Steps To Take To monitor the SCB status, follow these steps:
1.
Display the SCB Environmental Status on page 396
2.
Display the SCB Detailed Status on page 396
3.
Check the SCB LED Status on page 397
Monitoring the SCB Status !
395
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Display the SCB Environmental Status
Action To display the SCB environment status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply A OK
Power Supply B Absent
Temp FPC 0 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
FPC 1 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
FPC 5 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
SCB OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the SCB status and temperature. The SCB status can be OK , Failed , or Absent .
Step 2: Display the SCB Detailed Status
Action To display more detailed SCB status information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis scb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis scb
SCB status:
Temperature 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
CPU utilization 2 percent
Interrupt utilization 0 percent
Heap utilization 16 percent
Buffer utilization 44 percent
Total CPU DRAM 64 Mbytes
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9
Start time: 2001-12-07 08:59:04 PST
Uptime: 4 hours, 40 minutes, 28 seconds
What It Means The command output displays the temperature of the air passing by the SCB, in degrees Centigrade and Fahrenheit. It displays the t otal percentage of CPU being used by the SCB processor and the percentage being used for interrupts, the percentage of heap space and buffer space being used by the SCB processor, the total DRAM available to the SCB processor, the time when the SCB started running, and how long the SCB has been running. The Internet Processor version and part number are also displayed.
396 !
Monitoring the SCB Status
Chapter 30: Monitoring the SCB
Step 3: Check the SCB LED Status
Action To check the SCB status, look at the LEDs on the SCB faceplate (see Figure 162).
Figure 162: SCB LEDs
STAT2
STAT1
RUN
ACTIVE
DIAG
PORT
Table 93 describes the SCB LED states.
Table 93: SCB LEDs
Color
Green
Green
Amber
Amber
Label
ACTIVE
RUN
STAT1
STAT2
State Description
Flashing
(pulsed with out-time proportional to traffic)
Blinking
(slow and steady)
Flashing
Flashing
I/O interrupts are occurring.
SCB processor is running. Normally, the blinking is faint and becomes bright only when the SCB is processing many exceptions.
Internal diagnostics are running.
Internal diagnostics are running.
If all four SCB LEDs are on, but dimly lit, the SCB is probably not seated properly.
Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the SCB card carrier.
If the green RUN LED on the SCB is not blinking, the SCB processor is not functioning normally. The SCB might not be connected properly to the backplane.
Tighten the screws at the top and bottom of the SCB card carrier. If that does not work, reinstall the SCB.
The SCB has a reset switch on its faceplate above the LEDs. You normally do not use the reset switch. Pushing the reset switch results in a cold restart of the Packet
Forwarding Engine, which causes a service interruption for a minute or two. To trip the reset switch, you must access it through a hole in the faceplate with a paper clip or other small probe.
Monitoring the SCB Status !
397
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Checking for SCB Alarms
Steps To Take To check for SCB alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Display SCB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 398
2.
Display SCB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 399
Step 1: Display SCB Error Messages in the System Log File
An SCB failure can cause the fpx0 interface, the Ethernet connection to a management LAN, to go up and down.
Action To display SCB error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Nov 19 04:35:29 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:29 host rpd[355]: task_connect: task BGP_209.192.168.0.21+179 addr
192.168.0.21+179: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:29 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:29 host rpd[355]: bgp_connect_start: connect 192.168.0.21 (Internal
AS 209): No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:29 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:29 host last message repeated 9 times
Nov 19 04:35:29 host tnp.bootpd[369]: BOOTPD_BOOTSTRING: boot 1 scb.jbf
Nov 19 04:35:29 host tnp.tftpd[389]: TFTPD_INFO: tftp read from addr 2 po rt 1024 file scb.jbf
Nov 19 04:35:31 host tnp.tftpd[389]: TFTPD_INFO: sent 1348 blocks of 1024 and 1 block of 780 for file /usr/share/pfe/scb.jbf
Nov 19 04:35:32 host mgd[387]: UI_CMDLINE_READ_LINE: user 'user', command 'show chassis scb '
Nov 19 04:35:34 host /kernel: fxp1: link media DOWN 10Mb / half-duplex
Nov 19 04:35:34 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:34 host rpd[355]: EVENT <UpDown> fxp1.0 index 1 <Broadcast
Multicast> address #0 0.80.82.18.14.83
Nov 19 04:35:34 host mib2d[354]: SNMP_TRAP_LINK_DOWN: ifIndex 2, ifAdminStatus up(1), ifOperStatus down(2), ifName fxp1
Nov 19 04:35:34 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:34 host last message repeated 4 times
Nov 19 04:35:35 host /kernel: fxp1: media DOWN 100Mb / half-duplex
Nov 19 04:35:36 host /kernel: fxp1: link UP 100Mb / half-duplex
Nov 19 04:35:36 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:36 host rpd[355]: EVENT <UpDown> fxp1.0 index 1 <Up Broadcast
Multicast> address #0 0.80.82.18.14.83
Nov 19 04:35:36 host mib2d[354]: SNMP_TRAP_LINK_UP: ifIndex 2, ifAdminStatus up(1), ifOperStatus up(1), ifName fxp1
Nov 19 04:35:36 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:36 host last message repeated 4 times
Nov 19 04:35:37 host /kernel: fxp1: link media DOWN 10Mb / half-duplex
Nov 19 04:35:37 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now:
398 !
Checking for SCB Alarms
Chapter 30: Monitoring the SCB sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:37 host rpd[355]: EVENT <UpDown> fxp1.0 index 1 <Broadcast multicast> address #0 0.80.82.18.14.83
Nov 19 04:35:37 host mib2d[354]: SNMP_TRAP_LINK_DOWN: ifIndex 2, ifAdminStatus up(1), ifOperStatus down(2), ifName fxp1
Nov 19 04:35:37 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
Nov 19 04:35:37 host last message repeated 4 times
Nov 19 04:35:38 host /kernel: fxp1: media DOWN 100Mb / full-duplex
Nov 19 04:35:38 host /kernel: fxp1: link UP 100Mb / full-duplex
Nov 19 04:35:38 host snmpd[353]: SNMPD_SEND_FAILURE: trap_io_send_trap_now: sendto: No route to host
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. When the SCB fails, the fxp1 interface keeps going up and down. You can use the show log messages | match scb command to see error messages that are generated when an SCB fails or is offline.
Use this information to diagnose a problem and to let the Juniper Networks
Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages Reference .
Step 2: Display SCB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display SCB error messages in the chassis daemon ( chassisd) log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd
Nov 19 04:09:02 closing alarmd connection.
Nov 19 04:09:02 closing craftd connection.
Nov 19 04:09:02 rcv: chassisd_ipc_dispatch() null ipc_pipe_read, closing connect ion
Nov 19 04:09:02 alarmd connection completed
Nov 19 04:09:02 craftd connection completed
Nov 19 04:09:30 rcv reply: SCB Restart
Nov 19 04:09:30 send: scb config cmd
Nov 19 04:09:30 send: display hostname <ewr-edge-03>, uptime 16182073 seconds
Nov 19 04:09:30 send: password = nnection.
Nov 19 04:09:30 send: display unlockction.
Nov 19 04:09:30 send: clear all chassis class alarmsc_pipe_read, closing connect
Nov 19 04:09:30 send: set boolean type 0 slot 0 which 1 off
Nov 19 04:09:30 rcv reply: Backplane MAC addrs recieved
Nov 19 04:09:30 rcv reply: Backplane SRAM size 8388608 banks[ 1 1 1 1 ]
Nov 19 04:09:30 jtree init (2097152 4)
Nov 19 04:09:35 repead pid 15567, status 0
Nov 19 04:09:41 rcv reply: chassis info
Nov 19 04:09:49 CHASSISD_EVENT: slot 0 restart
Nov 19 04:09:50 pic online req, pic 0 type 515, fpc 0
Nov 19 04:09:50 send: fpc 0 pic 0 online ack
Nov 19 04:09:51 CHASSISD_EVENT: slot 0 attach
Nov 19 04:09:51 rcv reply: PIC attach fpc 0 pic 0 type 515 version 260
Nov 19 04:09:52 CHASSISD_EVENT: slot 1 restart
Nov 19 04:09:53 pic online req, pic 0 type 515, fpc 1
Nov 19 04:09:53 send: fpc 1 pic 0 online ack
Nov 19 04:09:54 CHASSISD_EVENT: slot 2 restart
Nov 19 04:09:55 pic online req, pic 0 type 518, fpc 2
Nov 19 04:09:55 send: fpc 2 pic 0 online ack
Nov 19 04:09:55 pic online req, pic 1 type 518, fpc 2
Checking for SCB Alarms !
399
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Nov 19 04:09:55 send: fpc 2 pic 1 online ack
Nov 19 04:09:55 pic online req, pic 2 type 518, fpc 2 515 version 260
Nov 19 04:09:55 send: fpc 2 pic 2 online ackrt
Nov 19 04:09:57 CHASSISD_EVENT: slot 3 restart, fpc 1
Nov 19 04:09:58 CHASSISD_EVENT: slot 4 restart
Nov 19 04:09:58 CHASSISD_EVENT: slot 1 attach
Nov 19 04:09:59 pic online req, pic 0 type 518, fpc 4
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed. You can search for multiple items in the chassisd log file by using the | match “item | item | item” command. For example,
| match “scb | kernel | tnp” is a search for error messages for the SCB, kernel, and
Trivial Networking Protocol (TNP), and indicates communication issues between the
Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engine components.
Verifying SCB Failure
Steps To Take To verify SCB failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the SCB Connection on page 400
2.
Perform an SCB Swap Test on page 400
Step 1: Check the SCB Connection
If the SCB is not seated properly, it will not function.
Action To check the SCB connection, make sure that the SCB is properly seated in the slot.
Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the SCB card carrier.
Step 2: Perform an SCB Swap Test
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the SCB for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on an SCB, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Unscrew the thumbscrews at the top and bottom of the card carrier.
3.
Flip the ends of the two extractor clips, which are adjacent to the thumbscrews, away from each other to unseat the SCB from the backplane.
4.
Grasp both sides of the card carrier and slide the SCB about three-quarters of the way out of the router.
5.
Move one of your hands underneath the SCB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
400 !
Verifying SCB Failure
Chapter 30: Monitoring the SCB
6.
Replace the SCB with one that you know works.
7.
Grasp the front of the SCB card carrier with both hands and align the back of the working SCB card carrier with the slide guides on the chassis.
8.
Slide the SCB card carrier all the way into the card cage until it contacts the backplane.
9.
Flip the extractor clips, located on the top and bottom of the card carrier, towards each other to lodge the SCB in place.
10. Tighten the thumbscrews on the card carrier to seat the SCB.
NOTE: To seat the SCB properly, be sure to tighten the screws securely. If the SCB is not seated properly, it will not function.
Getting SCB Hardware Information
Steps To Take To obtain SCB hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the SCB Hardware Information on page 401
2.
Locate the SCB Serial Number ID Label on page 402
3.
Display the SCB Firmware Version on page 402
Step 1: Display the SCB Hardware Information
Action To display the SCB hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 00291 M40
Backplane REV 10 710-000073 AA2220
Power Supply A Rev A1 740-000234 000134 AC
Maxicab REV 07 710-000229 AA6957
Minicab REV 03 710-000482 AA3324
Display REV 07 710-000150 AA7798
Routing Engine RE-1.0
SCB REV 11 710-000075 AA7244 Internet Processor I
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the SCB version level, part number, serial number, and description.
Getting SCB Hardware Information !
401
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Locate the SCB Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the SCB serial number ID label, look on the SCB board toward the front panel. See Figure 163.
Figure 163: SSB Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Step 3: Display the SCB Firmware Version
Action To display the version of firmware running on the SCB, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis firmware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis firmware
Part Type Version
[...Output truncated...]
SCB 0 ROM Juniper ROM Monitor Version 3.0b1
O/S Version 5.5-20020613-cqPqI7 by builder on 2
What It Means The command output displays the type and version level of the firmware running on the SCB.
Returning the SCB
The SCB is field-replaceable and hot-pluggable. You can remove and replace it without powering down the system; however this causes major impact to the system. While the SCB is out of the router, route lookups, system component monitoring, exception and control packet transfer, and FPC operation monitoring cannot occur.
Action To return the SCB, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or the return procedure in the M40 Internet Router Hardware Guide .
402 !
Returning the SCB
Part 7
Monitoring M20 Internet Router-Specific
Components
!
Monitoring the SSB on page 405
Monitoring M20 Internet Router-Specific Components !
403
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
404 !
Monitoring M20 Internet Router-Specific Components
Chapter 31
Monitoring the SSB
You monitor the M20 router System and Switch Board (SSB) to ensure that it provides allocation of incoming data packets throughout shared memory on the
Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs), transfers outgoing data cells to the FPCs for packet reassembly, performs route lookups using the forwarding table, monitors system components for failure and alarm conditions, and monitors FPC operation and reset. (See Table 94.)
Table 94: Checklist for Monitoring the SSB
Monitor SSB Tasks
Understanding the SSB on page 406
Monitoring the SSB Status on page 408
1. Display the SSB Environmental Status on page 408
2. Display the SSB Detailed Status on page 409
3. Check the SSB LEDs on page 409
Checking for SSB Alarms on page 410
Command or Action show chassis environment show chassis ssb
Check the LEDs on the SCB faceplate.
1. Display SSB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 410 show log messages
2. Display SSB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 411 show log chassisd | match ssb
Verifying SSB Failure on page 411
1. Check the SSB Connection on page 411
2. Perform a Swap Test on the SSB on page 412
Check the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the SSB.
1. Take the SSB offline.
2. Remove the SSB.
3. Replace the SSB with one that you know works.
Getting SSB Hardware Information on page 413
1. Display the SSB Hardware Information on page 413
2. Locate the SSB Serial Number ID Label on page 413 show chassis hardware
3. Display the SSB Firmware Version on page 414
Replacing the SSB on page 414
Look for the SSB serial number label located on the top of the
SSB adjacent to the SDRAM memory bank.
show chassis firmware
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M20 Internet Router Hardware Guide .
!
405
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the SSB
Purpose Inspect the SSB to ensure that it provides allocation of incoming data packets throughout shared memory on the FPCs, transfers outgoing data cells to the FPCs for packet reassembly, performs route lookups using the forwarding table, monitors system components for failure and alarm conditions, and monitors FPC operation and reset.
What Is the SSB The SSB is a component of the Packet Forwarding Engine and performs the following major functions (see Figure 164 on page 407):
!
Shared memory management on the FPCs—The Distributed Buffer Manager application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) on the SSB uniformly allocates incoming data packets throughout shared memory on the FPCs.
!
Outgoing data cell transfer to the FPCs—A second Distributed Buffer Manager
ASIC on the SSB passes data cells to the FPCs for packet reassembly when the data is ready to be transmitted.
!
Route lookups—The Internet Processor ASIC on the SSB performs route lookups using the forwarding table stored in synchronous SRAM (SSRAM). After performing the lookup, the Internet Processor ASIC informs the midplane of the forwarding decision, and the midplane forwards the decision to the appropriate outgoing interface.
!
System component monitoring—The SSB monitors other system components for failure and alarm conditions. It collects statistics from all sensors in the system and relays them to the Routing Engine, which sets the appropriate alarm. For example, if a temperature sensor exceeds the first internally defined threshold, the Routing Engine issues a “high temp” alarm. If the sensor exceeds the second threshold, the Routing Engine initiates a system shutdown.
!
Exception and control packet transfer—The Internet Processor ASIC passes exception packets to a microprocessor on the SSB, which processes almost all of them. The remaining packets are sent to the Routing Engine for further processing. Any errors originating in the Packet Forwarding Engine and detected by the SSB are sent to the Routing Engine using system log messages.
!
FPC reset control—The SSB monitors the operation of the FPCs. If it detects errors in an FPC, the SSB attempts to reset the FPC. After three unsuccessful resets, the SSB takes the FPC offline and informs the Routing Engine. Other
FPCs are unaffected, and normal system operation continues.
406 !
Understanding the SSB
Chapter 31: Monitoring the SSB
Figure 164: SSB Component
You can install two SSBs in the M20 router. The SSBs occupy the two top slots of the card cage ( SSB0 and SSB1 ), and are installed into the midplane from the front of the chassis. (See Figure 165.)
Figure 165: M20 Router SSB Location
M20 Router front
SSB0
SSB1
The SSB houses the Internet Processor ASIC and two Distributed Buffer Manager
ASICs.
The SSB is hot-pluggable. You can remove and replace it without powering down the system; however, this causes major impact to the system. While the SSB is out of the router, route lookups, system component monitoring, exception and control packet transfer, and FPC resets cannot occur.
When the SSB is removed, all packet forwarding stops immediately and the Routing
Engine responds by generating alarms. When the SSB is replaced, it is rebooted by flash EEPROM.
Understanding the SSB !
407
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
If you have removed the Routing Engine, the SSB enters a warm shutdown mode and continues its forwarding process for a limited time using a frozen forwarding table. The time limit is determined by a timer in the SSB. If you replace the Routing
Engine during the warm shutdown period, the SSB unfreezes its forwarding tables and resumes normal functioning. Otherwise, the SSB shuts down.
Monitoring the SSB Status
If the SSB fails, no information about the chassis components is available through the JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI).
Steps To Take To monitor the SSB, follow these steps:
1.
Display the SSB Environmental Status on page 408
2.
Display the SSB Detailed Status on page 409
3.
Check the SSB LEDs on page 409
Step 1: Display the SSB Environmental Status
Action To display the SSB environmental status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply A Failed
Power Supply B OK
Temp FPC Slot 0 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
FPC Slot 1 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
FPC Slot 2 OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
FPC Slot 3 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
Power Supply A OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
Power Supply B OK 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
SSB Slot 0 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
Backplane OK 21 degrees C / 69 degrees F
Fans Rear Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Upper Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Middle Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
What It Means The command output displays the SSB status and temperature. The SSB status can be OK , Failed , or Absent .
408 !
Monitoring the SSB Status
Chapter 31: Monitoring the SSB
Step 2: Display the SSB Detailed Status
Action To display more detailed SSB status information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis ssb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis ssb
SSB status:
Failover: 0 time
Slot 0:
State: Master
Temperature: 33 Centigrade
CPU utilization: 0 percent
Interrupt utilization: 0 percent
Heap utilization: 0 percent
Buffer utilization: 6 percent
DRAM: 64 Mbytes
Start time: 1999-01-15 22:05:36 UTC
Uptime: 21 hours, 21 minutes, 22 seconds
Slot 1:
State: Backup
What It Means The command output displays the number of times the mastership has changed, the SSB slot number 0 or 1, and the current state of the SSB: Master , Backup , or
Empty . The command output displays the temperature of the air passing by the SSB, in degrees Centigrade. It also displays the total percentage of CPU, interrupt, heap space, and buffer space being used by the SSB processor, including the total DRAM available to the SSB processor. The command output displays the time when the
SSB started running and how long the SSB has been running.
Alternative Action To display the status for a particular SSB, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis ssb slot
Step 3: Check the SSB LEDs
Periodically check the SSB LEDs to verify that the SSB is online or offline and the type of task it is performing.
Action To check the SSB LEDs, look on the faceplate at the front of the router (see
Figure 166).
Figure 166: SSB LEDs
STATUS
Debug port SSB status LEDs
SSB
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
SSB LEDs SSB offline switch
Monitoring the SSB Status !
409
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The SSB has two groups of LEDs: online/offline LEDs and status LEDs. The online/offline LEDs indicate whether the SSB is online or offline. The status LEDs indicate what type of task the SSB is performing. Table 95 describes the LED states.
Table 95: SSB LEDs
Label
OFFLINE
ONLINE
MASTER
STATUS (left)
Color
Amber
Green
Blue
Green
STATUS (right ) Green
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
Flashing
Description
SSB is offline.
SSB processor is running.
SSB is master.
SSB processor is running . Normally, the blinking is faint and becomes bright only when the SSB is processing many exceptions.
I/O interrupts are occurring.
Checking for SSB Alarms
Steps To Take To check for SSB alarms, follow these steps
1.
Display SSB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 410
2.
Display SSB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 411
Step 1: Display SSB Error Messages in the System Log File
Periodically check the SYSLOG messages on the management console for messages sent by the SSB. During normal operation, the SSB notifies the Routing Engine of any errors it detects.
Action To display the SSB error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter /kernel: fxp1: media DOWN 100Mb / full-duplex
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter /kernel: fxp1: media DOWN 10Mb / half-duplex
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter /kernel: fxp1: media DOWN 100Mb / full-duplex
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter /kernel: fxp1: link UP 100Mb / full-duplex
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter rpd[564]: EVENT <UpDown> fxp1.0 index 1 <Up Broadcast
Multicast> address #0 0.a0.a5.12.1d.6d
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter mib2d[563]: SNMP_TRAP_LINK_UP: ifIndex 2, ifAdminStatus up(1), ifOperStatus up(1), ifName fxp1
[...Output truncated...]
410 !
Checking for SSB Alarms
Chapter 31: Monitoring the SSB
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match ssb command to see error messages that are generated when an
SSB fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a problem and to let the
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what the error messages are and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log Messages
Reference .
Step 2: Display SSB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display the SSB error messages in the chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd | match ssb
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd |match ssb
Jul 10 13:27:28 SSB0 is now not present
Jul 10 13:27:28 Assert reset on SSB0
Jul 10 13:27:28 Turn on ethernet loop
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed. You can search for multiple items in the chassisd log file by using the | match “item | item | item” command. For example,
| match “ssb | kernel | tnp” is a search for error messages for the SSB, kernel, and
Trivial Networking Protocol (TNP), and indicates communication issues between the
Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engine components.
Verifying SSB Failure
Steps To Take To verify SSB failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the SSB Connection on page 411
2.
Perform a Swap Test on the SSB on page 412
Step 1: Check the SSB Connection
If the SSB is not seated properly, it will not function .
Action To check the SSB connection, make sure that the SSB is properly seated in the slot.
To seat the SSB properly, securely tighten the screws on the left and right sides of the card carrier.
Verifying SSB Failure !
411
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Perform a Swap Test on the SSB
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the SSB for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on an SSB, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Locate the SSB offline switch on the front panel and press and hold the switch for 5 seconds to take the SSB offline.
CAUTION: If you take the SSB offline, packet forwarding will be affected.
3.
Unscrew the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the card carrier to unseat the SSB from the midplane.
4.
Flip the ends of the two extractor clips, which are adjacent to the thumbscrews, towards the outside edges of the router.
5.
Grasp both sides of the card carrier and slide the SSB about three-quarters of the way out of the router.
6.
Move one of your hands underneath the SSB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7.
Replace the SSB with one that you know works.
8.
Grasp the front of the SSB card carrier with both hands and align the back of the card carrier with the slide guides on the chassis.
9.
Slide the SSB card carrier all the way into the card cage until it contacts the midplane.
10. Flip the extractor clips, located on the left and right sides of the card carrier, towards each other to secure the SSB in place.
11. Tighten the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the card carrier to seat the SSB.
NOTE: To seat the SSB properly, be sure to tighten the screws securely. If the SSB is not seated properly, it will not function .
412 !
Verifying SSB Failure
Chapter 31: Monitoring the SSB
Getting SSB Hardware Information
Steps To Take 1.
Display the SSB Hardware Information on page 413
2.
Locate the SSB Serial Number ID Label on page 413
3.
Display the SSB Firmware Version on page 414
Step 1: Display the SSB Hardware Information
Action To display the SSB hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
[...Output truncated...]
SSB slot 0 REV 01 710-001951 AD5904 Internet Processor II
SSB slot 1 N/A N/A N/A backup
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the SSB version level, part number, serial number, and description.
Step 2: Locate the SSB Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the SSB serial number ID label, look on the top of the SSB adjacent to the
SDRAM memory bank. See Figure 167.
Figure 167: SSB Serial Number ID Label
AA1234
Serial number ID label
Getting SSB Hardware Information !
413
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Display the SSB Firmware Version
Action To display the version of firmware running on the SSB, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis firmware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis firmware
Part Type Version
[...Output truncated...]
SSB 0 ROM Juniper ROM Monitor Version 4.2b1
O/S Version 5.4I20020626_0216_mtiwari by mtiwar
SSB 1
What It Means The command output displays the type and version level of the firmware running on the SSB.
Replacing the SSB
The SSB is hot-pluggable. When the SSB is removed, all packet forwarding stops immediately and the Routing Engine responds by sending alarms through the
Ethernet channel to the management console. When the SSB is replaced, it is rebooted by flash EEPROM.
Action If the SSB fails, replace it as described in the M20 Internet Router Hardware Guide .
414 !
Replacing the SSB
Part 8
Monitoring M7i and M10i
Router-Specific Components
!
Monitoring the CFEBs on page 417
!
Monitoring the HCM on page 431
!
Monitoring the FIC on page 443
Monitoring M7i and M10i Router-Specific Components !
415
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
416 !
Monitoring M7i and M10i Router-Specific Components
Chapter 32
Monitoring the CFEBs
You monitor the Compact Forwarding Engine Board (CFEB), which provides route lookup, filtering, and switching on incoming data packets, then directs outbound packets to the appropriate interface for transmission to the network. (See Table 96.)
The M7i router CFEB can process 8 million packets per second (Mpps); the M10i router CFEB can process 16 Mpps.
The CFEB communicates with the Routing Engine using a dedicated 100-Mbps Fast
Ethernet link that transfers routing table data from the Routing Engine to the forwarding table in the integrated ASIC. The link is also used to transfer from the
CFEB to the Routing Engine routing link-state updates and other packets destined for the router that have been received through the router interfaces.
Table 96: Checklist for Monitoring the CFEB
Monitor CFEB Tasks
Understanding the CFEB on page 419
!
M7i Router CFEB on page 419
!
M7i Router CFEB with ASP-I on page 420
!
M10i Router CFEB Component on page 421
!
M7i and M10i Router CFEB Location on page 421
Monitoring the CFEB Status on page 421
1. Display the CFEB Environmental Status on page 422
2. Display the CFEB Detailed Status on page 422
3. Check CFEB LEDs on page 423
Command or Action show chassis environment show chassis cfeb
Look at the LEDs on the CFEB faceplate located on the rear of the router above the power supplies.
Checking for CFEB Alarms on page 423
1. Display CFEB Alarms on page 423
2. Check the CFEB LEDs on page 424 show chassis alarms
(M7i router) Look at the alarm LEDs on the right side of the
Fixed Interface Card (FIC).
(M10i router) Look at the alarm LEDs on the right side of the
High-Availability Chassis Manager (HCM).
For a listing of the conditions that trigger CFEB alarms, see
“M7i or M10i Router Chassis Component Alarm Conditions” on page 63.
Look at the three LEDs located on the component faceplate.
The CFEB is located on the rear of the router above the power supplies.
!
417
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor CFEB Tasks
3. Display CFEB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 424
4. Display CFEB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log
File on page 425
Verifying CFEB Failure on page 426
1. Check the CFEB Uptime on page 426
2. Check the System Uptime on page 427
3. Check the CFEB Connection on page 427
4. Perform a Swap Test on the CFEB on page 427
Command or Action show log messages | match cfeb show log chassisd | match cfeb show chassis cfeb show system uptime
Check that the thumbscrews on each CFEB ejector lever are securely tightened.
!
Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the CFEB for stuck pins in the connector.
!
Power down the CFEB before removing it by pressing and holding down the offline button on the faceplate until the amber LED labeled FAIL lights, or by using the request chassis cfeb offline CLI command.
!
Power up the CFEB after installing it by pressing and holding down the offline button on the CFEB faceplate until the green LED labeled Output OK lights steadily, or by using the request chassis cfeb online CLI command.
!
Follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide for replacing and installing a CFEB.
Getting CFEB Hardware Information on page 429
1. Display the CFEB Hardware Information on page 429
2. Display the CFEB Firmware Information on page 430
3. Locate the CFEB Serial Number ID Label on page 430
Returning the CFEB on page 430 show chassis hardware show chassis firmware
Look on the right side of the CFEB top panel.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide .
418 !
Chapter 32: Monitoring the CFEBs
Understanding the CFEB
Purpose Monitor the CFEB so that it can provide route lookup, filtering, and switching on incoming data packets and direct outbound packets to the appropriate interface for transmission to the network.
What Is an CFEB The CFEB processes 16 Mpps. The CFEB performs the following functions:
!
Route lookups—Performs route lookups using the forwarding table stored in synchronous SRAM (SSRAM).
!
Management of shared memory —Uniformly allocates incoming data packets throughout the router’s shared memory.
!
Transfer of outgoing data packets—Passes data packets to the destination FIC or Physical Interface Card (PIC) when the data is ready to be transmitted.
!
Transfer of exception and control packets—Passes exception packets to the microprocessor on the CFEB, which processes almost all of them. The remainder are sent to the Routing Engine for further processing. Any errors originating in the Packet Forwarding Engine and detected by the CFEB are sent to the Routing Engine using system log messages.
!
(M7i router only) Built-in tunnel interface—Encapsulates arbitrary packets inside a transport protocol, providing a private, secure path through an otherwise public network.
The built-in tunnel interface on the CFEB is configured the same way as a PIC.
For information about configuring the built-in tunnel interface, see the JUNOS
Services Interfaces Configuration Guide .
!
(M7i router only) Optional Adaptive Services PIC–Integrated (ASP–I)—Provides one or more services on one PIC. See “Adaptive Services PIC–Integrated
(ASP–I)” on page 11 for more information.
Figure 168 shows the M7i router CFEB component.
Figure 168: M7i Router CFEB
C-FEB
OK
FAIL
MASTER
POW
ER O
FF
Understanding the CFEB !
419
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 169 shows the M7i router CFEB with ASP-I.
Figure 169: M7i Router CFEB with ASP-I
C-FEB
Serv ices
OK
FAIL
MAST
ER
POW
ER O
FF
The ASP–I is an optional component of the CFEB. The ASP–I is similar to the standalone Adaptive Services PIC, but operates at a reduced bandwidth. The ASP–I enables you to perform one or more services on the same PIC by configuring a set of services and applications.
The ASP–I provides the following services:
!
Stateful firewall—A type of firewall filter that considers state information derived from previous communications and other applications when evaluating traffic.
!
Network Address Translation (NAT)—A security procedure for concealing host addresses on a private network behind a pool of public addresses.
!
Intrusion detection services (IDS)—A set of tools for detecting, redirecting, and preventing certain kinds of network attack and intrusion.
The configuration for these three services comprises a series of rules that you can arrange in order of precedence as a rule set. Each rule follows the structure of a firewall filter, with a from statement containing input or match conditions and a then statement containing actions to be taken if the match conditions are met. For information about configuring interfaces on the ASP–I, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide .
420 !
Understanding the CFEB
Chapter 32: Monitoring the CFEBs
Figure 170 shows the M10i router CFEB component.
Figure 170: M10i Router CFEB Component
C-FEB
OK
FAIL
MAST
ER
POW
ER O
FF
You can install one CFEB in the M7i router from the rear of the router above the power supplies. You can install one or two CFEBs from the rear of the M10i router chassis above the fan tray (see Figure 171).
Figure 171: M7i and M10i Router CFEB Location
M7i rear M10i rear
CFEB0
CFEB1
FANTRAY 1
P/S 3
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
P/S 2
P/S 1
P/S 0
NOTE:
P/S 0 AND P/S
FOR NORMAL O
PERATION.
NT
FANTRAY O
Compact Forwarding
Engine Boards
Monitoring the CFEB Status
Steps To Take To monitor the CFEB status, follow these steps:
1.
Display the CFEB Environmental Status on page 422
2.
Display the CFEB Detailed Status on page 422
3.
Check CFEB LEDs on page 423
Monitoring the CFEB Status !
421
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Display the CFEB Environmental Status
Action To display the CFEB environmental status, use the following command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@m5-host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply 0 OK
Power Supply 1 Absent
Temp Intake OK 22 degrees C / 71 degrees F
FPC 0 OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
Power Supplies OK 23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
CFEB Intake OK 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
CFEB Exhaust OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the temperature and status of the CFEB intake and exhaust, which can be OK , Failed , or Absent .
Step 2: Display the CFEB Detailed Status
Action To display more detailed CFEB status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis cfeb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis cfeb
CFEB status:
Slot 0 information:
State Master
Intake temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust temperature 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
CPU utilization 3 percent
Interrupt utilization 0 percent
Heap utilization 10 percent
Buffer utilization 22 percent
Total CPU DRAM 128 MB
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 164
Start time: 2004-09-28 03:07:54 PDT
Uptime: 9 days, 18 hours, 36 minutes, 15 seconds
Slot 1 information:
State Backup
What It Means The command output displays the temperature of the air passing by the CFEB intake and exhaust, in degrees Centigrade. It displays the total percentage of CPU, interrupt, heap space, and buffer space being used by the CFEB processor, including the total DRAM available to the CFEB processor. The command output displays the time when the CFEB started running and how long the CFEB has been running. A short uptime can indicate that there is a CFEB problem.
422 !
Monitoring the CFEB Status
Chapter 32: Monitoring the CFEBs
Step 3: Check CFEB LEDs
Three LEDs—a green LED labeled OK , a red LED labeled FAIL , and a blue LED labeled MASTER —indicate CFEB status.
Action Look at the LEDs on the CFEB faceplate. The CFEB is located on the rear of the router above the power supplies (see Figure 171 on page 421). Table 97 describes the CFEB LED states.
Table 97: CFEB LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Red
Blue
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
On steadily
Description
CFEB is running normally.
CFEB is starting up.
CFEB is not operational or is in reset mode.
CFEB is functioning as master.
Checking for CFEB Alarms
For a listing of the conditions that trigger CFEB alarms, see “M7i or M10i Router
Chassis Component Alarm Conditions” on page 63.
Steps To Take To check for CFEB alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Display CFEB Alarms on page 423
2.
Check the CFEB LEDs on page 424
3.
Display CFEB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 424
4.
Display CFEB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 425
Step 1: Display CFEB Alarms
For conditions that trigger CFEB alarms, see “Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
Action To display CFEB alarms, use the following CLI command: user @host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2004-10-08 00:29:02 PDT Major CFEB not online, the box is not forwarding
What It Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
Alternative Action The CFEB generates a red alarm. Table 98 displays the CFEB alarms, severity, and remedies.
Checking for CFEB Alarms !
423
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Table 98: CFEB Alarms, Remedies, and Severity
Chassis
Compoment
CFEB
Alarm Condition Remedy Alarm Severity
The router has an optional internal flash drive and boots from an alternate boot device. If you configure your router to boot from the hard disk, ignore this alarm condition.
Replace the failed or missing CFEB.
Red
Both CFEBs have been removed or have failed.
Replace the failed or missing CFEB.
Red
Too many hard errors in CFEB memory.
Replace fthe ailed CFEB. Red
A CFEB microcode download has failed.
Replace the failed CFEB. Red
(M7i router) Look at the alarm LEDs on the right side of the FIC.
(M10i router) Look at the alarm LEDs on the right side of the HCM.
Step 2: Check the CFEB LEDs
Action To check the CFEB LEDs, see Figure 99.
Table 99: CFEB LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Red
Blue
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
On steadily
Description
CFEB is running normally.
CFEB is starting up.
CFEB is not operational or is in reset mode.
CFEB is functioning as master.
Step 3: Display CFEB Error Messages in the System Log File
Check for messages at least 5 minutes before and after a CFEB alarm occurs.
Action To check for CFEB error messages in the system log messages file, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match cfeb
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match cfeb
Sep 14 11:00:01 clinton cfeb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) Slot 0: CFEB not online, the box is not forwarding
Sep 14 11:00:11 clinton craftd[4896]: Major alarm cleared, CFEB not online, the box is not forwarding
Sep 14 11:00:11 clinton alarmd[4893]: Alarm cleared: CFEB color=RED, class=
CHASSIS, reason=CFEB not online, the box is not forwarding
Sep 14 11:00:12 clinton cfeb CM: ALARM CLEAR: Slot 0: CFEB not online, the box is not forwarding
Oct 8 00:29:02 clinton craftd[4896]: Major alarm set, CFEB not online, the
424 !
Checking for CFEB Alarms
Chapter 32: Monitoring the CFEBs box is not forwarding
Oct 8 00:29:02 clinton chassisd[4891]: CHASSISD_SHUTDOWN_NOTICE: Shutdown reason: CFEB connection lost
Oct 8 00:29:02 clinton alarmd[4893]: Alarm set: CFEB color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=CFEB not online, the box is not forwarding
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match cfeb command to see error messages that are generated when a
Control Board fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a Control Board problem and to let the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS
System Log Messages Reference .
Step 4: Display CFEB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display CFEB error messages in the chassisd log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd | match cfeb
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd | match cfeb
Apr 28 03:25:13 Resetting CFEB 0
Apr 28 03:25:26 send: red alarm set, device CFEB 0, reason CFEB Not Online
Apr 28 03:25:26 Resetting CFEB 0
Apr 28 03:25:27 CFEB 0 added
Apr 28 03:25:27 CHASSISD_SNMP_TRAP7: SNMP trap generated: FRU insertion (jnxFruC ontentsIndex 6, jnxFruL1Index 1, jnxFruL2Index 0, jnxFruL3Index 0, jnxFruName
CFEB, jnxFruType 4, jnxFruSlot 1)
Apr 28 03:25:46 Resetting CFEB 0
Apr 28 03:28:42 send: red alarm set, device CFEB 0, reason CFEB Not Online
Apr 28 03:28:42 Resetting CFEB 0
Apr 28 03:28:43 CFEB 0 added
Apr 28 03:28:43 CHASSISD_SNMP_TRAP7: SNMP trap generated: FRU insertion (jnxFruC ontentsIndex 6, jnxFruL1Index 1, jnxFruL2Index 0, jnxFruL3Index 0, jnxFruName
CFEB, jnxFruType 4, jnxFruSlot 1)
Apr 28 03:29:17 rcv reply: CFEB Restart
Apr 28 03:29:17 CHASSISD_SNMP_TRAP9: SNMP trap generated: FRU power on (jnxFruCo ntentsIndex 6, jnxFruL1Index 1, jnxFruL2Index 0, jnxFruL3Index 0, jnxFruName
CFEB, jnxFruType 4, jnxFruSlot 1, jnxFruOfflineReason 2, jnxFruLastPowerOff
5526, jnxFruLastPowerOn 5526)
Apr 28 03:29:17 sending 1 queued messages to CFEB 0
Apr 28 03:29:17 missing ctm for CFEB 0 -- timerid 0x0, timerset 0
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: CFEB config cmd
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting debugmode off
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting coredump on
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting source-route on
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting mtu-check off
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting soft-restart on
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting pfeman-reconnect off
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting l2cache on
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting no-load-balancing-clone off
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting equal-weighted-mode off
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting ipv4-key-hash-L3 on
Apr 28 03:29:17 send: set_boolean_cmd CFEB 0 setting mpls-key-hash-2label off
Apr 28 03:29:27 send: red alarm clear, device CFEB 0, reason CFEB Not Online
Checking for CFEB Alarms !
425
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed. You can search for multiple items in the chassisd log file by using the show log chassisd | match cfeb command to see error messages that are generated when a Control Board fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a Control Board problem and to let JTAC know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System
Log Messages Reference .
Verifying CFEB Failure
Steps To Take To verify CFEB failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the CFEB Uptime on page 426
2.
Check the System Uptime on page 427
3.
Check the CFEB Connection on page 427
4.
Perform a Swap Test on the CFEB on page 427
Step 1: Check the CFEB Uptime
Action To check the CFEB uptime, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis cfeb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis cfeb
CFEB status:
Slot 0 information:
State Master
Intake temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust temperature 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
CPU utilization 3 percent
Interrupt utilization 0 percent
Heap utilization 10 percent
Buffer utilization 22 percent
Total CPU DRAM 128 MB
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 164
Start time: 2004-09-28 03:07:54 PDT
Uptime: 9 days, 18 hours, 41 minutes, 32 seconds
Slot 1 information:
State Backup
What It Means The command output displays how long the CFEB has been operating. A short uptime can indicate a CFEB failure. Look for error messages that were generated at least 5 minutes prior to the failure event by using the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match cfeb
426 !
Verifying CFEB Failure
Chapter 32: Monitoring the CFEBs
Step 2: Check the System Uptime
Action To check the system uptime, use the following CLI command: user@host> show system uptime
Sample Output user@host> show system uptime
Current time: 2002-07-17 16:43:45 PDT
System booted: 2002-07-12 17:29:12 PDT (4d 23:14 ago)
Protocols started: 2002-07-12 17:29:56 PDT (4d 23:13 ago)
Last configured: 2002-07-10 23:10:27 PDT (6d 17:33 ago) by regress
4:43PM up 4 days, 23:15, 2 users, load averages: 0.07, 0.02, 0.00
What It Means The command output displays the time when the system was last booted, in days and hours. If the boot time is short, it can indicate a Routing Engine or a CFEB failure. Look for error messages that were generated at least 5 minutes prior to the failure event by using the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match cfeb
Step 3: Check the CFEB Connection
Action Make sure the CFEB is properly seated in the midplane. Check that the thumbscrews on each CFEB ejector lever are securely tightened. Use a Phillips screwdriver to ensure that the screws are securely tightened.
Step 4: Perform a Swap Test on the CFEB
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the CFEB for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
You must power down the CFEB before removing it by pressing and holding down the offline button on the faceplate until the amber LED labeled FAIL lights, or by using the request chassis cfeb offline CLI command.
You must power up the CFEB upon installation by pressing and holding down the offline button on the CFEB faceplate until the green LED labeled Output OK lights steadily, or by using the request chassis cfeb online CLI command.
Action To perform a swap test on a CFEB, follow the procedure in the appropriate routing hardware guide for replacing and installing a CFEB.
Verifying CFEB Failure !
427
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 5: Perform a Swap Test on the CFEB
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the CFEB for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
To perform a swap test on an CFEB, follow the procedure in the M10i Internet Router
Hardware Guide for replacing and installing a CFEB.
One or two CFEBs can install into the uppermost slots in the rear of the chassis.
Only one CFEB is active at a time, with the optional second CFEB in reset mode.
CFEBs are hot-pluggable. Removing the standby CFEB has no effect on router function.
If the active CFEB fails or is removed from the chassis, the effect depends on whether two CFEBs are installed:
!
If there is only one CFEB, forwarding halts until the CFEB is replaced and functioning again.
!
If there are two CFEBs, forwarding halts until the standby CFEB boots and becomes active.
In both cases, all components in the Packet Forwarding Engine reset, and it takes approximately one minute for the new CFEB to become active; synchronizing router configuration information can take additional time, depending on the complexity of the configuration.
Action To perform a swap test on a CFEB, follow these steps:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3.
If you are removing the active CFEB, press and hold the offline button on the faceplate until the amber LED labeled FAIL lights, which takes about 5 seconds.
(The effect of removing the active CFEB depends on whether a second CFEB is installed.
4.
Loosen the thumbscrew on each ejector lever using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.
5.
Pull the end of each ejector lever outward until it is nearly perpendicular to the
CFEB faceplate.
6.
Grasp the ejector levers and pull firmly to slide the CFEB about halfway out of the chassis.
428 !
Verifying CFEB Failure
Chapter 32: Monitoring the CFEBs
7.
Place one hand under the CFEB to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
CAUTION: When a CFEB is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector levers.
They cannot support the weight of the CFEB.
Do not stack CFEBs on top of or under other components. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
8.
Verify that the ends of the ejector levers are pulled outward to a position nearly perpendicular to the faceplate of the CFEB.
9.
Place one hand under the CFEB to support it and grasp one of the ejector levers at the front with the other hand.
10. Align the rear of the CFEB with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.
11. Press the ejector lever at each end of the CFEB inward.
Getting CFEB Hardware Information
Steps To Take To display CFEB hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the CFEB Hardware Information on page 429
2.
Display the CFEB Firmware Information on page 430
3.
Locate the CFEB Serial Number ID Label on page 430
Step 1: Display the CFEB Hardware Information
Action To display the CFEB hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 30512 M7i
Midplane REV 04 710-008761 CB9213 M7i Midplane
Power Supply 0 Rev 02 740-008985 QB12884 DC Power Supply
Routing Engine REV 09 740-009459 1000482742 RE-5.0
CFEB REV 04 750-010112 CB8664 Internet Processor II
FPC 0 E-FPC
FPC 1 E-FPC
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x Tunnel
PIC 3 REV 04 750-009099 CB9103 1x G/E, 1000 BASE
What It Means The command output displays the CFEB version level, part number, serial number, and description.
Getting CFEB Hardware Information !
429
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Display the CFEB Firmware Information
Action To display the firmware running on the CFEB, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis firmware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis firmware
Part Type Version
[...Output truncated...]
CFEB ROM Juniper ROM Monitor Version 6.0b12
O/S Version 7.0I14 by bharani on 2004-09-14 17:
What It Means The command output displays the type and version level of the firmware running on the CFEB.
Step 3: Locate the CFEB Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the CFEB serial number ID label, look on the right side of the top panel
(see Figure 172).
Figure 172: CFEB Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
OK
FAIL
MAST
ER
POW
ER O
FF
Returning the CFEB
Action To return the CFEB, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
430 !
Returning the CFEB
Chapter 33
Monitoring the HCM
You monitor the High-Availability Chassis Manager (HCM) on the M10i router to ensure that it works with its companion Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for router components. You also monitor the HCM to ensure that it displays alarm status and takes Physical Interface Cards (PICs) online and offline. (See Table 100.)
Table 100: Checklist for Monitoring the HCM
Monitor HCM Tasks
Understanding the HCM on page 433
Monitoring the HCM Status on page 435
Command or Action
1. Check HCM LEDs on page 435
2. Check HCM Environmental Status on page 435
Look at the LEDs on the HCM component faceplate.
show chassis environment hcm
3. Check the Companion Routing Engine Status on page 436 show chassis routing-engine
Displaying HCM Alarms on page 437 show chassis alarms
Performing A Swap Test on page 438
1. Remove an HCM on page 439
6. Install an HCM on page 441
Remove the HCM and replace it with one that you know works.
Follow the procedure in the M10i Internet Router Hardware
Guide to remove an HCM.
1. If two HCMs are installed, determine which HCM is master using the show chassis environment hcm CLI command.
2. Switch HCM mastership using the request chassis routing-engine master switch CLI command.
3. Shut down the router software using the request system halt
CLI command.
4. Remove the Routing Engine.
5. Remove the failed HCM.
1. Install the HCM that works.
2. Install the Routing Engine.
3. Ensure that the HCM is functioning properly using the show chassis environment hcm CLI command.
If the HCM still doesn’t work, return it. See “Return the Failed
Component” on page 86 or follow the procedure described in the M10i Internet Router Hardware Guide.
!
431
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor HCM Tasks
Getting HCM Hardware Information on page 441
1. Display the HCM Hardware Information on page 442
2. Locate the HCM Serial Number ID Label on page 442
Returning the HCM on page 442
Command or Action show chassis hardware
Look near the front of the component on the right side.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M10i Internet Router Hardware Guide .
432 !
Chapter 33: Monitoring the HCM
Understanding the HCM
Purpose Inspect the HCM to ensure that it works with its companion Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for routing components. Also, inspect the
HCM to ensure that it displays alarm status and takes the PIC online and offline.
What Is an HCM The HCM on the M10i router performs the following functions:
!
Monitoring and control of router components—The HCM collects statistics from all sensors in the system. When it detects a failure or alarm condition, it sends a signal to the Routing Engine, which generates control messages or sets an alarm. The HCM also relays control messages from the Routing Engine to the router components.
!
Controlling component power-up and power-down—The HCM controls the power-up sequence of router components as they start and powers down components when their offline buttons are pressed.
!
Signaling of mastership—In a router with more than one Routing Engine, the
HCM signals to all router components which Routing Engine is the master and which is the standby.
!
Alarm display—The HCM provides status and troubleshooting information at a glance. It is located on the front of the chassis below the FPC card cage, as shown in Figure 174. The LEDs on the HCM include two alarm LEDs. The circular red alarm LED at the upper right of the craft interface indicates a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow alarm below it indicates a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both alarms can occur simultaneously.
!
PIC removal—If a PIC offline button is pressed, the HCM relays the request to the Compact Forwarding Engine Board (CFEB), which takes the PIC offline and informs the Routing Engine. Other PICs are unaffected, and system operation continues. For more information, see “PIC Offline Buttons” on page 21.
Figure 173 shows the M10i router HCM component.
Figure 173: M10i Router HCM Component
MA
JOR
AL
ARM
MIN
OR
AL
AR
M
3
PICS ON/OFF
2
1
0
PW
R
MS
TR
Understanding the HCM !
433
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The HCM has the following components:
!
100-Mbps Fast Ethernet switch—Carries signals and monitoring data between router components.
!
Two LEDs—Indicate HCM status. The green LED is labeled PWR and the blue
LED labeled MSTR . See “HCM LEDs” on page 435 for a description of the LED states.
!
Alarm LEDs—Display alarm conditions, if any exist.
!
PIC offline buttons—Relay a request to the CFEB, which prepares a PIC for removal from the router, or brings the PIC online when it is replaced.
Two HCMs are installed into the midplane from the front of the chassis, as shown in
Figure 174. The master HCM performs all functions and provides PIC removal buttons for the first FPC. The standby HCM provides PIC removal buttons for the second FPC. The HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is paired with the Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE0 . Likewise, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM1 is paired with the
Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE1 . By default, the HCM in the slot labeled
HCM0 is the master.
Figure 174: M10i Router HCM Location
M10i front
HCM0
HCM1
The HCM is hot-pluggable.
HCMs
434 !
Understanding the HCM
Chapter 33: Monitoring the HCM
Monitoring the HCM Status
Steps To Take To monitor the HCM status, follow these steps:
1.
Check HCM LEDs on page 435
2.
Check HCM Environmental Status on page 435
3.
Check the Companion Routing Engine Status on page 436
Step 1: Check HCM LEDs
Action To check the HCM LEDs, look at the component faceplate at the bottom left front of the M10i router chassis (see Figure 174 on page 434).
Two LEDs indicate HCM status—a green PWR LED and a blue MSTR LED. Table 101 describes the LED states.
Table 101: HCM LEDs
Label
PWR
MSTR
Color
Green
Blue
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
HCM is functioning normally.
HCM is starting up.
HCM is master.
Step 2: Check HCM Environmental Status
Action To check the HCM environmental status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment hcm
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment hcm
HCM 0 status:
State Online Master
FPGA Revision 27
HCM 1 status:
State Present Standby
FPGA Revision 27
What It Means The command output shows that the HCM status, including slot number, operating state, and field programmable gate array (FPGA) revision.
Alternative Action To display the environmental status of a particular HCM, use the following CLI command: m10i@host> show chassis environment hcm slot
Monitoring the HCM Status !
435
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Check the Companion Routing Engine Status
The HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is paired with the Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE0 . Likewise, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM1 is paired with the Routing
Engine in the slot labeled RE1 . By default, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is the master.
When HCM mastership changes because of failure, Routing Engine mastership changes as well.
Action To check Routing Engine status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
CPU temperature 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
DRAM 256 MB
Memory utilization 37 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 6 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 93 percent
Model RE-5.0
Serial ID 1000488824
Start time 2004-09-28 03:06:10 PDT
Uptime 13 days, 10 hours, 36 minutes, 22 seconds
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.22 0.06 0.02
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
CPU temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
DRAM 256 MB
Memory utilization 28 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 1 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 99 percent
Model RE-5.0
Serial ID 1000485860
Start time 2004-09-11 01:01:02 PDT
Uptime 30 days, 12 hours, 41 minutes, 15 seconds
What It Means The command output displays the operating state of both Routing Engines installed in the router chassis, including slot number, current state, and default election priority—master or backup. The command output also displays the Routing Engine temperature, amount of memory, and the percentage of memory and CPU utilization. The command output displays the Routing Engine model number, serial number ID, start time, and total operating time.
436 !
Monitoring the HCM Status
Chapter 33: Monitoring the HCM
Alternative Action Look at the Routing Engine LEDs by using the show chassis routing-engine CLI command or by looking at the component faceplate at the front of the router. The
Routing Engine has four LEDs that tell operating status: agreen LED labeled HDD , a blue LED labeled MASTER , a red LED labeled FAIL , and a green LED labeled ONLINE .
Table 102 describes the Routing Engine LED states.
Table 102: Routing Engine LEDs
Label
HDD
MASTER
FAIL
ONLINE
Color
Green
Blue
Red
Green
State
Blinking
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Description
There is read/write activity on the PC card.
Routing Engine is functioning as master.
Routing Engine is not operational..
Routing Engine is running normally.
Displaying HCM Alarms
If a router with a single HCM fails, no alarm can be sent. If a master HCM fails on a router with dual HCMs and the backup HCM takes over mastership, an alarm is reported on the backup Routing Engine.
When HCM mastership changes because of failure, Routing Engine mastership changes as well.
Action To view HCM alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
4 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2005-02-16 22:10:27 UTC Minor Backup RE Active
What It Means The command output displays a minor alarm indicating that the backup Routing
Engine is active or is master. Since the HCM is a companion component of the
Routing Engine, the backup HCM is also active. The command output displays the date and time of the alarm.
To verify that the backup HCM has taken over mastership, use the show chassis routing-engine CLI command. user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Backup
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 13 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Displaying HCM Alarms !
437
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Kernel 0 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 100 percent
Model RE-3.0
Serial ID P10865703096
Start time 2005-02-16 22:13:19 UTC
Uptime 2 hours, 13 minutes, 57 seconds
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Master
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
CPU temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 12 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 3 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 97 percent
Model RE-3.0
Serial ID P10865701255
Start time 2005-02-03 03:13:39 UTC
Uptime 13 days, 21 hours, 12 minutes, 35 seconds
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.03 0.01
What It Means The HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is paired with the Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE0 . Likewise, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM1 is paired with the Routing
Engine in the slot labeled RE1 . By default, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is the master. However, in this instance, the Routing Engine in slot RE1 has taken over mastership, indicating that the HCM in slot HCM1 is also master.
Performing A Swap Test
NOTE: although steps to remove and install an HCM are provided here, ensure that you refer to the appropriate hardware guide for the latest information.
Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the HCM for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
The HCM is hot-pluggable. You can perform a swap test on an HCM to pinpoint the problem.
438 !
Performing A Swap Test
Chapter 33: Monitoring the HCM
Steps To Take To perform a swap test and verify HCM failure, follow these steps:
1.
Remove an HCM on page 439
2.
Install an HCM on page 441
Step 1: Remove an HCM
The HCM is hot-pluggable. You can perform a swap test on an HCM to try to pinpoint the problem.
Action To remove an HCM, follow these steps:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2.
If a Routing Engine is installed in the same row as the HCM you are removing, remove the Routing Engine first. If two Routing Engines are installed, use one of the following two methods to determine which HCM is functioning as master:
!
Note which of the blue MASTER LEDs is lit on the Routing Engine faceplates.
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment hcm
HCM 0 status:
State Online Master
FPGA Revision 27
HCM 1 status:
State Online Standby
FPGA Revision 27
The master HCM is designated Master in the State field.
3.
If you are removing the master Routing Engine and a second Routing
Engine is installed, issue the following CLI command to switch mastership to the standby host module: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between routing engines ? [yes,no] (no) yes
Resolving mastership...
Performing A Swap Test !
439
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
440 !
Performing A Swap Test
If the Routing Engines are running JUNOS Release 6.0 or later and are configured for graceful switchover, the standby Routing Engine immediately assumes Routing Engine functions and there is no interruption to packet forwarding. Otherwise, packet forwarding halts while the standby Routing Engine becomes the master and the Packet
Forwarding Engine components reset and connect to the new master
Routing Engine. For information about configuring graceful switchover, see the section about Routing Engine redundancy in the JUNOS System Basics
Configuration Guide .
NOTE: Router performance might change if the standby Routing Engine’s configuration differs from the former master’s configuration. For the most predictable performance, configure the two Routing Engines identically, except for parameters unique to a Routing Engine, such as the hostname defined at the [edit system] hierarchy level and the management interface ( fxp0 or equivalent) defined at the [edit interfaces] hierarchy level.
To configure Routing Engine-specific parameters and still use the same configuration on both Routing Engines, include the appropriate configuration statements under the re0 and re1 statements at the [edit groups] hierarchy level and use the apply-groups statement. For instructions, see the JUNOS System Basics
Configuration Guide .
4.
On the console or other management device connected to the Routing
Engine, enter CLI operational mode and use the following command to shut down the router software cleanly and preserve Routing Engine state information: user@host> request system halt
Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.
For more information about the command, see the JUNOS Protocols, Class of Service, and System Basics Command Reference .
NOTE: The router might continue forwarding traffic for a few minutes after the request system halt command has been issued.
5.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6.
Loosen the thumbscrews located at each end of the Routing Engine faceplate, using a Phillips screwdriver if necessary.
7.
Grasp the handle and slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Slide the Routing Engine straight out of the chassis. Damage can result if it gets lodged because of uneven movement.
Chapter 33: Monitoring the HCM
8.
Place one hand under the Routing Engine to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
9.
Grasp the handle of the HCM and slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Slide the HCM straight out of the chassis. Damage can result if it gets lodged because of uneven movement.
10. Place one hand under the HCM to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
Step 2: Install an HCM
Action To install an HCM, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Place one hand under the HCM to support it and grasp the handle on the faceplate with the other hand.
3.
Align the rear of the HCM with the guide rails inside the chassis and slide it in completely.
CAUTION: Align the HCM carefully with the guide rails and push it in evenly.
Damage can result if it gets lodged in the rails because of uneven movement.
4.
Place one hand under the Routing Engine to support it and grasp the handle on the faceplate with the other hand.
5.
Align the rear of the Routing Engine with the guide rails inside the chassis and slide it in completely.
CAUTION: Align the Routing Engine carefully with the guide rails and push it in evenly. Damage can result if it gets lodged in the rails because of uneven movement.
6.
Tighten the thumbscrews on the Routing Engine faceplate to secure the Routing
Engine.
7.
Use the show chassis environment hcm CLI command to verify that the HCM is functioning correctly.
Getting HCM Hardware Information
Steps To Take To obtain HCM hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the HCM Hardware Information on page 442
Getting HCM Hardware Information !
441
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
2.
Locate the HCM Serial Number ID Label on page 442
Step 1: Display the HCM Hardware Information
Action To display the HCM hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 30700 M10i
Midplane REV 04 710-008920 CB8867 M10i Midplane
Power Supply 0 Rev 05 740-008537 QB12637 AC Power Supply
Power Supply 1 Rev 05 740-008537 QB12537 AC Power Supply
HCM slot 0 REV 05 710-008661 CC1145 M10i HCM
HCM slot 1 REV 05 710-008661 CC1138 M10i HCM
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the HCM version level, part number, serial number, and description.
Step 2: Locate the HCM Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the HCM serial number ID label, look near the front of the component on the right side (see Figure 175).
Figure 175: M10i Router HCM Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
MA
JOR
AL
ARM
MIN
OR
AL
AR
M
3
PICS ON/OFF
2
1
0
PW
R
MS
TR
Returning the HCM
Action To return the HCM, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or follow the instructions in the M10i Internet Router Hardware Guide .
442 !
Returning the HCM
Chapter 34
Monitoring the FIC
You monitor the Fixed Interface Card (FIC), which receives incoming packets from the network and transmits outgoing packets to the network, providing support for
Fast Ethernet ports or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces, depending on which version of the FIC is installed in the M7i router. You also monitor the FIC to view alarm status, and to perform some system control functions, such as taking Physical Interface
Cards (PICs) online and offline. (See Table 103.)
Table 103: Checklist for Monitoring the FIC
Monitor FIC Tasks
Understanding the FIC on page 444
Command or Action
!
M7i Router FIC with Fast Ethernet Ports on page 444
!
M7i Router FIC with Gigabit Ethernet Port on page 444
!
M7i Router FIC Location on page 444
!
FIC Numbering on page 445
Monitoring the FIC Status on page 445
1. Understand FIC Slot Numbering on page 445
2. Display FIC Status at the Command Line on page 445
3. Check FIC LEDs on page 446
Displaying FIC Alarms on page 446
The FIC is located in FPC 1 slot 3 .
show chassis pic pic-slot 3 fpc-slot 1
Look at the FIC faceplate LEDs.
1. Display the FIC Status on page 446 show chassis pic pic-slot 3 fpc-slot 1
2. Display FIC Errors In the nmessages Log File on page 446 show log messages | match PIC 3
3. Display FIC Errors In the chassisd Log File on page 447 show log chassisd | match PIC 3
Verifying FIC Failure on page 447 Look at the FIC faceplate LEDs.
Displaying FIC Hardware Information on page 448
1. Display the FIC Hardware Information on page 448 show chassis hardware
2. Display the M7i Router Chassis Serial Number on page 448 show chassis hardware
Removing the FIC on page 449
Returning the FIC on page 449
You cannot remove the FIC. It is built into the M7i router chassis.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M7i Hardware Guide .
!
443
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the FIC
Purpose Inspect the FIC to ensure that it receives incoming packets from the network, transmits outgoing packets to the network, provides support for Ethernet ports, displays system alarms, and takes PICs online or offline as needed.
What Is an FIC A FIC is a component, built into the M7i router chassis, that receives incoming packets from the network and transmits outgoing packets to the network, providing support for Fast Ethernet ports or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces, depending on which version of the FIC is installed in the M7i router. You also monitor the FIC to view alarm status, and to perform some system control functions, such as taking PICs online and offline.
There are two types of FICs: with fast Ethernet ports and with a Gigabit Ethernet port. Figure 176 shows the FIC with Fast Ethernet ports.
Figure 176: M7i Router FIC with Fast Ethernet Ports
LINK ACT. LINK
3
PICS ON/OFF
2 1 0
MAJOR ALARM
MINOR ALARM
PORT1 PORT0
Figure 177 shows the FIC with a Gigabit Ethernet port.
Figure 177: M7i Router FIC with Gigabit Ethernet Port
LINK
ACTIVITY
3
PICS ON/OFF
2 1 0
MAJOR ALARM
MINOR ALARM
The FIC is located on the front of the chassis to the left of the Routing Engine and is not a field-replaceable unit (FRU). (See Figure 178.)
Figure 178: M7i Router FIC Location
M7i front
FIC
444 !
Understanding the FIC
Chapter 34: Monitoring the FIC
Monitoring the FIC Status
If the FIC fails, no information about chassis components is available through the
JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI).
Steps To Take To monitor the FIC status, follow these steps:
1.
Understand FIC Slot Numbering on page 445
2.
Display FIC Status at the Command Line on page 445
3.
Check FIC LEDs on page 446
Step 1: Understand FIC Slot Numbering
Figure 179 shows the FIC location and numbering in the M7i router. The FIC is located in FPC 1 slot 3.
Figure 179: FIC Numbering
PICs
FPC0 0/3 0/2 0/1 0/0
FPC1
FIC
1/3 1/2
Built-in tunnel interface and optional ASM
Step 2: Display FIC Status at the Command Line
Action To display the FIC status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis pic pic-slot 3 fpc-slot 1
Sample Output user@host> show chassis pic pic-slot 3 fpc-slot 1
PIC fpc slot 1 pic slot 3 information:
Type 1x G/E, 1000 BASE
ASIC type QGE FPGA
State Online
PIC version 1.4
Uptime 12 hours, 11 minutes, 39 seconds
PIC Port Information:
Port Cable SFP SFP Vendor
Number Type Vendor Name Part Number
0 UNKNOWN CABLE
What It Means Since the FIC is located in FPC 1 slot 3, you must specify its location with the show chassis pic CLI command. The command output displays the FIC information, such as the FIC type, ASIC type, operating status, PIC version, and the amount of time the FIC has been online. The command output also displays port cable information.
Monitoring the FIC Status !
445
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Check FIC LEDs
Figure 104 describes the FIC interface LEDs located on the FIC faceplate.
Table 104: Table 6: FIC Interface LEDs
Label
LINK
ACTIVITY
Color
Green
Green
State
On steadily
Blinking
Off
Description
The port is online.
The port is receiving data.
The port might be on, but is not receiving data.
Displaying FIC Alarms
Steps To Take To determine whether the FIC is offline, follow these steps:
1.
Display the FIC Status on page 446
2.
Display FIC Errors In the nmessages Log File on page 446
3.
Display FIC Errors In the chassisd Log File on page 447
Step 1: Display the FIC Status
Action To view the FIC status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis pic pic-slot 3 fpc-slot 1
Sample Output user@host> show chassis pic pic-slot 3 fpc-slot 1
PIC fpc slot 1 pic slot 3 information:
State Offline
What It Means The FIC in fpc slot 1 pic slot 3 is offline.
Step 2: Display FIC Errors In the nmessages Log File
Action To display the FIC errors recorded in the messages log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match PIC 3
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match PIC 3 in FPC 1
Feb 22 05:50:58 noah chassisd[4738]: CHASSISD_PIC_OFFLINE_NOTICE: Taking PIC 3 in FPC 1 offline: Offlined by cli command
Feb 22 05:50:58 noah cfeb CMFPC: Offline CMD request for PIC 1/3
Feb 22 05:50:58 noah chassisd[4738]: CHASSISD_IFDEV_DETACH_PIC: ifdev_detach_pic(1/3)
Feb 22 05:50:58 noah chassisd[4738]: CHASSISD_SNMP_TRAP9: SNMP trap generated:
FRU power off (jnxFruContentsIndex 8, jnxFruL1Index 2, jnxFruL2Index 4, jnxFruL3Index 0, jnxFruName PIC: 2x F/E, 100 BASE-TX @ 1/3/*, jnxFruType 11, jnxFruSlot 2, jnxFruOfflineReason 7, jnxFruLastPowerOff 30713054, jnxFruLastPowerOn 407915)
446 !
Displaying FIC Alarms
Chapter 34: Monitoring the FIC
What It Means The messages log file records the error events during the time the FIC went offline.
The messages log file records the time and date and the SNMP trap message generated.
Step 3: Display FIC Errors In the chassisd Log File
Action To display FIC errors in the chassisd log file, follow these steps: user@host> show log chassisd | match PIC 3
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match PIC 3 in FPC 1
Feb 22 05:57:02 PIC message op 1
Feb 22 06:04:35 CHASSISD_PIC_OFFLINE_NOTICE: Taking PIC 3 in FPC 1 offline:
Offlined by cli command
Feb 22 06:04:35 send: fpc 1 pic 3 offline cmd
Feb 22 06:04:36 pic offline req, pic 3, fpc 1
Feb 22 06:04:36 CHASSISD_IFDEV_DETACH_PIC: ifdev_detach_pic(1/3)
Feb 22 06:04:36 send pic_offline_ack fpc 1 pic 3 accept 1
Feb 22 06:04:36 CHASSISD_SNMP_TRAP9: SNMP trap generated: FRU power off
(jnxFruContentsIndex 8, jnxFruL1Index 2, jnxFruL2Index 4, jnxFruL3Index 0, jnxFruName PIC: 2x F/E, 100 BASE-TX @ 1/3/*, jnxFruType 11, jnxFruSlot 2, jnxFruOfflineReason 7, jnxFruLastPowerOff 30794800, jnxFruLastPowerOn 30749381)
Feb 22 06:04:36 PIC message op 2
Feb 22 06:04:36 Time to clean up PIC FPC 1, PIC 3
Feb 22 06:04:36 PIC message op 3
Feb 22 06:04:36 pic_handle_message: PIC fpc 1 pic 3 got deleted
Feb 22 06:04:36 pic detach, pic 3, fpc 1
What It Means The chassisd log file records the time and date of FIC errors. n nIt displays the
SNMP trap error message generated.
Verifying FIC Failure
Action To check the status of each port on a FIC or PIC, look at the LED located on the faceplate. See “Check FIC LEDs” on page 446 for more information. For information about the meaning of LED states on different PICs, see the M7i Internet
Router PIC Guide .
Verifying FIC Failure !
447
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Displaying FIC Hardware Information
Steps To Take To display FIC hardware information, do the following:
1.
Display the FIC Hardware Information on page 448
2.
Display the M7i Router Chassis Serial Number on page 448
Step 1: Display the FIC Hardware Information
Action To display the FIC hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 30512 M7i
Midplane REV 04 710-008761 CB9213 M7i Midplane
Power Supply 0 Rev 02 740-008985 QB12884 DC Power Supply
Routing Engine REV 09 740-009459 1000482742 RE-5.0
CFEB REV 04 750-010112 CB8664 Internet Processor II
FPC 0 E-FPC
FPC 1 E-FPC
PIC 2 BUILTIN BUILTIN 1x Tunnel
PIC 3 REV 04 750-009099 CB9103 1x G/E, 1000 BASE
What It Means The command output displays the hardware revision level, part number, serial number, and description for the FIC located at FPC 1 PIC 3 .
Step 2: Display the M7i Router Chassis Serial Number
If the FIC fails, you have to return the M7i router chassis. To return the M7i router, you must provide the midplane serial number.
Action To display the M7i router chassis serial number, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 31898 M7i
Midplane REV 04 710-008761 CC7798 M7i Midplane
Power Supply 0 Rev 05 740-008537 QE16641 AC Power Supply
Routing Engine REV 09 740-009459 1000513705 RE-5.0
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The M7i router midplane serial number is CC7798 .
448 !
Displaying FIC Hardware Information
Chapter 34: Monitoring the FIC
Removing the FIC
NOTE: You cannot remove the FIC. It is built into the M7i router chassis.
Returning the FIC
Action The FIC is built into the M7i router. If the FIC fails, return the M7i router chassis. To replace the M7i router, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or follow the procedure for returning the chassis in the M7i Internet Router Hardware Guide .
Removing the FIC !
449
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
450 !
Returning the FIC
Part 9
Monitoring M5 and M10 Router-Specific
Components
!
Monitoring the FEB on page 453
Monitoring M5 and M10 Router-Specific Components !
451
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
452 !
Monitoring M5 and M10 Router-Specific Components
Chapter 35
Monitoring the FEB
You monitor the Forwarding Engine Board (FEB) on an M5 and M10 router to ensure that forwarding processes occur, such as route lookups, incoming data packet allocation, outgoing data packet transfer, and exception and control packet transfer.
(See Table 105.)
Table 105: Checklist for Monitoring the FEB
Monitor FEB Tasks
Understanding the FEB on page 454
Monitoring the FEB Status on page 455
1. Display the FEB Environmental Status on page 455
2. Display the FEB Detailed Status on page 456
Verifying FEB Failure on page 456
1. Check the FEB Uptime on page 457
2. Check the System Uptime on page 457
3. Check the FEB Connection on page 457
4. Perform a Swap Test on the FEB on page 458
Command or Action show chassis environment show chassis feb show chassis feb show system uptime
Check that the screws at the top of the FEB are securely tightened.
1. Power down the router.
2. Remove the FEB.
3. Replace the FEB with one that you know works.
Getting FEB Hardware Information on page 459
1. Display the FEB Hardware Information on page 459
2. Display the FEB Firmware Information on page 459
3. Locate the FEB Serial Number ID Label on page 460
Returning the FEB on page 460 show chassis hardware show chassis firmware
Look near the back on the right side of the FEB.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M5 and M10 Internet Router Hardware Guide .
!
453
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the FEB
Purpose Inspect the FEB to ensure that communication occurs with the Routing Engine.
What Is an FEB The FEB is a control board for the M5 and M10 routers (see Figure 180). The FEB communicates with the Routing Engine using a dedicated 100-Mbps link that transfers routing table data from the Routing Engine to the forwarding table in the
Internet Processor II application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC). The link is also used to transfer routing link-state updates and other packets destined for the router from the FEB to the Routing Engine. The FEB provides the following functions:
!
Route lookups—The Internet Processor II ASIC on the FEB performs route lookups using the forwarding table stored in synchronous SRAM (SSRAM).
!
Shared memory management—One Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the
FEB uniformly allocates incoming data packets throughout the router’s shared memory.
!
Outgoing data packet transfer—A second Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the FEB passes data packets to the destination Physical Interface Card (PIC) when the data is ready to be transmitted.
!
Exception and control packet transfer—The Internet Processor II ASIC passes exception packets to the microprocessor on the FEB, which processes almost all of them. The remaining packets are sent to the Routing Engine for further processing. Any errors originating in the Packet Forwarding Engine and detected by the FEB are sent to the Routing Engine using system log messages.
Figure 180: FEB Component
454 !
Understanding the FEB
Chapter 35: Monitoring the FEB
The FEB is located on the rear of the router above the power supplies (see
Figure 181).
Figure 181: M5 and M10 Router FEB Location
M5 and M10 router rear
Forwarding Engine
Board
The FEB is field-replaceable, but is not hot-removable or hot-pluggable. You must power down the router before removing or replacing the FEB.
Monitoring the FEB Status
If the FEB fails, no information about chassis components is available through the
JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI).
Steps To Take To monitor the FEB status, follow these steps:
1.
Display the FEB Environmental Status on page 455
2.
Display the FEB Detailed Status on page 456
Step 1: Display the FEB Environmental Status
Action To display the FEB environmental status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@m5-host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply A OK
Power Supply B OK
Temp FPC Slot 0 OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
FEB OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
PS Intake OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
PS Exhaust OK 31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
Monitoring the FEB Status !
455
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
What It Means The command output displays the temperature and status of the FEB, which can be
OK , Failed , or Absent .
Step 2: Display the FEB Detailed Status
Action To display more detailed FEB status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis feb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis feb
FEB status:
Temperature 37 Centigrade
CPU utilization 0 percent
Interrupt utilization 0 percent
Heap utilization 16 percent
Buffer utilization 43 percent
DRAM 64 Mbytes
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9
Start time 1999-01-24 16:24:42 UTC
Uptime 2 hours, 21 minutes, 28 seconds
What It Means The command output displays the temperature of the air passing by the FEB, in degrees Centigrade. It displays the total percentage of CPU, interrupt, heap space, and buffer space being used by the FEB processor, including the total DRAM available to the FEB processor. The command output displays the time when the
FEB started running and how long the FEB has been running. A short uptime can indicate that there is an FEB problem.
Verifying FEB Failure
The FEB will either restart, keep crashing, or fail completely. If the FEB fails, you will loose the router interface connections.
Steps To Take To verify FEB failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the FEB Uptime on page 457
2.
Check the System Uptime on page 457
3.
Check the FEB Connection on page 457
4.
Perform a Swap Test on the FEB on page 458
456 !
Verifying FEB Failure
Chapter 35: Monitoring the FEB
Step 1: Check the FEB Uptime
Action To check the FEB uptime, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis feb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis feb
FEB status:
Temperature 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
CPU utilization 1 percent
Interrupt utilization 0 percent
Heap utilization 17 percent
Buffer utilization 44 percent
Total CPU DRAM 64 MB
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9
Start time: 2002-07-12 17:30:43 PDT
Uptime: 0 days, 0 hours, 1 minutes, 0 seconds
What It Means The command output displays how long the FEB has been operating. A short uptime can indicate an FEB failure. Look for error messages that were generated at least 5 minutes prior to the failure event by using the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Step 2: Check the System Uptime
Action To check the system uptime, use the following CLI command: user@host> show system uptime
Sample Output user@host> show system uptime
Current time: 2002-07-17 16:43:45 PDT
System booted: 2002-07-12 17:29:12 PDT (4d 23:14 ago)
Protocols started: 2002-07-12 17:29:56 PDT (4d 23:13 ago)
Last configured: 2002-07-10 23:10:27 PDT (6d 17:33 ago) by regress
4:43PM up 4 days, 23:15, 2 users, load averages: 0.07, 0.02, 0.00
What It Means The command output displays the time when the system was last booted, in days and hours. If the boot time is short, it can indicate a Routing Engine or an FEB failure. Look for error messages that were generated at least 5 minutes prior to the failure event by using the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Step 3: Check the FEB Connection
Action Make sure the FEB is properly seated in the midplane. Use a Phillips screwdriver to ensure that the screws at the top of the FEB are securely tightened.
Verifying FEB Failure !
457
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 4: Perform a Swap Test on the FEB
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the FEB for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
You must power down the router to remove and replace the FEB.
Action To perform a swap test on an FEB, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Turn off power to the router. For information on powering down the router, see the M5 and M10 Internet Router Hardware Guide .
3.
Unscrew the five screws holding the rear chassis component cover in place, and remove the cover. Be sure to save the screws for when you reinstall the cover.
4.
Flip the ends of the two ejector levers towards the outside edges of the router.
5.
Grasp both sides of the FEB and slide it about three-quarters of the way out of the router.
6.
Move one hand underneath the FEB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7.
Remove the Routing Engine from the FEB.
Unscrew the screws on the outside edges of the extractor clips to unseat the
Routing Engine from the FEB. Press in on the red tabs on the extractor clips, then flip the ends of the extractor clips toward the outside edges of the router to release the Routing Engine. Grasp both sides of the Routing Engine and slide it evenly out of the FEB.
8.
Replace the Routing Engine in the FEB.
Align the rear of the unit with the guides inside the chassis. Slide the Routing
Engine all the way in until it contacts the connectors on the FEB. Flip the ends of the extractor clips toward the center of the router to seat the Routing Engine onto the FEB. Using a screwdriver, tighten the screws on the outside edges of the extractor clips. Slide the Routing Engine into the slot evenly.
9.
Use both hands to grasp the front of the replacement FEB that works and align the rear of the FEB with the guides on the chassis.
10. To ensure proper seating of the ejector levers, move them to an outward position slightly less than perpendicular to the faceplate before seating the FEB in the slot.
11. Slide the FEB all the way into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.
12. Grasp the ejector levers and carefully push the FEB to seat it onto the midplane.
13. Flip the ejector levers toward each other to lodge the FEB in place.
458 !
Verifying FEB Failure
Chapter 35: Monitoring the FEB
Getting FEB Hardware Information
Steps To Take To obtain FEB hardware information, follow these steps:
1.
Display the FEB Hardware Information on page 459
2.
Display the FEB Firmware Information on page 459
3.
Locate the FEB Serial Number ID Label on page 460
Step 1: Display the FEB Hardware Information
Action To display the FEB hardware information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 50974 M10
Midplane REV 03 710-001950 HA9949
Power Supply A Rev 03 740-002498 LK33316 DC
Display REV 04 710-001995 HB2079
Routing Engine a000000792cd0a01 RE-2.0
FEB REV 11 710-001948 HE6497 Internet Processor II
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the FEB version level, part number, serial number, and description.
Step 2: Display the FEB Firmware Information
Action To display the firmware running on the FEB, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis firmware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis firmware
Part Type Version
Forwarding engine board ROM Juniper ROM Monitor Version 4.1b2
O/S Version 4.1I1 by tlim on 2000-04-24 11:27
What It Means The command output displays the type and version level of the firmware running on the FEB.
Getting FEB Hardware Information !
459
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 3: Locate the FEB Serial Number ID Label
Action To locate the FEB serial number ID label, look near the back on the right side of the
FEB (see Figure 182).
Figure 182: FEB Serial Number ID Label
Serial number ID label
AA1234
Returning the FEB
Action To replace the FEB, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or the M5 and
M10 Internet Router Hardware Guide .
460 !
Returning the FEB
Part 10
Monitoring Redundant Router
Components
!
Host Redundancy Overview on page 463
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
!
Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies on page 507
!
Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components on page 523
!
Monitoring Redundant SIBs on page 543
!
Monitoring Redundant SCGs on page 551
!
Monitoring Redundant Control Boards on page 559
!
(For M40e and M160 routers) Monitoring Redundant MCSs on page 567
!
(For M40e and M160 routers) Monitoring Redundant SFMs on page 577
!
(For M40e and M160 routers) Monitoring Redundant PCGs on page 595
!
(For the M20 router) Monitoring Redundant SSBs on page 605
!
(For the M10i router) Monitoring Redundant CFEBs on page 617
!
(For the M10i router) Monitoring Redundant HCMs on page 623
Monitoring Redundant Router Components !
461
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
462 !
Monitoring Redundant Router Components
Chapter 36
Host Redundancy Overview
You monitor redundant Routing Engines, host modules, and host subsystems to provide a standby Routing Engine and controller component that will switch from standby to active, assuming mastership, with limited running downtime when a failure occurs.
This chapter provides an overview of how redundant host modules, host subsystems, and Routing Engines work on various routing platforms. Additionally, it describes the topics as listed in Table 106.
Table 106: Checklist for Host Redundancy
Monitor Redundant Routing Engine Tasks Command or Action
Understanding Redundancy for the Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem on page 465
!
M10i Router Redundant Routing Engines and HCMs on page 465
!
M20 Router Redundant Routing Engines and SSBs on page 466
!
M40e and M160 Router Redundant Host Modules on page 467
!
M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Redundant Host Subsystems on page 468
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy Connections on page 469
!
Redundancy Connection for an M10i Router on page 470
!
Redundancy Connection for an M20 Router on page 471
!
Redundancy Connection for an M40e or M160 Router on page 472
!
Redundancy Connection for an M320 Router on page 473
!
Redundancy Connection for a T320 Router and T640 Routing Node on page 474
Determining Which Routing Engine You Are Logged In To on page 475 show chassis routing-engine show chassis hardware
1. Display Routing Engine Status on page 476
2. Display the Router Hardware on page 477
Determining Routing Engine Mastership on page 477
1. Determine the Routing Engine Mastership By Checking
Status on page 478
2. Determine Routing Engine Mastership By Checking the
LEDs on page 478
3. Log In To Backup Routing Engine If graceful-switchover is
Configured on page 479 show chassis routing-engine
Physically check the LEDs on either the craft interface or the
Routing Engine (depending on which chassis the Routing
Engine is installed). request routing-engine login other-routing-engine
!
463
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Redundant Routing Engine Tasks
Manually Configuring Master and Backup Routing Engines on page 479
Command or Action
For slot 0:
[edit] set chassis redundancy routing-engine 1 master commit
For slot 1:
[edit] set chassis redundancy routing-engine 0 backup commit request chassis routing-engine master (acquire | release | switch) Manually Switching Routing Engine Mastership on page 482
Determining Why Mastership Switched on page 483
Configuring the Backup Routing Engine to Assume
Mastership on Failure of Keepalives on page 486 show log mastership
[edit] set chassis redundancy failover on-loss-of-keepalives set chassis redundancy keepalive-time 300 commit
Avoiding Redundancy Problems on page 487
1. Operate the Same Type of Routing Engine and JUNOS
Software on page 487
2. Use the Groups Configuration on page 487
3. Synchronize Configurations on page 489
The active and standby Routing Engines must be the same type of Routing Engine and must operate the same version of
JUNOS software.
[edit] set groups group-name
[edit] commit synchronize file copy < source > < destination > 4. Copy a Configuration File from One Routing Engine to
Another on page 489
5. Use the Proper Shutdown Process on a Backup Routing
Engine on page 490 request system halt
See Also !
Monitoring Redundant MCSs on page 567
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
!
Monitoring Redundant Control Boards on page 559
464 !
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Understanding Redundancy for the Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host
Subsystem
Purpose To learn how redundant Routing Engines, host modules, and host subsystems work on various routing platforms. You monitor these components to provide a standby
Routing Engine and controller component that will switch from standby to active, assuming mastership when a failure brings down the active master Routing Engine.
What Is a Routing
Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem
Redundancy
Redundant Routing Engines are two Routing Engines that are installed in the same routing platform. One functions as the master, while the other stands by as a backup should the master Routing Engine fail. (See “M10i Router Redundant
Routing Engines and HCMs” on page 465 and “M20 Router Redundant Routing
Engines and SSBs” on page 466.)
Redundant host modules are two Routing Engine and Miscellaneous Control
Subsystem (MCS) pairs installed in the same routing platform. One pair functions as master, while the other stands by as a backup should the master Routing Engine fail. (See “M40e and M160 Router Redundant Host Modules” on page 467.)
Redundant host subsystems are two Routing Engine and Control Board pairs installed in the same routing platform. One pair functions as master, while the other stands by as backup should the master Routing Engine fail. (See “M320
Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Redundant Host Subsystems” on page 468.)
The M5, M10, M7i, and M40 routers do not support Routing Engine, host module, or host subsystem redundancy.
M10i Router Redundant Routing Engines and HCMs
On the M10i router, the High-Availability Chassis Manager (HCM) works with its companion Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for router components. The router can have one or two HCMs and Routing Engines. (See
Figure 183 and “Redundancy Connection for an M10i Router” on page 470.)
Figure 183: M10i Router Redundant Routing Engines and HCMs
RE0
RE1
HCM0
HCM1
HCMs Routing Engines
Understanding Redundancy for the Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem !
465
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M20 Router Redundant Routing Engines and SSBs
The M20 router can have one or two Routing Engines. The System and Switch
Boards (SSBs) communicate with the Routing Engines. (See Figure 184 and
“Redundancy Connection for an M20 Router” on page 471.)
Figure 184: M20 Router Redundant Routing Engines and SSBs
M20 router front M20 router rear
System and Switch Boards
(SSBs)
SSB0
SSB1
Routing
Engines
RE0
RE1
466 !
Understanding Redundancy for the Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
M40e and M160 Router Redundant Host Modules
On M40e and M160 routers, the host module consists of a paired Routing Engine and MCS. One pair functions as master, while the other stands by as a backup should the master Routing Engine fail. (See Figure 185 and “Redundancy
Connection for an M40e or M160 Router” on page 472.)
Figure 185: M40e and M160 Router Redundant Host Modules
M40e router rear M160 router rear
MCS0
RE0
RE1
MCS1
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
Do not install an SFM in this slot
Do not ins tall an SFM in this s lot
Miscellaneous
Control Subsystem
PCG 0
PCG 1
Routing
Engines
Miscellaneous
Control Subsystem
SFM 0
SFM 1
MSC 0
RE 0
RE 1
MSC 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
MCS0
RE0
RE1
MCS1
Understanding Redundancy for the Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem !
467
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Redundant Host Subsystems
On the M320 router, T320 router, and the T640 routing node, the host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine and Control Board functioning as a unit. Two host subsystems can be installed in each routing platform. One pair functions as master, while the other stands by as backup should the master Routing Engine fail. (See
Figure 186, “Redundancy Connection for an M320 Router” on page 473, and
“Redundancy Connection for a T320 Router and T640 Routing Node” on page 474.)
Figure 186: M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Redundant Host Subsystems
M320 router rear
T320 router rear
CB0
RE0
RE1
CB1
CB-M
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
Control Boards
Routing Engines
Control Boards
T640 routing node rear
CB0
RE0
RE1
CB1
CB0
RE0
RE1
CB1
Control Board
Routing Engines
Control Board
468 !
Understanding Redundancy for the Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy Connections
It is important to understand how a redundant Routing Engine, redundant host module, or redundant subsystem communicates with its active counterparts to avoid severing the connection used for communication. Severing the connection can potentially trigger a failover protection.
For example, the M160 router active host module (the Routing Engine and the MCS) has the running configuration on it and communicates with the MCS, which in turn communicates with the Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) and the Switching and
Forwarding Modules (SFMs). The host modules send keepalive messages to each other, checking the operating state. Each host module issues keepalive responses, letting the other host module know that it is up and operating. If keepalive responses are not returned to the standby host module (response times will vary depending upon the time settings specified in the set chassis redundancy keepalive-time statement), the standby host module can become the active host module. (See “Redundancy Connection for an M40e or M160 Router” on page 472.)
You also can configure failover on the router to switch mastership if a critical process fails. If a critical process on the active host module terminates, the standby host module routing becomes the active host module. You can configure processes for which this should happen. For example, you can use the set interface-control failover other-routing-engine statement at the [ edit system processes ] hierarchy level to configure failover for the interface control daemon.
For information about setting keepalive parameters, see “Configuring the Backup
Routing Engine to Assume Mastership on Failure of Keepalives” on page 486.
This section includes the following information:
!
Redundancy Connection for an M10i Router on page 470
!
Redundancy Connection for an M20 Router on page 471
!
Redundancy Connection for an M40e or M160 Router on page 472
!
Redundancy Connection for an M320 Router on page 473
!
Redundancy Connection for a T320 Router and T640 Routing Node on page 474
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy Connections !
469
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Redundancy Connection for an M10i Router
Figure 187 shows the connection between the master and backup Routing Engines on an M10i router. Keepalive messages are sent between Routing Engines via the interconnected HCM switches. In this way, the master and the backup Routing
Engines exchange state information.
Figure 187: Redundancy Connection for an M10i Router
Master Routing Engine
RE0
Backup Routing Engine
RE1
FXP1 FXP1
HCM0 keepalive messages physical connection
Switch Switch
HCM1
470 !
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy Connections
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Redundancy Connection for an M20 Router
Figure 188 shows the connection between the master and backup Routing Engines on an M20 router. Keepalive messages are sent between the master and backup
Routing Engine through the switch on the SSB. In this way, the master and the backup Routing Engines exchange state information.
Figure 188: Redundancy Connection for an M20 Router
Master Routing Engine
RE0
Backup Routing Engine
RE1
FXP1 FXP1
Switch
SSB
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy Connections !
471
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Redundancy Connection for an M40e or M160 Router
Figure 189 shows the connection between the master and backup host modules on an M40e or M160 router. Keepalive messages are sent from one Routing Engine to the other over the fpx2 interface found across the Peripheral Component
Interconnect (PCI) bridge. The keepalive message is received by the other host module via the fpx1 interface. A keepalive response is sent back over the fpx2 interface to the other Routing Engine. In this way, the master and the backup host modules exchange state information.
Figure 189: Redundancy Connection for an M40e or M160 Router
Master Host Module
RE0
Backup Host Module
RE1
FXP1 FXP1
MCS0
Switch keepalive messages physical connection
PCI bridge
FXP2
PCI bridge
FXP2
Switch
MCS1
472 !
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy Connections
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Redundancy Connection for an M320 Router
Figure 190 shows the connection between the master and backup host subsystems on an M320 router. Keepalive messages are sent from the Routing Engine over the em0 interface. The keepalive message is forwarded to the other host subsystem via the bcm0 interface on the Control Board. A keepalive response is sent back over the em0 interface to the other Routing Engine. In this way, the master and the backup host subsystems exchange state information.
Figure 190: Redundancy Connection for an M320 Router
Master Host Subsystem
RE0
Backup Host Subsystem
RE1
EM0 EM0
PCI bridge
CB0
BCM0 Switch keepalive messages physical connection
PCI bridge
Switch BCM0
CB1
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy Connections !
473
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Redundancy Connection for a T320 Router and T640 Routing Node
Figure 191 shows the connection between the master and backup host modules on a T320 router or a T640 routing node with a Routing Engine 600 (RE-600).
Keepalive messages are sent from one Routing Engine to the other over the fxp2 interface found on the Routing Engine. The keepalive message is received by the other host module via the fpx1 interface. A keepalive message is sent back over the fxp2 interface of the other Routing Engine. In this way, the master and the backup host subsystems exchange state information.
Figure 191: Redundancy Connection for a T320 Router or T640 Routing Node (RE-600)
Master Host Subsystem
RE0
Backup Host Subsystem
RE1
FXP2 FXP2
PCI bridge
CB0
FXP1 keepalive messages physical connection
Switch
PCI bridge
Switch
CB1
FXP1
474 !
Routing Engine, Host Module, and Host Subsystem Redundancy Connections
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Figure 192 shows the connection between the master and backup host modules on a T320 router or a T640 routing node with a Routing Engine 1600 (RE-1600).
Figure 192: Redundancy Connection for a T320 Router or T640 Routing Node (RE-1600)
Master Host Subsystem Backup Host Subsystem
RE0 RE1
EMO EMO
PCI bridge
CB0
FXP1
Switch keepalive messages physical connection
Determining Which Routing Engine You Are Logged In To
Steps To Take 1.
Display Routing Engine Status on page 476
2.
Display the Router Hardware on page 477
PCI bridge
Switch
CB1
FXP1
Determining Which Routing Engine You Are Logged In To !
475
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Display Routing Engine Status
Action To determine which Routing Engine you are logged in to, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 11 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 2 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 98 percent
Model RE-3.0
Serial ID P10865701859
Start time 2004-04-15 18:45:12 UTC
Uptime 6 days, 3 hours, 56 minutes, 8 seconds
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 10 percent
CPU utilization:
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The output from the show chassis hardware command indicates that you are logged in to the master Routing Engine because this command can only be used on the master Routing Engine.
If you are not logged in to the master Routing Engine, you will see the following command output: user@host> show chassis hardware error: Aborted! This command can only be used on the master routing engine.
476 !
Determining Which Routing Engine You Are Logged In To
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Step 2: Display the Router Hardware
Action To determine which Routing Engine you are logged in to, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 65565 M320
Midplane REV 05 710-009120 RB0662 M320 Midplane
FPM GBUS REV 04 710-005928 HV7564 M320 Board
FPM Display REV 05 710-009351 HY0996 M320 FPM Display
CIP REV 04 710-005926 HV2440 M320 CIP
PEM 0 Rev 03 740-009148 QD17663 DC Power Entry Module
PEM 1 Rev 03 740-009148 QD17664 DC Power Entry Module
PEM 2 Rev 03 740-009148 QD17662 DC Power Entry Module
PEM 3 Rev 03 740-009148 QD16006 DC Power Entry Module
Routing Engine 0 REV 05 740-008883 P11123900322 RE-4.0
Routing Engine 1 REV 05 740-008883 P11123900311 RE-4.0
CB 0 REV 07 710-009115 HW8716 M320 Control Board
CB 1 REV 07 710-009115 HW8693 M320 Control Board
[...Output truncated...]
What it Means The output from the show chassis hardware command indicates that you are logged in to the master Routing Engine because this command can only be used on the master Routing Engine.
If you are not logged in to the master Routing Engine, you will see the following command output: user@host> show chassis hardware error: Aborted! This command can only be used on the master routing engine.
Determining Routing Engine Mastership
Steps To Take To determine Routing Engine mastership, follow these steps:
1.
Determine the Routing Engine Mastership By Checking Status on page 478
2.
Determine Routing Engine Mastership By Checking the LEDs on page 478
3.
Log In To Backup Routing Engine If graceful-switchover is Configured on page 479
Determining Routing Engine Mastership !
477
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Determine the Routing Engine Mastership By Checking Status
Action To determine Routing Engine mastership, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 11 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 2 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 98 percent
Model RE-3.0
Serial ID P10865701859
Start time 2004-04-15 18:45:12 UTC
Uptime 6 days, 3 hours, 56 minutes, 8 seconds
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 10 percent
CPU utilization:
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays which Routing Engine is master (the one in Slot 0
RE0 ) and which is backup (the one in Slot 1 RE1 ) plus other hardware and operational status information.
Step 2: Determine Routing Engine Mastership By Checking the LEDs
Action Physically check the LEDs on either the craft interface or the Routing Engine
(depending on which chassis the Routing Engine is installed). The Routing Engine that displays an illuminated Master LED is the master Routing Engine. For the location and interpretation of LEDs, see “Monitoring the Routing Engine Status” on page 136 .
478 !
Determining Routing Engine Mastership
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Step 3: Log In To Backup Routing Engine If graceful-switchover is Configured
If graceful-switchover is configured, the CLI command prompt will look as follows:
{backup} user@host-re0>
{master} user@host-re1>
With RE1 as master and RE0 as backup.
Action If you are logged in to the master Routing Engine, log in to the backup Routing
Engine by using the following CLI command: user@host> request routing-engine login other-routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> request routing-engine login other-routing-engine
€Password: ########
{backup} user@host-re0>
What It Means You are now logged in to the backup Routing Engine in slot RE0 .
Manually Configuring Master and Backup Routing Engines
For routers with two Routing Engines, you can configure which Routing Engine is the master and which is the backup. By default, the Routing Engine in slot 0 is the master (RE0) and the one in slot 1 is the backup (RE1).
To modify the default configuration, include the routing-engine statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level:
[edit chassis redundancy] routing-engine slot-number (master | backup | disabled); slot-number can be 0 or 1. To configure the Routing Engine to be the master, specify the master option. To configure it to be the backup, specify the backup option. To switch between the master and the backup Routing Engines, you must modify the configuration and then activate it by issuing the commit command.
The running state of a Routing Engine (master, backup, or disabled) is determined by mastership election upon system boot.
!
Master—If a Routing Engine is configured as master, it has full functionality. It receives and transmits routing information, builds and maintains routing tables, communicates with interfaces and Packet Forwarding Engine components, and has full control over the chassis. Once a Routing Engine becomes master, it resets the switch plane (SSB, SCB, and SFM) and downloads its current version of the microkernel to the Packet Forwarding Engine components, guaranteeing software compatibility.
Manually Configuring Master and Backup Routing Engines !
479
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
Backup—If a Routing Engine is configured to be the backup, it does not maintain routing tables or communicate with Packet Forwarding Engine or chassis components. However, it runs through its memory check and boot sequence to the point of displaying a login prompt. A backup Routing Engine supports full management access through the Ethernet, console, and auxiliary ports, and can communicate with the master Routing Engine. Additionally, a backup Routing Engine responds to the Routing Engine request chassis routing-engine master switch command. The backup Routing Engine maintains a connection with the master Routing Engine and monitors the master Routing
Engine. If the connection is broken, you can switch mastership by entering the switchover command. If the master Routing Engine is hot-swapped out of the system, the backup takes over control of the system as the new master Routing
Engine. Once a Routing Engine becomes master, it resets the switch plane and downloads its own version of the microkernel to the Packet Forwarding Engine components.
!
Disabled—A disabled Routing Engine has progressed through its memory check and boot sequence to the point of displaying a login prompt (similar to backup state) but does not respond to a request chassis routing-engine master switch command. A Routing Engine in disabled state supports full management access through the Ethernet, console, and auxiliary ports, and can communicate with the master Routing Engine. A disabled Routing Engine does not participate in a mastership election. To move from disabled state to backup state, the Routing
Engine must be reconfigured to be the backup Routing Engine.
Action To configure RE1 to be the default master, issue the following CLI command in configuration mode at the [ edit ] hierarchy level:
For slot 0:
[edit] user@host# set chassis redundancy routing-engine 1 master
[edit] user@host# commit
For slot 1:
[edit] user@host# set chassis redundancy routing-engine 0 backup
[edit] user@host# commit
Action To view the Routing Engine mastership/backup status, use the following CLI command in operational mode: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
480 !
Manually Configuring Master and Backup Routing Engines
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 12 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 1 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 99 percent
Serial ID 210929000142
Start time 2004-05-12 13:14:30 PDT
Uptime 5 days, 22 hours, 7 minutes, 9 seconds
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.07 0.02 0.00
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 13 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 0 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 100 percent
Serial ID 210929000143
Start time 2004-04-05 17:08:41 PDT
Uptime 42 days, 18 hours, 12 minutes, 45 seconds
What It Means Each Routing Engine only checks its own configuration. Therefore, you must configure the redundancy settings on both Routing Engines correctly for the system to operate properly.
If both Routing Engines are configured as master, whichever Routing Engine comes up first will be the master. When the second Routing Engine comes up, it will try to assume mastership. However, the current master Routing Engine will reject this request, and the second Routing Engine will become the backup.
If both Routing Engines are configured as backup and come up after bootup, neither Routing Engine becomes master. The only way for either to become master is if one of the host module components (such as the Routing Engine) is physically removed, or if a Routing Engine has failover on-loss-of-keepalives configured and the connection between Routing Engines is interrupted for a period of time. The resulting timeout due to a loss of keepalives will force one of the Routing Engines to become the master. See “Configuring the Backup Routing Engine to Assume
Mastership on Failure of Keepalives” on page 486 for more information.
Manually Configuring Master and Backup Routing Engines !
481
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Manually Switching Routing Engine Mastership
Action To manually switch the Routing Engine mastership, use one of the following CLI commands.
!
From the backup Routing Engine, request the backup Routing Engine to acquire mastership: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master acquire user@host> request chassis routing-engine master acquire warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Attempt to become the master routing engine ? [yes,no] (no)
Resolving mastership...
Complete. The local routing engine becomes the master.
!
From the master Routing Engine, request the backup Routing Engine to acquire mastership: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master release user@host> request chassis routing-engine master release
Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Request the other routing engine become master ? [yes,no] (no)
Resolving mastership...
Complete. The other routing engine becomes the master.
!
Switch mastership from either the backup or master Routing Engine: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch
If graceful-switchover is not configured, the command output looks as follows: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between routing engines ? [yes,no] (no) yes
Resolving mastership...
Complete. The local routing engine becomes the master.
user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch
If graceful-switchover is configured the command output looks as follows:
Toggle mastership between routing engines ? [yes,no] (no) yes
Resolving mastership...
Complete. The other routing engine becomes the master.
What It Means When you enter the request chassis routing-engine master acquire command on the backup Routing Engine, you see the following: warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Attempt to become the master routing engine ? [yes,no] (no).
482 !
Manually Switching Routing Engine Mastership
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
The master Routing Engine gives up control of the system bus and goes into the backup state. The backup Routing Engine becomes master and restarts the Packet
Forwarding Engine. You can then diagnose the original master Routing Engine for problems or prepare it for upgrade or reconfiguration. When switchover occurs, the backup Routing Engine does not run through its full boot cycle (only the packet forwarding components run through a full boot cycle).
When you enter the request chassis routing-engine master release command on the master Routing Engine, the system passes mastership to the backup Routing
Engine. The master Routing Engine gives up control of the system bus and goes into the backup state. The backup Routing Engine becomes master and restarts the
Packet Forwarding Engine. You can then diagnose the original master Routing
Engine for problems or prepare it for upgrade or reconfiguration.
In all cases, once the switchover occurs, the new master Routing Engine reestablishes routing adjacencies, populates the routing table, and transfers forwarding table information to the Packet Forwarding Engine. When Routing
Engine mastership changes, the Packet Forwarding Engine components are rebooted to reestablish communication links and download the microkernel to each component. When this occurs, forwarding is interrupted and packet buffers are flushed.
Determining Why Mastership Switched
Mastership can switch between the master Routing Engine and the backup Routing
Engine for the following reasons:
!
Hardware problems.
!
The master Routing Engine is pulled.
!
Software issues, such as a Routing Engine kernel crash.
Action View the log file /var/log/mastership for redundancy logging. This file contains hardware and software transitions to help debug auto-redundancy issues.
user@host> show log mastership
Table 107 lists the event codes that can be displayed in the mastership log.
Table 107: Logging Events
Event Code
E_NULL = 0
E_CFG_M
E_CFG_B
E_CFG_D
E_MAXTRY
E_REQ_C
E_ACK_C
Description
The event is a null event.
The Routing Engine is configured as master.
The Routing Engine is configured as backup.
The Routing Engine is configured as disabled.
The maximum number of tries to acquire or release mastership was exceeded.
A claim mastership request was sent.
A claim mastership acknowledgement was received.
Determining Why Mastership Switched !
483
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Event Code
E_NAK_C
E_REQ_Y
E_ACK_Y
E_NAK_Y
E_REQ_G
E_ACK_G
E_CMD_A
E_CMD_F
E_CMD_R
E_CMD_S
E_NO_ORE
E_TMOUT
E_NO_IPC
E_ORE_M
E_ORE_B
E_ORE_D
Description
A claim mastership request was not acknowledged.
Confirmation of mastership is requested.
Mastership is acknowledged.
Mastership is not acknowledged.
A giveup mastership request was sent by a Routing Engine.
The Routing Engine acknowledges giveup of mastership.
The command request chassis routing-engine master acquire was issued from the backup Routing Engine.
Force switchover command was issued.
The command request chassis routing-engine master release was issued from the master Routing Engine.
The command request chassis routing-engine master switch was issued from a Routing Engine.
No other Routing Engine is detected.
A request timed out.
Routing Engine connection was lost.
Other Routing Engine state was changed to master.
Other Routing Engine state was changed to backup.
Other Routing Engine state was changed to disabled.
Sample Output user@host> show log mastership
Jan 12 21:50:05 clear-log[865]: logfile cleared
Jan 12 21:50:18 failed to receive keepalives from other RE for the last 60 sec
Jan 12 21:50:23 failed to send RE info/keepalive: errno=22, total=6 in the last
20 sec
Jan 12 21:50:23 failed to send RE info/keepalive: errno=22, total=6 in the last
20 sec
Jan 12 21:50:34 event = E_CMD_R, state = master , param = 0x0 Jan 12 21:50:34 send "you are the master" request Jan 12 21:50:34 Failed to send RE mastership cmd . err = 65 Jan 12 21:50:34 Currentstate: master NextState:giveup reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:34 timestamp: Wed Jan 12 21:50:34 2000
Jan 12 21:50:34 new state = giveup
Jan 12 21:50:36 event = E_TMOUT , state = giveup, param = 0x0 Jan 12 21:50:36 send "you are the master" request
Jan 12 21:50:36 Failed to send RE mastership cmd. err = 65 Jan 12 21:50:36
Currentstate: giveup NextState:giveup
reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:36 new state = giveup
Jan 12 21:50:38 event = E_TMOUT, state = giveup, param = 0x0
Jan 12 21:50:38 send "you are the master" request
Jan 12 21:50:38 Failed to send RE mastership cmd. err = 65
Jan 12 21:50:38 Currentstate: giveup NextState:giveup
reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:38 new state = giveup
Jan 12 21:50:40 failed to receive keepalives from other RE for the last 80 sec
Jan 12 21:50:41 event = E_TMOUT, state = giveup, param = 0x0
Jan 12 21:50:41 send "you are the master" request
Jan 12 21:50:41 Failed to send RE mastership cmd. err = 65
Jan 12 21:50:41 Currentstate: giveup NextState:giveup
reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:41 new state = giveup
484 !
Determining Why Mastership Switched
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Jan 12 21:50:43 event = E_TMOUT, state = giveup, param = 0x0
Jan 12 21:50:43 send "you are the master" request
Jan 12 21:50:43 Failed to send RE mastership cmd. err = 65
Jan 12 21:50:43 Currentstate: giveup NextState:giveup
reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:43 new state = giveup
Jan 12 21:50:46 failed to send RE info/keepalive: errno=35, total=7 in the last
20 sec
Jan 12 21:50:46 failed to send RE info/keepalive: errno=35, total=7 in the last
20 sec
Jan 12 21:50:46 event = E_TMOUT, state = giveup, param = 0x0
Jan 12 21:50:46 send "you are the master" request
Jan 12 21:50:46 Failed to send RE mastership cmd. err = 65
Jan 12 21:50:46 Currentstate: giveup NextState:giveup
reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:46 new state = giveup
Jan 12 21:50:48 event = E_TMOUT, state = giveup, param = 0x0
Jan 12 21:50:48 send "you are the master" request
Jan 12 21:50:48 Failed to send RE mastership cmd. err = 65
Jan 12 21:50:48 Currentstate: giveup NextState:giveup
reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:48 new state = giveup
Jan 12 21:50:50 event = E_TMOUT, state = giveup, param = 0x0
Jan 12 21:50:50 send "you are the master" request
Jan 12 21:50:50 Failed to send RE mastership cmd. err = 65
Jan 12 21:50:50 Currentstate: giveup NextState:giveup
reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:50 new state = giveup
Jan 12 21:50:53 event = E_MAXTRY , state = giveup, param = 0x0
Jan 12 21:50:53 Currentstate: giveup NextState:master
reason_code: 1
Jan 12 21:50:53 timestamp: Wed
Jan 12 21:50:53 2000
Jan 12 21:50:53 new state = master
Jan 12 21:51:01 failed to receive keepalives from other RE for the last 100 sec
Jan 12 21:51:06 failed to send RE info/keepalive: errno=65, total=7 in the last
20 sec
Jan 12 21:51:06 failed to send RE info/keepalive: errno=65, total=7 in the last
20 sec
Jan 12 21:51:21 failed to receive keepalives from other RE for the last 120 sec
Jan 12 21:51:26 failed to send RE info/keepalive: errno=22, total=6 in the last
20 sec
Jan 12 21:51:26 failed to send RE info/keepalive: errno=22, total=6 in the last
20 sec
What It Means The beginning of the log shows that keepalives are not being responded to and the state of the Routing Engine changed from master to giveup after the request chassis routing-engine master release command was issued. However, the other Routing
Engine is not taking over mastership because it is unreachable. Eventually a timeout
( E_TMOUT ) occurs until the Routing Engine reaches the maximum number of attempts permitted ( E_MAXTRY ). The output then shows the Routing Engine state changing from giveup back to master .
The output doesn’t indicate why the mastership switchover did not work. However, it is clear that the backup Routing Engine is unreachable.
Determining Why Mastership Switched !
485
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Configuring the Backup Routing Engine to Assume Mastership on Failure of
Keepalives
Action Configure the backup Routing Engine to automatically assume mastership if it detects a loss of keepalive responses with the set chassis routing-engine statement at the [ edit ] hierarchy level:
[edit] user@host# set chassis redundancy failover on-loss-of-keepalives
By d
NOTE: By default, a backup Routing Engine does not assume mastership when a loss of keepalive responses occurs.
Sample Output [edit] user@host# set chassis redundancy failover on-loss-of-keepalives
[edit] user@host# set chassis redundancy keepalive-time 300
[edit] user@host# commit commit complete
What it Means The results of issuing this command on the backup Routing Engine are as follows:
!
Every 20 seconds of keepalive loss, a message is added to the
/var/log/mastership file.
!
After keepalive-time passes, the backup Routing Engine attempts to claim mastership.
!
When the backup Routing Engine claims mastership, it continues to be master even after the other Routing Engine configured as master has successfully resumed operation. Therefore, if the backup Routing Engine claims mastership, you must manually switch mastership.
!
The default time before failover will occur is set to 300 seconds (5 minutes).
You can change the default keepalive time period with the set chassis redundancy keepalive-time time-in-seconds command (the range for keepalive-time is from 2 to 10,000 seconds).
!
Keepalive messages are sent every second.
486 !
Configuring the Backup Routing Engine to Assume Mastership on Failure of Keepalives
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Avoiding Redundancy Problems
Problems with reliable redundancy are more often caused by poor management of software rather than by hardware failure. The following operating guidelines reduce the likelihood of significant downtime due to Routing Engine redundancy conflicts.
Steps To Take 1.
Operate the Same Type of Routing Engine and JUNOS Software on page 487
2.
Use the Groups Configuration on page 487
3.
Synchronize Configurations on page 489
4.
Copy a Configuration File from One Routing Engine to Another on page 489
5.
Use the Proper Shutdown Process on a Backup Routing Engine on page 490
Step 1: Operate the Same Type of Routing Engine and JUNOS Software
The active and standby Routing Engines must be the same type of Routing Engine and must operate the same version of JUNOS software; otherwise, anomalies in operation can occur.
Step 2: Use the Groups Configuration
Action Apply a single configuration file to both Routing Engines using the groups group-name statement at the [ edit ] hierarchy level:
[edit] user@host# set groups group-name
Where group-name is the name of the configuration group. To configure multiple groups, specify more than one group-name . On routers that support multiple Routing
Engines, you can also specify two special group names:
!
re0 —Configuration statements that are applied to the Routing Engine in slot 0.
!
re1 —Configuration statements that are applied to the Routing Engine in slot 1.
The configuration specified in group re0 is only applied if the current Routing
Engine is in slot 0; likewise, the configuration specified in group re1 is only applied if the current Routing Engine is in slot 1. Therefore, both Routing Engines can use the same configuration file, each using only the configuration statements that apply to it. Each re0 or re1 group contains at a minimum the configuration for the hostname and the management interface ( fxp0 ). If each Routing Engine uses a different management interface, the group also should contain the configuration for the backup router and static routes.
To view the existing groups configuration, use the following CLI command in configuration mode:
[edit] user@host# groups user@host# show
Avoiding Redundancy Problems !
487
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Sample Output [edit groups] user@host# show re0 {
system {
host-name foo-re0;
}
interfaces {
fxp0 {
unit 0 {
family inet {
address 10.0.0.1/24;
}
}
}
}
} re1 {
system {
host-name foo-re1;
}
interfaces {
fxp0 {
unit 0 {
family inet {
address 10.0.0.2/24;
}
}
}
}
}
What it Means Use the already-existing groups statement, and use re0 and re1 as keyword group names. Each Routing Engine applies the slot-specific group configuration information to its configurations.
In the main configuration body, add the rest of the configuration that will be the same on both Routing Engines. Do not include the configuration statements that you made in the group configurations (such as configurations for fxp0 ). If you configure items in the body of the statement that also exist in the groups statement, the configuration in the body takes precedence—the configuration from the group statement will not be inherited.
Action Display the groups that were applied using the following configuration mode CLI command:
[edit] user@host# show apply-groups
Sample Output user@host# show apply-groups apply-groups [ re0 re1 ];
488 !
Avoiding Redundancy Problems
Chapter 36: Host Redundancy Overview
Step 3: Synchronize Configurations
Action Synchronize configurations between two Routing Engines using the synchronize statement at the [ edit ] hierarchy level:
[edit] user@host# commit synchronize
Sample Output [edit] root# commit synchronize re1: configuration check succeeds re0: configuration check succeeds re1: commit complete re0: commit complete
What it Means When this statement is selected, the configuration file is copied to the other Routing
Engine, followed by a load override and a commit . No user intervention is required.
NOTE: Both Routing Engines must be running JUNOS software Release 5.1 or higher. Use the groups statement to ensure that differences in the configurations for RE0 and RE1 are applied.
Step 4: Copy a Configuration File from One Routing Engine to Another
Action You can copy a configuration file from one Routing Engine to another using the file copy command. The file is transferred through the internal Ethernet interface ( FXP1 or FXP2, depending on the router): user@host> file copy < source > < destination >
NOTE: Both Routing Engines must have jbase version 4.1 or higher loaded.
Sample Output Copy a file on RE0 to RE1 : user@re0> file copy /var/tmp/jinstall-6.0R3.3-domestic-signed.tgz re1:/var/tmp1/
Check the result on RE1 : user@re1> file list /var/tmp/
.pccardd= jbundle-5.5R3.1-domestic.tgz* jinstall-6.0R3.3-domestic-signed.tgz
sampled.pkts
What it Means The file jinstall-6.0R3.3-domestic-signed.tgz
is copied from RE0 to RE1 .
Avoiding Redundancy Problems !
489
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 5: Use the Proper Shutdown Process on a Backup Routing Engine
Action The request system halt command only shuts down the Routing Engine you are logged in to; the other Routing Engine is still running and may be performing file management or some other task that could create anomalies. user@re0> request system halt
Sample Output user@re0> request system halt warning: This command will not halt the other routing-engine.
If planning to switch off power, use the both-routing-engines option.
Halt the system ? [yes,no] (no)
*** FINAL System shutdown message from root@utah ***
System going down IMMEDIATELY shutdown: [pid 8669]
Shutdown NOW!
What It Means This command only shuts down the Routing Engine you are logged in to. To shut down both Routing Engines, use the both-routing-engines option or log in to the other Routing Engine and perform the shutdown again.
490 !
Avoiding Redundancy Problems
Chapter 37
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
You monitor redundant Routing Engines to ensure that system processes function normally, such as routing protocols, packet forwarding tables, router interfaces, system management, JUNOS software and file system storage, and monitoring functions. (See Table 108.)
This chapter describes how to monitor redundant Routing Engines. For more information about monitoring Routing Engines, see “Monitoring the Routing
Engine” on page 125. See also the applicable router hardware installation guide.
Table 108: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
Monitor Redundant Routing Engine Tasks
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines on page 493
Command or Action
Redundant Routing Engine Characteristics on page 493
!
M10i Router Routing Engine Redundancy on page 494
!
M20 Router Routing Engine Redundancy on page 495
!
M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine Redundancy on page 496
!
M320 Router Routing Engine Redundancy on page 497
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Redundancy on page 498
Understanding the Redundant Routing Engine Configuration on page 500
[edit]
[edit chassis redundancy] show or show chassis redundancy
Understanding Redundant Routing Engine Automatic Failover on page 501
Understanding the Default Routing Engine Redundancy Behavior on page 501
Displaying the Redundant Routing Engines Installed in the
Router on page 502 show chassis hardware show chassis routing-engine
See “Monitoring the Routing Engine Status” on page 136.
Checking the Redundant Routing Engine Status on page 503
Displaying Redundant Routing Engine Mastership and
Backup on page 503
Displaying Redundant Routing Engine Errors on page 504 show chassis routing-engine show log mastership
!
491
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Redundant Routing Engine Tasks Command or Action
Manually Switching from Master to Backup Routing Engine on page 504 request chassis routing-engine master release request chassis routing-engine master switch
Replacing a Redundant Routing Engine on page 506 See “Removing a Routing Engine” on page 161.
See Also !
Monitoring the Host Module on page 341
!
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
!
Monitoring the MCS on page 359
!
Host Redundancy Overview on page 463
!
Monitoring Redundant MCSs on page 567
!
Monitoring Redundant Control Boards on page 559
492 !
Chapter 37: Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines
Purpose Inspect redundant Routing Engines to minimize system process failures.
What Are Redundant
Routing Engines
Redundant Routing Engines are two Routing Engines that are installed in the same router. One functions as the master, while the other stands by as a backup should the master Routing Engine fail. By default, the Routing Engine in slot 0 is the master
( RE0 ) and the one in slot 1 is the backup ( RE1 ).
Redundant Routing Engine Characteristics
Table 109 describes redundant Routing Engine characteristics for routing platforms.
Table 109: M-series Platform Redundant Routing Engine Characteristics
M20
X
M40 M40e M160 M320
T320/
T640 Component M10i
Redundant Routing Engine X
Redundant host modules with Routing Engine and
MCS
Redundant host subsystems with Routing Engine and
Control Board
Redundant host modules with Routing Engine and
Control Board
X X
X
X
The following sections describe the various routing platform Routing Engines:
!
M10i Router Routing Engine Redundancy on page 494
!
M20 Router Routing Engine Redundancy on page 495
!
M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine Redundancy on page 496
!
M320 Router Routing Engine Redundancy on page 497
!
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Redundancy on page 498
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines !
493
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M10i Router Routing Engine Redundancy
The M10i router has redundant Routing Engines. The M10i router has one Routing
Engine in slot RE0 and another in slot RE1 (see Figure 193). By default, the Routing
Engine in slot RE0 is the master and the one in slot RE1 is the backup. If one
Routing Engine fails, the other one assumes the routing functions.
The M10i router Routing Engine faceplate has LEDs that indicate redundant Routing
Engine operating status and mastership. (See “Check the M10i Router Routing
Engine LEDs” on page 139.)
Figure 193: M10i Router Redundant Routing Engine
Routing Engines
RE0
RE1
494 !
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines
Chapter 37: Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
M20 Router Routing Engine Redundancy
The M20 router has one Routing Engine in slot RE0 and another in slot RE1 (see
Figure 194). By default, the Routing Engine in slot RE0 is the master and the one in slot RE1 is the backup. If one Routing Engine fails, the other one assumes the routing functions.
The M20 router Routing Engine panel has LEDs that indicate redundant Routing
Engine operating status and mastership. The craft interface also has LEDs that indicate redundant Routing Engine status and mastership. (See “Check the M20
Router Routing Engine LEDs” on page 140.)
Figure 194: M20 Router Redundant Routing Engine
Rear
Routing Engines Routing Engine panel
RE 0
RE 1
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines !
495
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M40e and M160 Router Routing Engine Redundancy
The M40e and M160 routers have redundant Routing Engines that are components of the host module (see Figure 195). The host module consists of a Routing Engine and a Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS). You can install two host modules in the M40e and M160 routers. For more information about monitoring redundant
MCSs, see “Monitoring Redundant MCSs” on page 567.
Both the Routing Engine and the MCS must be installed for the host module to function. When two host modules are installed in the router, both are powered on, but only one is the master; the second host module is the backup and performs no functions. By default, the master host module has components installed in slots RE0 and MCS0 ; the backup host module has components installed in slots RE1 and
MCS1 .
The M40e and M160 router craft interface LEDs indicate the Routing Engine operating status and mastership. (See “Check the M40e and M160 Router Routing
Engine LEDs” on page 143.)
Figure 195: M40e and M160 Router Redundant Routing Engines
M160 router rear M40e router rear
SFM 0
SFM 1
Routing
Engines
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
SFM 0
Routing
Engines
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
Do not install an SFM in this slot
Do not install an SFM in this slot
PCG 0
PCG 1
496 !
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines
Chapter 37: Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
M320 Router Routing Engine Redundancy
The M320 router has a redundant Routing Engine that is a component of the host subsystem (see Figure 196). The host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine and a
Control Board. Two host subsystems can be installed in the M320 router. For more information about monitoring redundant Control Boards, see “Monitoring
Redundant Control Boards” on page 559.
Both the Routing Engine and the Control Board must be installed for the host subsystem to function. When two host subsystems are installed in the router, both are powered on, but only one is the master; the second host subsystem is the backup and performs no functions. By default, the master host module has components installed in slots RE0 and CB0 ; the backup host module has components installed in slots RE1 and CB1 . The Routing Engines are hot-pluggable.
The M320 router craft interface LEDs indicate the Routing Engine operating status and mastership. (See “Check the M320 Router Routing Engine LEDs” on page 144.)
Figure 196: M320 Router Redundant Routing Engines
M320 router rear
Routing
Engines
RE0
RE1
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
SIB-M
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
SIB-M
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
SIB-M
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
SIB
0
SIB
1
SIB
2
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines !
497
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Routing Engine Redundancy
Figure 197 shows the T320 router redundant Routing Engines that are components of the host subsystem.
Figure 197: T320 Router Routing Engines
T320 router rear T640 router rear
RE0
RE1
Routing
Engines
RE0
RE1
498 !
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines
Chapter 37: Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
Figure 198 shows the T640 routing node redundant Routing Engines that are components of the host subsystem.
Figure 198: T640 Routing Node Routing Engines
T640 router rear
Routing
Engines
The host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine and a Control Board. You can install two host subsystems in the T320 router and T640 routing node. For more information about monitoring redundant Control Boards, see “Monitoring
Redundant Control Boards” on page 559.
Both the Routing Engine and the Control Board must be installed for the host subsystem to function. When two host subsystems are installed in the router, both are powered on, but only one is the master; the second host subsystem is the backup and performs no functions. By default, the master host subsystem has components installed in slots RE0 and CB0 ; the backup host module has components installed in slots RE1 and CB1 . If one Routing Engine physically fails, the other one assumes the routing functions. If a software failure occurs, the other backup Routing Engine assumes routing functions if some preliminary configuration has been done. For more information, see“Host Redundancy
Overview” on page 463.
The T320 router and T640 routing node craft interface LEDs indicate the Routing
Engine operating status and mastership. (See “Check the T320 Router Routing
Engine LEDs” on page 144 and “Check the T640 Routing Node Routing Engine
LEDs” on page 145.)
Understanding Redundant Routing Engines !
499
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding the Redundant Routing Engine Configuration
For routers with redundant Routing Engines, you can configure a master and backup Routing Engine. By default, the Routing Engine in slot RE0 is the master, and the Routing Engine in slot RE1 is the backup. Once configured, you can specify the Routing Engine to assume mastership automatically if it detects loss of the keepalive signal from the master. You can configure Routing Engine redundancy is in the JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) configuration mode at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level.
NOTE: We recommend that both Routing Engines have the same configuration.
When changing the configuration on a Routing Engine, commit it to both Routing
Engines using the commit synchronize statement at the [ edit ] hierarchy level. For more information about synchronizing configurations, see “Host Redundancy
Overview” on page 463.
You can configure redundant Routing Engine automatic failover for the backup
Routing Engine with a specified failover time. By default, automatic failover is disabled. To enable it, include the failover on-loss-of-keepalives statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level. By default, failover will occur after 300 seconds
(5 minutes) unless a different time is specified. The failover time is indicated by the keepalive-timeseconds statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level. The range for the keepalive time is from 2 to 10,000 seconds.
To display the current Routing Engine redundancy configuration, follow these steps:
1.
Enter the CLI configuration mode using the following command: user@host# configure
2.
From the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level, show the configuration using the following command: user@host# show
Alternative Action To display the current Routing Engine configuration, you can also use the following
CLI command: user@host> show chassis redundancy
Sample Output user@host> show chassis redundancy routing-engine 0 master; routing-engine 1 backup; failover on-loss-of-keepalives; keepalive-time 300;
500 !
Understanding the Redundant Routing Engine Configuration
Chapter 37: Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
Understanding Redundant Routing Engine Automatic Failover
If the keepalive time is configured for 2 seconds, the sequence of events is as follows:
1.
After 2 seconds of keepalive loss, a message is logged.
2.
After 2 seconds of keepalive loss, the backup Routing Engine attempts to assume mastership. An alarm is generated whenever the backup Routing
Engine is active, and the display is updated with the current status.
3.
Once the backup Routing Engine assumes mastership, it continues to function as master even after the originally configured master Routing Engine has successfully resumed operation. You must manually restore it to its previous backup status. However, if at any time one of the Routing Engines is not present, the other Routing Engine becomes master automatically, regardless of how redundancy is configured.
Understanding the Default Routing Engine Redundancy Behavior
By default, the JUNOS software uses RE0 as the master Routing Engine and RE1 as the backup Routing Engine. Unless otherwise specified in the configuration, RE0 will always assume mastership if the acting master Routing Engine is rebooted.
To see how the default Routing Engine redundancy setting works, follow these steps:
WARNING: Do not try this procedure on a production network.
1.
Make sure the router is running on RE0 as the master Routing Engine (see
“Displaying Redundant Routing Engine Mastership and Backup” on page 503).
2.
To manually switch the state of the Routing Engine mastership, use the request chassis routing-engine master command. RE0 is now the backup Routing Engine and RE1 is the master Routing Engine. If you use this command to change the master Routing Engine, and then restart the chassis software for any reason, the master reverts to the default setting. For information about switching
Routing Engine mastership, see the request chassis routing-engine master command in the JUNOS Protocols, Class of Service, and System Basics Command
Reference .
NOTE: On the next reboot of the master Routing Engine, the JUNOS software returns the router to the default state because you have not configured the Routing
Engines to maintain this state after a reboot.
3.
Reboot the master Routing Engine RE1 . When you do this, the Routing Engine boots up and reads the configuration. If you have not specified in the configuration which Routing Engine is the master, RE 1 uses the default configuration as the backup. Now both RE 0 and RE 1 are in a backup state. The
JUNOS software detects this conflict and, to prevent a no-master state, reverts to the default configuration with RE0 assuming mastership.
Understanding Redundant Routing Engine Automatic Failover !
501
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Displaying the Redundant Routing Engines Installed in the Router
Action To determine whether a router has redundant Routing Engines, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show chassis hardware
NOTE: If the show chassis hardware CLI command displays no hardware information, check to see which Routing Engine you are logged in to. If you are logged in to the backup Routing Engine, no hardware information is displayed or there are errors.
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 22196 M20
Backplane REV 07 710-001517 AL2873
Power Supply A REV 04 740-001466 001043 DC
Power Supply B REV 04 740-001466 000671 DC
Display REV 04 710-001519 AJ7282
Host 0 c800000749a9db01 Present
Host 1 9a00000749b14301 Present
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the Routing Engine slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and type.
Alternative Action To display more detailed information about the Routing Engines installed in a router, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
DRAM 768 Mbytes
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 1 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 98 percent
Serial ID c800000749a9db01
Start time 2002-06-18 13:53:12 UTC
Uptime 70 days, 52 minutes, 40 seconds
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.08 0.02 0.01
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
DRAM 805306368 Mbytes
502 !
Displaying the Redundant Routing Engines Installed in the Router
Chapter 37: Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 0 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 99 percent
Serial ID 9a00000749b14301
Start time 2002-06-18 13:54:05 UTC
Uptime 70 days, 51 minutes, 50 seconds
Checking the Redundant Routing Engine Status
Action For more information about monitoring Routing Engine status, see “Monitoring the
Routing Engine Status” on page 136.
Displaying Redundant Routing Engine Mastership and Backup
Action To display which Routing Engine is master and backup, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status
Slot 0
Current state: Master
Election priority: Master
Temperature
DRAM
41 C / 105 degrees F
765 Mbytes
CPU utilization
User
Background
Kernel
Interrupt
Idle
Serial ID
Start time
Uptime
Load averages
0 percent
0 percent
0 percent
0 percent
100 percent
39000004f8bdec01
2000-01-04 22:02:58 UTC
14 hours, 45 minutes, 40 seconds
1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.05
0.04
0.01
Slot 1
Current state Backup
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 41 C / 105 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output shows the status of the Routing Engines: RE0 is Master and
RE1 is Backup .
Alternative Actions You can also use the show chassis environment routing-engine command; for more information see “Monitoring the Routing Engine Status” on page 136. The Current
State field indicates which Routing Engine is master and which is backup.
Checking the Redundant Routing Engine Status !
503
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
For M40e and M160 routers, you can also use the show chassis craft-interface command. The command output shows the master and backup Routing Engine
LED status; for more information, see “Monitoring the Routing Engine Status” on page 136.
Displaying Redundant Routing Engine Errors
Action To view redundancy log messages, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log mastership
Sample Output user@host> show log mastership
[...Output truncated...]
May 13 11:18:31 RE mastership msg error: subtype 52
May 13 11:18:32 failed to receive loss of keepalives from other RE for the last
20 sec
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The /var/log/mastership file records error messages from redundancy logging. The file records the time of the message and a description of the message. A message is logged after 20 seconds of keepalive loss.
Manually Switching from Master to Backup Routing Engine
Action To manually switch from master to backup Routing Engine, or to force the backup
Routing Engine to become master, use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master release
You can also use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch
For routers with multiple Routing Engines only, you can control which Routing
Engine is the master.
WARNING: For routers that have two Routing Engines, both Routing Engines must be running JUNOS Release 4.0 or later. Do not run JUNOS Release 3.4 on one of the Routing Engines and Release 4.0 on the other. JUNOS software Release 3.4 does not support Routing Engine redundancy. If you are using this release of the software, only one Routing Engine can be installed in either slot in the router.
By default, the Routing Engine in slot 0 ( RE0 ) is the master and the Routing Engine in slot 1 ( RE1 ) is the backup. To change the default master Routing Engine, include the routing-engine statement at the [ edit chassis redundancy ] hierarchy level in the configuration. For more information, see the JUNOS System Basics Configuration
Guide .
504 !
Displaying Redundant Routing Engine Errors
Chapter 37: Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines
When you force the backup Routing Engine to become the master Routing Engine with the request chassis routing-engine master command and then restart the chassis software for any reason, the master reverts to the default setting.
NOTE: The configurations on the two Routing Engines do not have to be the same, and they are not automatically synchronized. If you configure both Routing
Engines as masters, when the chassis software restarts for any reason, the Routing
Engine in slot 0 becomes the master and the Routing Engine in slot 1 becomes the backup.
We recommend making both configurations the same.
When both Routing Engines have the same configuration and come up at the same time, the Routing Engine in slot 0 takes precedence over the Routing Engine in slot
1. Table 110 indicates which Routing Engine becomes master based on the configuration of both Routing Engines.
Table 110: Routing Engine Mastership Election
Slot 0 Configuration
Master
Slot 0: master
Slot 1: backup
Slot 0: master
Slot 1: backup
Backup
Slot 0: backup
Slot 1: master
Slot 0: master
Slot 1: backup
Disabled
Slot 0: disabled
Slot 1: master
Slot 0: disabled
Slot 1: master
Slot 0: master
Slot 1: disabled
Slot 0: master
Slot 1: disabled
Slot 0: disabled
Slot 1: disabled
Sample Output The following command output displays when you attempt to have the backup
Routing Engine become master: user@M20-host> request chassis routing-engine master acquire warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized warning: The other routing engine's file system could be corrupted
Reset other routing engine and become master ? [yes,no] (no)
The following command output displays when you switch the mastership from the master Routing Engine to the backup: user@m20-host-0> request chassis routing-engine master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between Routing Engines ? [yes,no] (no) yes
Resolving mastership...
Complete. The other Routing Engine becomes the master.
root@m20-host-0>
Manually Switching from Master to Backup Routing Engine !
505
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The following command output displays when you switch the mastership from the backup to the master Routing Engine: root@m20-host-0> request chassis routing-engine master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between routing engines ? [yes,no] (no) yes
Resolving mastership...
Complete. The local routing engine becomes the master.
root@m20-host-0>
What It Means The command output indicates that traffic will be interrupted during the Routing
Engine mastership switch process. The command output confirms whether you really want to continue with the mastership switch process, and indicates when the mastership switch process is complete.
Syntax request chassis routing-engine master <acquire <no-confirm>| release | switch> acquire —(Optional) Attempt to become the master Routing Engine.
no-confirm —(Optional) Do not request confirmation.
release —(Optional) Request the other Routing Engine to become the master.
switch —(Optional) Toggle mastership between Routing Engines.
Replacing a Redundant Routing Engine
If you have a router with two Routing Engines and you want to shut the power off to the router or remove a Routing Engine, you must first halt the backup Routing
Engine (if it has been upgraded), then halt the master Routing Engine. To halt a
Routing Engine, issue the request system halt command. You can also halt both
Routing Engines at the same time by issuing the request system halt both-routing-engines command.
NOTE: When you halt both Routing Engines, a message displays to press Enter to restart or to halt. If you press Enter on the master Routing Engine to restart, it will restart. However the backup Routing Engine will not restart. It will wait at the message to restart or to halt. You then have to press Enter on the console of the backup Routing Engine for it to restart.
Action To replace a redundant Routing Engine, see “Removing a Routing Engine” on page 161.
506 !
Replacing a Redundant Routing Engine
Chapter 38
Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
You monitor and maintain redundant power supplies to ensure that power is distributed to the router components without interruption. (See Table 111.)
Table 111: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
Monitor Redundant Power Supply Tasks
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies on page 508
Command or Action
!
M5/M10 Router Redundant Power Supplies on page 508
!
M7i Router Redundant Power Supplies on page 509
!
M10i Router Redundant Power Supplies on page 510
!
M20 Router Redundant Power Supplies on page 511
!
M40 Router Redundant Power Supplies on page 512
!
M40e Router Power Supplies nand Location on page 513
!
M160 Router Redundant Power Supplies on page 515
!
M320 Router Redundant Power Supplies on page 516
!
T320 Router Redundant Power Supplies on page 517
!
T640 Routing Node Redundant Power Supplies on page 518
Displaying Redundant Power Supplies Installed In The
Router on page 519 show chassis hardware
Checking the Redundant Power Supply Status on page 521
For more information about monitoring power supplies, see
“Checking the Power Supply Status” on page 230.
For more information about checking for power supply alarms, see “Checking for Power Supply Alarms” on page 235.
Checking for Power Supply Alarms on page 521
Verifying Power Supply Failure on page 521
Getting Power Hardware Information on page 521 For more information about removing a power supply, see
“Replacing the Power Supplies” on page 250.
Replacing a Power Supply on page 521
See Also !
Monitoring Power Supplies on page 217
!
507
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies
Purpose Inspect redundant power supplies to ensure that they distribute power to the other router components according to their voltage requirements.
What Are Redundant
Power Supplies
With redundant power supplies, two power supplies are installed in a router and perform load sharing during normal operation. When one power supply fails or is switched off, the other power supply immediately and automatically assumes the entire electrical load. Table 112 lists some router characteristics for each M-series router platform type.
The power supplies are internally connected to the midplane, which delivers the power input from the circuit breaker box and distributes the different output voltages produced by the power supplies to the router’s components, depending on their voltage requirements.
Table 112: Router Power Supply Characteristics Per Routing Platform
Power Supply
Characteristic
M5/
M10
M7i/
M10i
Number. of power supplies
2
Watts per AC/DC power supply
2/4
434 W AC
293 W DC
DC 293 W
M20 M40
2 2
M40e
2
750 W 1500 W AC 2900 W
DC 3000 W
M160
2
M320
4
T320
2
T640
2
DC original
2600 W
DC enhanced
3200 W
AC 1750 W
DC 2000 W
3200 W
DC enhanced
3200 W
6500W
DC enhanced
3200 W
Supports both AC and DC power supplies
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No; original or enhanced
DC only
Yes No
DC only
No
DC only
M5/M10 Router Redundant Power Supplies
Two load-sharing, isolated power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the M5 and M10 router chassis. The routers use either AC or DC power. Figure 199 shows the M5 and M10 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
Figure 199: M5 and M10 Router Redundant Power Supplies
M5 and M10 router rear AC power supply DC power supply
Power supply A Power supply B
508 !
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies
Chapter 38: Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supply instantly begins providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning and can provide full power indefinitely.
NOTE: Mixing AC and DC power supplies is not supported. The two power supplies must be either both AC or both DC.
When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on. In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of having a second power supply installed.)
M7i Router Redundant Power Supplies
Two load-sharing, isolated power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the M7i router chassis. The router uses either AC or DC power. Figure 200 shows the M7i router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load.
For full redundancy, two power supplies are required. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the second power supply instantly begins providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning. The second power supply can provide full power indefinitely.
Figure 200: M7i Router Redundant Power Supplies
M7i router rear
AC power supply DC power supply
USE C
OPPER
RTN -48 V
S
10 A
CAUTIO
N on m from idplane
Power supply A
Power supply B
NOTE: When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one
FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on. In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of having a second power supply installed.)
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies !
509
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M10i Router Redundant Power Supplies
The M10i router uses either AC or DC power. You can install up to four load-sharing power supplies at the bottom rear of the chassis. Figure 201 shows the M10i router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
The AC power supplies are fully redundant. If one power supply fails or is removed, the remaining power supplies instantly assume the entire electrical load. Two power supplies can provide full power for as long as the router is operational. Three power supplies are required for redundancy. Power supplies must be present in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 for the router to operate.
The DC power supplies are fully redundant. The DC power supplies in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 can provide full power to the router. Likewise, the DC power supplies in slots P/S 2 and P/S 3 can also provide full power. The DC power supplies in slots
P/S 2 and P/S 3 jointly serve as the backup to the DC power supplies in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 . Power supplies must be present in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 for the router to operate.
Figure 201: M10i Router Redundant Power Supplies
M10i router rear AC power supply
Power supplies
FANTRAY 1
PEM3
PEM2
P/S 3
P/S 2
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
P/S 1
P/S 0
NOTE: P/S 0 AND P/S 1
FOR NORMAL O
MUST BE PRES
PERATION.
ENT
FANTRAY O
DC power supply
USE CO
PPER
CTORS
Energy hazard contacting co or in card cag
from e.
PEM0
PEM1
NOTE: AC and DC power supplies are required in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 for the router to operate.
The DC power supplies in slots P/S 0 and P/S 1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and the DC power supplies in slots P/S 2 and
P/S 3 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
510 !
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies
Chapter 38: Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
M20 Router Redundant Power Supplies
Two load-sharing, isolated power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the M20 router chassis.The router uses either AC or DC power. Figure 202 shows the M20 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supplies instantly begin providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning, and can provide full power indefinitely.
NOTE: Mixing AC and DC power supplies is not supported. The two power supplies must be either both AC or both DC.
When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on. In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers and on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of having a second power supply installed.)
Figure 202: M20 Router Redundant Power Supplies
M20 router rear DC power supply
AC power supply
Power supply A Power supply B
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies !
511
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M40 Router Redundant Power Supplies
The M40 router can use either AC or DC power. Two load-sharing power supplies install into the bays located at the bottom rear of the chassis. As viewed from the rear of the chassis, the supply on the left is referred to as supply A and the supply on the right as supply B . Figure 203 shows the M40 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
The power supplies are fully redundant. When both power supplies are operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If one power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supply instantly begins providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning, and can provide full power indefinitely.
Figure 203: M40 Router Redundant Power Supplies
M40 router DC power supply
AC power supply
Power supply A
Power supply B
512 !
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies
Chapter 38: Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
M40e Router Power Supplies nand Location
The M40e router uses either AC or DC power. Two load-sharing, pass-through power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the chassis. Figure 204 on page 514 shows the M40e router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supplies instantly begin providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning, and can provide full power indefinitely.
NOTE: Mixing AC and DC power supplies is not supported and prevents the router from booting. If two power supplies are installed, they must be either both AC or both DC.
!
A circuit breaker box must be installed on a DC-powered router, while a circuit breaker is incorporated into each AC power supply. Converting the router from
AC to DC power or vice versa involves removing or installing the circuit breaker box. Only authorized service personnel should perform the conversion: this manual does not include instructions.
!
When two power supplies are installed, at least one Routing Engine and one
FPC must also be installed for both power supplies to power on. In the absence of this minimum load, only one power supply starts. (The router powers on and operates correctly with one power supply, but without the redundancy benefit of having a second power supply installed.)
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies !
513
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 204: M40e Router Redundant Power Supplies
M40e router
PCG 0
PCG 1
AC power supplies
B/PEM1
DC power supplies
B/PEM1
OFF
A/PEM0
A/PEM0
OFF
PCG 0
PCG 1
AC power supply
Install only in an M40e router
NOMINAL INPUT
200-240V
47-63 Hz
CAUTION
THE SYSTEM, DISCONNECT
MAXIMUM OF 2 PO
APPARATEN SKALL ANSLUT
TILL JORD
WER CORDSETS
ANSLUTS
AT UTTAG NAR DE
TILL ETT NA
TVERK
OUTPUT OK
PEM
SELF TEST
OFF
TIGHTEN
THESE S
CREWS F
IRST
DC power supply
ENHANCED PEM
CAUTION
TURN OFF CIRCUIT
BREAKER BEFORE REMOVING
OR INSERTING PEM.
INSERT PEM THEN
TURN OFF CIRCUIT
BREAKER AFTER 1 MINUTE.
CB ON
OUTPUT OK
CB OFF
PEM
SELF TEST
TIGHTEN THESE SCREWS FIRST
514 !
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies
Chapter 38: Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
M160 Router Redundant Power Supplies
The M160 router uses DC power. Two load-sharing, pass-through power supplies are located at the bottom rear of the chassis. Figure 205 shows the M160 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
When the power supplies are installed and operational, they automatically share the electrical load. If a power supply stops functioning for any reason, the remaining power supplies instantly begin providing all the power the router needs for normal functioning, and can provide full power indefinitely.
Figure 205: M160 Router Redundant Power Supplies
M160 router
Original DC power supply
Power supplies
B/PEM1
A/PEM0
CB ON
OUTPUT OK
NO A IRFLOW
CB OFF
PEM
SELF TEST
Enhanced DC power supply
ENHANCED PEM
CAUTION
TURN OFF CIRCUIT
BREAKER BEFORE REMOVING
OR INSERTING PEM.
INSERT PEM THEN
TURN OFF CIRCUIT
BREAKER AFTER 1 MINUTE.
CB ON
OUTPUT OK
CB OFF
TIGHTEN THESE SCREWS FIRST
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies !
515
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M320 Router Redundant Power Supplies
The M320 router uses either AC or DC power. Figure 206 shows the M320 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
Figure 206: M320 Router Redundant Power Supplies
M320 router rear
Power supply
PEM0
Power supply
PEM1
Power supply
PEM2
Power supply
PEM3
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB-M
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
SIB-M
SIB-M
SIB-M
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB
2
SIB
3
SIB
0
SIB
1
AC power supply
DC power supply
The M320 router supports four power supplies. The AC power supplies are fully redundant. If one power supply fails or is removed, the remaining power supplies instantly assume the entire electrical load. Three power supplies can provide full power for as long as the router is operational.
In the M320 router DC power supply configuration, the router has four DC power supplies, located at the lower rear of the chassis in slots PEM0 through PEM3 (top to bottom). The DC power supplies in slots PEM0 and PEM2 are load-sharing and provide power to the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) in slots FPC3 through FPC7 .
The DC power supplies in slots PEM1 and PEM3 are load-sharing and provide power to the FPCs in slots FPC0 through FPC2 , Switch Interface Boards (SIBs), Control
Boards, and Routing Engines. All DC power supplies provide power to the fan trays.
NOTE: The DC power supplies in slots PEM0 and PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and the DC power supplies in slots
PEM2 and PEM3 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B.
This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
516 !
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies
Chapter 38: Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated 15 A (250 VAC) circuit breaker.
T320 Router Redundant Power Supplies
Figure 207 shows the T320 router power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
Figure 207: T320 Router Redundant Power Supplies Location
T320 router rear
DC power supply
Power supplies
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies !
517
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
T640 Routing Node Redundant Power Supplies
Figure 208 shows the T640 routing node power supplies and where they are installed in the chassis.
Figure 208: T640 Routing Node Redundant Power Supplies
T640 router rear
DC power supply
Power supply
PEM 0
Power supply
PEM 1
See Also !
Monitoring Power Supplies on page 217
CB ON
CB TRIP
OVER TEMP
DC OK INPUT 1
INPUT 0
518 !
Understanding Redundant Power Supplies
Chapter 38: Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
Displaying Redundant Power Supplies Installed In The Router
Action To display hardware information about the redundant power supplies installed in a router, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output For M5, M10, M20, M40, and M40e routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 2003 M20
Backplane REV 07 710-001517 AA7940
Power Supply A Rev 02 740-001465 000497 AC
Power Supply B Rev 01 740-001465 000001 AC
For M7i routers: user@host> show chassis hardware user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 19127 M7i
Midplane REV 02 710-008761 CA0201
Power Supply 1 Rev 04 740-008537 PD10284 AC
[...Output truncated...]
For M10i routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis M10i
Midplane REV 02 710-008920 CA0353
Power Supply 0 Rev 04 740-008537 PE18594 AC
Power Supply 1 Rev 04 740-008537 PE18611 AC
Power Supply 2 Rev 04 740-008537 PE18617 AC
Power Supply 3 Rev 04 740-008537 PE18633 AC
[...Output truncated...]
For M160 routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 47 M160
Midplane REV 02 710-001245 AB4113
FPM CMB REV 01 710-001642 AA9721
FPM Display REV 01 710-001647 AA2995
CIP REV 02 710-001593 AA9886
PEM 0 Rev 01 740-001243 KJ35782 DC
PEM 1 Rev 01 740-001243 kj35756 DC
[...Output truncated...]
Displaying Redundant Power Supplies Installed In The Router !
519
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
For M320 routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 19206 M320
Midplane REV 01 710-009120 RA1277
FPM GBUS REV 02 710-005928 HL7863
FPM Display REV 01 710-009351 HP8406
CIP REV 02 710-005926 BE1813
PEM 0
PEM 1 Rev X1 740-009148 0000005
Routing Engine 0 REV 01 740-008883 212047100102 RE-4.0
Routing Engine 1 REV 01 740-008883 212047100107 RE-4.0
CB 0 REV 01 710-009115 HK0109
CB 1 REV 01 710-009115 HK0110
FPC 0 REV 01 710-008994 HP1418 FPC Type 1
CPU REV 01 710-009141 HL7870
PIC 0 REV 04 750-001894 HE5409 1x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
PIC 1 REV 01 750-010240 CB5373 1x G/E SFP, 1000 BASE
SFP 0 REV 01 740-007326 P11EAW5 SFP-SX
PIC 3 REV 02 750-002332 AG1661 1x COC12, SMIR
SIB 0 REV 03 750-004762 HL9370 SIB-I-M
SIB 1 REV 03 710-009184 HP8459 SIB-I-M
For T320 routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 27714 T320
Midplane REV 07 710-004339 BF3538
FPM GBUS REV 04 710-004461 BF5649
FPM Display REV 04 710-002897 BE9730
CIP REV 06 710-002895 BF0739
PEM 1 Rev 01 740-004359 NB12576 Power Entry Module
For T640 routing nodes: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 55056 T640
Midplane REV 01 710-005608 BE0888
FPM GBUS REV 08 710-002901 RA0151
FPM Display REV 04 710-002897 RA0135
CIP REV 06 710-002895 HF8317
PEM 0 Rev 06 740-002595 NM17794 Power Entry Module
PEM 1 Rev 04 740-002595 NE15421 Power Entry Module
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means For all routers except the M160 router, T320 router, and T640 routing node, the command output displays the power supply slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and the power supply type.
520 !
Displaying Redundant Power Supplies Installed In The Router
Chapter 38: Monitoring Redundant Power Supplies
For the M160 router, T320 router, and the T640 routing node, the command output displays the power supply or Power Entry Module (PEM) slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and power supply type. When facing the back of the router, PEM0 is located on the right and PEM1 is located on the left.
Checking the Redundant Power Supply Status
Action For more information about monitoring power supplies, see “Checking the Power
Supply Status” on page 230.
Checking for Power Supply Alarms
Action For more information about checking for power supply alarms, see “Checking for
Power Supply Alarms” on page 235.
Verifying Power Supply Failure
Action For more information about verifying power supply failure, see “Verifying Power
Supply Failure” on page 239.
Getting Power Hardware Information
Action For more information about displaying power supply hardware information, see
“Getting Power Supply Hardware Information” on page 241.
Replacing a Power Supply
Action For more information about replacing a power supply, see “Replacing a Power
Supply” on page 521
Checking the Redundant Power Supply Status !
521
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
522 !
Replacing a Power Supply
Chapter 39
Monitoring Redundant Cooling System
Components
You monitor and maintain redundant cooling system components to keep an acceptable operating temperature for the router chassis and its components. (See
Table 113.)
Table 113: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
Monitor Redundant Cooling System Component Tasks Command or Action
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components on page 524
!
M5 and M10 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 525
!
M7i Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 526
!
M10i Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 527
!
M20 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 527
!
M40 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 529
!
M40e and M160 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 531
!
M320 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 533
!
T320 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 534
!
T640 Routing Node Redundant Cooling System Components on page 537
Displaying Redundant Cooling System Components on page 539 show chassis environment
See “Checking the Cooling System Status” on page 267.
Checking the Redundant Cooling System Status on page 541
Checking the Redundant Cooling System Alarms on page 541
See “Checking the Cooling System Alarms” on page 269 and
“Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
Removing a Cooling System Component on page 541
Returning Redundant Cooling System Components on page 541
See “Replacing a Cooling System Component” on page 273.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in appropriate router hardware guide.
!
523
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Purpose Inspect the router redundant cooling system components to ensure that air is flowing through the router to cool the components installed in the router chassis. If the router temperature exceeds a critical level, the router automatically shuts down.
What Are Redundant
Cooling System
Components
Redundant cooling system components are more than just one fan or impeller installed in a router to ensure that the air is flowing through the router and that an acceptable temperature is maintained to cool the components installed in the chassis.
Table 114 describes the redundant cooling system components and characteristics for each routing platform.
Table 114: Redundant Cooling System Components Characteristics Per Routing Platform
Cooling System
Component
Fan tray
Power supply integrated fan
Impellers
Fan assemblies
Air filter
_
_
_
M5 and
M10 M7i
1 fan tray with 4 fans
1
_ _
_
_
_
M10i
2
_
_
_
_
M20
3 front
1 rear
M40
2
_
_
_
2
2 pairs
3
1
M40e
1
M160
1 lower
M320/T320
/T640
2 front
1 rear
_ Cooled by air flowing through the chassis
1 central
1 rear upper
1 rear lower
1 upper
2 rear
_ _
1 1
Cooled by air flowing through the chassis
_
_
1 front
1 rear
The following sections describe the various routing platform cooling systems:
!
M5 and M10 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 525
!
M7i Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 526
!
M10i Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 527
!
M20 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 527
!
M40 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 529
!
M40e and M160 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 531
!
M320 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 533
!
T320 Router Redundant Cooling System Components on page 534
!
T640 Routing Node Redundant Cooling System Components on page 537
524 !
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
M5 and M10 Router Redundant Cooling System Components
The M5 and M10 router cooling system consists of a fan tray containing four fans that inserts into the left side of the chassis (left fans 1 through 4). The fan tray connects to the router midplane and provides side-to-side cooling. (See Figure 209.)
The fan tray is hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove and replace these components without powering down the system and disrupting routing functions.
The cooling system is fault-tolerant. The router can tolerate the failure of a single fan for approximately 36 hours. If a fan fails, the router issues a yellow alarm and the yellow alarm LED on the craft interface lights. If the router temperature exceeds the critical level, the router automatically shuts down.
CAUTION: Do not operate the router for more than 1 minute without a fan tray.
Figure 209: M5 and M10 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Front of chassis
Fans
Rear of chassis
6" (15.2 cm)
for airflow
(recommended)
Fan tray with left fans 1-4
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components !
525
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M7i Router Redundant Cooling System Components
The M7i router cooling system consists of a fan tray containing four individually fault-tolerant fans. The fan tray inserts into the left side of the chassis (left fans 1 through 4) and connects directly to the router midplane. If a single fan fails, the remaining fans continue to function indefinitely. The fan tray provides side-to-side cooling. (See Figure 210.)
The fan tray is hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove and replace these components without powering down the system and disrupting routing functions.
The cooling system is fault-tolerant. The router can tolerate the failure of a single fan for approximately 36 hours. If a fan fails, the router issues a yellow alarm and the yellow alarm LED on the craft interface lights. If the router temperature exceeds the critical level, the router automatically shuts down.
CAUTION: Do not operate the router for more than 1 minute without a fan tray.
Figure 210: M7i Router Cooling System and Airflow
Fans Front of chassis
6" (15.2 cm)
for airflow
(recommended)
Fan tray
526 !
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
M10i Router Redundant Cooling System Components
The M10i router cooling system consists of two fan trays, located along the left and right side of the chassis, that provide side-to-side cooling (see Figure 211). They connect directly to the router midplane. Each fan tray is a single unit containing eight individually fault-tolerant fans. If a single fan fails, the remaining fans continue to function indefinitely. For proper airflow, the primary fan tray should be installed in slot 1 (the left slot looking at the chassis from the rear) and must be installed for proper cooling at all times. The redundant fan tray, if present, should be installed in slot 0 on the right. This fan tray provides additional cooling and redundancy. The fan tray is hot-removable and hot-insertable.
CAUTION: Do not remove both fan trays for more than one minute while the router is operating. The fans are the sole source of cooling, and the router will overheat when they are absent.
Figure 211: M10i Router Cooling System Components and Airflow
Front of chassis
6" (15.2 cm)
for airflow
(recommended)
Rear of chassis
FANTRAY 1
P/S 3
P/S 2
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
P/S 1
P/S 0
NOTE: P/S 0 AND P/S 1 M
FOR NORMAL O
PERATION.
T
FANTRAY O
Slot 2 Redundant fan tray
Slot 1 Primary fan tray
M20 Router Redundant Cooling System Components
The M20 router cooling system includes:
!
Three front fan trays—Cool the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) and the
System and Switch Board (SSB). These fan trays are located on the left front side of the chassis.
!
One rear fan tray—Cools the Routing Engine. This fan tray is located immediately to the right of the Routing Engine.
!
Power supply integrated fan—A built-in fan cools each power supply.
The four fan trays plug directly into the router midplane and work together to provide side-by-side cooling.
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components !
527
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The fans operate in unison to maintain an acceptable operating temperature for the
Routing Engine and midplane. Each cooling subsystem maintains a separate airflow, and each is monitored independently for temperature control. Figure 212 shows the M20 router cooling system components and airflow.
Figure 212: M20 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Front of chassis Side of chassis
Front fan trays
Upper fan
Rear fan tray
Fan
Fan
Fan
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
SSB
SSB
Craft interface display
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
PIC
Middle fan
Bottom fan
Front of router
Both front and rear fan trays are hot-removable and hot-insertable. You can remove and replace these components without powering down the system and disrupting routing functions. Figure 213 shows the M20 router cooling system components.
Figure 213: M20 Router Cooling System Components
Front Rear
Upper fan
Middle fan
Bottom fan
Front fan tray(s) Rear fan tray
528 !
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
M40 Router Redundant Cooling System Components
The M40 router cooling system consists of three separate subsystems (see
Figure 214):
!
Impellers—Two redundant pairs of impellers (top impeller and bottom impeller) cool the Packet Forwarding Engine components (backplane, System Control
Board [SCB], FPCs, and Physical Interface Cards [PICs]). During normal operation, both pairs of impellers function at less than full capacity.
!
Triple fan assemblies—Three load-sharing fans cool the backplane and the
Routing Engine (rear left fan, rear center fan, and rear right fan).
!
Power supply integrated fan—A built-in fan cools each power supply.
Each cooling subsystem maintains a separate airflow, and each is monitored independently for temperature control. Figure 214 shows the M40 router cooling system airflow.
Temperature sensors on the backplane, the SCB, and the FPCs control the speed of the impellers. Impeller failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface. If the temperature passes a certain threshold, the JUNOS software turns off the power supplies.
The M40 router is designed to run normally with all three fans sharing the load equally and running at half speed.
Figure 214: M40 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Exhaust for
Packet Forwarding
Engine cooling
Exhaust for Routing
Engine and backplane cooling
Upper impellers
Fan tray
Routing
Engine
Top impeller
Rear of Chassis
Packet
Forwarding
Engine
Exhaust for power supply
Lower impellers
Power supply and Fans
Bottom impeller
Front of Chassis
Air intake for
Packet Forwarding
Engine cooling
Air intake for
Routing Engine cooling
Air intake for power supply cooling
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components !
529
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 215 shows the M40 router cooling system impeller trays.
Figure 215: M40 Router Impeller Trays
Front Rear
Lower impeller tray
Upper impeller tray
Figure 216 shows the M40 router air filter and fan tray.
Figure 216: M40 Router Air Filter and Fan Tray
Front Rear
Air filter
(behind cover)
Rear fan tray
530 !
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
M40e and M160 Router Redundant Cooling System Components
The M40e and M160 routers include the following cooling system components:
!
Front cooling subsystem—Cools the FPCs, PICs, and midplane. It includes a fan tray located behind the cable management system and a large, central impeller behind the craft interface (fan tray front left, fan tray front right, fan tray rear left, fan tray rear right, and front top blower).
!
Rear cooling subsystem—Cools the Switching and Forwarding Modules (SFMs), host module, PFE Clock Generators (PCGs), and power supplies. It includes one impeller located at the upper right of the chassis rear and another at the lower left, as shown in Figure 217 (rear top blower and rear bottom blower). The upper and lower impellers are not interchangeable.
Figure 217 shows the M40e and M160 router cooling system components and airflow.
Figure 217: M40e and M160 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Top view Front view
Impeller
Side view
Impeller
Rear top blower
Card cage
Air intake cover
Front
Fan tray
Rear
Rear bottom blower
Rear
Impeller
(upper rear)
Impeller
(upper front)
Front
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components !
531
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 218 shows the M40e and M160 router cooling system components.
Figure 218: M40e and M160 Router Cooling System Components
M40e and M160 router front
Air filter
M40e and M160 router front
Air filter cover
Front left fan
Rear left fan
Fan tray
Front right fan
Rear right fan
M40e and M160 router rear
Front upper
Impeller assembly
M40e router rear
Rear lower
Impeller assembly
M160 router rear
Rear upper
Impeller assembly
See Also !
Monitoring Power Supplies on page 217
532 !
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Rear upper
Impeller assembly
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
M320 Router Redundant Cooling System Components
The M320 router includes the following cooling system components:
!
Two front fan trays
!
Front air filter
!
Rear fan tray
!
Rear air filter
The cooling system components work together to keep all router components within the acceptable temperature range. All fan trays and filters are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The two front fan trays are interchangeable. The front and rear fan trays are not interchangeable.
Figure 219 shows the M320 router cooling system airflow.
Figure 219: M320 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Front view
Air flow (front boards)
Rear view
Air flow (back boards)
Side view
Air flow (front boards)
Fan tray
Left Right Front Rear
Card cage
Card cage
Fan tray
Air intake cover
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components !
533
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 220 shows the M320 router cooling system components.
Figure 220: M320 Router Cooling System Components
Front
Craft interface
Fan tray
FAIL
FPC 0
OK
FAIL
FPC 1
OK
FAIL
FPC 2
OK
FAIL
FPC 3 OK FAIL
FPC 4
OK FAIL
FPC 5
OK FAIL
FPC 6
OK
FAIL
FPC 7
OK
Rear
Fan tray
Air exhaust
Air filter
VCS
MASTER
FAIL
OK
A
B
VCS
MASTER
FAIL
OK A
B
S-SIB
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
S-SIB
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
S-SIB
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
S-SIB
ACTIVE
OK
FAIL
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake
The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above a threshold, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range.
If the ambient maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be adequately cooled, the Routing Engine shuts down some or all of the hardware components.
T320 Router Redundant Cooling System Components
The T320 router cooling system includes:
!
Two front fan trays
!
Front air filter
!
Rear fan tray
!
Rear air filter
The cooling system components work together to keep all router components within the acceptable temperature range (see Figure 221 on page 535). All fan trays and filters are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The two front fan trays are interchangeable. The front and rear fan trays are not interchangeable.
534 !
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
Figure 221: T320 Router Cooling System and Airflow
Front view
Air flow (front boards)
Rear view
Air flow (back boards)
Left Right Front
Side view
Air flow (front boards)
Fan tray
Card cage
Rear
Card cage
Fan tray
Air intake cover
The cooling system has redundant components, which are controlled by the host subsystem. If one of the fans fails, the host subsystem increases the speed of the remaining fans to provide sufficient cooling for the router indefinitely.
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components !
535
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range. Cooling system components can be removed and replaced without powering down or disconnecting power to the router. Figure 222 shows the T320 router cooling system components.
Figure 222: T320 Router Cooling System Components
Front
Fan tray
Rear
Fan tray
Air exhaust
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake
(air filter inside)
536 !
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
T640 Routing Node Redundant Cooling System Components
The T640 routing node cooling system includes:
!
Two front fan trays
!
Front air filter
!
Rear fan tray
!
Rear air filter
The cooling system components work together to keep all router components within the acceptable temperature range (see Figure 223). All fan trays and filters are hot-insertable and hot-removable. The two front fan trays are interchangeable.
The front and rear fan trays are not interchangeable.
Figure 223: T640 Routing Node Cooling System and Airflow
Front view
Air flow (front boards)
Rear view
Air flow (back boards)
Side view
Air flow (front boards)
Fan tray
Card cage Left Right Front Rear
Card cage
Fan tray
Air intake cover
The cooling system has redundant components, which are controlled by the host subsystem. If one of the fans fails, the host subsystem increases the speed of the remaining fans to provide sufficient cooling for the router indefinitely.
The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range. Cooling system components can be removed and replaced without powering down or disconnecting power to the router. Figure 224 on page 538 shows the T640 routing node cooling system components.
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components !
537
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 224: T640 Routing Node Cooling System Components
Front Rear
Fan tray
Air exhaust
Fan tray
Air filter
Air filter
Fan tray
Air intake
538 !
Understanding Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
Displaying Redundant Cooling System Components
Action To display the redundant cooling system components that are installed in a routing platform, use the following command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output For M5 and M10 routers (see also Figure 209 on page 525): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Left Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Left Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Left Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
Left Fan 4 OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
For an M7i router (see also Figure 210 on page 526): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan 4 OK Spinning at normal speed
For an M10i router (see also Figure 211 on page 527): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Fan Tray 0 Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 4 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 5 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 6 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 7 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 0 Fan 8 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 1 Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 1 Fan 2
Fan Tray 1 Fan 3
Fan Tray 1 Fan 4
Fan Tray 1 Fan 5
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray 1 Fan 6
Fan Tray 1 Fan 7
Fan Tray 1 Fan 8
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
OK Spinning at normal speed
For an M20 router (see also Figure 212 on page 528): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Rear Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Front Upper Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Front Middle Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Front Bottom Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
Displaying Redundant Cooling System Components !
539
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
For an M40 router (see also Figure 214 on page 529): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Top Impeller OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom impeller OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Left Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Center Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Right Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
For M40e and M160 routers (see also Figure 217 on page 531): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
[...Output truncated...]
Fans Rear Bottom Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Top Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Front Top Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray Rear Left OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray Rear Right OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray Front Left OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan Tray Front Right OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc CIP OK
For an M320 router (see also Figure 219 on page 533): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Fan Top Left Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Left Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 1 (TOP) OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 3 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 4 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 5 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 6 OK Spinning at normal speed
Rear Fan 7 (Bottom) OK Spinning at normal speed
For T320 routers and T640 routing nodes (see also Figure 221 on page 535,
Figure 222 on page 536, Figure 223 on page 537, and Figure 224 on page 538): user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Fans Top Left Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Left Middle fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Left Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Middle fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Middle fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Front fan OK Spinning at normal speed
540 !
Displaying Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 39: Monitoring Redundant Cooling System Components
Bottom Right Middle fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Rear fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Fourth Blower from top OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Middle Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Top Blower OK Spinning at normal speed
Second Blower from top OK Spinning at normal speed
What It Means The command output shows the fans, impellers, or blowers monitored for the router type. The command output displays the fan, impeller, or blower status and the spinning speed. The status can be OK , Testing (during initial power-on), Failed , or
Absent . Measurement indicates if the fan or impeller is spinning at normal or high speed.
Checking the Redundant Cooling System Status
Action For more information about checking the status of cooling system components, see
“Checking the Cooling System Status” on page 267.
Checking the Redundant Cooling System Alarms
Action For more information about checking the cooling system alarms, see “Checking the
Cooling System Alarms” on page 269. For more information about conditions that trigger cooling system alarms, see “Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
Removing a Cooling System Component
For more information about removing or swap testing cooling system components, see “Replacing a Cooling System Component” on page 273.
Returning Redundant Cooling System Components
Action To return a cooling system component, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or the appropriate router hardware guide.
Checking the Redundant Cooling System Status !
541
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
542 !
Returning Redundant Cooling System Components
Chapter 40
Monitoring Redundant SIBs
You monitor and maintain redundant Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) installed in the
M320 and T320 routers and the T640 Internet routing node to ensure that there is no interruption of switching function to the destination Flexible PIC Concentrator
(FPC). The SIBs create the switch fabric, providing up to a total of 640 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding.
Table 115 provides a checklist of tasks for you to perform to monitor redundant
SIBs.
Table 115: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant SIBs
Monitor Redundant SIB Tasks
Understanding Redundant SIBs on page 544
!
M320 Router SIBs on page 546
!
T320 Router SIBs on page 546
!
T640 Routing Node SIBs on page 546
Displaying Redundant SIB Hardware Information on page 547
Command or Action show chassis hardware
Displaying SIB Redundancy Information on page 547
Monitoring Redundant SIB Status on page 548
Displaying SIB Alarms on page 548
Performing a Swap Test on a SIB on page 549
Returning the SIB on page 549 show chassis sib show chassis environment sib
See “Monitoring the SIB Status” on page 329.
See “Monitoring the SIB Status” on page 329
See “Verifying SIB Failure” on page 334.
Locate the serial number label on the left side of the SIB top panel, and follow the procedure “Return the Failed
Component” on page 86. Or follow the procedure in the appropriate router hardware guide.
!
543
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding Redundant SIBs
Purpose Inspect redundant SIBs to ensure that they provide the switching function to the destination FPCs.
What Are Redundant
SIBs
Redundant SIBs are multiple SIBs that are installed in the M320 router, T320 router, and the T640 routing node. In the event of a failure, one of the SIBs acts as backup for the failed SIB. For more information, see “SIB Location and Redundancy” on page 545.
Table 116 shows the SIB characteristics for the M320 router, T320 router, and the
T640 routing node.
Table 116: SIB Packet Forwarding Characteristics
Routing
Platform
M320
T320
T640
Million Packets per Second (Mpps)
Forwarding
385
320
640
4
3
5
Number of
SIBs per Chassis Redundancy
No
Yes
Yes
544 !
Understanding Redundant SIBs
Chapter 40: Monitoring Redundant SIBs
SIB Location and Redundancy
Figure 225 shows the location of the SIBs in the M320 router, T320 router, and T640 routing node.
Figure 225: M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node SIB Location
M320 T320
SIBs
CB-M
FAIL
OK A
B
CB-M
FAIL
OK A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB-M
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB
0
SIB
1
SIB
2
SIB
3
SIB0 (backup SIB)
SIB1
SIB2
SIB3
SIBs SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
T640
SIBs
SIB0
SIB1
SIB2
SIB3
SIB4
Understanding Redundant SIBs !
545
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The following sections describe SIB redundancy on various routing platforms:
!
M320 Router SIBs on page 546
!
T320 Router SIBs on page 546
!
T640 Routing Node SIBs on page 546
M320 Router SIBs
Four SIBs are installed in the M320 router. The SIBs are located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB3 (top to bottom). (See Figure 225 on page 545.) All four SIBs are active, and there is no backup.
T320 Router SIBs
Three SIBs are installed in the router. The SIBs are located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB2.
(See Figure 225 on page 545.)
Each FPC has a dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs.
Two high-speed links connect to SIB1 and SIB2 . One high-speed link connects to
SIB0 . SIB0 acts as a backup to SIB1 and SIB2 . In the event of a complete SIB failure,
SIB0 will become active. Because SIB0 has only one high-speed link to each FPC, only three links will remain active. A slight degradation in forwarding capacity may occur. When the failed SIB is replaced, it will become active and SIB0 will revert to backup. The router will regain full forwarding capacity.
T640 Routing Node SIBs
Five SIBs are installed in the routing node. The SIBs are located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB4 (top to bottom). (See Figure 225 on page 545.)
Each FPC1 and FPC2 has a dedicated ASIC with five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (one link per SIB). An FPC3 has two dedicated ASICs, and each ASIC has five high-speed links that connect to the SIBs (a total of 10 links). One of the five
SIBs—usually SIB4 —acts as a backup to the remaining four SIBs. In the event of a
SIB failure, the backup SIB becomes active and traffic forwarding continues without any degradation. When the failed SIB is replaced, it becomes the new backup.
The SIBs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
See Also !
Monitoring the Host Subsystem on page 289
!
Monitoring the SIBs on page 325
546 !
Understanding Redundant SIBs
Chapter 40: Monitoring Redundant SIBs
Displaying Redundant SIB Hardware Information
Action To display the redundant SIB hardware information, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 20079 M160
[...Output truncated...]
SIB 0 REV 05 710-003980 HF9603 SIB-I8
SIB 1 REV 05 710-003980 HF9577 SIB-I8
SIB 2 REV 05 710-003980 HF9540 SIB-I8
SIB 3 REV 05 710-003980 HF9550 SIB-I8
SIB 4 REV 05 710-003980 HF9592 SIB-I8
What it Means The command output is for a T640 routing node. The command output displays the
SIB slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and description. By default, SIB0 is the redundant SIB.
Displaying SIB Redundancy Information
Action To display the redundant SIB state, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sib
Sample Output t320@host> show chassis sibs
Slot State Uptime
0 Spare
1 Online 2 days, 7 hours, 10 minutes, 13 seconds
2 Online 2 days, 7 hours, 10 minutes, 13 seconds t640@host> show chassis sibs
Slot State Uptime
0 Spare
1 Online 4 hours, 5 minutes, 47 seconds
2 Online 4 hours, 5 minutes, 42 seconds
3 Online 4 hours, 5 minutes, 37 seconds
4 Online 4 hours, 5 minutes, 33 seconds
What it Means The command output is for a T320 router and a T640 routing node. On the T320 router, SIB1 and SIB2 are active ( Online ), while SIB0 is backup ( Spare ). On the T640 routing node, SIB1 , SIB2 , SIB3 , and SIB4 are active, while SIB0 is the backup. The possible states are Spare, Online , Offline , or Empty . The command output also displays how long each SIB has been online in hours, minutes, and seconds.
Alternative Action You can also view redundant SIB status by using the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment sib user@host> show chassis environment sib
Displaying Redundant SIB Hardware Information !
547
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
SIB 0 status:
State Spare
Temperature 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
Power:
GROUND 0 mV
1.8 V 1807 mV
2.5 V 2478 mV
3.3 V 3308 mV
1.8 V bias 1797 mV
3.3 V bias 3284 mV
5.0 V bias 5018 mV
8.0 V bias 7440 mV
SIB 1 status:
State Online
Temperature 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
Power:
GROUND 0 mV
1.8 V 1814 mV
2.5 V 2485 mV
1.8 V bias 1794 mV
3.3 V bias 3313 mV
5.0 V bias 5028 mV
8.0 V bias 7553 mV
SIB 2 status:
[...Output truncated...]
SIB 3 status:
[...Output truncated...]
SIB 4 status:
[...Output truncated...]
The command output displays the SIB slot, status, and the temperature of the air flowing past the SPP card and the power source information. Notice that SIB0 status is displayed as Spare , or backup.
You can display the environmental status of a particular SIB with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment sib slot
Monitoring Redundant SIB Status
Action To monitor the SIB status, see “Monitoring the SIB Status” on page 329.
Displaying SIB Alarms
Action To display SIB alarms, see “Displaying SIB Alarms” on page 332.
548 !
Monitoring Redundant SIB Status
Chapter 40: Monitoring Redundant SIBs
Performing a Swap Test on a SIB
SIBs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
Action To perform a swap test on a SIB, see “Verifying SIB Failure” on page 334.
Returning the SIB
Action To return a SIB, locate the serial number label on the left side of the SIB top panel, then follow the procedure “Return the Failed Component” on page 86. You can also refer to the procedure to return a field-replaceable unit in the M320 router, T320 router, or the T640 routing node hardware guide.
Performing a Swap Test on a SIB !
549
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
550 !
Returning the SIB
Chapter 41
Monitoring Redundant SCGs
You monitor and maintain redundant SONET Clock Generators (SCGs) installed in the T320 router and the T640 routing node to ensure that there is no interruption of function. SCGs provide a clock signal for SONET/SDH, and select a clock signal from any Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC), or from the external clock inputs.
Table 117 lists the tasks you perform to monitor redundant SCGs.
Table 117: Checklist for Monitoring the Redundant SCG
Monitor SCG Tasks
Understanding Redundant SCGs on page 552
Displaying Redundant SCG Hardware Information on page 553
Monitoring Redundant SCG Status on page 553
1. Monitor the Redundant SCG Environmental Status on page 553
2. Display the Redundant SCG LED States at the Command
Line on page 555
3. View the Redundant SCG LEDs on page 555
Command or Action show chassis hardware show chassis environment show chassis environment scg show chassis craft-interface
Remove the rear component cover and look on the SCG faceplate at the back of the T320 router or T640 routing node chassis.
Displaying Redundant SCG Mastership on page 555
1. Display the SCG Master and Standby from the Craft
Interface Output on page 556
2. View the SCG LEDs on page 556 show chassis craft-interface
Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant SCG on page 556
Returning the SCG on page 557
Remove the rear component cover and look on the SCG faceplate at the rear of the T320 router or T640 routing node chassis.
1. Take the SCG offline.
request chassis scg offline slot number
2. Replace the SCG with one that you know works.
3. Bring the SCG online.
request chassis scg offline slot number
4. Verify the SCG status.
request chassis scg offline slot number
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
!
551
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding Redundant SCGs
Purpose Inspect redundant SCGs to ensure that they provide a clock signal for the
SONET/SDH interfaces on the router and that they select a clock signal from any
FPC, or from the external clock inputs.
What Are Redundant
SCGs
Two SCGs are installed in the T320 router and the T640 routing node. The SCGs install into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SCG0 and SCG1 .
If both SCGs are installed and functioning normally, SCG0 is master and SCG1 is backup. Removing the backup SCG does not affect the functioning of the routing node. Taking the master SCG offline can result in a brief loss of SONET clock lock while the backup SCG becomes master.
The SCGs are hot-pluggable.
Figure 226 shows the location of the SCGs on the T320 router and the T640 routing node.
Figure 226: T320 Router and T640 Routing Node Redundant SCG Location
T320 T640
SCG1 SCG0
SCG0 SCG1
SCGs
See Also !
Monitoring the Host Subsystem on page 289
!
Monitoring Redundant SCGs on page 551
SCGs
552 !
Understanding Redundant SCGs
Chapter 41: Monitoring Redundant SCGs
Displaying Redundant SCG Hardware Information
Action To display the redundant SCG hardware information, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis abcdef T320
Midplane REV 01 710-004339 AY4529
FPM GBUS REV 02 710-004461 AY4511
FPM Display REV 02 710-002897 HF6094
CIP REV 05 710-002895 HC0468
PEM 1 Rev 01 740-004359 2708013 Power Entry Module
SCG 0 REV 06 710-004455 AY4526
SCG 1 REV 06 710-004455 AY4523
What It Means The command output displays the SCG slot number, revision level, part number, and serial number.
Monitoring Redundant SCG Status
Steps To Take To monitor the redundant SCG status, follow these steps:
1.
Monitor the Redundant SCG Environmental Status on page 553
2.
Display the Redundant SCG LED States at the Command Line on page 555
3.
View the Redundant SCG LEDs on page 555
Step 1: Monitor the Redundant SCG Environmental Status
Action To check the redundant SCG environment status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output t320@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power PEM 0 Absent
PEM 1 OK
Temp SCG 0 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SCG 1 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the status and temperature for each SCG.
Displaying Redundant SCG Hardware Information !
553
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Alternative Action If there is a problem with the SCG status, you can display more detailed SCG environmental information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment scg
The command output is as follows: t320@host> show chassis environment scg
SCG 0 status:
State Online - Master clock
Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
Power:
GROUND 0 mV
3.3 V 3317 mV
5.0 V 5072 mV
5.6 V 5697 mV
1.8 V bias 1794 mV
3.3 V bias 3304 mV
5.0 V bias 4991 mV
8.0 V bias 7318 mV
BUS Revision 40
SCG 1 status:
State Online - Standby
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Power:
GROUND 0 mV
3.3 V 3318 mV
5.0 V 5084 mV
5.6 V 5704 mV
1.8 V bias 1782 mV
3.3 V bias 3286 mV
5.0 V bias 5003 mV
8.0 V bias 7323 mV
BUS Revision 40
The command output displays the status for each SCG slot 0 and 1. The operating status can be Present , Online , Offline , or Empty . If Online , it can be the clock source
( Master clock ) or backup ( Standby ). As shown in the output, the redundant SCG is
SCG1 , with a status of Standby . The command output displays the temperature of the air flowing past the SCG. The command output also displays information about the SCG power supplies and the SCG circuitry revision level.
554 !
Monitoring Redundant SCG Status
Chapter 41: Monitoring Redundant SCGs
Step 2: Display the Redundant SCG LED States at the Command Line
Action To display the redundant SCG LED states, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output t320@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
SCG LEDs:
SCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the SCG LED status. The router has two SCGs installed. Asterisks (*) indicate the operation status. The color represents the possible SCG operating states: Amber (Fail), Green (OK), and Blue (Master). Both
SCGs are functioning properly (Green). The SCG in slot 0 is operating as master; the
SCG in slot 1 is the backup.
Step 3: View the Redundant SCG LEDs
Action To view the redundant SCG LEDs, remove the rear component cover and look on the SCG faceplate at the rear of the router chassis. Table 118 describes the functions of these LEDs.
Table 118: SCG LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Amber
Blue
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Description
SCG is online and is functioning normally.
SCG has failed.
SCG is functioning as master.
Displaying Redundant SCG Mastership
If both SCGs are installed and functioning normally, SCG0 is master and SCG1 is backup. Removing the backup SCG does not affect the functioning of the routing node. Taking the master SCG offline might result in a brief loss of SONET clock lock while the backup SCG becomes master.
Steps To Take To determine which SCG is operating as the master and which is operating as the standby, follow these steps:
1.
Display the SCG Master and Standby from the Craft Interface Output on page 556
2.
View the SCG LEDs on page 556
Displaying Redundant SCG Mastership !
555
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Display the SCG Master and Standby from the Craft Interface Output
Action To determine the SCG master and SCG standby from the craft interface status information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
SCG LEDs:
SCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays which SCG is operating as master. Asterisks (*) indicate the operation status. The color represents the possible SCG operating states: Amber (Fail), Green (OK), and Blue (Master). The SCG in slot 0 is operating as master; the SCG in slot 1 is the backup.
Step 2: View the SCG LEDs
Action Check the blue MASTER LED on the SCG faceplate. If this LED is on steadily, the SCG is functioning as master. Table 118 on page 555 describes the functions of the SCG
LEDs.
Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant SCG
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the SCG for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on a redundant SCG, follow these steps:
1.
Take the SCG offline by doing one of the following:
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis scg offline slot number
!
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. Press the online/offline button on the SCG faceplate and hold it down until the LED goes out (about 5 seconds).
2.
Loosen the captive screws on the edges of the SCG faceplate.
3.
Grasp the SCG by the handle on the faceplate and slide it out of the chassis.
4.
Place the SCG on the antistatic mat.
556 !
Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant SCG
Chapter 41: Monitoring Redundant SCGs
5.
Remove the replacement SCG from its electrostatic bag.
6.
Carefully align the sides of the SCG with the guides in the SCG slot.
7.
Grasp the SCG by its handle and slide it straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.
8.
Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the SCG faceplate.
9.
Bring the SCG online by doing one of the following:
!
Use the following CLI command: user@host> r equest chassis scg online slot number
!
Press the online/offline button until the green ONLINE LED lights.
10. Verify that the SCG is online by using the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis scg online slot number
If the replaced SCG is online, the removed SCG has failed. Return the SCG as described in “Return the Failed Component” on page 86.
Returning the SCG
Action To return an SCG, locate the serial number on the top of the SCG, close to the midplane connector. See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or the procedure to return a field-replaceable unit in the T320 router or T640 routing node hardware guide.
Returning the SCG !
557
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
558 !
Returning the SCG
Chapter 42
Monitoring Redundant Control Boards
You monitor and maintain redundant Control Boards installed in the M320 router,
T320 router, or T640 routing node to ensure that there is no interruption of functions such as the following:
!
Router component monitoring and control for failure and alarm conditions
!
Component power-up and power-down control
!
Redundant Routing Engine and Control Board mastership control
!
Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) error detection and reset control
!
SONET clock source generation and monitoring
!
!
SONET reference clock monitoring (from the FPC and BIT interfaces)
I
2
C controller monitoring
!
Fan speed monitoring and control
For more information about monitoring a single Control Board, see “Monitoring the
Control Board” on page 301.
Table 119 provides a checklist of tasks you perform to monitor redundant Control
Boards.
Table 119: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant Control Boards
Monitor Redundant Control Board Tasks
Understanding Redundant Control Boards on page 561
Displaying Redundant Control Board Hardware
Information on page 563
Command or Action show chassis hardware
Displaying Redundant Control Board Mastership on page 563 show chassis environment cb 1. Check the Redundant Control Board Environmental Status on page 564
2. Check the Redundant Control Board Status from the Craft
Interface on page 565
3. Check the Redundant Control Board LED Status on page 565 show chassis craft-interface
Examine the LEDs on the Control Board faceplate.
!
559
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Redundant Control Board Tasks
Switching Control Board Mastership on page 565
Checking the Control Board Alarms on page 565
Replacing a Control Board on page 566
Returning the Control Board on page 566
Command or Action
Press the Control Board offline button on the component faceplate.
See “Checking the Control Board Alarms” on page 308. For conditions that trigger Control Board alarms, see “Display the
Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
1. Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as master or as backup by using the show chassis routing-engine command.
2. Take the host subsystem offline if the Control Board is master by using the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.
3. Replace the Control Board with a known working one.
4. Check the Control Board status by examining the LEDs on the Control Board faceplate, or by using the show chassis hardware command.
Locate the Control Board serial number ID label. See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or the appropriate hardware guide.
560 !
Chapter 42: Monitoring Redundant Control Boards
Understanding Redundant Control Boards
Purpose Inspect redundant Control Boards to ensure that router component functions are uninterrupted. Each Control Board works with an adjacent Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for the router. These include determining
Routing Engine mastership; controlling power, reset, and SONET clocking for the other router components; monitoring and controlling fan speed; and monitoring system status.
What Are Redundant
Control Boards
Redundant Control Boards are two Control Boards installed in the M320 router,
T320 router, or the T640 routing node.
The Control Board is a component of the host module. Each Control Board requires a Routing Engine to be installed in an adjacent slot. The Control Board in slot CB0 installs above the Routing Engine in slot RE0 , and the Control Board in slot CB1 installs below the Routing Engine in slot RE1 . Even if a Control Board is physically installed in the chassis, it does not function if there is no Routing Engine present in the adjacent slot.
If two Control Boards are installed, by default, CB0 acts as the master Control Board and CB1 acts as a backup. If the master Control Board ( CB0) fails or is removed, the backup ( CB1) restarts and becomes the master Control Board.
The Control Boards install into the midplane from the back of the chassis (see
Figure 227 on page 562). The Control Boards are hot-pluggable.
Understanding Redundant Control Boards !
561
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Figure 227: M320 Router, T320 Router, and T640 Routing Node Control Board Location
M320 Router rear T320 Router rear
CB-M
OK
A
B
CB-M
OK
A
B
CB 0
RE 0
RE 1
CB 1
SIB-M
ACTIVE
FAIL
SIB-M
ACTIVE
FAIL
SIB-M
SIB-M
OK
FAIL
SIB
2
SIB
3
SIB
0
SIB
1
CB0
CB1
T640 Router rear
CB0
CB1
See Also !
Monitoring the Host Subsystem on page 289
!
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
!
Monitoring the Control Board on page 301
562 !
Understanding Redundant Control Boards
Chapter 42: Monitoring Redundant Control Boards
Displaying Redundant Control Board Hardware Information
To display whether redundant Control Boards are installed in a router and to obtain hardware information, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface
(CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output t640@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis abcdef T320
Midplane REV 01 710-004339 AY4529
FPM GBUS REV 02 710-004461 AY4511
FPM Display REV 02 710-002897 HF6094
CIP REV 05 710-002895 HC0468
PEM 1 Rev 01 740-004359 2708013 Power Entry Module
SCG 0 REV 06 710-004455 AY4526
SCG 1 REV 06 710-004455 AY4523
Routing Engine 0 REV 01 740-005022 210929000142 RE-3.0
Routing Engine 1 REV 01 740-005022 210929000143 RE-3.0
CB 0 REV 06 710-002728 HC0065
CB 1 REV 05 710-002728 HE3623
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the Control Boards installed in the router chassis, including the slot number, revision level, part number, serial number, and a brief description of the component. Give this information to the Juniper Networks
Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) if a Control Board fails. The command output for this T640 routing node shows that two Control Boards are installed. By default, CB1 is the redundant Control Board.
Displaying Redundant Control Board Mastership
Steps To Take To display Control Board mastership, do one of the following:
1.
Check the Redundant Control Board Environmental Status on page 564
2.
Check the Redundant Control Board Status from the Craft Interface on page 565
3.
Check the Redundant Control Board LED Status on page 565
Displaying Redundant Control Board Hardware Information !
563
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Check the Redundant Control Board Environmental Status
Action To check the redundant Control Board environmental status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment cb
Sample Output t640@host> show chassis environment cb
CB 0 status:
State Online Master
Temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Power:
1.8 V 1805 mV
2.5 V 2501 mV
3.3 V 3293 mV
4.6 V 4725 mV
5.0 V 5032 mV
12.0 V 11975 mV
3.3 V bias 3286 mV
8.0 V bias 7589 mV
GBUS Revision 40
FPGA Revision 7
CB 1 status:
State Online Standby
Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Power:
1.8 V 1802 mV
2.5 V 2482 mV
3.3 V 3289 mV
4.6 V 4720 mV
5.0 V 5001 mV
12.0 V 11946 mV
3.3 V bias 3274 mV
8.0 V bias 7562 mV
GBUS Revision 40
FPGA Revision 7
What It Means The command output displays which Control Board is master and standby.
Additionally, the command output displays the Control Board state, redundancy status, temperature, power source, and circuitry revision level for each Control
Board installed in the router chassis. CB1 is shown in standby mode, and is the redundant Control Board.
Alternative Action To display the environmental status of a particular Control Board, use the following
JUNOS CLI operational mode command: t640@host> show chassis environment cb slot
564 !
Displaying Redundant Control Board Mastership
Chapter 42: Monitoring Redundant Control Boards
Step 2: Check the Redundant Control Board Status from the Craft Interface
Action If you are near the router, physically look at the craft interface for the Control Board
LEDs. To display redundant Control Board status from the craft interface, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output t640@host> show chassis craft-interface
FPM Display contents:
[...Output truncated...}
CB LEDs:
CB 0 1
--------------
Amber .
Green *
Blue *
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The CB LEDs section of the command output indicates the status of the redundant
Control Board. An asterisk (*) indicates the current operating state: Amber (offline),
Green (online), and Blue (Master). In the above output, no redundant Control Board is installed—the output under CB1 is blank.
Step 3: Check the Redundant Control Board LED Status
Action To check the redundant Control Board LED status, look at the three LEDs located on the Control Board faceplate. Table 120 describes the Control Board LED states.
Table 120: Control Board LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Amber
Blue
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Description
Control Board is online and is functioning normally.
Control Board has failed.
Control Board is functioning as master.
Switching Control Board Mastership
Action To switch the Control Board master to backup or the Control Board backup to master, take the Control Board offline by pressing the Control Board offline button on the component faceplate. The backup Control Board will automatically start up.
To remove the Control Board, see “Replacing a Control Board” on page 566.
Checking the Control Board Alarms
Action To check for the Control Board alarms, see “Checking the Control Board Alarms” on page 308. For conditions that trigger Control Board alarms, see “Display the Current
Router Alarms” on page 61.
Switching Control Board Mastership !
565
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Replacing a Control Board
The Control Board can fail and not start, or it can cause a connectivity problem between the Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engine components. You can perform a swap test on the Control Board to try to pinpoint the problem.
Action To replace a Control Board, see “Component Fuses in the M320 Router Midplane” on page 311.
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the Control Board for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Returning the Control Board
Action To return the Control Board, follow these steps:
1.
Locate the serial number ID label on the bottom of the left side of the Control
Board (see “Locate the Control Board Serial Number ID Label” on page 314).
2.
Follow the procedure “Return the Failed Component” on page 86. You can also refer to the procedure to return a field-replaceable unit in the M320 router,
T320 router, or the T640 routing node hardware guides.
566 !
Replacing a Control Board
Chapter 43
Monitoring Redundant MCSs
You monitor and maintain redundant Miscellaneous Control Subsystems (MCSs) installed in the M40e or M160 router to ensure that there is no interruption of functions such as the following:
!
Router component monitoring and control for failure and alarm conditions
!
Component power-up and power-down control
!
Redundant Routing Engine, MCS, and PFE Clock Generator (PCG) mastership control
!
Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) error detection and reset control
!
SONET clock source generation and monitoring
!
SONET reference clock (from the FPC and BIT interfaces) monitoring
!
System clocks (from the PCG) monitoring
For more information about monitoring a single MCS, see “Monitoring the MCS” on page 359.
Table 121 provides a checklist of tasks you perform to monitor redundant MCSs.
Table 121: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant MCSs
Monitor Redundant MCS Tasks
Understanding Redundant MCSs on page 569
Displaying Redundant MCS Hardware Information on page 570
Monitoring Redundant MCS Status on page 570
1. Check the Redundant MCS Environmental Status on page 571
2. Check the Redundant MCS Status from the Craft Interface on page 572
3. Check the Redundant MCS LED Status on page 573
Command or Action show chassis hardware show chassis environment mcs show chassis craft-interface
Check the LEDs on the MCS faceplate.
!
567
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Redundant MCS Tasks
Displaying Redundant MCS Mastership on page 573
1. Check the Redundant MCS Environmental Status on page 571
2. Check the Redundant MCS Status from the Craft Interface on page 572
3. Check the Redundant MCS LED Status on page 573
Switching MCS Mastership on page 573
Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant MCS on page 573
Returning an MCS on page 575
Command or Action show chassis environment mcs show chassis craft-interface
Check the LEDs on the MCS faceplate.
Manually take the MCS offline by pressing the offline button on the component faceplate.
1. Take the host module offline.
2. Take the MCS offline.
3. Remove the MCS and replace it with one that you know works.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
568 !
Chapter 43: Monitoring Redundant MCSs
Understanding Redundant MCSs
Purpose Inspect redundant MCSs to ensure that functions are interrupted, such as component alarm messages; component power-up and power-down; Routing
Engine, MCS, and PCG mastership control; SONET clock generation and monitoring; and system clock monitoring.
What Are Redundant
MCSs
Redundant MCSs are two MCSs installed in the M40e or M160 router.
The MCS is a component of the host module. Each MCS requires a Routing Engine to be installed in an adjacent slot. MCS0 installs above slot RE0 , and MCS1 installs below slot RE1 . Even if an MCS is physically installed in the chassis, it does not function if there is no Routing Engine present in the adjacent slot.
If two MCSs are installed, MCS0 acts as the master MCS and MCS1 acts as a backup.
If the master MCS fails or is removed, the backup restarts and becomes the master
MCS.
The MCSs install into the midplane from the back of the chassis (see Figure 228).
Figure 228: M40e and M160 Router Redundant MCSs
M40e router rear M160 router rear
MCS 0
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
MCS 1
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
Do not install a n SFM in this slo t
PCG 0
PCG 1
MCS 0
MCS 1
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
See Also !
Monitoring the Host Module on page 341
!
Monitoring the MCS on page 359
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
PCG 0
PCG 1
Understanding Redundant MCSs !
569
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Displaying Redundant MCS Hardware Information
Action To display whether there are redundant MCSs installed in a router and to get hardware information, use the following command-line interface (CLI) command: user@ host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 51029 M160
Midplane REV 05 710-001245 AW3223
FPM CMB REV 03 710-001642 AH5190
FPM Display REV 03 710-001647 AW2021
CIP REV 04 710-002649 AG5779
PEM 0 Rev 03 740-001243 LK16612 Power Entry Module
PEM 1 Rev 03 740-001243 LK16604 Power Entry Module
PCG 0 REV 07 710-001568 HF1164
PCG 1 REV 07 710-001568 HF1159
Routing Engine 0 REV 01 740-003239 AARCHOO RE-2.0
Routing Engine 1 REV 01 740-003239 AARCHOO RE-2.0
MCS 0 REV 11 710-001226 AV4425
MCS 1 REV 11 710-001226 HD2842
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the MCS slot number, revision level, part number, and serial number. Give this information to the Juniper Networks Technical
Assistance Center (JTAC) if an MCS fails.
Monitoring Redundant MCS Status
Steps To Take To monitor redundant MCSs, do one of the following:
1.
Check the Redundant MCS Environmental Status on page 571
2.
Check the Redundant MCS Status from the Craft Interface on page 572
3.
Check the Redundant MCS LED Status on page 573
570 !
Displaying Redundant MCS Hardware Information
Chapter 43: Monitoring Redundant MCSs
Step 1: Check the Redundant MCS Environmental Status
Action To check the redundant MCS status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment mcs
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment mcs
MCS 0 status:
State Online Master
Temperature 0 degrees C / 32 degrees F
Power:
3.3 V 3318 mV
5.0 V 5001 mV
12.0 V 11833 mV
5.0 V bias 4991 mV
8.0 V bias 8341 mV
CMB Revision 12
FPGA Revision 12
MCS 1 status:
State Present
Power:
3.3 V 3308 mV
5.0 V 5013 mV
12.0 V 11809 mV
5.0 V bias 4952 mV
8.0 V bias 8346 mV
CMB Revision 12
What It Means The show chassis environment mcs CLI command is available on the M40e and
M160 routers only. The command output displays environmental information about both MCSs installed in the router or about an individual MCS. The MCS status can be Present , Online , Offline , or Empty . The command also indicates that the MCS is the master MCS. The command output also displays the temperature of the air flowing past the MCS, information about MCS power supplies, field-programmable gate array (FPGA) revision information, and the revision level of the chassis management bus (CMB) slave.
Alternative Action To display the environmental status of a particular MCS, use the following JUNOS
CLI operational mode command: user@host> show chassis environment mcs slot
Monitoring Redundant MCS Status !
571
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Check the Redundant MCS Status from the Craft Interface
Action To display redundant MCS status from the craft interface, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
FPM Display contents:
+--------------------+
|myrouter |
|3 Alarms active |
|R: Hard errors |
|R: PEM 1 Input Fail |
+--------------------|
Front Panel System LEDs:
Routing Engine 0 1
--------------------------
OK * *
Fail . .
Master * .
Front Panel Alarm Indicators:
-----------------------------
Red LED *
Yellow LED *
Major relay *
Minor relay *
Front Panel FPC LEDs:
FPC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------------
Red * . . . * . . .
Green . * . * . * * .
MCS LEDs:
MCS 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The MCS LEDs section of the command output indicates the status of the redundant
MCSs. An asterisk (*) indicates the current operating state: Amber (offline), Green
(online), and Blue (Master).
572 !
Monitoring Redundant MCS Status
Chapter 43: Monitoring Redundant MCSs
Step 3: Check the Redundant MCS LED Status
Action To check redundant MCS LED status, look on the faceplate of the MCS at the rear of the router. Table 122 describes the LED states.
Table 122: MCS LEDs
Color
Blue
Green
Amber
Label
MASTER
OK
FAIL
State
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
MCS is master.
MCS is operating normally.
MCS is starting up.
MCS has failed.
When the MCS is functioning normally, the green OK LED remains on steadily.
Displaying Redundant MCS Mastership
Steps To Take To display which MCS is master and which is backup, do one of the following:
1.
Check the Redundant MCS Environmental Status on page 571
2.
Check the Redundant MCS Status from the Craft Interface on page 572
3.
Check the Redundant MCS LED Status on page 573
Each step displays the master and backup MCS.
Switching MCS Mastership
Action To switch the MCS master to backup or the MCS backup to master, take the MCS offline by pressing the MCS offline button on the component faceplate. The backup
MCS will automatically start up. To remove the MCS, see “Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant MCS” on page 573.
Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant MCS
The MCS can fail and not start, or it can cause a connectivity problem between the
Routing Engine and the Packet Forwarding Engine components, such as the FPC and Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM). You can perform a swap test on the
MCS to try to pinpoint the problem.
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the MCS for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Displaying Redundant MCS Mastership !
573
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Action To perform a swap test on the MCS, remove it and replace it with one that you know works.
Normally, if two host modules are installed in the router, HOST0 functions as the master and HOST1 as the backup. You can remove the backup host module (or either of its components) without interrupting the functioning of the router. If you take the master host module offline, the router reboots and the backup host module becomes the master. If the router has only one host module, taking it offline causes the router to shut down.
The host module is taken offline and brought back online as a unit. Before you replace the Routing Engine or an MCS, you must take the host module offline. The host module is hot-pluggable.
To remove an MCS, follow these steps:
1.
Lay an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the
Routing Engine.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3.
Remove the rear component cover by loosening the screws at the corners of the cover and pulling it straight off of the chassis.
4.
If two host modules are installed, check whether the MCS you are removing belongs to the master host module with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment mcs
Or you can check the MCS LEDs. If the MCS belongs to the master host module, switch mastership to the standby host module by including the routing-engine statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level in the configuration, as described in the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide .
5.
On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine that is paired with the MCS you are removing, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command: user@host> request system halt
The command shuts down the Routing Engine cleanly, so its state information is preserved.
Wait to continue until all software processes have shut down.
6.
Flip the ends of the extractor clips outward.
7.
Grasp the extractor clips and slide the unit about halfway out of the chassis.
8.
Place one hand under the MCS to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
9.
Align the rear of the MCS with the guides inside the chassis and slide it in completely.
574 !
Performing a Swap Test on a Redundant MCS
Chapter 43: Monitoring Redundant MCSs
10. Press the extractor clips on the left and right sides of the MCS inward.
11. Verify that the green LED labeled OK on the MCS faceplate is lit. Also check the host module LEDs on the craft interface to verify that the green LED labeled
ONLINE is lit for the host module to which the MCS belongs.
12. Verify correct MCS functioning by using the show chassis environment mcs command.
If the replacement MCS works, you can be certain that the replaced MCS failed. To return the MCS, see “Returning an MCS” on page 575.
Returning an MCS
Action To return an MCS, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or the procedure to return a field-replaceable unit in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
Returning an MCS !
575
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
576 !
Returning an MCS
Chapter 44
Monitoring Redundant SFMs
You monitor redundant Switching and Forwarding Modules (SFMs) to ensure that traffic transiting the router is handled properly. SFMs contain the Internet Processor
II application-specific integration circuits (ASICs), which make forwarding decisions, and the Distributed Buffer Manager ASICs, which distribute data cells throughout memory and forward notification of outgoing packets. (See Table 123.)
Table 123: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant SFMs
Monitor Redundant SFM Tasks Command or Action
Understanding Redundant SFMs on page 579
Understanding M40e Router Redundant SFM Configuration on page 580
Understanding M40e Router Redundant SFM Operation on page 580
Understanding M160 Router Redundant SFM Operation on page 580
Displaying Redundant SFM Hardware Information on page 581 show chassis hardware
Monitoring Redundant SFM Status on page 581
1. Display the SFM Summary Status on page 582 show chassis sfm sfm-slot show chassis sfm detail sfm-slot
2. Display the SFM LED Status at the Command Line on page 584
3. Check the SFM LED Status on the Faceplate on page 584 show chassis craft-interface
4. Display the SFM Environmental Status on page 585
Check the SFM faceplate at the back of the M40e and M160 router chassis.
show chassis environment show chassis environment sfm slot
Displaying Redundant SFM Mastership on page 587
1. Display SFM Mastership at the Command Line on page 587 show chassis sfm
2. Display SFM Mastership Information from the Craft
Interface on page 588 show chassis craft-interface
Displaying Redundant SFM Alarms on page 588
1. Display the Current Redundant SFM Alarms on page 588
2. Display SFM Error Messages in the System Log File on page 589 show chassis alarms show log messages
3. Display SFM Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 589 show log chassisd | match sfm
!
577
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Redundant SFM Tasks
Verifying SFM Failure on page 590
1. Check the SFM Connection on page 590
2. Restart the SFM on page 590
3. Perform an SFM Swap Test on page 591
Controlling Redundant SFMs on page 591
1. Take an SFM Offline on page 592
2. Bring an SFM Online on page 592
3. Switch SFM Mastership on page 593
Replacing an SFM on page 593
Command or Action
Check the thumbscrews on the SFM ejector locking tabs.
request chassis sfm slot slot-number restart
1. Take the SFM offline.
2. Replace the SFM with one that you know works.
3. Bring the SFM online.
4. Check the SFM status by using the show chassis sfm CLI command.
request chassis sfm slot slot-number offline request chassis sfm slot slot-number online
(M40e router only) request chassis sfm master switch
<no-confirm>
1. Take the SFM offline.
2. Remove the failed SFM.
3. Install a new SFM.
4. Bring the SFM online.
5. Verify that SFM is online by using the show chassis sfm CLI command.
578 !
Chapter 44: Monitoring Redundant SFMs
Understanding Redundant SFMs
Purpose Inspect redundant SFMs to ensure that all traffic leaving the Flexible PIC
Concentrators (FPCs) is handled properly.
What Are Redundant
SFMs
SFMs are control boards that handle traffic transiting the router. The SFMs provide route lookup, filtering, and switching. (See Figure 229.)
Up to four interconnected SFMs can be installed in the M160 router, providing a total of 160 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding. Up to two SFMs can be installed in the M40e router. Each SFM can process 40 Mpps.
The SFM is a two-board system containing the Switch Plane Processor (SPP) card and the Switch Plane Router (SPR) card. When the serial stream of bits leaves the
FPC, it is directed to one of the SFMs. The Distributed Buffer Manager ASIC on the
SFM distributes the data cells throughout memory banks that are shared over all
FPCs. The Internet Processor II ASIC on the SFM performs route lookups and makes forwarding decisions. The Internet Processor II ASIC notifies a second Distributed
Buffer Manager ASIC SFM, which forwards the notifications to the outbound interface. Each SFM effectively handles from one-half to one-quarter of the traffic on each FPC.
The SFMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Inserting or removing an SFM causes a brief interruption in forwarding performance (about 500 ms) as the Packet
Forwarding Engine reconfigures the distribution of packets across the remaining
SFMs.
Figure 229: M40e and M160 Router SFM Location
M40e router rear M160 router rear
SFMs
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
Do not install a n SFM in this slo t
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
PCG 0
PCG 1
SFMs
SFMs
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
Understanding Redundant SFMs !
579
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding M40e Router Redundant SFM Configuration
You can configure which SFM is the master and which is the backup. By default, the
SFM in slot 0 is the master and the SFM in slot 1 is the backup. You can modify the default configuration by including the sfm statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level.
NOTE: We recommend that both Routing Engines have the same configuration.
To display the current SFM redundancy configuration, follow these steps:
1.
Enter the CLI configuration mode using the following command: user@host# configure
2.
Go to the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level.
3.
Show the SFM configuration using the following command: user@host# show
Understanding M40e Router Redundant SFM Operation
One or two SFMs can be installed into the midplane from the rear of the M40e router chassis, as shown in Figure 229 on page 579. Only one SFM is active at a time, with the optional second SFM in standby mode. Removing the standby SFM has no effect on router function. If the active SFM fails or is removed from the chassis, what happens depends on the number of SFMs installed:
!
If there is only one SFM, forwarding halts until the SFM is replaced and online.
!
If there are two SFMs, forwarding halts until the standby SFM boots and becomes active.
It takes approximately 1 minute for the new SFM to become active. Synchronizing router configuration information can take additional time, depending on the complexity of the configuration.
Understanding M160 Router Redundant SFM Operation
Up to four SFMs can be installed into the midplane from the rear of the M160 router chassis, as shown in Figure 229 on page 579. All SFMs are active at the same time.
A failure or taking an SFM offline has no effect on router function unless it is the only SFM installed. If only one SFM is installed, forwarding halts until the SFM is replaced and is back online. If two or more SFMs are installed, forwarding continues uninterrupted.
580 !
Understanding M40e Router Redundant SFM Configuration
Chapter 44: Monitoring Redundant SFMs
Displaying Redundant SFM Hardware Information
Action To display redundant SFM hardware information, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output For M40e routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis M40e
[...Output truncated...]
SFM 0 SPP REV 07 710-001228 AF2247
SFM 0 SPR REV 05 710-002189 AF1847 Internet Processor II
SFM 1 SPP REV 07 710-001228 BE0175
SFM 1 SPR REV 05 710-002189 BE0201 Internet Processor II
For M160 routers: user@host> show chassis hardware
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 20079 M160
[...Output truncated...]
SFM 0 SPP REV 04 710-001228 AA2860
SFM 0 SPR REV 01 710-001224 AB0139 Internet Processor I
SFM 1 SPP REV 04 710-001228 AA2859
SFM 1 SPR REV 02 710-001224 AA9861 Internet Processor I
SFM 2 SPP REV 06 710-001228 AB3082
SFM 2 SPR
SFM 3 SPP REV 04 710-001228 AA1998
SFM 3 SPR REV 01 710-001224 AB0137 Internet Processor I
[...Output truncated...]
What it Means The command output displays the SFM slot number and SFM serial component
(SPP and SPR) card names, and the SFM revision level, part number, serial number, and description.
Monitoring Redundant SFM Status
Steps To Take To monitor the SFM status, follow these steps:
1.
Display the SFM Summary Status on page 582
2.
Display the SFM LED Status at the Command Line on page 584
3.
Check the SFM LED Status on the Faceplate on page 584
4.
Display the SFM Environmental Status on page 585
Displaying Redundant SFM Hardware Information !
581
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Display the SFM Summary Status
Action To display the SFM summary status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sfm
Sample Output For M40e routers: user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 37 3 0 64 16 46
1 Online - Standby 41 3 0 64 16 46
For M160 routers: user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 41 2 0 64 16 46
1 Offline --- Hard FPC error ---
2 Online 43 2 0 64 16 46
3 Online 44 2 0 128 7 46
What it Means The command output displays the SFM slot number and the operating status of each SFM as Online , Offline , Present , or Empty .
The command output displays the temperature of air passing by the SFM, in degrees Centigrade. It displays the SFM CPU usage, including the total percentage used by the SFM processor and the percentage used for interrupts.
The command output also displays the percentage of memory usage, including the total DRAM available to the SFM processor, in megabytes (MB), and the percentage of heap space (dynamic memory) being used by the SFM processor. Heap utilization greater than 80 percent can indicate a software problem (memory leak). The output shows the percentage of buffer space being used by the SFM processor for buffering internal messages.
Alternative Action If the SFM summary command output indicates that there is a problem, you can display more detailed SFM status information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sfm detail
For M40e routers: user@host> show chassis sfm detail
Slot 0 information:
State Online
SPP Temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SPR Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 64 MB
Total SSRAM 8 MB
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9
Start time: 2002-09-03 19:55:51 PDT
Uptime: 3 hours, 47 minutes, 46 seconds
582 !
Monitoring Redundant SFM Status
Chapter 44: Monitoring Redundant SFMs
Slot 1 information:
State Online - Standby
SPP Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SPR Temperature 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 64 MB
Total SSRAM 8 MB
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9
For M160 routers:
Slot 0 information:
State Online
SPP Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SPR Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 64 MB
Total SSRAM 4 MB
Internet Processor I Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 3
Start time: 2002-06-27 18:49:44 PDT
Uptime: 68 days, 4 hours, 55 minutes, 5 seconds
Slot 1 information:
State Online
[...Output truncated...]
Slot 2 information:
State Offline
[...Output truncated...]
Slot 3 information:
State Online
[...Output truncated...]
Packet scheduling mode : Disabled
In addition to the command output displayed for the show chassis sfm command, the show chassis sfm detail command displays the temperature of air passing by the SPP and SPR cards (the two SFM serial components), in degrees Centigrade. It displays the total CPU DRAM and SRAM being used by the SFM processor. The command output displays the time that the SFM became active and how long the
SFM has been up and running. A small uptime means that the SFM came online a short time ago and could indicate a possible SFM error condition.
To display the status of a particular SFM, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sfm sfm-slot
To display detailed status information about a particular SFM, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sfm detail sfm-slot
Monitoring Redundant SFM Status !
583
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Display the SFM LED Status at the Command Line
Action To display the SFM LED status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output For M40e routers: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
SFM LEDs:
SFM 0 1
---------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
For M160 routers: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
SFM LEDs:
SFM 0 1 2 3
-----------------------
Amber . . * .
Green * * . *
Blue * * . *
What it Means In the sample output for an M160 router, the SFMs in slots 0 and 1 are online and functioning normally. The status colors represent the possible SFM operating states:
Amber (Fail), Green (OK), and Blue (Master). The (*) indicates the current operating state. There are no SFMs in slots 2 and 3.
Step 3: Check the SFM LED Status on the Faceplate
Action To check the SFM LED status, remove the component cover and look on the SFM faceplate at the back of the M40e or M160 router. Table 124 describes the SFM LED states.
Table 124: SFM LEDs
Color
Green
Amber
Label
OK
FAIL
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
SFM is functioning normally.
SFM is starting up.
SFM has failed.
584 !
Monitoring Redundant SFM Status
Chapter 44: Monitoring Redundant SFMs
Step 4: Display the SFM Environmental Status
Action To display the SFM environmental information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output For M40e routers: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power PEM 0 OK
PEM 1 Check
Temp PCG 0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
PCG 1 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Routing Engine 0 OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
MCS 0 OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SFM 0 SPP OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SFM 0 SPR OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFM 1 SPP OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SFM 1 SPR OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
For M160 routers: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power PEM 0 OK
PEM 1 OK
Temp [...Output truncated...]
SPP 0 OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SPR 0 OK 46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
SPP 1 OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SPR 1 OK 48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
SPP 2 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SPR 2 OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
SFM 3 Offline
[...Output truncated...]
What it Means The command output displays the status and temperature for the SFM and its two serialized components: the SPP and SPR cards.
Alternative Actions If there is a problem with the SFM status, you can display more detailed environmental information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment sfm
For M40e routers:
SFM 0 status:
State Online
SPP temperature 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
SPR temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SPP Power:
1.5 V 1501 mV
2.5 V 2495 mV
3.3 V 3293 mV
5.0 V 5042 mV
5.0 V bias 4998 mV
Monitoring Redundant SFM Status !
585
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
SPR Power:
1.5 V 1504 mV
2.5 V 2499 mV
3.3 V 3297 mV
5.0 V 5050 mV
5.0 V bias 5008 mV
8.0 V bias 8288 mV
CMB Revision 12
SFM 1 status:
State Online - Standby
SPP temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SPR temperature 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SPP Power:
1.5 V 1498 mV
2.5 V 2468 mV
3.3 V 3296 mV
5.0 V 5042 mV
5.0 V bias 4993 mV
SPR Power:
1.5 V 1496 mV
2.5 V 2471 mV
3.3 V 3299 mV
5.0 V 5037 mV
5.0 V bias 4996 mV
8.0 V bias 8266 mV
CMB Revision 12
For M160 routers:
SFM 0 status:
State Online
SPP temperature 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SPR temperature 45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
SPP Power:
1.5 V 1501 mV
2.5 V 2485 mV
3.3 V 3291 mV
5.0 V 5020 mV
5.0 V bias 4974 mV
SPR Power:
1.5 V 1501 mV
2.5 V 2492 mV
3.3 V 3301 mV
5.0 V 5028 mV
5.0 V bias 4986 mV
8.0 V bias 8305 mV
CMB Revision 12
SFM 1 status:
[...Output truncated...]
SFM 2 status:
[...Output truncated...]
SFM 3 status:
State Offline
- Hard FPC error
[...Output truncated...]
586 !
Monitoring Redundant SFM Status
Chapter 44: Monitoring Redundant SFMs
The command output displays the SFM slot, status, and the temperature of the air flowing past the SPP and SPR cards. It also displays information about the SFM power supplies. The chassis management bus (CMB) slave revision level is also displayed.
You can display the environmental status of a particular SFM with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment sfm slot
Displaying Redundant SFM Mastership
Steps To Take (For M40e routers only) To display which SFM is master, follow these steps:
1.
Display SFM Mastership at the Command Line on page 587
2.
Display SFM Mastership Information from the Craft Interface on page 588
Step 1: Display SFM Mastership at the Command Line
Action To display the SFM summary status at the command line, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis sfm
Sample Output For M40e routers: user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 37 3 0 64 16 46
1 Online - Standby 41 3 0 64 16 46
For M160 routers: user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 41 2 0 64 16 46
1 Offline --- Hard FPC error ---
2 Online 43 2 0 64 16 46
3 Online 44 2 0 128 7 46
What It Means The command output displays the SFM slot number and the operating status of each SFM as Online , Offline , Present , or Empty .
The command output displays the temperature of air passing by the SFM, in degrees Centigrade. It displays the SFM CPU usage, including the total percentage used by the SFM processor and the percentage used for interrupts.
Displaying Redundant SFM Mastership !
587
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
The command output also displays the percentage of memory usage, including the total DRAM available to the SFM processor, in MB, and the percentage of heap space
(dynamic memory) being used by the SFM processor. Heap utilization greater than
80 percent can indicate a software problem (memory leak). The output shows the percentage of buffer space being used by the SFM processor for buffering internal messages.
Step 2: Display SFM Mastership Information from the Craft Interface
Action To display SFM mastership information from the craft interface, use the following
CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
SFM LEDs:
SFM 0 1
---------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
What It Means The command output shows that the SFM in slot 0 is online and functioning as the master. The status colors represent the possible SFM operating states: Amber (Fail),
Green (OK), and Blue (Master). The (*) indicates the current operating state.
Displaying Redundant SFM Alarms
Steps To Take To display SFM alarms and error messages, follow these steps:
1.
Display the Current Redundant SFM Alarms on page 588
2.
Display SFM Error Messages in the System Log File on page 589
3.
Display SFM Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 589
Step 1: Display the Current Redundant SFM Alarms
Action To display the current SFM alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
4 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-05-14 09:23:58 PDT Major SFM Failure
2002-05-14 09:23:55 PDT Major SFM Failure
2002-05-14 09:23:53 PDT Major SFM Failure
2002-05-14 09:20:51 PDT Major No SFM Online, the box is not forwarding
What It Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
588 !
Displaying Redundant SFM Alarms
Chapter 44: Monitoring Redundant SFMs
Step 2: Display SFM Error Messages in the System Log File
Action To display the SFM error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Jun 11 20:31:11 hissy-re0 craftd[556]: Major alarm set, No SFM Online, the box is not forwarding
Jun 11 20:31:11 hissy-re0 alarmd[555]: Alarm set: SFM color=RED, class=CHASSIS, reason=No SFM Online, the box is not forwarding
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match sfm command to see error messages that are generated when an
SFM fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a power supply problem and to let the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem. For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System
Log Messages Reference .
Step 3: Display SFM Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
The chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file keeps track of the state of each chassis component.
Action To display the SFM error messages logged in the chassis daemon log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassis | match sfm
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd | match sfm
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr_handler fpm_mcsfd 10
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr mcs_ints_pending 0x7cbf20 button_status 0x0
Jun 11 20:50:16 bp_handle_button_intr button status 0x0
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr_handler fpm_mcsfd 10
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr mcs_ints_pending 0x7cbf20 button_status 0x8
Jun 11 20:50:16 bp_handle_button_intr button status 0x8
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr_handler fpm_mcsfd 10
Jun 11 20:50:16 mcs_intr mcs_ints_pending 0x7cbf20 button_status 0x8
Jun 11 20:50:16 bp_handle_button_intr button status 0x8
Jun 11 20:50:16 received second FPM key press, clearing timer!
Jun 11 20:50:18 bp_button_timer: taking sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 take_sfm_offline - slot 1 reason 7
Jun 11 20:50:18 cleaning up sfm 1 connection
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Blue LED Off [0x16]
Jun 11 20:50:18 SPP 1 - Blue LED Off
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 0, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 1, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 2, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 6, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 send: fpc 7, sfm 1 offline
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 2, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 2, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0x4
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 1, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 1, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0x6
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 0, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 0, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0x7
Displaying Redundant SFM Alarms !
589
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 7, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 7, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0x87
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 6, sfm 1 offline ack
Jun 11 20:50:18 fpc 6, sfm 1 offline ack, online 0xc7 online-acks 0xc7
Jun 11 20:50:18 sfm_offline_now plane 1 conn 0x8152638
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Assert PLL Bypass [0x13]
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Assert Board Reset [0x2e]
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Assert ASIC Reset [0x28]
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Disable Power [0x10]
Jun 11 20:50:18 SPP 1 - Disable Power [addr 0x9 cmd 0x10]
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB readback SPP 1 [0xe9, 0xf2] -> 0x26
Jun 11 20:50:18 power disable verified, SPP 1
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Blue LED Off [0x16]
Jun 11 20:50:18 SPP 1 - Blue LED Off
Jun 11 20:50:18 CMB cmd to SPP 1 [0xe9], Green LED Off [0x1a]
Jun 11 20:50:18 SPP 1 - Green LED Off
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed.
Verifying SFM Failure
Steps To Take To verify SFM failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the SFM Connection on page 590
2.
Restart the SFM on page 590
3.
Perform an SFM Swap Test on page 591
Step 1: Check the SFM Connection
Action To check the SFM connection, make sure that it is properly seated in the midplane.
Check the thumbscrews on the ejector locking tabs.
Step 2: Restart the SFM
Action To restart an SFM, use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis sfm slot slot-number restart
Sample Output For M40e routers: user@host> request chassis sfm slot 0 restart error: SFM 0 is transitioning to online state.
For M160 routers: user@host> request chassis sfm slot 0 restart
Restart initiated, use "show chassis sfm" to verify
590 !
Verifying SFM Failure
Chapter 44: Monitoring Redundant SFMs user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Ready 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Online 38 1 0 64 8 46
2 Offline --- Unresponsive ---
3 Online 39 1 0 64 8 46
What It Means The command output shows that the SFM restart has been initiated. On the M160 router, the command output indicates to use the show chassis sfm CLI command to verify that the SFM has been restarted. The SFM status information shows that the
SFM is ready and that the status values are 0 for approximately 5 seconds until the
SFM is active.
Step 3: Perform an SFM Swap Test
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the SFM for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on an SFM, follow these steps:
1.
Remove the chassis rear component cover by loosening the screws on the corners of the cover and pulling it straight out from the chassis.
2.
Remove the SFM, as described in the M40e and M160 router hardware guides.
3.
Take the SFM offline by using the request chassis sfm slot slot-number offline CLI command. You can also press and hold the offline button on the SFM faceplate at the rear of the router until the SFM OK LED turns off (about 5 seconds).
4.
Replace the SFM with one that you know works.
5.
Bring the SFM online. Press and hold the offline button on the SFM faceplate until the green OK LED lights (about 5 seconds). You can also use the request chassis sfm slot slot-number online CLI command.
6.
Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the screws to secure it to the chassis.
7.
Check the SFM status. See “Display the SFM Summary Status” on page 582.
Controlling Redundant SFMs
Steps To Take To control the operation of an SFM, follow these steps:
1.
Take an SFM Offline on page 592
2.
Bring an SFM Online on page 592
3.
Switch SFM Mastership on page 593
Controlling Redundant SFMs !
591
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Take an SFM Offline
Action To take an SFM offline, use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis sfm slot slot-number offline
Sample Output user@host> request chassis sfm slot 0 offline
Offline initiated, use "show chassis sfm" to verify
For M40e routers: user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Offline --- Offlined by cli command ---
1 Online - Standby 41 4 0 64 16 46
For M160 routers: user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 41 3 0 64 17 46
1 Online 44 4 0 64 17 46
2 Online 44 4 0 64 17 46
3 Offline --- Offlined by cli command ---
Packet scheduling mode: Disabled
What It Means The sample output confirms that the SFM offline command has been initiated and specifies to use the show chassis sfm CLI command to verify that the SFM is offline.
The command output for both the M40e and M160 routers shows that the SFM is offline and that this state was generated by running the CLI command.
Step 2: Bring an SFM Online
Action To bring an SFM online, use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis sfm slot slot-number online
Sample Output user@host> request chassis sfm slot 0 online
Online initiated, use "show chassis sfm" to verify
For M40e routers: user@host> show chassis sfm
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Present 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Online - Standby 41 4 0 64 16 46
592 !
Controlling Redundant SFMs
Chapter 44: Monitoring Redundant SFMs
For M160 routers: user@host> show chassis sfm
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 41 3 0 64 17 46
1 Online 44 3 0 64 17 46
2 Online 44 3 0 64 17 46
3 Present 0 0 0 0 0 0
Packet scheduling mode: Disabled
What It Means The sample output confirms that the SFM online command has been initiated and specifies to use the show chassis sfm CLI command to verify that the SFM is online.
The command output shows that the SFM is present and that the values for the SFM status are 0 for approximately 5 seconds until the SFM is active.
Step 3: Switch SFM Mastership
Purpose You can switch SFM mastership on M40e routers only. By default, the SFM in slot 0
( SFM0 ) is the master and the SFM in slot 1 ( SFM1 ) is the backup.
To change the default master SFM, include the sfm statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level in the configuration. For more information, see the
JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide .
Action To switch SFM mastership, use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis sfm master switch < no-confirm >
Sample Output user@host> request chassis sfm master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between system forwarding module? [yes,no] (no) yes
Switch initiated, use “show chassis sfm” to verify
The following command output displays if you use the no-confirm option: user@host> request chassis sfm master switch no-confirm
Switch initiated, use “show chassis sfm” to verify
Replacing an SFM
Action To replace an SFM, follow these steps:
1.
Have ready an antistatic mat for the SFM.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
3.
Remove the router rear component cover by loosening the screws on the corners of the cover and pulling it straight out from the chassis.
4.
Press the offline button on the SFM faceplate and hold it down until the red FAIL
LED lights (about 5 seconds).
Replacing an SFM !
593
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
5.
Loosen the thumbscrews on the ejector locking tabs joining the two SFM boards.
6.
Flip the ends of the ejector handles outward.
7.
Grasp the handles, pull firmly on the SFM, and slide the unit about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.
8.
Move one of your hands underneath the SFM to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
9.
Hold the new SFM by placing one hand underneath to support it and the other hand on one of the ejector handles on the front of the unit.
10. Align the rear of the SFM with the guides inside the chassis.
11. Slide the unit completely into the chassis.
12. Press the ejector handles on the left and right sides of the SFM inward.
13. Tighten the thumbscrews on the ejector locking tabs.
14. Press the offline button on the SFM faceplate and hold it down until the green
OK LED lights (about 5 seconds).
15. Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the screws on the covers of the corner to secure it to the chassis.
594 !
Replacing an SFM
Chapter 45
Monitoring Redundant PCGs
You monitor redundant Packet Forwarding Engine clock generators (PCGs) to ensure that a clocking signal is generated to synchronize the internal M40e and M160 router Packet Forwarding Engine components. (See Table 125.)
Table 125: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant PCGs
Monitor Redundant PCG Tasks
Understanding Redundant PCGs on page 596
Displaying Redundant PCG Hardware Information on page 597
Command or Action show chassis hardware
Monitoring Redundant PCG Status on page 597
1. Monitor the Redundant PCG Environmental Status on page 597 show chassis environment show chassis environment pcg
2. Display the Redundant PCG Status from the Craft Interface on page 598
3. Check the PCG LED Status on the Faceplate on page 599 show chassis craft-interface
Remove the rear component cover and look on the PCG faceplate at the back of the M40e or M160 router chassis.
Determining Redundant PCG Mastership on page 599
1. Display the PCG Master from the Craft Interface on page 599 show chassis craft-interface
2. Check the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 600 Remove the rear component cover and look on the PCG faceplate at the rear of the M40e or M160 router chassis.
3. Display the Packet Forwarding Engine Current Clock Source on page 600 show chassis clocks
Displaying PCG Failure Alarms on page 600 show chassis alarms
Replacing a PCG on page 601
Bringing the Replaced PCG Online on page 602
Verifying That the Replaced PCG Is Online on page 602
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M40e or M160 router hardware guide.
request chassis pcg slot slot-number online
1. Display the Replaced PCG Environmental Status on page 602 show chassis environment pcg
2. Display PCG Messages in the System Log File on page 603 show log messages | match PCG
3. Display PCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 603 show log chassisd | match PCG
See Also !
Monitoring the PCG on page 369
!
595
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding Redundant PCGs
Purpose You monitor redundant PCGs to ensure that they generate a clock signal to synchronize the modules and application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) that make up the Packet Forwarding Engine.
What Are Redundant
PCGs
Redundant PCGs are two PCGs installed in a router. The PCG supplies a 125-MHz system clock to synchronize the modules and ASICs that make up the Packet
Forwarding Engine.
The M40e and M160 routers have two PCGs located at the rear of the chassis in the slots labeled PCG0 and PCG1 , to the right of the Routing Engine slots (see
Figure 230).
Figure 230: M40e and M160 Router PCG Location
M40e router rear M160 router rear
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
Do not install a n SFM in this s lot
Do not install an SFM in this slot
PCG 0
PCG 1
PCGs
SFM 0
SFM 1
MCS 0
RE 0
RE 1
MCS 1
SFM 2
SFM 3
PCG 0
PCG 1
PCGs
During normal operation, both PCGs generate a 125-MHz clock signal to the Packet
Forwarding Engine modules, along with a signal indicating which is the master clock source. One PCG is designated as the master. The master Routing Engine controls which PCG is master and which is backup.
The modules and ASICs in the Packet Forwarding Engine that use the clock signal to gate packet processing use only the signal from the master PCG.
The PCGs are field-replaceable and hot-pluggable. You can remove and replace them without powering down the router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when a PCG is removed.
If the master PCG fails or you remove it from the chassis, the Packet Forwarding
Engine resets so that the components start using the signal from the other PCG
(which becomes the master). Packet forwarding halts while there is no clock signal because the Packet Forwarding Engine does not accept incoming packets. If the backup PCG fails or is removed, router function is not affected.
596 !
Understanding Redundant PCGs
Chapter 45: Monitoring Redundant PCGs
Displaying Redundant PCG Hardware Information
Action To display redundant PCG hardware information, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 20079 M160
Midplane REV 03 710-001245 AB4132
FPM CMB REV 02 710-001642 AB3264
FPM Display REV 02 710-001647 AB3046
CIP REV 04 710-001593 AB3284
PEM 0 Rev 03 740-001243 KM28409 DC
PEM 1 Rev 03 740-001243 KM13359 DC
PCG 0 REV 02 710-001568 AB3013
PCG 1 REV 02 710-001568 AB3000
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the PCG slot number, revision level, part number, and serial number.
Monitoring Redundant PCG Status
Steps To Take To monitor the PCG status, follow these steps:
1.
Monitor the Redundant PCG Environmental Status on page 597
2.
Display the Redundant PCG Status from the Craft Interface on page 598
3.
Check the PCG LED Status on the Faceplate on page 599
Step 1: Monitor the Redundant PCG Environmental Status
Action To monitor the PCG environment status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power PEM 0 OK
PEM 1 OK
Temp PCG 0 OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
PCG 1 OK 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the slot number, status, and temperature of each
PCG.
Displaying Redundant PCG Hardware Information !
597
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Alternative Action If there is a problem with the PCG status, you can display more detailed PCG environmental information with the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment pcg
The command output is as follows:
PCG 0 status:
State Online - PFE clock source
Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Frequency:
Setting 125.00 MHz
Measurement 125.03 MHz
Power:
3.3 V 3266 mV
5.0 V bias 4981 mV
8.0 V bias 8168 mV
CMB Revision 12
PCG 1 status:
State Online
Temperature 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
Frequency:
Setting 125.00 MHz
Measurement 125.03 MHz
Power:
3.3 V 3271 mV
5.0 V bias 4971 mV
8.0 V bias 8175 mV
CMB Revision 12
The command output displays the status for each PCG. The operating status can be
Present , Online , Offline , or Empty . If Online , it can be the current PFE clock source
(master) or backup. The command output displays the temperature of the air flowing past the PCG and the frequency setting and measurement for the PCG. The command output also displays information about the PCG power supplies and the revision level of the chassis management bus (CMB) slave.
Step 2: Display the Redundant PCG Status from the Craft Interface
Action To display the PCG LED states, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
PCG LEDs:
PCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output is for an M160 router. The PCGs in slots 0 and 1 are online and are functioning normally. The status colors represent the possible PCG operating states: Amber (Fail), Green (OK), and Blue (Master). The (*) indicates the current operating state.
598 !
Monitoring Redundant PCG Status
Chapter 45: Monitoring Redundant PCGs
Step 3: Check the PCG LED Status on the Faceplate
Action To check the PCG LEDs, remove the rear component cover and look on the PCG faceplate at the rear of the M40e or M160 router chassis.
Table 126 describes the functions of these LEDs.
Table 126: PCG LEDs
Color
Blue
Green
Amber
Label
MASTER
OK
FAIL
State
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
PCG is master.
PCG is operating normally.
PCG is starting up.
PCG has failed.
Determining Redundant PCG Mastership
If both PCGs are installed and functioning normally, PCG0 is the master and PCG1 is the backup by default.
Steps To Take To determine which PCG is operating as the master, follow these steps:
1.
Display the PCG Master from the Craft Interface on page 599
2.
Check the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate on page 600
3.
Display the Packet Forwarding Engine Current Clock Source on page 600
Step 1: Display the PCG Master from the Craft Interface
Action To determine the PCG master from the craft interface status information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Sample Output user@host> show chassis craft-interface
[...Output truncated...]
PCG LEDs:
PCG 0 1
--------------
Amber . .
Green * *
Blue * .
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output shows that PCG0 is the master because the blue MASTER LED is on.
Determining Redundant PCG Mastership !
599
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Check the PCG LEDs on the Faceplate
Action To check the PCG LEDs, look on the PCG faceplate at the rear of the M40e or M160 router chassis. Table 126 on page 599 describes the PCG LED states. If the blue
MASTER LED on the PCG faceplate is on steadily, the PCG is functioning as master.
Step 3: Display the Packet Forwarding Engine Current Clock Source
The Packet Forwarding Engine current clock source is the master PCG.
Action To display the PCG master from the Packet Forwarding Engine clock source output, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis clocks
Sample Output user@host> show chassis clocks
PFE clock status:
Current source PCG 0
Measured frequency 125.03 MHz
Reference clock status:
Current source Primary
Primary source Internal
Secondary source Internal
Tertiary source Internal
Rollover algorithm Holdover
PLL mode Free-running
PLL errors 0
Sync message current 0x00
Sync message normal 0x00
Sync message override 0x00
What It Means The command output shows that the PCG in slot 0 is the primary clock source or master.
Displaying PCG Failure Alarms
Action To display the current PCG alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
2 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-06-11 20:30:29 PDT Minor PCG 0 Not Online
2002-06-11 20:30:32 PDT Minor No PCGs Online
What It Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
600 !
Displaying PCG Failure Alarms
Chapter 45: Monitoring Redundant PCGs
Replacing a PCG
The PCGs are hot-pluggable. You can remove and replace them without powering down the router; however, the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the PCG is removed.
If both PCGs are installed and functioning normally, PCG0 is the master PCG and
PCG1 is the backup by default.
Removing the backup PCG does not affect the functioning of the router. Taking the master PCG offline causes the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) and Switching and
Forwarding Modules (SFMs) to power down and restart, with the other PCG selected as master. The forwarding and routing functions are interrupted during this process.
Action To remove and replace a PCG, follow these steps:
1.
Lay an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the
PCG.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3.
Remove the rear component cover by loosening the screws at the corners of the cover and pulling it straight off of the chassis.
4.
Press and hold the offline button on the PCG faceplate until the amber LED labeled FAIL lights, which takes about 3 seconds.
If you are removing the master PCG, forwarding halts while the Packet
Forwarding Engine resets so that the components start using the clock signal from the other PCG, which becomes the master.
5.
Loosen the mounting screw on the right edge of the PCG faceplate, using a
Phillips screwdriver if necessary.
6.
Grasp the screw and slide the PCG about halfway out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Be careful to slide the PCG straight out of the chassis to avoid bending any of the pins on the underside of the board.
7.
Place one hand under the PCG to support it, slide it completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
8.
Slide the PCG all the way into the card cage until it contacts the midplane.
9.
Tighten the thumbscrew on the right side of the PCG faceplate.
10. Verify that the PCG is properly installed by looking at the LEDs on the PCG faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily.
11. Reinstall the rear component cover and tighten the thumbscrews on the corners of the cover to secure it to the chassis.
Replacing a PCG !
601
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Bringing the Replaced PCG Online
Action To bring the replaced PCG online, use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis pcg slot slot-number online
Sample Output user@host> request chassis pcg slot 0 online
Online initiated, use ‘show chassis environment pcg” to verify
What It Means The PCG in slot 0 is brought online.
Verifying That the Replaced PCG Is Online
Steps To Take To verify that the replaced PCG is online, follow these steps:
1.
Display the Replaced PCG Environmental Status on page 602
2.
Display PCG Messages in the System Log File on page 603
3.
Display PCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 603
Step 1: Display the Replaced PCG Environmental Status
Action To verify that the replaced PCG is online, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment pcg
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment pcg
PCG 0 status:
State Online
Temperature 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
Frequency:
Setting 125.00 MHz
Measurement 125.01 MHz
Power:
3.3 V 3278 mV
5.0 V bias 4986 mV
8.0 V bias 8222 mV
CMB Revision 12
PCG 1 status:
State Online - PFE clock source
Temperature 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
Frequency:
Setting 125.00 MHz
Measurement 124.95 MHz
Power:
3.3 V 3269 mV
5.0 V bias 4991 mV
8.0 V bias 8222 mV
CMB Revision 12
What It Means When the replaced PCG is brought online, it does not automatically become master.
It remains as the backup PCG until the master PCG fails, or you manually switch it to master by using the request chassis pcg online slot 1 CLI command.
602 !
Bringing the Replaced PCG Online
Chapter 45: Monitoring Redundant PCGs
Step 2: Display PCG Messages in the System Log File
Action To display the PCG error messages in the system log file to verify that a replaced
PCG is online, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages | match PCG
Sample Output user@host> show log messages | match PCG
Aug 27 15:20:52 myrouter craftd[563]: Minor alarm cleared, PCG 0 Not Online
Aug 27 15:20:52 myrouter alarmd[562]: Alarm cleared: PCG color=YELLOW, class=CHASSIS, reason=PCG 0 Not Online
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match pcg command to see error messages that are generated when a PCG fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a problem and to let the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem.
For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log
Messages Reference .
Step 3: Display PCG Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display the PCG error messages in the chassis daemon ( chassisd) log file and verify that a replaced PCG is online, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd | match PCG
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd | match PCG
Aug 27 15:20:51 PCG 0 power verified on in 16 ms
Aug 27 15:20:52 reading PCG 0 initial state
Aug 27 15:20:52 CMB readback PCG 0 [0xe2, 0xff] -> 0xc
Aug 27 15:20:52 reading PCG 0 ideeprom
Aug 27 15:20:52 CMB cmd to PCG 0 [0xe2], Green LED On [0x1b]
Aug 27 15:20:52 PCG 0 - Green LED On
Aug 27 15:20:52 PCG 0 clear alarm 0x3
Aug 27 15:20:52 alarm op fru 1 op 0 reason 3
Aug 27 15:20:52 send: yellow alarm clear, class 100 obj 110 reason 3.
What It Means The chassisd database provides the date, time, and a component status message.
The chassisd database is dynamic. It is initialized at router startup and is updated when components are added or removed.
Verifying That the Replaced PCG Is Online !
603
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
604 !
Verifying That the Replaced PCG Is Online
Chapter 46
Monitoring Redundant SSBs
You monitor redundant M20 router System and Switch Boards (SSBs) to ensure that they do the following (see Table 127):
!
Provide allocation of incoming data packets throughout shared memory on the
Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs)
!
Transfer outgoing data cells to the FPCs for packet reassembly
!
Perform route lookups using the forwarding table, and monitor system components for failure and alarm conditions
!
Monitor FPC operation and reset
Table 127: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant SSBs
Monitor Redundant SSB Tasks
Understanding Redundant SSBs on page 606
Displaying Redundant SSB Configuration on page 608
Command or Action configure show
Displaying Redundant SSB Hardware Information on page 608
Monitoring Redundant SSB Status on page 609
1. Display the Redundant SSB Environmental Status on page 609
2. Display the Redundant SSB Detailed Status on page 610
3. Check the Redundant SSB LEDs on page 610
Displaying Redundant SSB Mastership on page 611 show chassis hardware show chassis environment show chassis ssb slot
Check the LEDs on the SSB faceplate.
1. Display SSB Mastership from the Command Line on page 611
2. Check the SSB Mastership from the LEDs on page 612
Checking for SSB Alarms on page 612 show chassis ssb
Check the LEDs on the SSB panel of the craft interface.
1. Display the Current SSB Alarms on page 612 show chassis alarms
2. Display SSB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 612 show log messages
3. Display SSB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 613 show log chassisd
!
605
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Monitor Redundant SSB Tasks
Verifying SSB Failure on page 613
1. Check the SSB Connection on page 614
2. Perform a Swap Test on the SSB on page 614
Switch SSB Mastership on page 615
Replacing the SSB on page 616
Command or Action
Check the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the SSB.
1. Take the SSB offline.
2. Remove the SSB.
3. Replace the SSB with one that you know works.
4. Verify that the new SSB works by using the show chassis ssb CLI command.
request chassis ssb master switch <no-confirm>
1. Take the SSB offline.
2. Remove the SSB.
3. Install a new SSB.
4. Verify that the new SSB works by using the show chassis ssb CLI command.
Understanding Redundant SSBs
Purpose Inspect redundant SSBs to ensure that they provide allocation of incoming data packets throughout shared memory on the FPCs, transfer outgoing data cells to the
FPCs for packet reassembly, perform route lookups using the forwarding table, monitor system components for failure and alarm conditions, and monitor FPC operation and reset.
What Are Redundant
SSBs
SSBs are redundant when two SSBs are installed in the M20 router. The SSBs occupy the two top slots of the card cage ( SSB0 and SSB1 ), and are installed into the midplane from the front of the chassis (see Figure 231 on page 607). By default,
SSB0 is the master SSB and SSB1 is the backup. When the master SSB fails, automatic failover occurs and the backup SSB becomes the master. You can control which SSB is the master by including the ssb statement at the [edit chassis redundanc y ] hierarchy level in the configuration. For more information, see the
JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide.
The SSB performs the following major functions:
!
Shared memory management on the FPCs—The Distributed Buffer Manager application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) on the SSB uniformly allocates incoming data packets throughout shared memory on the FPCs.
!
Outgoing data cell transfer to the FPCs—A second Distributed Buffer Manager
ASIC on the SSB passes data cells to the FPCs for packet reassembly when the data is ready to be transmitted.
!
Route lookups—The Internet Processor ASIC on the SSB performs route lookups using the forwarding table stored in synchronous SRAM (SSRAM). After performing the lookup, the Internet Processor ASIC informs the midplane of the forwarding decision, and the midplane forwards the decision to the appropriate outgoing interface.
606 !
Understanding Redundant SSBs
Chapter 46: Monitoring Redundant SSBs
!
System component monitoring—The SSB monitors other system components for failure and alarm conditions. It collects statistics from all sensors in the system and relays them to the Routing Engine, which sets the appropriate alarm. For example, if a temperature sensor exceeds the first internally defined threshold, the Routing Engine issues a “high temp” alarm. If the sensor exceeds the second threshold, the Routing Engine initiates a system shutdown.
!
Exception and control packet transfer—The Internet Processor ASIC passes exception packets to a microprocessor on the SSB, which processes almost all of them. The remaining packets are sent to the Routing Engine for further processing. Any errors that originate in the Packet Forwarding Engine and are detected by the SSB are sent to the Routing Engine using system log messages.
!
FPC reset control—The SSB monitors the operation of the FPCs. If it detects errors in an FPC, the SSB attempts to reset the FPC. After three unsuccessful resets, the SSB takes the FPC offline and informs the Routing Engine. Other
FPCs are unaffected, and normal system operation continues.
Figure 231: M20 Router Redundant SSB Location
M20 Router front
SSB0
SSB1
The SSB houses the Internet Processor ASIC and two Distributed Buffer Manager
ASICs.
The SSB is hot-pluggable. You can remove and replace it without powering down the system; however this causes major impact to the system. The following functions cannot occur while the SSB is removed from the router:
!
Route lookups
!
System component monitoring
!
Exception and control packet monitoring
!
FPC resets
Understanding Redundant SSBs !
607
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
When you remove the SSB, all packet forwarding stops immediately and the
Routing Engine responds by generating alarms. When you replace the SSB, it is rebooted by flash EEPROM.
If you remove the Routing Engine, the SSB enters a warm shutdown mode and continues its forwarding process for a limited time using a frozen forwarding table.
The time limit is determined by a timer in the SSB. If you replace the Routing
Engine during the warm shutdown period, the SSB unfreezes its forwarding tables and resumes normal functioning. Otherwise, the SSB shuts itself down.
Displaying Redundant SSB Configuration
You can configure which SSB is the master and which is the backup. By default, the
SSB in slot 0 is the master and the SSB in slot 1 is the backup. You can modify the default configuration by including the ssb statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level.
NOTE: We recommend that both Routing Engines have the same configuration.
To display the current SFM redundancy configuration, follow these steps:
1.
Enter the CLI configuration mode using the following command: user@host# configure
2.
Go to the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level.
3.
Show the SFM configuration using the following command: user@host# show
Displaying Redundant SSB Hardware Information
Action To display the SSB hardware information, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
[...Output truncated...]
SSB slot 0 REV 01 710-001951 AD5904 Internet Processor II
SSB slot 1 N/A N/A N/A backup
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the SSB version level, part number, serial number, and description.
608 !
Displaying Redundant SSB Configuration
Chapter 46: Monitoring Redundant SSBs
Monitoring Redundant SSB Status
Steps To Take To monitor the SSB, follow these steps:
1.
Display the Redundant SSB Environmental Status on page 609
2.
Display the Redundant SSB Detailed Status on page 610
3.
Check the Redundant SSB LEDs on page 610
Step 1: Display the Redundant SSB Environmental Status
Action To display the SSB environmental status, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Power Power Supply A Failed
Power Supply B OK
Temp FPC Slot 0 OK 27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
FPC Slot 1 OK 30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
FPC Slot 2 OK 26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
FPC Slot 3 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
Power Supply A OK 28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
Power Supply B OK 24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
SSB Slot 0 OK 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
Backplane OK 21 degrees C / 69 degrees F
Fans Rear Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Upper Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Middle Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Fan OK Spinning at normal speed
Misc Craft Interface OK
What It Means The command output displays the SSB status and temperature. The SSB status can be OK , Failed , or Absent .
Monitoring Redundant SSB Status !
609
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Display the Redundant SSB Detailed Status
Action To display more detailed SSB status information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis ssb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis ssb
SSB status:
Failover: 0 time
Slot 0:
State: Master
Temperature: 33 Centigrade
CPU utilization: 0 percent
Interrupt utilization: 0 percent
Heap utilization: 0 percent
Buffer utilization: 6 percent
DRAM: 64 Mbytes
Start time: 1999-01-15 22:05:36 UTC
Uptime: 21 hours, 21 minutes, 22 seconds
Slot 1:
State: Backup
What It Means The command output displays the number of times the mastership has changed, the SSB slot number 0 or 1, and the current state of the SSB: Master , Backup , or
Empty . The command output displays the temperature of the air passing by the SSB, in degrees Centigrade. It also displays the total percentage of CPU, interrupt, heap space, and buffer space being used by the SSB processor, including the total DRAM available to the SSB processor. The command output displays the time when the
SSB started running and how long it has been running.
Alternative Action To display the status for a particular SSB, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis ssb slot
Step 3: Check the Redundant SSB LEDs
Periodically check the SSB LEDs to verify that the SSB is online or offline and the type of task it is performing.
Action To check the SSB LEDs, look on the faceplate at the front of the router (see
Figure 232).
Figure 232: SSB LEDs
STATUS
Debug port SSB status LEDs
SSB
OFFLINE ONLINE MASTER
SSB LEDs SSB offline switch
610 !
Monitoring Redundant SSB Status
Chapter 46: Monitoring Redundant SSBs
The SSB has two groups of LEDs: online/offline LEDs and status LEDs. The online/offline LEDs indicate whether the SSB is online or offline. The status LEDs indicate what type of task the SSB is performing. Table 128 describes the SSB LEDs.
Table 128: SSB LED States
Label
OFFLINE
ONLINE
MASTER
STATUS (left)
Color
Amber
Green
Blue
Green
STATUS (right ) Green
State
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
Flashing
Description
SSB is offline.
SSB processor is running.
SSB is master.
SSB processor is running . Normally, the blinking is faint and becomes bright only when the SSB is processing many exceptions.
I/O interrupts are occurring.
Displaying Redundant SSB Mastership
Steps To Take To display the SSB mastership information, follow these steps:
1.
Display SSB Mastership from the Command Line on page 611
2.
Check the SSB Mastership from the LEDs on page 612
Step 1: Display SSB Mastership from the Command Line
Action To display more detailed SSB status information, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis ssb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis ssb
SSB status:
Failover: 0 time
Slot 0:
State: Master
Temperature: 33 Centigrade
CPU utilization: 0 percent
Interrupt utilization: 0 percent
Heap utilization: 0 percent
Buffer utilization: 6 percent
DRAM: 64 Mbytes
Start time: 1999-01-15 22:05:36 UTC
Uptime: 21 hours, 21 minutes, 22 seconds
Slot 1:
State: Backup
What It Means The command output displays the number of times the mastership has changed, the SSB slot number 0 or 1, and the current state of the SSB: Master , Backup , or
Empty . The command output displays the temperature of the air passing by the SSB, in degrees Centigrade. It also displays the total percentage of CPU, interrupt, heap space, and buffer space being used by the SSB processor, including the total DRAM available to the SSB processor. The command output displays the time when the
SSB started running and how long it has been running.
Displaying Redundant SSB Mastership !
611
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Check the SSB Mastership from the LEDs
Action To check the SSB mastership from the LEDs, look on the faceplate at the front of the router (see Figure 232 on page 610).
The SSB has two groups of LEDs: online/offline LEDs and status LEDs. The online/offline LEDs indicate whether the SSB is online or offline. The status LEDs indicate what type of task the SSB is performing. Table 128 on page 611 describes the SSB LEDs.
Checking for SSB Alarms
Steps To Take To check for SSB alarms, follow these steps:
1.
Display the Current SSB Alarms on page 612
2.
Display SSB Error Messages in the System Log File on page 612
3.
Display SSB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File on page 613
Step 1: Display the Current SSB Alarms
Action To display the current SSB alarms, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
2 alarms currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2002-06-05 19:55:57 UTC Major fxp0: ethernet link down
What It Means The command output displays the alarm date, time, severity level, and description.
An SSB failure or removal generates an fxp0 link alarm. The fxp0 link is the dedicated 100-Mbps Fast Ethernet link between the SSB and the Routing Engine.
This link transfers routing table data from the Routing Engine to the forwarding table in the Internet Processor ASIC. The link also transfers, from the SSB to the
Routing Engine, routing link-state updates and other packets destined for the router that have been received through the router interfaces.
Step 2: Display SSB Error Messages in the System Log File
Periodically check the system log messages on the management console for messages sent by the SSB. During normal operation, the SSB notifies the Routing
Engine of any errors it detects.
612 !
Checking for SSB Alarms
Chapter 46: Monitoring Redundant SSBs
Action To display the SSB error messages in the system log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log messages
Sample Output user@host> show log messages
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter /kernel: fxp1: media DOWN 100Mb / full-duplex
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter /kernel: fxp1: media DOWN 10Mb / half-duplex
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter /kernel: fxp1: media DOWN 100Mb / full-duplex
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter /kernel: fxp1: link UP 100Mb / full-duplex
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter rpd[564]: EVENT <UpDown> fxp1.0 index 1 <Up Broadcast
Multicast> address #0 0.a0.a5.12.1d.6d
Jul 10 13:28:45 myrouter mib2d[563]: SNMP_TRAP_LINK_UP: ifIndex 2, ifAdminStatus up(1), ifOperStatus up(1), ifName fxp1
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The messages system log file records the time the failure or event occurred, the severity level, a code, and a message description. You can also use the show log messages | match ssb command to see error messages that are generated when an
SSB fails or is offline. Use this information to diagnose a problem and to let the
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) know what error messages were generated and the router events that occurred before and after the problem.
For more information about system log messages, see the JUNOS System Log
Messages Reference .
Step 3: Display SSB Error Messages in the Chassis Daemon Log File
Action To display the SSB error messages in the chassis daemon ( chassisd ) log file, use the following CLI command: user@host> show log chassisd
Sample Output user@host> show log chassisd
Jul 10 13:27:28 SSB0 is now not present
Jul 10 13:27:28 Assert reset on SSB0
Jul 10 13:27:28 Turn on ethernet loop
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output displays the SSB hardware version level, part number, and serial number.
Verifying SSB Failure
Steps To Take To verify SSB failure, follow these steps:
1.
Check the SSB Connection on page 614
2.
Perform a Swap Test on the SSB on page 614
Verifying SSB Failure !
613
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 1: Check the SSB Connection
If the SSB is not seated properly, it will not function .
Action To check the SSB connection, make sure that the SSB is properly seated in the slot.
To seat the SSB properly adequately, tighten the screws on the left and right sides of the card carrier.
Step 2: Perform a Swap Test on the SSB
CAUTION: Before performing a swap test, always check for bent pins in the midplane and check the SCB for stuck pins in the connector. Pins stuck in the component connector can damage other good slots during a swap test.
Action To perform a swap test on the SSB, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Locate the SSB offline switch on the front panel and press and hold the switch for 5 seconds to take the SSB offline.
CAUTION: If you take the SSB offline, packet forwarding will be affected.
3.
Unscrew the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the card carrier to unseat the SSB from the midplane.
4.
Flip the ends of the two extractor clips, which are adjacent to the thumbscrews, towards the outside edges of the router.
5.
Grasp both sides of the card carrier and slide the SSB about three-quarters of the way out of the router.
6.
Move one of your hands underneath the SSB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7.
Replace the SSB with one that you know works.
8.
Grasp the front of the SSB card carrier with both hands and align the back of the card carrier with the slide guides on the chassis.
9.
Slide the SSB card carrier all the way into the card cage until it contacts the midplane.
10. Flip the extractor clips, located on the left and right sides of the card carrier, towards each other to secure the SSB in place.
614 !
Verifying SSB Failure
Chapter 46: Monitoring Redundant SSBs
11. Tighten the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the card carrier to seat the SSB.
NOTE: To seat the SSB properly, be sure to tighten the screws adequately. If the SSB is not seated properly, it will not function .
12. Verify that the SSB works by using the show chassis ssb CLI command. (See
“Display the Redundant SSB Detailed Status” on page 610.)
Switch SSB Mastership
Purpose To change the default master SSB, include the ssb statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level in the configuration. For more information, see the
JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide .
Action To control which SSB is master, use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis ssb master switch <no-confirm>
Sample Output user@host> request chassis ssb master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between system switch boards ? [yes,no] (no) yes
Switch initiated, use “show chassis ssb” to verify
If you use the no-confirm option, the command output is as follows: user@host> request chassis ssb master switch no-confirm
Switch initiated, use “show chassis ssb” to verify
What It Means By default, the SSB in slot 0 ( SSB0 ) is the master and the SSB in slot 1 ( SSB1 ) is the backup.
NOTE: For routers that have two SSBs, both SSBs must be running JUNOS Release
4.0 or later. Do not run JUNOS Release 3.4 on one of the SSBs and JUNOS Release
4.0 or later on the other.
JUNOS Release 3.4 does not support SSB redundancy; if you are using this release of the software, only one SSB can be installed in the router. It can be installed in either slot.
The configurations on the two SSBs do not have to be the same, and they are not automatically synchronized. If you configure both SSBs as masters, when the chassis software restarts for any reason, the SSB in slot 0 becomes the master and the SSB in slot 1 becomes the backup.
Switch SSB Mastership !
615
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Replacing the SSB
Purpose The SSB is hot-pluggable. When the SSB is removed, all packet forwarding stops immediately and the Routing Engine responds by sending alarms through the
Ethernet channel to the management console. When the SSB is replaced, it is rebooted by flash EEPROM.
Action To replace a failed SSB, follow these steps:
1.
Attach an ESD wrist strap to your bare wrist, and connect the wrist strap to one of the two ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Locate the SSB offline switch on the front panel and press and hold the switch for 5 seconds to take the SSB offline.
CAUTION: If you take the SSB offline, packet forwarding will be affected.
3.
Unscrew the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the card carrier to unseat the SSB from the midplane.
4.
Flip the ends of the two extractor clips, which are adjacent to the thumbscrews, towards the outside edges of the router.
5.
Grasp both sides of the card carrier and slide the SSB about three-quarters of the way out of the router.
6.
Move one of your hands underneath the SSB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7.
Replace the SSB with one that you know works.
8.
Grasp the front of the SSB card carrier with both hands and align the back of the card carrier with the slide guides on the chassis.
9.
Slide the SSB card carrier all the way into the card cage until it contacts the midplane.
10. Flip the extractor clips, located on the left and right sides of the card carrier, towards each other to secure the SSB in place.
11. Tighten the thumbscrews on the left and right sides of the card carrier to seat the SSB.
NOTE: To seat the SSB properly, be sure to tighten the screws adequately. If the SSB is not seated properly, it will not function .
12. Verify that the SSB works by using the show chassis ssb CLI command. (See
“Display the Redundant SSB Detailed Status” on page 610.)
616 !
Replacing the SSB
Chapter 47
Monitoring Redundant CFEBs
You monitor redundant Compact Forwarding Engine Boards (CFEBs) in the M10i router. A CFEB provides route lookup, filtering, and switching on incoming data packets, then directs outbound packets to the appropriate interface for transmission to the network. (See Table 129.)
The M10i router CFEB can process 16 million packets per second (Mpps).
The CFEB communicates with the Routing Engine using a dedicated 100-Mbps Fast
Ethernet link that transfers routing table data from the Routing Engine to the forwarding table in the integrated ASIC. The link is also used to transfer from the
CFEB to the Routing Engine routing link-state updates and other packets destined for the router that have been received through the router interfaces.
Table 129: Checklist for Monitoring the CFEB
Monitor CFEB Tasks
Understanding Redundant CFEBs on page 618
Displaying Redundant CFEB Hardware Information on page 620
Displaying CFEB Mastership on page 620
1. Check CFEB LEDs on page 620
Command or Action show chassis hardware
2. Display the CFEB Status on page 621
Display CFEB Alarms on page 621
Verifying CFEB Failure on page 621
Returning the CFEB on page 621
Look at the LEDs on the CFEB faceplate located on the rear of the router above the power supplies.
show chassis cfeb
See “Checking for CFEB Alarms” on page 423. For conditions that trigger CFEB alarms, see “Display the Current Router
Alarms” on page 61.
See “Verifying CFEB Failure” on page 621.
See “Return the Failed Component” on page 86 or follow the procedure in the appropriate hardware guide.
!
617
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding Redundant CFEBs
Purpose Monitor redundant CFEBs so they can provide route lookup, filtering, and switching on incoming data packets and direct outbound packets to the appropriate interface for transmission to the network.
What Are Redundant
CFEBs
Two CFEBs are installed in the M10i router. The M10i router CFEB processes 16
Mpps.
The CFEB performs the following functions:
!
Route lookups—Performs route lookups using the forwarding table stored in the synchronous SRAM (SSRAM).
!
Shared memory management—Uniformly allocates incoming data packets throughout the router’s shared memory.
!
Outgoing data packets transfer—Passes data packets to the destination FIC or
PIC when the data is ready to be transmitted.
!
Exception and control packet transfer—Passes exception packets to the microprocessor on the CFEB, which processes almost all of them. The rest are sent to the Routing Engine for further processing. Any errors originating in the
Packet Forwarding Engine and detected by the CFEB are sent to the Routing
Engine using system log messages.
!
(M7i router only) Built-in tunnel interface—Encapsulates arbitrary packets inside a transport protocol, providing a private, secure path through an otherwise public network.
The built-in tunnel interface on the CFEB is configured the same way as a PIC.
For information about configuring the built-in tunnel interface, see the JUNOS
Network Interfaces and Class of Service Configuration Guide .
!
(M7i router only) Optional Adaptive Services PIC–Integrated (ASP–I)—Provides one or more services on one PIC. See “Adaptive Services PIC–Integrated
(ASP–I)” on page 11 for more information.
One or two CFEBs can be installed into the midplane from the rear of the chassis, as shown in Figure 233 on page 619. Only one CFEB is active at a time; the optional second CFEB is in standby mode. By default, the CFEB in slot CFEB 0 is active. To modify the default, include the appropriate cfeb statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level of the configuration, as described in the section about
CFEB redundancy in the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide .
618 !
Understanding Redundant CFEBs
Chapter 47: Monitoring Redundant CFEBs
Figure 233: M10i Router CFEB Location
M10i rear
CFEB0
CFEB1
FANTRAY 1
P/S 3
C-FEB 0
C-FEB 1
P/S 1
P/S 2
P/S 0
NOTE:
FOR NORMAL O
PERATION.
ENT
FANTRAY O
Compact Forwarding
Engine Boards
CFEBs are hot-pluggable. Removing the standby CFEB has no effect on router function. If the active CFEB fails or is removed from the chassis, the effect depends on how many CFEBs are installed:
!
If there is one CFEB, forwarding halts until the CFEB is replaced and functioning again. It takes approximately one minute for the replaced CFEB to boot and become active. Reading in router configuration information can take additional time, depending on the complexity of the configuration.
!
If there are two CFEBs, forwarding halts while the standby CFEB boots and becomes active, which takes approximately one minute. Synchronizing router configuration information can take additional time, depending on the complexity of the configuration.
See Also !
Host Redundancy Overview on page 463
!
Monitoring the CFEBs on page 417
!
Monitoring Redundant CFEBs on page 617
!
Monitoring the Routing Engine on page 125
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
Understanding Redundant CFEBs !
619
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Displaying Redundant CFEB Hardware Information
Action To view redundant CFEB hardware information, use the following command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 31655 M10i
Midplane REV 04 710-008920 CD7925 M10i Midplane
Power Supply 0 Rev 05 740-008537 QE16399 AC Power Supply
Power Supply 1 Rev 05 740-008537 QF11145 AC Power Supply
HCM slot 0 REV 01 710-010580 CE1729 M10i HCM
HCM slot 1 REV 01 710-010580 CE1769 M10i HCM
Routing Engine 0 REV 00 740-011202 1000525660 RE-850
Routing Engine 1 REV 00 740-011202 1000540499 RE-850
CFEB slot 0 REV 03 750-010465 CC7348 Internet Processor II
CFEB slot 1 REV 03 750-010470 CC7350 Backup
[...Output truncated...]
What It Means The command output shows that two CFEBs are installed in the M10i router. The command output also displays the CFEB version level, part number, serial number, and description.
Displaying CFEB Mastership
Steps To Take To display CFEB mastership, follow these steps:
1.
Check CFEB LEDs on page 620
2.
Display the CFEB Status on page 621
Step 1: Check CFEB LEDs
Three LEDs—a green LED labeled OK , a red LED labeled FAIL , and a blue LED labeled MASTER —indicate CFEB status.
Action Look at the LEDs on the CFEB faceplate. The CFEB is located on the rear of the router above the power supplies (see Figure 233 on page 619). Table 130 describes the CFEB LED states.
Table 130: CFEB LEDs
Label
OK
FAIL
MASTER
Color
Green
Red
Blue
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
On steadily
Description
CFEB is running normally.
CFEB is starting up.
CFEB is not operational or is in reset mode.
CFEB is functioning as master.
620 !
Displaying Redundant CFEB Hardware Information
Chapter 47: Monitoring Redundant CFEBs
Step 2: Display the CFEB Status
Action To display CFEB status to show mastership, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis cfeb
Sample Output user@host> show chassis cfeb
CFEB status:
Slot 0 information:
State Master
Intake temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust temperature 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
CPU utilization 3 percent
Interrupt utilization 0 percent
Heap utilization 10 percent
Buffer utilization 22 percent
Total CPU DRAM 128 MB
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 164
Start time: 2004-09-28 03:07:54 PDT
Uptime: 9 days, 18 hours, 36 minutes, 15 seconds
Slot 1 information:
State Backup
Intake temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Exhaust temperature 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
CPU utilization 3 percent
Interrupt utilization 0 percent
Heap utilization 10 percent
Buffer utilization 22 percent
Total CPU DRAM 128 MB
Internet Processor II Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 164
Start time: 2004-09-28 03:07:54 PDT
Uptime: 9 days, 18 hours, 36 minutes, 15 seconds
What It Means The command output displays which CFEB is master and backup, as well as other environmental and memory information.
Display CFEB Alarms
Action To display CFEB alarms, see “Checking for CFEB Alarms” on page 423. For conditions that trigger CFEB alarms, see “Display the Current Router Alarms” on page 61.
Verifying CFEB Failure
Action To verify CFEB failure, see “Verifying CFEB Failure” on page 621.
Returning the CFEB
Action To replace the CFEB, see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86, or follow the procedure in the M10i Internet Router Hardware Guide .
Display CFEB Alarms !
621
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
622 !
Returning the CFEB
Chapter 48
Monitoring Redundant HCMs
You monitor redundant High-Availability Chassis Managers (HCMs) on the M10i router so they can work with a companion Routing Engine to provide control and monitoring functions for router components. The HCMs also display alarm status and take Physical Interface Cards (PICs) online and offline.
Table 131 provides a checklist of tasks for you to perform to monitor redundant
HCMs.
Table 131: Checklist for Monitoring Redundant HCMs
Monitor Redundant HCM Tasks
Understanding Redundant HCMs on page 624
Displaying Redundant HCM Hardware Information on page 625
Displaying HCM Status and Mastership on page 625
1. Check the HCM LEDs on page 625
Command or Action show chassis hardware
2. Check the HCM Environmental Status on page 626
Switching HCM Mastership on page 627
Displaying HCM Alarms on page 628
Verifying HCM Failure on page 628
Performing a Swap Test on an HCM on page 629
Returning an HCM on page 629
Look at the LEDs on the HCM faceplate. The master HCM LED light flashes blue.
show chassis environment hcm request chassis routing-engine master switch show chassis alarms show chassis routing-engine
See “Performing A Swap Test” on page 438.
Find the serial number ID label, then see “Return the Failed
Component” on page 86. See also the M10i Internet Router
Hardware Guide .
!
623
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Understanding Redundant HCMs
Purpose You monitor and maintain HCMs on the M10i router so that they can monitor and control router components, control component power-up and power-down, signal which Routing Engine is master, display alarm conditions, and take PICs offline.
What Are Redundant
HCMs
Two HCMs are installed in an M10i router. Each HCM works with a companion
Routing Engine.
Two HCMs are installed into the midplane from the front of the chassis, as shown in
Figure 234. The master HCM performs all functions and provides PIC removal buttons for the first Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC). The standby HCM provides PIC removal buttons for the second FPC. The HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is paired with the Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE0 . Likewise, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM1 is paired with the Routing Engine in the slot labeled RE1 . By default, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is the master.
Figure 234: Redundant HCMs
M10i front
HCM0
HCM1 HCMs
When HCM mastership changes because of failure, Routing Engine mastership also changes.
The HCM is hot-pluggable.
See Also !
M10i Internet Router Overview on page 11
!
Monitoring the HCM on page 431
!
Host Redundancy Overview on page 463
!
Monitoring Redundant Routing Engines on page 491
624 !
Understanding Redundant HCMs
Chapter 48: Monitoring Redundant HCMs
Displaying Redundant HCM Hardware Information
Action To display the redundant HCM hardware information, use the following JUNOS software command-line interface (CLI) command: user@host> show chassis hardware
Sample Output user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis 31875 M10i
Midplane REV 04 710-008920 CE1044 M10i Midplane
Power Supply 0 Rev 05 740-008537 QE16425 AC Power Supply
Power Supply 1 Rev 05 740-008537 QE16644 AC Power Supply
HCM slot 0 REV 01 710-010580 CC7625 M10i HCM
HCM slot 1 REV 01 710-010580 CC7629 M10i HCM
Routing Engine 0 REV 09 740-009459 1000513670 RE-5.0
Routing Engine 1 REV 09 740-009459 1000513630 RE-5.0
What it Means The command output shows that on this M10i router, two HCMs are installed in slots 0 ( HCM0 ) and 1 ( HCM1 ) along with their companion Routing Engines. By default, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is the master.
Displaying HCM Status and Mastership
By default, the HCM in the slot labeled HCM0 is the master.
Steps To Take To display the redundant HCM status and mastership, follow these steps:
1.
Check the HCM LEDs on page 625
2.
Check the HCM Environmental Status on page 626
Step 1: Check the HCM LEDs
Action To see which HCM is functioning as master, look at the LEDs on the HCM faceplate.
On the HCM faceplate, two LEDs indicate HCM status—a green PWR LED and a blue
MSTR LED. Table 132 describes the LED states.
Table 132: HCM LEDs
Label
PWR
MSTR
Color
Green
Blue
State
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Description
HCM is functioning normally.
HCM is starting up.
HCM is master.
Displaying Redundant HCM Hardware Information !
625
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Step 2: Check the HCM Environmental Status
Action To check the HCM environmental status and view which HCM is functioning as master, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment hcm
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment hcm
HCM 0 status:
State Online Master
FPGA Revision 27
HCM 1 status:
State Online Standby
FPGA Revision 27
What it Means The command output shows that both HCMs ( HCM0 and HCM1) are online. HCM0 is functioning as master, and HCM1 is functioning as standby. The command output also gives the Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) revision level. The FPGA is a gate on the chip used in the HCM.
Alternative Action To display the status of an HCM in a certain slot, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment hcm 1
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment hcm 1
HCM 1 status:
State Online Standby
FPGA Revision 27
626 !
Displaying HCM Status and Mastership
Chapter 48: Monitoring Redundant HCMs
Switching HCM Mastership
When HCM mastership changes because of failure, Routing Engine mastership will change as well.
If the Routing Engines are running JUNOS Release 6.0 or later and are configured for graceful switchover, the standby Routing Engine immediately assumes Routing
Engine functions and there is no interruption to packet forwarding. Otherwise, packet forwarding halts while the standby Routing Engine becomes the master and the Packet Forwarding Engine components reset and connect to the new master
Routing Engine. For information about configuring graceful switchover, see the section about Routing Engine redundancy in the JUNOS System Basics Configuration
Guide .
NOTE: Router performance might change if the standby Routing Engine’s configuration differs from the former master’s configuration. For the most predictable performance, configure the two Routing Engines identically, except for parameters unique to a Routing Engine, such as the hostname defined at the [edit system] hierarchy level and the management interface ( fxp0 or equivalent) defined at the [edit interfaces] hierarchy level.
To configure Routing Engine-specific parameters and still use the same configuration on both Routing Engines, include the appropriate configuration statements under the re0 and re1 statements at the [edit groups] hierarchy level and use the apply-groups statement. For instructions, see the JUNOS System Basics
Configuration Guide .
Action To switch HCM mastership to the backup HCM, use the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch
Sample Output user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between routing engines ? [yes,no] yes
Resolving mastership...
Complete. The other routing engine becomes the master.
What It Means The HCM that was master is now the backup HCM.
Action To check HCM status and mastership after a switchover, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment hcm
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment hcm
HCM 0 status:
State Online Standby
FPGA Revision 27
HCM 1 status:
State Online Master
FPGA Revision 27
Action To switch HCM mastership from the backup to the default master, use the following
CLI command
Switching HCM Mastership !
627
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between routing engines ? [yes,no] (no) yes
Resolving mastership...
Message from syslogd@host cfeb at Jan 28 15:10:37 ...
argh cfeb RDP: Remote side reset connection: rdp.(scb:17408).(serverRouter:chassis)
Message from syslogd@host cfeb at Jan 28 15:10:37 ...
argh cfeb RDP: Remote side reset connection: rdp.(scb:17409).(serverRouter:pfe)
Message from syslogd@host cfeb at Jan 28 15:10:37 ...
argh cfeb CM: ALARM SET: (Major) RE chassis socket closed abruptly
Complete. The local routing engine becomes the master.
Displaying HCM Alarms
If a single HCM installed in a routing platform fails, no alarm can be sent. However, if it is a dual system, the following alarm is displayed when the backup Routing
Engine takes over.
Action To view an HCM alarm when the backup Routing Engine takes over, use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
Sample Output user@host> show chassis alarms
1 alarm currently active
Alarm time Class Description
2005-02-16 22:10:27 UTC Minor Backup RE Active
Verifying HCM Failure
Action To view current HCM status when the backup Routing Engine takes over, use the following CLI command.
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Sample Output user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Backup
Election priority Master (default)
Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 13 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 0 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 100 percent
Model RE-3.0
Serial ID P10865703096
Start time 2005-02-16 22:13:19 UTC
628 !
Displaying HCM Alarms
Chapter 48: Monitoring Redundant HCMs
Uptime 2 hours, 13 minutes, 57 seconds
Routing Engine status:
Slot 1:
Current state Master
Election priority Backup (default)
Temperature 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
CPU temperature 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
DRAM 2048 MB
Memory utilization 12 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 3 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 97 percent
Model RE-3.0
Serial ID P10865701255
Start time 2005-02-03 03:13:39 UTC
Uptime 13 days, 21 hours, 12 minutes, 35 seconds
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.03 0.01
What It Means The Routing Engine in slot RE0 and companion HCM in slot HCM0 are backup. The
Routing Engine in slot RE1 and companion HCM in slot HCM1 are master.
Alternative Method To verify an HCM failure, you can also use the following CLI command: user@host> show chassis environment hcm
Sample Output user@host> show chassis environment hcm
HCM 0 status:
State Offline
FPGA Revision 27
HCM 1 status:
State Online Master
FPGA Revision 27
What It Means The HCM in slot HCM0 is offline. The HCM in slot HCM1 has taken over as master.
Performing a Swap Test on an HCM
Action To perform a swap test on a HCM, see “Performing A Swap Test” on page 438.
Returning an HCM
Action To return an HCM, find the serial number ID label (see “Locate the HCM Serial
Number ID Label” on page 442), then follow the procedure as described in the M10i
Internet Router Hardware Guide, or see “Return the Failed Component” on page 86.
Performing a Swap Test on an HCM !
629
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
630 !
Returning an HCM
Part 11
Appendices
!
Command-Line Interface Overview on page 633
Appendices !
631
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
632 !
Appendices
Appendix A
Command-Line Interface Overview
This chapter provides an overview of the JUNOS software command-line interface
(CLI). For more detailed information about using the JUNOS software CLI, see the
JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide and the JUNOS Protocols, Class of Service, and System Basics Command Reference .
The CLI is the interface to the software that you use whenever you access the router—whether from the console or through a remote network connection. The
CLI, which automatically starts after the router finishes booting, provides commands that you use to perform various tasks, including configuring the JUNOS software, and monitoring and troubleshooting the software, network connectivity, and the router hardware.
The CLI has two modes:
!
CLI Operational Mode on page 633
!
CLI Configuration Mode on page 639
CLI Operational Mode
In operational mode you enter commands to monitor and troubleshoot the software, network connectivity, and router by entering commands.
When you log in to the router and the CLI starts, you are at the top level of the CLI operational mode. At this level, there are several broad groups of CLI commands
(see Table 133).
Table 133: CLI Operational Mode Top-Level Commands
Command clear configure
Description
Clear statistics and protocol database information.
Syntax: clear <arp | bfd | bgp | firewall | helper | igmp | ike | ilmi | interfaces
| ipv6 | isis | ldp | log | mld | mpls | msdp | multicast | ospf | pim | rip | ripng
| route | rsvp | services | snmp | system | vrrp>
Enter CLI configuration mode.
Alternative commands: configure <exclusive | private>
CLI Operational Mode !
633
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
634 !
CLI Operational Mode
Command file help monitor mtrace ping pipe quit request restart set
Description
Perform file manipulation operations, such as copy, delete, list, rename, and show.
Syntax: file <archive source destination | compare | compress source destination | copy | delete | list | rename | show>
Provide help information.
Syntax: help <reference | syslog | topic>
Monitor a log file or interface traffic in real time.
Syntax: monitor <interface> <start | stop | list> <traffic>
Display trace information about a multicast path from a source to a receiver.
Syntax: mtrace <source-name> <from-source | monitor | to-gateway>
Verify IP connectivity to another IP host or Asynchronous Transfer Mode
(ATM) connectivity (ping ATM) using Operation Administration and
Maintenance (OAM) cells to an ATM endstation.
Syntax: ping host-name <interface source-interface > <bypass-routing>
<count requests> <detail> <do-not-fragment> <inet | inet6> <interval seconds> <logical-router logical-router-name > <loose-source value>
<pattern string> <rapid> <record-route> <routing-instance routing-instance-name > <size bytes> <strict strict-source value> <tos type-of-service> <ttl value> <verbose> <via route> <wait seconds>
Syntax: ping atm interface interface <count count > <end-to-end | segment> <interval interval > <sequence-number sequence-number > <vci vci > <brief>
Syntax: ping vpn-interface vpn-interface host <local echo-address >
Filter the output of an operational mode or configuration mode command.
Syntax: | <compare <filename | rollback n> | count | display <detail | inheritance | xml> | except pattern | find pattern | hold | last | match pattern
| no-more | resolve <full-names> | save filename | trim columns>
Log out from the CLI process.
Syntax: quit
!
Stop or reboot router components, switch between primary and backup components, display messages, and display system information.
Syntax: request <chassis | ipsec switch | message | routing-engine | security | services flow-collector | support information>
!
Stop or reboot the router, load software packages, and back up the router’s file systems.
Syntax: request <chassis | ipsec switch | message | routing-engine | security | services
Restart the router hardware or software processes.
Syntax: restart <adaptive-services | chassis-control | class-of-service | disk-monitoring | ecc-error-logging | firewall | interface-control | kernel-replication | l2tp-service | mib-process | network-access-service | pgm
| pic-services-logging | remote-operations routing | sampling | snmp>
<gracefully | immediately | soft>
Set CLI properties, the router’s date and time, and the craft interface display text.
Syntax: set <chassis | cli | date | date ntp>
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
Command show ssh start telnet test traceroute
Description
Show information about all aspects of the software, including interfaces and routing protocols.
Syntax: show <accounting | aps | arp | as-path | bgp | chassis | class-of-service | cli | configuration | connections | dvmrp | firewall | helper | host | igmp | ike | ilmi | interfaces | ipsec | ipv6 | isis | l2circuit | l2vpn | ldp | link-management | log | mpls | msdp | multicast | ntp | ospf | ospf3 | passive monitoring | pfe | pim | policer | policy | rip | ripng | route | rsvp | sap | services | snmp | system | task | ted | version | vrrp>
Open a secure shell to another host.
Syntax: ssh host-name <bypass-routing> <interface interface-name > <inet
| inet6> <routing instance routing-instance-name > <source source-name >
<v1 | v2> <vpn-interface vpn-interface-name >
Start a software process.
Syntax: start shell
Start a telnet session to another host.
Syntax: telnet host-name <8bit> <bypass-routing> < inet | inet6>
<interface interface-name > <logical-router logical-router-name >
<noresolve> <port port-number > <routing-instance routing-instance-name >
<source source-address >
Run various diagnostic debugging commands.
Syntax: test configuration (filename | terminal)
Trace the route to a remote host.
Syntax: traceroute host-name <as-number-lookup> <bypass-routing>
<gateway address> <inet><inet6> <logical-router logical-router-name >
<noresolve> <routing-instance routing-instance-name > <source address>
<tos value> <ttl value> <interface interface-name > <wait seconds >
Using the CLI Operational Mode
This section describes how to use the CLI operational mode. You can do the following:
!
Entering the CLI Operational Mode on page 636
!
Getting Help on Commands at a Hierarchy Level on page 636
!
Getting Help About Commands on page 636
!
Having the CLI Complete Commands on page 638
!
Using CLI Command Completion on page 638
!
Displaying CLI Command History on page 639
CLI Operational Mode !
635
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Entering the CLI Operational Mode
To enter the JUNOS software CLI, use the following command: user@host> cli
You are in the CLI when you see the > prompt, which is preceded by a string that defaults to the name of the user and the name of the router. For example: user@host>
Getting Help on Commands at a Hierarchy Level
The CLI provides context-sensitive help at every level of the command hierarchy.
The help information tells you which commands are available at the current level in the hierarchy and provides a brief description of each.
To get help while in the CLI, type ?
. You do not need to press Enter after typing the question mark. You have the following options:
!
If you type the question mark at the command-line prompt, the CLI lists the available commands and options.
!
If you type the question mark after entering the complete name of a command or command option, the CLI lists the available commands and options, then redisplays the command names and options that you typed.
!
If you type the question mark in the middle of a command name, the CLI lists possible command completions that match the letters you have entered so far, then redisplays the letters that you typed.
Getting Help About Commands
To get help about operational mode CLI commands, you can do the following:
!
Listing Top-Level Operational Mode CLI Commands on page 637
!
Listing CLI Commands That Start with a Particular Letter on page 637
!
Listing All Available Commands of a Particular Type on page 637
636 !
CLI Operational Mode
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
Listing Top-Level Operational Mode CLI Commands
To list all available commands at the top level of the CLI operational mode, use the following command (see Table 133): user@host> ?
Possible completions: clear Clear information in the system
configure Manipulate software configuration information
file Perform file operations
help Provide help information
monitor Show real-time debugging information
mtrace Trace multicast path from source to receiver
ping Ping remote target
quit Exit the management session
request Make system-level requests
restart Restart software process
set Set CLI properties, date/time, craft interface message
show Show system information
ssh Start secure shell on another host
start Start shell
telnet Telnet to another host
test Perform diagnostic debugging
traceroute Trace route to remote host
Listing CLI Commands That Start with a Particular Letter
To list all commands that start with the letter c , use the following CLI command: user@host> c?
Possible completions:
clear
configure user@host> c
Clear information in the system
Manipulate software configuration information
Listing All Available Commands of a Particular Type
To list all available clear commands, use the following CLI command: user@host> clear ?
Possible completions: arp Clear address resolution information
bfd Clear Bidirectional Forwarding Detection information
bgp Clear Border Gateway Protocol information
cli Clear command-line interface settings
esis Clear end system-to-intermediate system information
firewall Clear firewall counters
helper Clear port-forwarding helper information
igmp Clear Internet Group Management Protocol information
ike Clear IKE information
ilmi Clear interim local management interface statistics
interfaces Clear interface information
ipsec Clear IP Security information
ipv6 Clear IP version 6 information
isis Clear Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System information
ldp Clear Label Distribution Protocol information
log Clear contents of log file
CLI Operational Mode !
637
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
mld Clear multicast listener discovery information
mpls Clear Multiprotocol Label Switching information
msdp Clear Multicast Source Discovery Protocol information
multicast Clear multicast information
ospf Clear Open Shortest Path First information
ospf3 Clear Open Shortest Path First version 3 information
pgm Clear Pragmatic Generalized Multicast information
pim Clear Protocol Independent Multicast information
rip Clear Routing Information Protocol information
ripng Clear Routing Information Protocol for IPv6 information
rsvp Clear Resource Reservation Protocol information
services
snmp Clear Simple Network Management Protocol information
system Clear system information
vpls Clear VPLS information
vrrp Clear Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol statistics
Having the CLI Complete Commands
You do not always have to remember or type the full command or option name for the CLI to recognize it. To display all possible command or option completions, type the partial command followed by a question mark.
To complete a command or option that you have partially typed, press the Tab key or the spacebar. If the partially typed letters begin a string that uniquely identifies a command, the complete command name appears. Otherwise, a beep indicates that you have entered an ambiguous command, and the possible completions are displayed.
Command completion also applies to other strings, such as filenames and usernames. To display all possible values, type a partial string followed by a question mark. However, to complete these strings, press the Tab key; pressing the space bar does not work.
Using CLI Command Completion
To complete the show interfaces command, do the following: user@host> show in<Spacebar> terfaces <Enter>
Physical interface: at-0/1/0, Enabled, Physical link is Up
Interface index: 11, SNMP ifIndex: 65
Link-level type: ATM-PVC, MTU: 4482, Clocking: Internal, SONET mode
Speed: OC12, Loopback: None, Payload scrambler: Enabled
Device flags : Present Running
Link flags : 0x01
[...Output truncated...]
638 !
CLI Operational Mode
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
To display a list of all log files whose names start with the string “messages,” and then display the contents of one of the files, do the following: user@host> show log mes?
Possible completions:
<filename>
messages
messages.0.gz
messages.1.gz
messages.10.gz
messages.2.gr
messages.3.gz
messages.4.gz
messages.5.gz
messages.6.gz
messages.7.gz
messages.8.gz
messages.9.gz
Log file to display
Size: 1417052, Last changed: Mar 3 00:33
Size: 145575, Last changed: Mar 3 00:00
Size: 134253, Last changed: Mar 2 23:00
Size: 137022, Last changed: Mar 2 14:00
Size: 137112, Last changed: Mar 2 22:00
Size: 121633, Last changed: Mar 2 21:00
Size: 135715, Last changed: Mar 2 20:00
Size: 137504, Last changed: Mar 2 19:00
Size: 134591, Last changed: Mar 2 18:00
Size: 132670, Last changed: Mar 2 17:00
Size: 136596, Last changed: Mar 2 16:00
Size: 136210, Last changed: Mar 2 15:00 user@host> show log mes <Tab> sages .4<Tab> .gz
<Enter>
Jan 15 21:00:00 myhost newsyslog[1381]: logfile turned over
[...Output truncated...]
Displaying CLI Command History
You can display a list of recent commands that you issued. To display the command history, use the show cli history command: user@host> show cli history
03-03 01:00:50 -- show cli history
03-03 01:01:12 -- show interfaces terse
03-03 01:01:22 -- show interfaces lo0
03-03 01:01:44 -- show bgp next-hop-database
03-03 01:01:51 -- show cli history
By default, this command displays the last 100 commands issued in the CLI.
Specify a number with the command to display that number of recent commands.
For example: user@host> show cli history 3
01:01:44 -- show bgp next-hop-database
01:01:51 -- show cli history
01:02:51 -- show cli history 3
CLI Configuration Mode
In configuration mode, you configure the JUNOS software by creating a hierarchy of configuration statements. You can do this by using the CLI or by creating a text
(ASCII) file that contains the statement hierarchy. (The statement hierarchy is identical in both the CLI and text configuration file.) You can configure all properties of the JUNOS software, including interfaces, general routing information, routing protocols, and user access, as well as several system hardware properties.
When you have finished entering the configuration statements, you commit them, which activates the configuration on the router.
CLI Configuration Mode !
639
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
640 !
CLI Configuration Mode
Table 134 explains each CLI configuration mode command. The commands are organized alphabetically.
Table 134: CLI Configuration Mode Commands
Command activate annotate commit copy deactivate delete edit exit help insert load quit rename
Description
Remove the inactive: tag from a statement, effectively reading the statement or identifier to the configuration. Statements or identifiers that have been activated take effect when you next issue the commit command.
Syntax: activate ( statement-path | identifier )
Add comments to a configuration.
Syntax: annotate statement-path " comment-string "
Commit the set of changes to the database and cause the changes to take operational effect.
Syntax: commit <<at < string >> <and-quit> <check> <confirmed < minutes >>
<synchronize>
Make a copy of an existing statement in the configuration.
Syntax: copy existing-statement-path to new-statement-path
Add the inactive: tag to a statement, effectively commenting out the statement or identifier from the configuration. Statements or identifiers marked as inactive do not take effect when you issue the commit command.
Syntax: deactivate ( statement-path | identifier )
Delete a statement or identifier. All subordinate statements and identifiers contained within the specified statement path are deleted with it.
Syntax: delete ( statement-path | i dentifier )
Move inside the specified statement hierarchy. If the statement does not exist, it is created.
Syntax: edit statement-path
Exit the current level of the statement hierarchy, returning to the level prior to the last edit command, or exit from configuration mode. The quit and exit commands are synonyms.
Syntax: exit (configuration-mode)
Display help about available configuration statements.
Syntax: help (apropos | topic | reference) < string >
Insert an identifier into an existing hierarchy.
Syntax: insert ( statement-path ) identifier1 (before | after) identifier2
Load a configuration from an ASCII configuration file or from terminal input.
Your current location in the configuration hierarchy is ignored when the load operation occurs.
Syntax: load (merge | override | patch | replace) ( filename | terminal)
Exit the current level of the statement hierarchy, returning to the level prior to the last edit command, or exit from configuration mode. The quit and exit commands are synonyms.
Syntax: quit configuration-mode
Rename an existing configuration statement or identifier.
Syntax: rename < statement-path > identifier1 to identifier2
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
Command rollback run save set show status top up update
Description
Return to a previously committed configuration. The software saves the last
10 committed configurations, including the rollback number, date, time, and name of the user who issued the commit configuration command. rollback 0 erases any configuration changes made to the current candidate configuration. The currently operational JUNOS software configuration is stored in the file juniper.conf, and the last three committed configurations are stored in the files juniper.conf.1.gz, juniper.conf.2.gz, and juniper.conf.3.gz.
These four files are located in the directory /config/, which is on the router's flash drive. The remaining six previous committed configurations, the files juniper.conf.4.gz through juniper.conf.9.gz, are stored in the directory
/var/db/config/, which is on the router's hard disk.
Syntax: rollback < number >
Run a CLI command without exiting from configuration mode.
Syntax: run command
Save the configuration to an ASCII file, by default in the users home directory.
The contents of the current level of the statement hierarchy (and below) are saved, along with the statement hierarchy containing it. This allows a section of the configuration to be saved, while fully specifying the statement hierarchy.
Syntax: save filename
Create a statement hierarchy and set identifier values. This is similar to edit except that your current level in the hierarchy does not change, and you can set identifier values whereas edit only allows access to a statement-path.
Syntax: set ( statement-path | identifier)
Display the current configuration.
Syntax: show ( statement-path | identifier)
Display the users currently editing the configuration.
Return to the top level of configuration command mode, which is indicated by the [edit] banner, or execute a command from the top level of the configuration.
Syntax: top < configuration-command >
Move up one level in the statement hierarchy.
Syntax: up < number >
Update a private database.
Configuration Statements and Identifiers
You configure all router properties by including statements in the configuration. A statement consists of a keyword, which is fixed text, and, optionally, an identifier.
An identifier is an identifying name that you define, such as the name of an interface, or a username, which allows you and the CLI to discriminate among a collection of statements.
The following list shows the statements available at the top level of the configuration mode (that is, the trunk of the hierarchy tree). Table 135 on page 643 describes each statement.
[edit] user@host# set ?
Possible completions:
> access Network access configuration
CLI Configuration Mode !
641
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
> accounting-options Accounting data configuration
> applications Define applications by protocol characteristics
+ apply-groups Groups from which to inherit configuration data
> chassis Chassis configuration
> class-of-service Class-of-service configuration
> firewall Define a firewall configuration
> forwarding-options Configure options to control packet sampling
> groups Configuration groups
> interfaces Interface configuration
> isdn ISDN process configuration
> logical-routers Logical routers
> policy-options Routing policy option configuration
> protocols Routing protocol configuration
> routing-instances Routing instance configuration
> routing-options Protocol-independent routing option configuration
> security Security configuration
> services Service PIC applications settings
> snmp Simple Network Management Protocol configuration
> system System parameters
An angle bracket ( > ) before the statement name indicates that it is a container statement and you can define other statements at levels below it.
If there is no angle bracket ( > ) before the statement name, the statement is a leaf statement; you cannot define other statements at hierarchy levels below it.
A plus sign ( + ) before the statement name indicates that it can contain a set of values. To specify a set, include the values in brackets. For example:
[edit] user@host# set policy-options community my-as1-transit members [65535:10
65535:11]
In some statements, you can include an identifier. For some identifiers, such as interface names, you must specify the identifier in a precise format. For example, the interface name so-0/0/0 refers to a SONET/SDH interface that is on the Flexible
PIC Concentrator (FPC) in slot 0, in the first Physical Interface Card (PIC) location, and in the first port on the PIC. For other identifiers, such as interface descriptive text, policy, and firewall term names, you can specify any name, including special characters, spaces, and tabs.
You must enclose in quotation marks (double quotes) identifiers and any strings that include the following characters: space tab ( ) [ ] { } ! @ # $ % ^ & | ’ = ?
642 !
CLI Configuration Mode
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
Table 135 describes each top-level CLI configuration mode statement.
Table 135: Configuration Mode Top-Level Statements
Statement Description accounting-options Configure accounting statistics data collection for interfaces and firewall filters. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS
Network Management Configuration Guide .
chassis class-of-service firewall forwarding-options groups interfaces policy-options protocols routing-instances routing-options
Configure properties of the router chassis, including the clock source, conditions that activate alarms, and SONET/SDH framing and concatenation properties. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the
JUNOS Interfaces and Class of Service Configuration Guide
Configure class-of-service parameters. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS Interfaces and Class of Service Configuration
Guide.
Define filters that select packets based on their contents. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS Policy Framework
Configuration Guide .
Define forwarding options, including traffic sampling options. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS Interfaces and Class of Service Configuration Guide.
Configure configuration groups.
Configure interface information, such as encapsulation, interfaces, virtual channel identifiers (VCIs), and data-link channel identifiers (DLCIs). For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS Interfaces and Class of Service Configuration Guide.
Define routing policies, which allow you to filter and set properties in incoming and outgoing routes. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS Routing and Routing Protocols Configuration Guide.
Configure routing protocols, including Border Gateway Protocol (BGP),
Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS), Open Shortest Path First
(OSPF), Routing Information Protocol (RIP), Multiprotocol Label Switching
(MPLS), Label Distribution Protocol (LDP), and Resource Reservation Protocol
(RSVP). For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the chapters that discuss how to configure the individual routing protocols in the
JUNOS Routing and Routing Protocols Configuration Guide and the JUNOS
MPLS Applications Configuration Guide .
Configure multiple routing instances. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS Routing and Routing Protocols Configuration
Guide .
Configure protocol-independent routing options, such as static routes, autonomous system (AS) numbers, confederation members, and global tracing (debugging) operations to log. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS Routing and Routing Protocols Configuration
Guide . snmp system
Configure Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) community strings, interfaces, traps, and notifications. For information about the statements in this hierarchy, see the JUNOS Network Management Configuration Guide .
Configure systemwide properties, including the hostname, domain name,
Domain Name System (DNS) server, user logins and permissions, mappings between hostnames and addresses, and software processes.
CLI Configuration Mode !
643
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Configuration Statement Hierarchy
The JUNOS software configuration consists of a hierarchy of statements . There are two types of statements: container statements , which are statements that contain other statements, and leaf statements , which do not contain other statements (see
Figure 235). All of the container and leaf statements together form the configuration hierarchy .
Figure 235: Configuration Mode Hierarchy of Statements
Trunk of hierarchy tree
(Top-level statements)
Branches of hierarchy tree
(Container statements)
Tree leaves
(Leaf statements)
Protocols isis mpis ospf rip bgp dvmrp icmp igmp router-discovery rsvp sap area traceoptions area-range interface stub virtual-link dead-interval hello-interval interface-type metric mtu poll-interval priority retransmit-interval transit-delay transmit-interval
Each statement at the top level of the configuration hierarchy resides at the trunk
(or root level) of a hierarchy tree. The top-level statements are container statements, containing other statements that form the tree branches. The leaf statements are the leaves of the hierarchy tree. An individual hierarchy of statements, which starts at the trunk of the hierarchy tree, is called a statement path . Figure 235 illustrates the hierarchy tree, showing a statement path for the portion of the protocol configuration hierarchy that configures the hello interval on an interface in an OSPF area.
The protocols statement is a top-level statement at the trunk of the configuration tree. The ospf , area , and interface statements are all subordinate container statements of a higher statement (they are branches of the hierarchy tree), and the hello-interval statement is a leaf on the tree, which, in this case, contains a data value: the length of the hello interval in seconds.
644 !
CLI Configuration Mode
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
The CLI represents the statement path shown in Figure 235 as [protocols ospf area area-number interface interface-name ] , and displays the configuration as follows:
} protocols { ospf { area 0.0.0.0 { interface so-0/0/0 { hello-interval 5;
}
} interface so-0/0/1 { hello-interval 5;
}
}
The CLI indents each level in the hierarchy to indicate each statement’s relative position in the hierarchy and generally sets off each level with braces, using an open brace at the beginning of each hierarchy level and a closing brace at the end.
If the statement at a hierarchy level is empty, the braces are not printed. Each leaf statement ends with a semicolon. If the hierarchy does not extend as far as a leaf statement, the last statement in the hierarchy ends with a semicolon.
The CLI uses this indented representation when it displays the current system configuration, and you use this format when creating ASCII files that contain the software configuration. However, the format of ASCII configuration files is not as strict as the CLI output of the configuration. Although the braces and semicolons are required, the indentation and use of new lines, as shown above, are not required in
ASCII configuration files.
Using the CLI Configuration Mode
This section describes how to use the CLI configuration mode. You can do the following:
!
Entering Configuration Mode on page 646
!
Exiting Configuration Mode on page 647
!
Moving Among Levels of the Hierarchy on page 647
!
Displaying the Current Configuration on page 647
!
Modifying the Configuration on page 649
!
Removing a Statement on page 649
!
Running Operational Mode CLI Commands from Configuration Mode on page 649
!
Displaying Configuration Mode Command History on page 650
!
Committing a Configuration on page 650
!
Saving a Configuration to a File on page 651
CLI Configuration Mode !
645
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
!
Returning to a Previously Committed Configuration on page 651
!
Getting Help About Statements on page 653
Entering Configuration Mode
If many users enter configuration mode at the same time, everyone can make configuration changes and commit all changes. If one user enters configuration mode when another user is also in configuration mode, a message indicates who the user is and what portion of the configuration that user is viewing or editing. To enter configuration mode, use the following CLI command: user@host> configure
Entering configuration mode
Current configuration users: root terminal p3 (pid 1088) on since 1999-05-13 01:03:27 EDT
[edit interfaces so-3/0/0 unit 0 family inet]
The configuration has been changed but not committed
!
If, when you enter configuration mode, the configuration contains changes that have not been committed, a message appears: user@host> configure
Entering configuration mode
The configuration has been changed but not committed
!
If, while in configuration mode, you try to make a change while the configuration is locked by another user, a message indicates that the configuration database is locked, who the user is, and what portion of the configuration the user is viewing or editing:
[edit] user@host# set system host-name ipswitch error: configuration database locked by: user2 terminal d0 (pid 1828) on since 19:47:58 EDT, idle 00:02:11 exclusive [edit protocols]
!
If you enter configuration mode with the configure exclusive command, you lock the candidate configuration for as long as you remain in configuration mode, allowing you to make changes without interference from other users. If another user is also in configuration mode and has the configuration locked, a message indicates who the user is and what portion of the configuration the user is viewing or editing: user@host> configure exclusive
Entering configuration mode
Users currently editing the configuration: root terminal p3 (pid 1088) on since 2000-10-30 19:47:58 EDT, idle
00:00:44 exclusive [edit interfaces so-3/0/0 unit 0 family inet]
646 !
CLI Configuration Mode
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
Exiting Configuration Mode
To exit configuration mode, use the exit configuration-mode configuration mode command from any level or use the exit command from the top level. If you try to exit from configuration mode using the exit command and the configuration contains changes that have not been committed, you see a message and prompt:
[edit] user@host# exit
The configuration has been changed but not committed
Exit with uncommitted changes? [yes,no] (yes) <Enter>
Exiting configuration mode user@host>
To exit with uncommitted changes without having to respond to a prompt, use the exit configuration-mode command.
Moving Among Levels of the Hierarchy
The CLI commands in Table 136 help you navigate the levels of the configuration statement hierarchy.
Table 136: CLI Configuration Mode Navigation Commands
Command edit exit up top
Description
To move down through an existing configuration command hierarchy, or to create a hierarchy and move down to that level, use the edit configuration mode command, specifying the hierarchy level at which you want to be.
To move up the hierarchy, use the exit configuration mode command. This command is, in effect, the opposite of the edit command.
To move up the hierarchy one level at a time, use the up configuration mode command.
To move directly to the top level, use the top configuration mode command.
Displaying the Current Configuration
You can display the following information about the current configuration:
!
Displaying the Configuration at the Current Hierarchy Level on page 648
!
Displaying the Last Committed Current Configuration on page 648
!
Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration on page 648
CLI Configuration Mode !
647
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Displaying the Configuration at the Current Hierarchy Level
To display the configuration at the current hierarchy level or at the specified level, use the show configuration mode command.
user@host> show <statement-path>
The configuration statements appear in a fixed order. The CLI indents each level in the hierarchy to indicate each statement’s relative position in the hierarchy and generally sets off each level with braces, using an open brace at the beginning of each hierarchy level and a closing brace at the end. If the statement at a hierarchy level is empty, the braces are not printed. Each leaf statement ends with a semicolon. If the hierarchy does not extend as far as a leaf statement, the last statement in the hierarchy ends with a semicolon. Interfaces appear alphabetically by type, and then in numerical order by slot number, PIC number, and port number.
Displaying the Last Committed Current Configuration
You also can use the CLI operational mode show configuration command to display the last committed current configuration, which is the configuration currently running on the router: user@host> show configuration
Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration
To display the users currently editing the configuration, use the status configuration mode command:
[edit] user@host# status
Current configuration users:
user terminal p0 (pid 518) on since 2002-03-12 18:24:27 PST
[edit protocols]
The system displays who is editing the configuration ( user ), how the user is logged in ( terminal p0 ), the date and time the user logged in ( 2002-03-12 18:24:27 PST ), and what level of the hierarchy the user is editing ( [edit protocols] ).
648 !
CLI Configuration Mode
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
Modifying the Configuration
To configure the router or to modify an existing router configuration, you add statements to the configuration. For each statement hierarchy, you create the hierarchy starting with a statement at the top level and continuing with statements that move progressively lower in the hierarchy.
To modify the hierarchy, you use two configuration mode commands:
!
set —Creates a statement hierarchy and sets identifier values. After you issue a set command, you remain at the same level in the hierarchy. The set command has the following syntax: set < statement-path > statement < identifier > statement-path is the hierarchy to the configuration statement and the statement itself.
If you have already moved to the statement’s hierarchy level, you omit this. statement is the configuration statement itself. identifier is a string that identifies an instance of a statement.
!
edit —Moves to a particular hierarchy level. If that hierarchy level does not exist, the edit command creates it and then moves to it. The edit command has the following syntax: edit < statement-path > statement < identifier >
Removing a Statement
To delete a statement or identifier, use the delete configuration mode command.
Deleting a statement or an identifier effectively “unconfigures” the functionality associated with that statement or identifier, returning that functionality to its default condition. When you delete a statement, the statement and all its subordinate statements and identifiers are removed from the configuration.
delete < statement-path > < identifier >
To delete the entire hierarchy starting at the current hierarchy level, do not specify a statement or an identifier in the delete command:
[edit] user@host# delete
Delete everything under this level? [yes, no] (no) ?
Possible completions: no Don't delete everything under this level yes Delete everything under this level
Delete everything under this level? [yes, no] (no)
Running Operational Mode CLI Commands from Configuration Mode
To display the output of an operational mode show or other command while configuring the software, you can execute a single operational mode command by issuing the run configuration mode command and specifying the operational mode command:
[edit] user@host# run operational-mode-command
CLI Configuration Mode !
649
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Displaying Configuration Mode Command History
To display a list of the recent commands you issued while in configuration mode, use the run show cli history command. By default, this command displays the last
100 commands issued in the CLI.
[edit] user@host# run show cli history
12:40:08 -- show
12:40:17 -- edit protocols
12:40:27 -- set isis
12:40:29 -- edit isis
12:40:40 -- run show cli history
Committing a Configuration
To commit a configuration, you can do the following:
!
Saving Configuration Changes and Activating the Configuration on page 650
!
Saving Configuration Changes, Activating the Configuration, and Exiting
Configuration Mode on page 650
Saving Configuration Changes and Activating the Configuration
To save software configuration changes to the configuration database and activate the configuration on the router, use the commit configuration mode command:
[edit] user@host# commit commit complete
The configuration is checked for syntax errors. If the syntax is correct, the configuration is activated and becomes the current, operational router configuration. If the configuration contains syntax errors, a message indicates the location of the error and the configuration is not activated. You must correct the error before recommitting the configuration.
Saving Configuration Changes, Activating the Configuration, and Exiting
Configuration Mode
To save software configuration changes, activate the configuration on the router, and exit configuration mode, use the commit and-quit configuration mode command. This command succeeds only if the configuration contains no errors.
[edit] user@host# commit and-quit commit complete exiting configuration mode user@host>
650 !
CLI Configuration Mode
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
Saving a Configuration to a File
To save the configuration to a text (ASCII) file so that you can edit it with a text editor of your choice, use the save configuration mode command. By default, the configuration is saved to that file in your home directory, which is on the flash disk.
[edit] user@host# save filename
Wrote 475 lines of configuration to ' filename '
Returning to a Previously Committed Configuration
To return to a previously committed configuration, you can do the following:
!
Returning to the Most Recently Committed Configuration on page 651
!
Activating the Configuration You Loaded on page 651
!
Returning to a Configuration Prior to the Most Recently Committed One on page 651
!
Displaying Previous Configurations on page 652
Returning to the Most Recently Committed Configuration
To return to the most recently committed configuration and load it into configuration mode without activating it, use the rollback configuration mode command:
[edit] user@host# rollback load complete
Activating the Configuration You Loaded
To activate the configuration that you loaded, use the commit command:
[edit] user@host# rollback load complete
[edit] user@host# commit
Returning to a Configuration Prior to the Most Recently Committed One
To return to a configuration prior to the most recently committed one, include the number in the rollback command. number can be a number in the range 0 through
9. The most recently saved configuration is number 0 (which is the default configuration to which the system returns), and the oldest saved configuration is number 9.
[edit] user@host# rollback number load complete
CLI Configuration Mode !
651
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
652 !
CLI Configuration Mode
Displaying Previous Configurations
To display previous configurations, including the rollback number, date, time, the name of the user who committed changes, and the method of commit, use the rollback ?
command.
[edit] user@host# rollback ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
<number> Numeric argument
0 2005-02-27 12:52:10 PST by abc via cli
1
2
3
4
2005-02-26 14:47:42 PST by def via cli
2005-02-14 21:55:45 PST by ghi via cli
2005-02-10 16:11:30 PST by jkl via cli
2005-02-10 16:02:35 PST by mno via cli
5 2005-03-16 15:10:41 PST by pqr via cli
6 2005-03-16 14:54:21 PST by stu via cli
7 2005-03-16 14:51:38 PST by vwx via cli
8 2005-03-16 14:43:29 PST by yzz via cli
9 2005-03-16 14:15:37 PST by abc via cli
10 2005-03-16 14:13:57 PST by def via cli
11 2005-03-16 12:57:19 PST by root via other
12 2005-03-16 10:45:23 PST by root via other
13 2005-03-16 10:08:13 PST by root via other
14 2005-03-16 01:20:56 PST by root via other
15 2005-03-16 00:40:37 PST by ghi via cli
16 2005-03-16 00:39:29 PST by jkl via cli
17 2005-03-16 00:32:36 PST by mno via cli
18 2005-03-16 00:31:17 PST by pqr via cli
19 2005-03-15 19:59:00 PST by stu via cli
20 2005-03-15 19:53:39 PST by vwx via cli
21 2005-03-15 18:07:19 PST by yzz via cli
22 2005-03-15 17:59:03 PST by abc via cli
23 2005-03-15 15:05:14 PST by def via cli
24 2005-03-15 15:04:51 PST by ghi via cli
25 2005-03-15 15:03:42 PST by jkl via cli
26 2005-03-15 15:01:52 PST by mno via cli
27 2005-03-15 14:58:34 PST by pqr via cli
28 2005-03-15 13:09:37 PST by root via other
29 2005-03-12 11:01:20 PST by stu via cli
30 2005-03-12 10:57:35 PST by vwx via cli
31 2005-03-11 10:25:07 PST by yzz via cli
32 2005-03-10 23:40:58 PST by abc via cli
33 2005-03-10 23:40:38 PST by def via cli
34 2005-03-10 23:14:27 PST by ghi via cli
35 2005-03-10 23:10:16 PST by jkl via cli
36 2005-03-10 23:01:51 PST by mno via cli
37 2005-03-10 22:49:57 PST by pqr via cli
38 2005-03-10 22:24:07 PST by stu via cli
39 2005-03-10 22:20:14 PST by vwx via cli
40 2005-03-10 22:16:56 PST by yzz via cli
41 2005-03-10 22:16:41 PST by abc via cli
42 2005-03-10 20:44:00 PST by def via cli
43 2005-03-10 20:43:29 PST by ghi via cli
44 2005-03-10 20:39:14 PST by jkl via cli
45 2005-03-10 20:31:30 PST by root via other
46 2005-03-10 18:57:01 PST by mno via cli
47 2005-03-10 18:56:18 PST by pqr via cli
48 2005-03-10 18:47:49 PST by stu via cli
49 2005-03-10 18:47:34 PST by vw via cli
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
| Pipe through a command
[edit]
Getting Help About Statements
In configuration mode, you can use the help command to display help based on a text string contained in a statement name. This command displays help for statements at the current hierarchy level and below. user@host# help string
You can also display help based on a text string contained in a statement name using the help topic and help reference commands. The help topic command displays usage guidelines for the statement, whereas the help reference command displays summary information about the statement.
user@host# help topic ?
access Network access control
accounting-options Accounting data collection
applications Application protocols
bgp Border Gateway Protocol
chassis Platform
class-of-service Class of service (CoS)
connections Circuit cross-connect (CCC)
dvmrp Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
firewall Firewalls and filters
forwarding-options Packet sampling
groups Configuration groups
igmp Internet Group Management Protocol
interfaces Interfaces
isis Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System
l2circuit Layer 2 virtual circuits
layer2-vpns Layer 2 VPNs
layer3-vpns Layer 3 VPNs
ldp Label Distribution Protocol
link-management Link Management Protocol
logical-routers Logical routers
mld Multicast Listener Discovery protocol
mpls Multiprotocol Label Switching
msdp Multicast Source Discovery Protocol
ospf Open Shortest Path First protocol
pgm Pragmatic Generalized Multicast
pim Protocol-Independent Multicast and data MDT
policy-options Routing policy
rip Routing Information Protocol
ripng Routing Information Protocol Next Generation
rmon Remote Monitoring
router-advertisement Neighbor discovery
router-discovery Internet Control Message Protocol router discovery
routing-instances Routing instances
routing-options Protocol-independent routing options
rsvp Resource Reservation Protocol
sap Session Advertisement Protocol
security Internet Protocol security (IPSec)
services Service sets for Adaptive Services PIC
snmp Simple Network Management Protocol
system System parameters
CLI Configuration Mode !
653
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
654 !
CLI Configuration Mode
vpls Virtual private LAN service
vpns Virtual private networks
[edit] user@help# help topic access ?
Possible completions:
examples
l2tp Overview of Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol configuration
point-to-point Overview of Point-to-Point Protocol configuration
radius-disconnect-port Port number for RADIUS disconnect server
radius-server RADIUS server configuration
traceoptions Trace options for access processes
tunnel-profile Join multilink bundles based on endpoint discriminator
[edit] user@host# help topic access point-to-point
Configuring the Point-to-Point Protocol
To configure the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP), do the following:
* Configuring the Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol
* Configuring the Authentication Order user@host# help reference string
If you do not type an option for a statement that requires one, a message indicates the type of information expected. In this example, you need to type an area number to complete the command:
[edit] user@host# set protocols ospf area<Enter> syntax error, expecting < identifier >.
In this example, you need to type a value for the hello interval to complete the command:
[edit] user@host# set protocols ospf area 45 interface so-0/0/0 hello-interval < Enter > syntax error, expecting < data >
If you have omitted a required statement at a particular hierarchy level, when you attempt to move from that hierarchy level or when you issue the show command in configuration mode, a message indicates which statement is missing. For example:
[edit protocols pim interface so-0/0/0] user@host# top
Warning: missing mandatory statement: 'mode'
[edit] user@host# show protocols { pim { interface so-0/0/0 {
Appendix A: Command-Line Interface Overview
}
}
} priority 4; version 2;
# Warning: missing mandatory statement(s): 'mode'
CLI Configuration Mode !
655
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
656 !
CLI Configuration Mode
Part 12
Index
!
Index on page 659
Index !
657
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
658 !
Index
Index
Symbols
+, statement value indicator .....................................642
/ directory mount point ...............................................155
/config directory mount point ....................................155
/var directory mount point .........................................155
>, container statement indicator ..............................642
?, help command .........................................................636
| match filter command chassis errors, searching for ................................121
CIP errors, searching for ......................................385
cooling system errors, searching for ..................272
PCG errors, searching for .....................................375
PIC errors, searching for ......................................190
power supply errors in chassisd log file ............................................238
searching for .....................................................238
redundant PCG errors, searching for ..................603
Routing Engine errors, searching for ..................156
SCB errors, searching for .....................................399
SCG errors, searching for .....................................321
SFM errors, searching for .............................353, 589
SIB errors, searching for .......................309, 333, 425
SSB errors searching for .....................................................411
SSB errors, searching for ......................................613
A
activate command .......................................................640
Adaptive Services PIC description (M7i router) ............7
air filter alarm conditions
M320 router ........................................................74
M40 router ..........................................................68
M40e and M160 routers ....................................71
T320 router .........................................................77
T640 routing node .............................................80
M40 router .............................................................257
maintaining ............................................................272
alarm LEDs
M10i router ............................................................424
M7i router ..............................................................424
alarm mode craft interface LCD display ...................................121
alarms chassis, displaying .................................................120
CIP ...........................................................................385
cooling system current ...............................................................270
table ...................................................................271
craft interface .........................................................206
FPC ..........................................................................169
HCM ........................................................................628
messages ................................................................308
PIC ...........................................................................189
power supply .........................................................235
redundant cooling system components .............541
redundant PCG ......................................................600
redundant SFM ......................................................588
redundant SSB .......................................................612
Routing Engine ......................................................155
SCG messages ........................................................320
SFM .........................................................................353
SIB ...........................................................................332
SIB messages .........................................................332
alternative media alarm conditions
M20 router ..........................................................65
M320 router ........................................................74
M40 router ..........................................................68
M40e and M160 routers ....................................71
M5 and M10 routers ..........................................61
M7i and M10i routers ........................................63
T320 router .........................................................77
T640 routing node .............................................80
annotate command .....................................................640
B
backup Routing Engine configure to assume mastership on loss of keepalives ............................................................486
configuring .............................................................479
description .............................................................480
log in from master ................................................479
mastership, acquiring from backup ....................482
release mastership from backup .........................482
results of failover on loss of keepalives on .........486
boot disk, checking router ..........................................154
Index !
659
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
C
cable management
FPC LEDs, checking .............................................. 283 optical equipment ................................................. 282
PIC cables ................................................................ 281 fiber-optic cable ............................................... 282
LEDs, checking ................................................. 283 power cables .......................................................... 285
Routing Engine external cables ........................... 285 system, replacing .................................................. 285 cable management system description ............................................................. 276
M10i router ............................................................ 277
M20 router ............................................................. 278
M40 router ............................................................. 279
M40e and M160 routers ....................................... 280
M5 and M10 routers ............................................. 277 replacing ................................................................ 285
T320 router and T640 routing node ................... 281 cables checklist for maintaining ..................................... 275 fiber-optic, maintaining ........................................ 282
FPC LEDs ................................................................ 283
PIC, maintaining ................................................... 281 power, maintaining .............................................. 285
CB See Control Boards
CFEB
Adaptive Services PIC description (M7i router) ..... 7 alarm conditions
M7i and M10i routers ........................................ 63 remedy, severity .............................................. 424 checklist for monitoring ....................................... 417 commands for monitoring ................................... 417 show chassis alarms ........................................ 423 show chassis cfeb ............................................ 426 show chassis environment ............................. 422 show chassis feb .............................................. 422 show chassis firmware command ................. 430 show chassis hardware ................................... 429 show log chassisd ............................................ 425 show log messages .......................................... 424 show system uptime ....................................... 427 component returning ........................................................... 430 uptime, checking ............................................. 426 description ............................................................. 618
M10i router ......................................................... 11
M7i router ............................................................. 7 environmental status ............................................ 422 errors in messages log file ......................................... 424 failure, verifying .................................................... 427 firmware version ................................................... 430 hardware information ..........................................429
hot-pluggable FRU
M10i router ......................................................... 12
M7i router .............................................................8
LEDs ................................................................ 423, 424 powering down .....................................................427
powering up ...........................................................427
removal, what happens ........................................619
serial number ID label, location ..........................430
status, detailed ......................................................422
swap test ................................................................427
system uptime, checking .....................................427
tunnel interface description (M7i router) ...............7
CFEBs commands for monitoring chassis show chassis environment .............................417
alarm messages .....................................................308
checklist for monitoring .......................................107
commands for monitoring ...................................107
show chassis alarms ........................................120
show chassis craft-interface ............................118
show chassis environment .............................118
show chassis hardware ........................... 117, 122 show log messages .................................. 121, 122 component alarms, displaying ............................120
components installed, displaying ........................117
description .............................................................108
M10 router ............................................................... 11
M160 router ................................................... 113, 116
M20 router ............................................... 15, 109, 110
M320 router .....................................................31, 114
M40 router .......................................................19, 111
M40e router .....................................................23, 112
M5 and M10 routers .........................................3, 109
M7i router ..................................................................7
T320 router ............................................................115
chassis temperature alarm conditions
M20 router ..........................................................67
M320 router ........................................................ 76
M40 router ..........................................................70
M40e and M160 routers ....................................73
M7i and M10i routers ........................................ 64
T320 router ......................................................... 79
T640 routing node ............................................. 82 chassisd log file
CIP errors ...............................................................386
component error messages, displaying ............... 83 craft interface errors .............................................208
description .............................................................122
error messages, component, displaying ............122
FIC errors, displaying ............................................447
FPC errors ..............................................................171
660 !
Index
Index monitor in real time ................................................83
multiple items, searching for .................................83
PCG errors ..............................................................375
power supply errors ..............................................238
redundant PCGs, verifying online .......................603
redundant SFM errors ...........................................589
redundant SSB errors ............................................613
SCB errors ..............................................................399
SCG errors ..............................................................321
SFM errors ..............................................................354
SIB errors ...............................................................333
specific information, searching for .......................83
SSB errors ...............................................................411
checklist for monitoring cables ......................................................................275
CFEB .......................................................................417
chassis ....................................................................107
CIP ...........................................................................381
Control Boards .......................................................301
cooling system .......................................251, 301, 559 craft interface ........................................................197
FEB ..........................................................................453
FIC ...........................................................................443
FPCs ........................................................................163
HCM ........................................................................431
host module ...................................................289, 341
MCS .........................................................................359
PCGs ........................................................................369
PICs .........................................................................183
power supplies .......................................................217
redundant CFEBs ...................................................617
redundant Control Boards ....................................559
redundant cooling system components .............523
redundant HCMs ...................................................623
redundant hosts ....................................................463
redundant MCSs ....................................................567
redundant PCGs .....................................................595
redundant power supplies ...................................507
redundant Routing Engines .................................491
redundant SFMs ....................................................577
redundant SIBs ......................................................543
redundant SSBs .....................................................605
Routing Engine ......................................................125
SCB ..........................................................................393
SCGs ................................................................315, 551
SFMs .......................................................................347
SIBs .........................................................................325
CIP
SSB ..........................................................................405
alarm conditions
M320 router ........................................................74
M40e and M160 routers ....................................71
T320 router .........................................................77
T640 routing node .............................................80
alarms .....................................................................385
checklist for monitoring .......................................381
commands for monitoring ...................................381
show chassis alarms ................................381, 385 show chassis environment ......................381, 384 show chassis hardware ...........................381, 388 show log chassisd .....................................381, 386 show log messages ..........................................381
component figure ..................................................382
description .............................................................382
environmental status ............................................384
errors ......................................................................385
in chassisd log file ............................................386
in messages log file ..........................................385
failure, verifying ....................................................386
FRU requiring router shutdown .................24, 28, 37 hardware information ...........................................388
hot-pluggable FRU
M320 router ........................................................32
T640 routing node .............................................41
M40e and M160 router location ..........................384
replacing .................................................................389
serial number ID label location ...........................389
swap test ................................................................387
circuit breaker, checking .............................................239
clear command ............................................................633
CLI commands router monitoring, common .............................53
configuration mode
+, statement value indicator .........................642
>, container statement indicator ..................642
changes, uncommitted, exiting with .............647
characters requiring quotation marks ...........642
command history, displaying list of ..............650
commands, table .............................................640
configuration See configuration, router description ........................................................639
entering .............................................................646
example configuration .....................................645
exiting ................................................................647
help, displaying ................................................653
hierarchy tree, description ..............................644
navigation commands, table ..........................647
operational mode commands, running within ..............................................................649
statement path, example ................................645
top-level commands, table ..............................641
top-level statements, table ..............................643
description .............................................................633
JUNOS software configuration mode ...........................................50
operational mode ...............................................50
operational mode ..................................................639
Index !
661
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware command completion ..................................... 638 command history, displaying ......................... 639 commands, table ............................................. 633 description ........................................................ 633 entering ............................................................. 636 help .................................................................... 636 top-level commands, table ............................. 637 using .................................................................. 635 command prompt format if graceful-switchover is configured ....... 479 command-line interface See CLI commands configuration mode CLI, table ............................. 640 operational mode CLI, table ................................ 633 commands for monitoring
CFEB ....................................................................... 417 chassis .................................................................... 107
CIP .......................................................................... 381
Control Boards ............................................... 298, 301 cooling system ...................................... 251, 301, 559 craft interface ........................................................ 197
FEB .......................................................................... 453
FIC ........................................................................... 443
FPCs ........................................................................ 163
HCM ........................................................................ 431 host module ................................................... 289, 341
MCS ................................................................. 346, 359
PCGs ....................................................................... 369
PICs ......................................................................... 183 power supplies ...................................................... 217 redundant CFEBs .................................................. 617 redundant Control Boards .................................... 559 redundant cooling system components ............. 523 redundant HCMs ................................................... 623 redundant hosts .................................................... 463 redundant MCSs .................................................... 567 redundant PCGs .................................................... 595 redundant power supplies ................................... 507 redundant Routing Engines ................................. 491 redundant SFMs .................................................... 577 redundant SIBs ...................................................... 543 redundant SSBs ..................................................... 605
Routing Engine .............................. 125, 297, 298, 345
SCB ......................................................................... 393
SCGs ................................................................ 315, 551
SFMs ....................................................................... 347
SIBs ......................................................................... 325
SSB .......................................................................... 405 commit command ............................................... 640, 650 compact flash disk file system description ........................................................ 155
Compact Forwarding Engine Board See CFEB components alarms, displaying ...........................................61, 120 built-in
FIC (M7i router) ....................................................8
FPC ...................................................................... 12
CLI commands for monitoring, common ............ 53 environmental status ............................................118
CLI commands ................................................... 59 displaying detailed ............................................. 59 error messages displaying in chassisd log file .........................122
in chassisd log file .............................................. 83 in messages log file ............................................ 83 failure verifying .............................................................. 84
FRUs requiring router shutdown
CIP ........................................................... 24, 28, 37
FEB ........................................................................4
Routing Engine .....................................................4
hot-pluggable FRUs ................................................. 37
CFEB ................................................................ 8, 12
CIP ................................................................. 32, 41
Control Board ..................................................... 32 cooling system .....................................................8
HCM (M10i router) ............................................. 12 host module .................................................. 24, 28 host subsystem .................................................. 32
MCS ................................................................ 24, 28
PCG ................................................................ 24, 28
Routing Engine ....................... 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 29
SCB ...................................................................... 20
SCG ................................................................ 37, 42
SFM ...................................................................... 24
SSB ....................................................................... 16 hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs cooling system ...............12, 16, 20, 24, 32, 37, 41 craft interface .......................20, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41
FPC (T320 router) .............................................. 41
FPCs .......................................16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 37
PICs ........................ 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41 power supplies ........... 8, 12, 16, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41
Routing Engine ....................................... 32, 37, 41
SFM ...................................................................... 29
SFP ....................................................................... 12
SIB ............................................................ 32, 37, 42 hot-removable FRUs cooling system ................................................... 28 installed in router chassis, displaying .................117
key ............................................................................ 92
Packet Forwarding Engine .......................... 91, 92
Routing Engine ............................................. 91, 92
LED locations per routing platform .................... 52, 58 status, checking .................................................. 57
662 !
Index
Index
M10 router ...............................................................11
M10i router ..............................................................12
M160 router .................................................27, 28, 37
M20 router .........................................................15, 16
M320 router .......................................................31, 32
M40 router .........................................................19, 20
M40e router .......................................................23, 24
M5 and M10 routers .............................................3, 4
M7i router ..............................................................7, 8 monitoring method ................................................................47
tools .....................................................................49
operational status, detailed, CLI commands ........60
part number, displaying .......................................122
problems solving .................................................................84
redundant cooling system (M5 and M10 routers) ...............4
power supplies (M5 and M10 routers) ...............4
returning .................................................................123
serial number, displaying .....................................122
status, displaying from craft interface ................118
swap testing ...........................................................122
T320 router ..............................................................35
T640 routing node ............................................40, 41 version number, displaying .................................122
configuration mode, CLI
+, statement value indicator ..............................642
>, statement container indicator .......................642
command table ...................................................................640
command history, displaying ..............................650
commands activate ..............................................................640
annotate ............................................................640
commit ..............................................................640
copy ...................................................................640
deactivate ..........................................................640
delete .................................................................640
edit .....................................................................640
exit .....................................................................640
help ....................................................................640
insert ..................................................................640
load ....................................................................640
quit .....................................................................640
rename ..............................................................640
rollback ..............................................................641
run .....................................................................641
save ....................................................................641
set ......................................................................641
show ..................................................................641
status .................................................................641
top ......................................................................641
top-level, table ..................................................641
up .......................................................................641
update ................................................................641
configuration hierarchy, description ...................644
configuration See configuration, router description .............................................................639
entering ..................................................................646
example configuration ..........................................645
help about statements, getting ............................653
hierarchy tree, description ...................................644
identifier, description ............................................641
messages locked database ................................................646
uncommitted changes .....................................646
user editing locked configuration ...................646
navigation commands, table ...............................647
operational mode commands, running within ..649
statement characters requiring quotation marks ...........642
container ...........................................................644
deleting ..............................................................649
description ........................................................641
hierarchy, figure ...............................................644
leaf .....................................................................644
statement path example .............................................................645
statements, top-level accounting-options ...........................................643
chassis ...............................................................643
class-of-service ..................................................643
firewall ...............................................................643
forwarding-options ...........................................643
groups ................................................................643
interfaces ...........................................................643
policy-options ...................................................643
protocols ............................................................643
routing-instances ..............................................643
routing-options .................................................643
snmp ..................................................................643
system ...............................................................643
table ...................................................................643
uncommitted changes, exiting with ...................647
configuration, router activating ................................................................651
at a specific level, displaying ...............................648
at current hierarchy level, displaying .................648
changing while configuration is locked ..............646
committed, most recent, returning to and loading without activating ..................................651
currently running on the router, displaying .......648
edit command, using ............................................649
entire hierarchy, deleting starting at current hierarchy level .....................................................649
example ..................................................................645
file, saving ..............................................................651
Index !
663
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware format ..................................................................... 648 last current committed, displaying ..................... 648 modifying ............................................................... 649 previous, displaying .............................................. 652 prior to most recently committed, returning to 651 saving activating, and exiting ..................................... 650 and activating ................................................... 650 to a text file ...................................................... 651 set command, using ............................................. 649 statement, deleting ............................................... 649 syntax checking .................................................... 650 uncommitted changes, exiting with ................... 647 users currently editing the configuration, displaying ............................................................ 648 configure command .................................................... 633
Connector Interface Panel See CIP
Control Boards ............................................................... 32 alarm conditions
M320 router ........................................................ 74
T320 router ......................................................... 77
T640 routing node ............................................. 80 commands for monitoring show chassis alarms ........................................ 301 show chassis craft-interface ........................... 301 show chassis environment cb ........ 289, 298, 301 show chassis hardware ................................... 302 show log messages .......................................... 301 hot-pluggable FRU ............................................. 32, 37
LEDs ................................................................ 309, 565 redundancy ................................................ 37, 41, 561
T320 router ......................................................... 32 replacing ................................................................ 566 status, displaying .................................................. 298
T320 router ........................................................ 36, 37 conventions, documentation .................................... xxix cooling system ....................................................... 32, 257 air filter, maintaining ............................................ 272 alarms craft interface, checking from ........................ 270 current, displaying ........................................... 270 table ................................................................... 271 checklist for monitoring ....................... 251, 301, 559 commands for monitoring ................... 251, 301, 559 show chassis alarms ................................ 251, 270 show chassis craft-interface ................... 251, 270 show chassis environment ............. 251, 267, 539 show log messages .................................. 251, 271 components, replacing ......................................... 273 description ............................................................. 252 environmental status ............................................ 267 errors in messages log file ................................... 271 fan failure, verifying ............................................. 272 hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs 4, 8, 12, 16,
20, 24, 32, 37, 41 hot-removable FRU ................................................. 28 impeller failure, verifying .....................................273
M20 router airflow .......................................253, 254, 256, 262 components ......................................................255
location ..............................................................255
M40 router air filter ..............................................................257
airflow ...............................................................258
components ......................................................257
location ..............................................................257
M40e and M160 routers airflow .......................................261, 263, 264, 265 components ...................................... 260, 264, 266 location ..............................................260, 264, 266
M5 and M10 routers airflow ...............................................................253
components ......................................................253
location ..............................................................253
redundancy ........4, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41, 524 copy command ............................................................640
craft interface alarm conditions ..................................................... 61
M20 router ..........................................................65
M320 router ........................................................ 74
M40 router ..........................................................68
M40e and M160 router ..................................... 71
T320 router ......................................................... 77
T640 routing node ............................................. 80 alarm mode ...........................................................169
alarms .....................................................................206
characteristics per routing platform .............57, 202 checklist for monitoring .......................................197
CLI command output per routing platform .......... 56 commands for monitoring ...................................197
show chassis alarms ........................................206
show chassis craft-interface ....................203, 204 show chassis environment .............................203
show chassis environment fpm .....................204
show log chassisd ............................................208
show log messages ..........................................207
component status, displaying at the command line ........................................................................118
description .............................................................199
environmental status ............................................203
errors in chassisd log file ............................................208
in messages log file ..........................................207
failure symptoms .........................................................203
verifying ............................................................205
front panel module environmental status ..........204
hardware information ..........................................208
664 !
Index
Index hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs ..16, 20, 24,
28, 32, 41 information, displaying ........................................204
items on faceplate per routing platform ..............51
LCD display, alarm mode .....................................121
LEDs host module, M40e and M160 routers ..296, 344 redundant host module ...................................143
M20 router .............................................................200
M40 router .............................................................200
M40e and M160 routers ...............................201, 202
M5 and M10 router ...................................................4
M5 and M10 routers .............................................199
replacing .................................................................209
M20 router ........................................................209
M40 router ........................................................209
M40e and M160 routers ..................................210
returning .................................................................215
serial number ID label location
M20 router ........................................................213
M40 router ........................................................214
M40e and M160 routers ..................................214
status displaying at the command line .....................203
displaying from craft interface .......................203
use to monitor router status ..................................56
craft-interface hot-removable and hot-insertable FRU .................37
customer support contacting ...................................................... xxxiii, 53
D
DC power supplies
T320 router ..............................................................36
deactivate command ...................................................640
delete command ..........................................................640
detailed operational status commands, table .............60
disabled Routing Engine, description ........................480
documentation conventions ...................................... xxix
E
edit command ......................................................640, 649 end-of-service announcement
M40 router .......................................................19, 132
M5 and M10 routers .................................................3
environmental status commands, table .....................................................59
components, checking .........................................118
displaying detailed ..................................................59
error messages, component displaying in chassisd log file ........................83, 122 displaying in messages log file ..............................83
errors
CFEB in messages log file ..........................................424
CIP in chassisd log file ............................................386
in messages log file ..........................................385
searching for with | match filter command ..385
craft interface in chassisd log file ............................................208
in messages log file ..........................................207
FPC ..........................................................................171
in chassisd log file ............................................171
in messages log file ..........................................170
PCG in chassisd log file ............................................375
in messages log file ..........................................375
searching for with | match filter command ..375
power supply in chassisd log file ............................................238
in messages log file ..........................................238
searching for with | match filter command ..238
redundant Routing Engine, in mastership log file .........................................................................504
redundant SFMs in chassisd log file ............................................589
in messages log file ..........................................589
redundant SSBs in chassisd log file ............................................613
messages log file ..............................................613
SCB in chassisd log file ............................................399
in messages log file ..........................................398
searching for with | match filter command ..399
SCG in chassisd log file ............................................321
in messages log file ..........................................321
searching for with | match filter command ..321
SFM in chassisd log file ............................................354
in messages log file ..........................................353
searching for with | match filter command ..353
SIB in chassisd log file ............................................333
in messages log file ..........................................333
searching for with | match filter command .309,
333, 425
SSB in chassisd log file ............................................411
in messages log file ..........................................410
searching for with | match filter command ..411
exit command ..............................................................640
exit configuration-mode command ...........................647
Index !
665
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
F
failover, automatic configure ................................................................ 469 description ............................................................. 469 fan assemblies, triple, M40 router ............................. 529 fan tray alarm conditions
M20 router .......................................................... 65
M320 router ........................................................ 74
M40 router .......................................................... 68
M40e and M160 routers ................................... 71
M5 and M10 routers .......................................... 61
M7i and M10i routers ........................................ 63
T320 router ......................................................... 77
T640 routing node ............................................. 80
M10i router ............................................................ 527
M20 router ............................................................. 527
M40 router ............................................................. 257
M5 and M10 routers ............................................. 525
M7i router .............................................................. 526 fans checklist for monitoring ....................... 251, 301, 559 commands for monitoring ................... 251, 301, 559 show chassis alarms ........................................ 270 show chassis craft-interface ........................... 270 show chassis environment ..................... 267, 539 show log messages .......................................... 271 environmental status, displaying ................ 267, 539
FEB failure, verifying .................................................... 272 alarm condition
M5 and M10 routers .......................................... 61 checklist for monitoring ....................................... 453 commands for monitoring ................................... 453 show chassis environment ............. 445, 446, 455 show chassis feb ...................................... 456, 621 show chassis firmware command ................. 459 show chassis hardware ................................... 459 show system uptime ....................................... 457 component figure ................................................................. 421 uptime, checking ............................................. 457 description ..................................................... 419, 454 description (M5 and M10 routers) .......................... 4 environmental status ............................................ 455 failure, verifying .................................................... 457 figure .............................................................. 444, 454 firmware version ................................................... 459
FRU requiring router shutdown .............................. 4 hardware information .......................................... 459 location on M5 and M10 routers ................. 421, 455 replacing ................ 429, 430, 449, 455, 458, 460, 621 status, detailed .............................................. 456, 621 swap test ........................................................ 428, 458 system uptime, checking .....................................457
FIB checklist for monitoring .......................................443
fiber-optic cable cleaning ..................................................................282
maintaining ............................................................282
safety guidelines ....................................................282
FIC commands for monitoring ...................................443
show chassis hardware ...................................443
show chassis pic pic-slot 3 fpc-slot 1 .............443
show log chassisd ............................................443
show log messages ..........................................443
description ......................................................... 8, 444 errors display in chassisd log file ..............................447
display in messages log file ............................446
Fast Ethernet ports ................................................444
Gigabit Ethernet ports ...........................................444
LEDs ........................................................................446
location ...................................................................444
M7i router ..................................................................8
slot numbering ......................................................445
status ......................................................................445
status, displaying at the command line ..............446
Field Replaceable Units See FRUs figure .....................................................140, 142, 144, 145 file command ...............................................................634
file system router, checking ....................................................154
filenames, listing ..........................................................639
firmware version
CFEB .......................................................................430
FEB ..........................................................................459
SSB ..........................................................................414
Fixed Interface Card See FIC
Flexible PIC Concentrators See FPCs
Forwarding Engine Board See FEB
FPC1 description ........................................................... 36
FPC2 description ........................................................... 36
FPC3 description ........................................................... 36
FPCs alarm conditions
M20 router ..........................................................65
M320 routers ...................................................... 74
M40 router ..........................................................68
M40e and M160 routers ....................................71
M5 and M10 routers .......................................... 61
T320 router ......................................................... 77
T640 routing node ............................................. 80 alarms .....................................................................169
bringing online ......................................................173
characteristics for M-series routers .....................164
checklist for monitoring .......................................163
666 !
Index
Index commands for monitoring ...................................163
show chassis fpc pic-status .............................284
description .............................................................164
errors in chassisd log file ............................................171
in messages log file ..........................................170
failure, documenting .............................................173
hardware information ..........................................177
hot-removable and hot-insertable FRU ....16, 20, 24,
28, 32, 37, 41 kernel software version ........................................176
LEDs ................................................................168, 284
M10i router ..............................................................12
M160 router .............................................................27
M40e router .............................................................24
numbering in M-series routers ............................165
offline button .........................................................283
replacing .................................................................181
serial number ID label ..........................................177
slot numbering ......................................................165
status ..............................................................166, 167 swap test ................................................................176
T320 router ..............................................................36
taking offline ..........................................................175
temperature ...........................................................167
uptime ....................................................................167
utilization ...............................................................166
front cooling subsystem, M40e and M160 routers ..531
front panel module, status ..........................................204
FRUs
CFEB
CIP
M10i router .........................................................12
M40e router ........................................................24
cooling system (M10i router) .................................12
cooling system (M40e router) ................................24
craft interface
M20 router ..........................................................16
craft interface (M40e router) ..................................24
craft-interface
M5 and M10 routers ............................................4
FIC
M7i router .............................................................8
FPC (M10i router) ....................................................12
FPCs
M20 router ..........................................................16
FPCs (M40e router) .................................................24
HCMs
M10i router .........................................................12
host module (M40e router) ....................................24
hot-pluggable .............................................................5
hot-removable and hot-insertable ...........................5
M160 router .......................................................28, 37
M20 router ...............................................................16
M320 router .............................................................32
M40 router ...............................................................20
M40e router .............................................................24
M5 and M10 cooling system ......................................................4
craft-interface .......................................................4
FEB .........................................................................4
power supplies .....................................................4
Routing Engine .....................................................4
M5 and M10 routers .......................................4, 8, 12
M7i router cooling system ......................................................8
MCS (M40e router) ..................................................24
PCG (M40e router) ...................................................24
PICs (M10i router) ...................................................12
PICs (M40e router) ..................................................24
power supplies ...................................................12, 16 power supplies (M40e router) ................................24
requiring router shutdown .......................................5
Routing Engine ........................................................16
Routing Engine (M10i router) ................................12
Routing Engine (M40e router) ...............................24
SFM (M40e router) ..................................................24
SFP ............................................................................12
SSB
M20 router ..........................................................16
T640 routing node ...................................................41
FRUs requiring router shutdown
CIP .............................................................................37
M40e router ........................................................24
CIP (M160 router) ....................................................28
description .............5, 9, 13, 16, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 42
FEB ..............................................................................4
Routing Engine
M5 and M10 routers ............................................4
G
graceful-switchover, command prompt format if configured ..................................................................479
H
hard drive, file system .................................................155
HCM alarms .............................................................437, 628 checklist for monitoring .......................................431
commands for monitoring ...................................431
show chassis alarms ................431, 432, 437, 628 show chassis environment hcm .............435, 439 show chassis hardware ...................................442
show chassis routing-engine ...................431, 436 companionship with Routing Engine ..................135
component figure ..................................................433
components ...........................................................434
description .............................................................433
Index !
667
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware description (M10i router) ....................................... 11 failed component, returning ................................ 629 failure, verifying .................................................... 628 hardware information .......................................... 442 hot-pluggable component .................................... 434 hot-pluggable FRU ................................................... 12 installing ................................................................. 441
LEDs description ................................................... 435
LEDs, checking ...................................................... 435 location ................................................................... 434 mastership
Routing Engine LEDs ....................................... 439 mastership, displaying ......................................... 437 mastership, switch ................................................ 439 removal .................................................................. 439 returning ................................................................ 442
Routing Engine status, checking ......................... 436 serial number ID label .......................................... 629 serial number ID label, location .......................... 442 status, checking using Routing Engine LEDs ..... 437 swap testing ........................................................... 629
HCMs commands for monitoring show chassis routing-engine .......................... 431 help command ....................................................... 634, 640 reference command ............................................. 653 topic command ..................................................... 653
High-Availability Chassis Manager See HCM host module commands for monitoring ........................... 289, 341 show chassis craft-interface ........................... 341 show chassis environment ............................. 341 show chassis routing-engine .......................... 341 description ............................................................. 341
M40e router ........................................................ 24 hot-pluggable FRU ............................................. 24, 28
LEDs ................................................ 143, 344, 345, 363 on craft interface, M40e and M160 routers . 296,
344 status, displaying on craft interface .............. 363 location on M40e and M160 routers .................. 343
M160 router ..................................................... 28, 106
M40e router ........................................................... 106 redundancy ................................................ 24, 28, 343 redundant connection between (M40e and M160 routers) ........................................................... 472 connection between (T320 router) ................ 474 connection between (T640 routing node ...... 474
Routing Engine and MCS (M40e and M160 router) .................................................................. 135 status checking at the command line .......................344
checking from craft interface .........................344
host redundancy ..........................................................469
host subsystem .............................................................. 32 commands for monitoring show chassis craft-interface ............................289
show chassis environment cb ........................289
show chassis environment routing-engine ...289
show chassis routing-engine ...........................289
hot-pluggable FRU ................................................... 32
M320 router ...........................................................106
redundancy
M320 router ........................................................ 32 redundant connection between (M320 router) ...............473
T320 router ......................................................36, 106
T640 routing node ................................................106
hot swapping alarm conditions
M20 router ..........................................................65
M320 router ........................................................ 75
M40 router ..........................................................68
M40e and M160 routers ....................................71
M7i and M10i routers ........................................ 63
T640 routing node ............................................. 81 alarm conditons
T320 router ......................................................... 78 hot-pluggable FRUs
CFEB .................................................................12, 619
M7i router ....................................................... 8, 12
CIP ............................................................................. 32
T640 routing node ............................................. 41
Control Board ..............................................32, 37, 41 description ............. 5, 9, 13, 16, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 42
HCM ..................................................................12, 434 host module ....................................................... 24, 28 host subsystem ........................................................ 32
MCS .....................................................................24, 28
PCG .....................................................................24, 28 redundant SSBs .....................................................607
Routing Engine ................................12, 16, 20, 24, 29
M7i router .............................................................8
SCB ............................................................................ 20
SCG ...........................................................................37
T640 routing node ............................................. 42
SFM ...........................................................................24
SSB ............................................................................ 16 hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs cable management system ..................................285
cooling system .....................12, 16, 20, 24, 32, 37, 41
(M5 and M10 routers) ..........................................4
M7i router .............................................................8
craft interface ......................16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41
668 !
Index
Index description .............5, 9, 13, 16, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 42 fan tray
M20 router ........................................................528
M5 and M10 routers ................................525, 526
T320 router ...............................................536, 537
FPCs ......................................16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41
PICs .................................12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41
M5 and M10 routers ............................................4
M7i router .............................................................8
power supplies .............4, 8, 12, 16, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41
Routing Engine ............................................32, 37, 41
SFM ...........................................................................29
SFP ............................................................................12
SIB .................................................................32, 37, 42 hot-removable FRUs cooling system .........................................................28
hot-swapping alarm condition .....................................61
redundant host modules ......................................143
redundant MCSs ....................................................573
redundant PCGs .....................................................599
redundant Routing Engines .................................143
redundant SFM states ...........................................584
Routing Engine ..............................................143, 363
HCM mastership, determining .......................439
M10i router .......................................................139
M160 router ......................................................143
M20 router ........................................................140
M320 router ......................................................144
M40 router ........................................................142
M40e router ......................................................143
M7i router .................................................139, 140
T320 router ...............................................144, 145
T640 routing node ...........................................145
SCGs ........................................................318, 319, 555
SFM .........................................................................351
SSB ..........................................................................410
load command .............................................................640
I
icons defined, notice .................................................. xxix impellers failure, verifying ....................................................273
M40 router .....................................................257, 529 insert command ..........................................................640
interface status .............................................................187
J
JUNOS software access tools ..............................................................49
control tools .............................................................49
K
kernel, software version ..............................................176
L
LEDs alarm (M10i router) ...............................................424
alarm (M7i router) .................................................424
CFEB ...............................................................423, 424
CFEB mastership, viewing ...................................620
Control Board ................................................309, 565
FIC ...........................................................................446
FPCs ........................................................................168
M40 router ........................................................283
M40e and M160 routers ..................................283
states, M40e and M160 routers .....................284
host module ...................................................143, 363
M40e and M160 routers ..................................345
MCS .........................................................................364
PCGs ................................................................372, 373
PICs .........................................................................188
port status .........................................................283
states, M20 router ............................................283
states, M5 and M10 routers ............................283
M
M10 router chassis figure ....................................................................11
components figure ....................................................................11
FPC slot numbering ..............................................165
PIC numbering .......................................................185
Routing Engine supported ..........................................................128
M10i router
CFEB .........................................................................12
CFEB description .....................................................11
components .............................................................12
cooling system .........................................................12
cooling system, redundant .....................................12
fan tray ...................................................................527
FPCs ..........................................................................12
HCM ..........................................................................12
component figure .............................................433
description ..................................................11, 433 overview ...................................................................11
Packet Forwarding Engine, data flow through ....96
PICs ...........................................................................12
PICs, supported .......................................................11
power supplies .........................................................12
power supplies, redundant .....................................12
redundant power supplies, location, figure 221, 510
Routing Engine ........................................................12
redundant, connection between ....................470
supported ..........................................................128
Index !
669
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
Routing Engine LEDs figure ................................................................. 139 table ................................................................... 139
SFP ............................................................................ 12
SFPs .......................................................................... 11
M160 router air filter, maintaining ............................................ 272 chassis, figure .................................................. 27, 113
CIP ............................................................................ 28 components figure ................................................................... 27 table ............................................................... 28, 37 cooling system ........................................................ 28 cooling system redundancy ................................... 28 craft interface .......................................................... 28
DC power supply ..................................................... 27
FPCs .......................................................................... 28 bringing online ................................................. 173 serial number ID label ..................................... 178 slot numbering ................................................. 165 status ................................................................. 167
FPCs supported ....................................................... 27 host module ............................................. 28, 106, 469 host module redundancy ....................................... 28
LEDs power supply ............................................ 233, 234
MCS redundancy ..................................................... 28
MCSs ......................................................................... 28 overview ................................................................... 27
Packet Forwarding Engine, data flow through .. 100 packet forwarding rate ........................................... 28
PCG redundancy ..................................................... 28
PCGs ......................................................................... 28
PIC numbering ........................................................ 185 supported ............................................................ 28
PICs ........................................................................... 28 power supplies ........................................................ 28 power supply redundancy ..................................... 28 redundant power supplies figure ......................................................... 226, 515 location ..................................................... 226, 515 redundant SFM operation .................................... 580
Routing Engine
LEDs .................................................................. 143 location ..................................................... 133, 134 status ................................................................. 138
Routing Engine supported ................................... 128
Routing Engines ...................................................... 29 redundancy ......................................................... 29
SFM redundancy ..................................................... 29
SFMs ......................................................................... 28
M20 router airflow ..................................... 253, 254, 256, 262, 528 cable management system ..................................278
chassis, figure ..........................................15, 109, 110 component alarm conditions ................................ 65 components ............................................................. 16 figure ................................................................... 15 table .....................................................................16
cooling system ......................................................... 16 alarm messages ................................................271
components .............................................. 255, 528 location ..............................................................255
craft interface ..................................................16, 200 serial number ID label .....................................213
fan trays .................................................................527
FPC ............................................................................ 16 serial number ID label .....................................177
slot numbering .................................................165
LEDs power supply ....................................................232
overview ................................................................... 15
Packet Forwarding Engine, data flow through ................................................................... 97 packet forwarding rate ........................................... 16
PICs ...........................................................................16
LEDs ..................................................................283
numbering ........................................................185
power supply ........................................................... 16 integrated fan ...................................................527
serial number ID label location .............. 244, 245 rear fan tray ...........................................................527
redundant cooling system components .............527
redundant power supplies, location, figure ............................................................ 222, 511 redundant Routing Engines .................................495
redundant SSB location ........................................607
Routing Engine ........................................................ 16
LEDs .......................................................... 140, 142 location ..............................................................130
panel ..................................................................141
redundant, connection between ....................471
Routing Engine supported ....................................128
SSB ............................................................................ 16
M320 router chassis figure ...........................................................31, 114
CIP ............................................................................. 32 components alarm conditions ................................................ 74 figure ................................................................... 31 table .....................................................................32
670 !
Index
Index host subsystem ......................................................106
redundancy .........................................................32
redundant, connection between ....................473
overview ...................................................................31
Packet Forwarding Engine, data flow through .................................................................101
packet forwarding rate ...........................................20
redundant cooling system components .............533
redundant power supplies figure .........................................................227, 516 location ......................................................227, 516
Routing Engine
LEDs ...................................................................144
Routing Engine LEDs ............................................144
Routing Engine supported ....................................128
SIBs, redundant .....................................................546
M40 router air filter figure .................................................................257
maintaining .......................................................272
airflow .....................................................................529
cable management system ..................................279
chassis, figure ..................................................19, 111 component alarm conditions .................................68
components .............................................................20
figure ...................................................................19
table .....................................................................20
cooling system airflow ...............................................................258
alarm messages ................................................271
components ......................................................529
fan tray ..............................................................257
impeller trays ...................................................257
craft interface figure .................................................................200
serial number ID label .....................................214
end-of-service announcement .............................132
FPCs
LEDs ...................................................................283
serial number ID label .....................................178
slot numbering .................................................165
impellers .................................................................529
LEDs power supply ....................................................232
overview ...................................................................19
PICs media types, supported .....................................20
numbering ........................................................185
power supplies serial number ID label location ......................246
power supply integrated fan ................................529
redundant cooling system components .............529
redundant power supplies figure ..........................................................223, 512 location ......................................................223, 512
Routing Engine
LEDs ...................................................................142
models supported ............................................132
supported ..........................................................128
Routing Engine LEDs ............................................142
Routing Engine supported ....................................128
SCB description .......................................................19
triple fan assemblies .............................................529
M40e and M160 routers ...............................................72
airflow .....................................................................531
cable management system ..........................280, 281 component alarm conditions .................................71
cooling system airflow ........................................261, 263, 264, 265 alarms, table .....................................................271
components ......................................260, 264, 266 craft interface figure ..........................................................201, 202 serial number ID label .....................................214
front cooling subsystem .......................................531
host modules, redundant, connection between ................................................................472
LEDs
FPC .....................................................................283
host module ..............................................143, 345 power supply serial number ID label location .................................................................248
rear cooling subsystem .........................................531
redundant cooling system components .............531
figure ..................................................................532
redundant PCG location ........................................596
redundant Routing Engines .........................496, 497 redundant SFM location .......................................579
M40e router air filter, maintaining ............................................272
chassis, figure ..................................................23, 112
CIP .............................................................................24
components figure ....................................................................23
table .....................................................................24
cooling system .........................................................24
redundancy .........................................................24
craft interface ...........................................................24
DC power supply, serial number ID label location ..
247
FPCs ..........................................................................24
bringing online .................................................173
serial number ID label .....................................178
slot numbering .................................................165
status .................................................................167
supported ............................................................24
Index !
671
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware host module ..................................................... 24, 106 redundancy ......................................................... 24
LEDs
AC power supply .............................. 232, 233, 234
DC power supply ............................................. 233
MCS ........................................................................... 24
MCS redundancy ..................................................... 24 overview ................................................................... 23
Packet Forwarding Engine, data flow through ................................................................... 99 packet forwarding rate ........................................... 24
PCG ........................................................................... 24
PCG redundancy ..................................................... 24
PICs ........................................................................... 24 numbering ........................................................ 185
PICs supported ........................................................ 24 power supplies ........................................................ 24 supported ............................................................ 23 power supply redundancy ..................................... 24 redundant power supplies figure ......................................................... 225, 514 location ..................................................... 224, 513 redundant SFM configuration .................................................... 580 operation ........................................................... 580
Routing Engine ........................................................ 24
LEDs .................................................................. 143 location ..................................................... 133, 134 status, checking ................................................ 138
Routing Engine redundancy .................................. 24
Routing Engine supported ................................... 128
SFM ........................................................................... 24
SFM redundancy ..................................................... 24
SFMs ......................................................................... 23
M5 and M10 routers airflow ............................................................ 253, 525 cable management system .................................. 277 chassis figure ..................................................................... 3 chassis, figure ........................................................ 109 component alarm conditions ................................ 61 components ............................................................... 4 figure ..................................................................... 3 table ............................................................. 4, 8, 12 cooling system ...................................................... 525 alarms, table ..................................................... 271 components ...................................................... 253 craft interface .................................................... 4, 199 end-of life announcement ........................................ 3 fan tray ................................................................... 525
FEB, description ........................................................ 4
LEDs power supply ............................................ 232, 620
Packet Forwarding Engine, data flow through ................................................................... 94 packet forwarding rate .............................................4
PICs, LEDs ..............................................................283
power supplies serial number ID label location ......................243
product overview ......................................................3
redundant cooling system components .... 525, 526,
527 redundant power supplies figure ......................................................... 219, 508 location ......................................................219, 508
Routing Engine location .......................................130
M5 router
FPC slot numbering ..............................................165
PIC numbering ........................................................185
Routing Engine supported ....................................128
M7i and M10i routers
CFEB
LEDs ..................................................................424
component alarm conditions ................................ 63
LEDs
CFEB ..................................................................423
M7i router airflow ............................................................. 526, 527
CFEB
Adaptive Services PIC description .....................7
tunnel interface description ................................7
CFEB description .......................................................7
chassis figure .....................................................................7
components ...............................................................8
figure .....................................................................7
cooling system ...........................................8, 526, 527 fan tray ...................................................................526
FIC ....................................................................... 8, 444 location ..............................................................444
slot numbering .................................................445
FIC description ..........................................................8
overview .....................................................................7
Packet Forwarding Engine data flow through ...............................................98
packet forwarding rate .............................................8
PICs .............................................................................8
PICs supported ..........................................................8
power supplies ..........................................................8
redundant power supplies location ......................................................220, 509
Routing Engine LEDs table ...........................................................139, 140
Routing Engine supported ....................................128
M7i routers
Packet Forwarding Engine data flow through ...............................................95
672 !
Index
Index management port, descriptions ..................................49
master Routing Engine configuring .............................................................479
description .............................................................479
mastership, switch from backup or master
Routing Engine ..........................................................482
match filter command
FPC errors, searching for .....................................171
MCS alarm conditions
M40e and M160 routers ....................................72
checklist for monitoring .......................................359
commands for monitoring ...................................359
show chassis environment mcs ....341, 346, 359,
362 show chassis hardware ...........................359, 367 companionship with Routing Engine ..................135
description .............................................................360
environmental status ............................................362
figure .......................................292, 303, 304, 342, 360 hardware information ..........................................367
hot-pluggable FRU .............................................24, 28
LEDs ........................................................................364
at the command line .......................................363
on craft interface ..............................................363
states .................................................................364
location on M40e and M160 routers ..........343, 361 redundancy ........................................24, 28, 360, 569 replacing .................................................................366
returning .................................................................368
serial number ID label location ...........................368
status, displaying ...................................................346
swap test ................................................................366
messages log file
CFEB errors ............................................................424
CIP errors ...............................................................385
component error messages, displaying ...............83
cooling system errors ...........................................271
craft interface errors .............................................207
description ...............................................................83
display in messages log file.
................................446
FPC errors ..............................................................170
monitoring in real time ..........................................83
multiple items, searching for .................................83
PCG errors ......................................................321, 375
PIC errors ...............................................................190
power supply .........................................................238
redundant PCGs, verifying online .......................603
redundant SFM errors ...........................................589
redundant SSB errors ............................................613
Routing Engine errors ...........................................155
SCB errors ..............................................................398
SFM errors ..............................................................353
SIB errors ...............................................................333
specific information, searching for .......................83
SSB errors ...............................................................410
what to display ........................................................83
Miscellaneous Control Subsystem See MCS monitor command ......................................................634
mtrace command ........................................................634
N
notice icons defined ................................................... xxix
O
operational mode, CLI command completion ..........................................638
command history, displaying ..............................639
commands all available, listing ...........................................637
clear ...................................................................633
configure ...........................................................633
file ......................................................................634
help ............................................................634, 636 monitor ..............................................................634
mtrace ...............................................................634
of a particular letter, listing .............................637
ping ....................................................................634
pipe ....................................................................634
quit .....................................................................634
request ...............................................................634
restart ................................................................634
set .......................................................................634
show ..................................................................635
ssh ......................................................................635
start ....................................................................635
table ...................................................................633
telnet ..................................................................635
test .....................................................................635
top-level, listing ................................................637
traceroute ..........................................................635
description .............................................................633
entering ..................................................................636
exiting .....................................................................647
filenames, listing ...................................................639
using ........................................................................635
optical equipment, maintaining .................................282
P
Packet Forwarding Engine clock source, displaying ........................................374
components per routing platform .........................93
data flow through
M10i router .........................................................96
M160 router ......................................................100
M20 router ..........................................................97
M320 router ......................................................101
M40 router ..........................................................98
Index !
673
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
M40e router ........................................................ 99
M5 and M10 routers .......................................... 94
M7i router ........................................................... 95
T320 router ....................................................... 103 description ............................................................... 92 packet forwarding rates ......................................... 92
T320 router .............................................................. 36 packet forwarding rate .................................................. 16
M160 router ............................................................. 28
M320 router ............................................................. 20
M40e router ............................................................. 24
M5 and M10 routers ................................................. 4
M7i router .................................................................. 8 routing platforms .................................................... 92
T320 router .............................................................. 35
T640 routing node .................................................. 39
PCGs alarm conditions
M40e and M160 routers ................................... 72 alarms ..................................................................... 375 checklist for monitoring ....................................... 369 commands for monitoring ................................... 369 show chassis alarms ................................ 369, 375 show chassis clocks ................................. 369, 374 show chassis craft-interface ........... 369, 372, 373 show chassis environment ..................... 369, 371 show chassis environment pcg .............. 369, 372 show chassis hardware ........................... 370, 379 show log chassisd .................................... 369, 375 show log messages .................................. 369, 375 description ............................................................. 370 environmental status ............................................ 371 detailed ............................................................. 372 errors in chassisd log file ............................................ 375 in messages log file ......................................... 375 searching for with | match filter command ....................................................... 375 failure, verifying .................................................... 376 hardware information .......................................... 379 hot-pluggable FRU ............................................. 24, 28
LEDs at the command line ....................................... 372 states ................................................................. 373 mastership checking on component faceplate ................. 374 displaying at the command line .................... 373 displaying from primary clock source ........... 374 redundancy ........................................ 24, 28, 370, 596 replacement ........................................... 324, 370, 380 serial number ID label .......................................... 379 swap test ................................................................ 378
PFE Clock Generators See PCGs
Physical Interface Cards See PICs
PICs alarms .....................................................................189
cables, maintenance .............................................281
characteristics for M-series routers .....................184
checklist for monitoring .......................................183
commands for monitoring ...................................183
show chassis fpc pic-status ..................... 276, 284 description .............................................................184
errors, in messages log file ..................................190
FPC status ..............................................................187
hardware information ..........................................187
hot-removable and hot-insertable
FRU ....................... 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 37, 41 interface status, displaying ..................................187
LEDs ........................................................................188
port status .........................................................283
states, M5 and M10 routers ............................283
M40e router ............................................................. 24
M7i router supported ..............................................................8
media types ................................................... 186, 284 checking for a particular FPC .........................187
supported ....................................................20, 184 numbering for M-series routers ...........................185
row and slot numbering .......................................185
serial number ID label location ...........................192
SFPs .......................................................................... 11 status ......................................................................186
supported
M10i router ......................................................... 11
M160 router ........................................................ 28 supported media types ........................................... 15
M5 and M10 routers ............................................4
swap test ................................................................190
ping command .............................................................634
pipe command .............................................................634
power cables, maintaining .........................................285
power supplies ......................................................... 20, 32 alarm conditions ..................................................... 72
M20 router ..........................................................66
M320 router ........................................................ 75
M40 routers ........................................................ 69
M5 and M10 ....................................................... 62
M7i and M10i routers ........................................ 63
T320 router ......................................................... 78
T640 routing node ............................................. 81 alarms displaying ..........................................................235
from craft interface ..........................................237
M-series routers, table .....................................236
cables, checking ....................................................229
characteristics by routing platform ............. 218, 508 checklist for monitoring .......................................217
circuit breaker, checking ......................................239
674 !
Index
Index commands for monitoring ...................................217
(M40e and M160 routers) show chassis environment pem .........................................231
show chassis alarms ........................................235
show chassis craft-interface ............................237
show chassis environment .............................240
show chassis environment command ...........230
show chassis environment pem .....................241
show chassis hardware ...................................242
show log chassisd ............................................238
show log messages ..........................................238
cooling system, checking router .........................240
DC
M160 router ........................................................27
T320 ....................................................................36
description .....................................................218, 508 errors in chassisd log file ............................................238
in messages log file ..........................................238
searching for with | match filter command .......................................................238
failure (M40e and M160 routers) symptoms .........................................................235
hardware information ..........................................242
hot-removable and hot-insertable
FRU ...................................................8, 16, 24, 28, 41 hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs .........12, 32
LEDs
M160 router ..............................................233, 234
M20 router ........................................................232
M40 router ........................................................232
M40e router, AC ...............................232, 233, 234
M40e router, DC ...............................................233
M5 and M10 routers ................................232, 620 location
M40 router ................................................223, 512
M5 and M10 routers hot-removable and hot-insertable FRU .............4
power switch, checking ........................................239
redundancy ..........4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 41, 508 serial number ID label location
M20 router ................................................244, 245
M40 router ........................................................246
M40 router AC ..................................................247
M40e and M160 routers DC ...........................248
M5 and M10 routers ........................................243
status ......................................................................230
testing .....................................................................241
power supplies (DC) ......................................................37
hot-removable and hot-insertable FRU .................37
redundancy
T320 router .........................................................37
power supply integrated fan
M20 router .............................................................527
M40 router .............................................................529
Q
quit command ......................................................634, 640
R
rear cooling subsystem
M40e and M160 routers .......................................531
redundant CFEBs checklist for monitoring .......................................617
commands for monitoring ...................................617
show chassis cfeb .............................................617
show chassis hardware ...........................617, 620 description .............................................................618
hardware information ...........................................620
LEDs ........................................................................620
location ...................................................................619
redundant components .....................................20, 32, 37 control board
T320 router .........................................................37
T640 routing node .............................................41
cooling system .................................4, 12, 16, 20, 524
M160 router ........................................................28
M40e router ........................................................24
T320 router .........................................................37
T640 routing node .............................................41
host module
M160 router ........................................................28
host modules
M40e router ........................................................24
hosts ........................................................................469
MCS .........................................................469, 561, 569
M160 router ........................................................28
M40e router ........................................................24
PCGs ........................................................................596
M160 router ........................................................28
M40e router ........................................................24
power supplies ...................................4, 8, 12, 16, 508
M160 router ........................................................28
M40e router ........................................................24
T640 routing node .............................................41
Routing Engine ........................................16, 469, 493
M160 router ........................................................29
M40e router ........................................................24
T640 routing .......................................................41
SCG
T640 routing node .............................................42
SFMs .......................................................................579
M160 router ........................................................29
M40e router ........................................................24
Index !
675
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
SIB
T640 routing node ............................................. 42
SSB .................................................................... 16, 606 redundant Control Board environment status ............................................... 564 redundant Control Boards .......................................... 561 alarms ..................................................................... 565 commands for monitoring show chassis craft-interface ................... 559, 565 show chassis environment cb ................ 559, 564 show chassis hardware ................................... 559 mastership, switching .......................................... 565 redundant cooling system components alarms ..................................................................... 541 by routing platforms ............................................. 524 checklist for monitoring ....................................... 523 commands for monitoring ................................... 523 description ............................................................. 524
M20 router ............................................................. 527 airflow ............................................................... 528 components ...................................................... 528
M320 router ........................................................... 533
M40 router ............................................................. 529 airflow ............................................................... 529 components ...................................................... 529
M40e and M160 routers ....................................... 531 airflow ............................................................... 531 figure ................................................................. 532
M5 and M10 routers ............................. 525, 526, 527 airflow ............................................... 525, 526, 527 components ...................................................... 525
M7i router components ...................................................... 527
M7i router, components ...................................... 526 replacing ................................................................ 541 status ...................................................................... 541
T320 router .................................................... 534, 537 airflow ............................................................... 535 components ...................................................... 535
T640 routing node airflow ............................................................... 537 components ...................................................... 537 redundant HCMs commands for monitoring request chassis routing-engine-master switch ............................................................. 627 show chassis environment hcm .... 623, 626, 627 show chassis environment hcm slot-number ................................................... 626 show chassis hardware ................................... 625 show chassis routing-engines ......................... 628 environmental status of specified slot ................ 626 failure, verifying .................................................... 628 hardware information .......................................... 625 location ...................................................................434
mastership
LEDs, viewing ...................................................625
mastership status ..................................................627
mastership, switching ...........................................627
redundant host modules
LEDs ........................................................................143
figure .................................................................143
states .................................................................143
redundant hosts checklist for monitoring .......................................463
commands for monitoring ...................................463
description .............................................................469
redundant MCSs checklist for monitoring .......................................567
commands for monitoring ...................................567
show chassis craft-interface ............................572
show chassis environment mcs .....................571
show chassis hardware ...................................570
description ..................................................... 561, 569 hardware information ..........................................570
LED states ......................................................... 143, 573 states from craft interface ...............................572
location in M40e and M10 routers ......................569
mastership, switching ...........................................573
returning .................................................................575
status, environmental ...........................................571
swap test ................................................................574
redundant PCGs alarms .....................................................................600
bringing online ......................................................602
checklist for monitoring .......................................595
commands for monitoring ...................................595
request chassis pcg slot online .......................602
request chassis pcg slot slot-number online ..............................................................595
show chassis alarms ................................ 595, 600 show chassis clocks ................................. 595, 600 show chassis craft-interface ............595, 598, 599 show chassis environment ............. 595, 597, 598 show chassis environment pcg .............. 595, 602 show chassis hardware ........................... 595, 597 show log chassisd ............................................595
show log messages .................................. 595, 603 description .............................................................596
errors, searching for with | match filter command .............................................................603
hardware information ..........................................597
LED states ......................................................598, 599 location in M40e and M160 routers, figure .......596
676 !
Index
Index mastership .............................................................599
displaying ..........................................................600
from Packet Forwarding Engine clock source .............................................................600
online verifying using chassisd log file ......................603
verifying using environmental status ............602
verifying using messages log file ...................603
replacing .................................................................601
status detailed environmental ...................................598
environmental ..................................................597
redundant power supplies checklist for monitoring .......................................507
commands for monitoring ...................................507
show chassis hardware ...................................519
description .............................................................508
hardware information ..........................................519
M10i router ....................................................221, 510
M160 router ...................................................226, 515
M20 router .....................................................222, 511
M320 router ...................................................227, 516
M40 router .....................................................223, 512
M40e router ...................................224, 225, 513, 514
M5 and M10 routers .....................................219, 508
M7i router ......................................................220, 509
T320 router ....................................................228, 517
T640 routing node ........................................229, 518 redundant Routing Engines ................................480, 486 apply groups, displaying ......................................488
automatic failover .................................................501
backup configure to assume mastership on loss of keepalives ......................................................486
configuring ........................................................479
description ........................................................480
display ...............................................................480
behavior, default ...................................................501
checklist for monitoring .......................................491
commands for monitoring ...................................491
request chassis routing-engine master acquire ............................................................505
request chassis routing-engine master switch .............................................................505
show chassis craft-interface ............................146
show chassis hardware ...........463, 477, 491, 502 show chassis redundancy ...............................491
show chassis routing-engine ..476, 478, 480, 491,
502, 503 show log mastership ................464, 483, 491, 504 configuration ..........................................500, 580, 608 configure backup ...............................................................480
master ...............................................................480
configured groups, displaying ..............................487
description .............................................................493
determining which one you are logged in to ....476,
477 disabled description ..............................................480
errors, in mastership log ......................................504
groups, configuring ...............................................487
hardware information ...........................................502
LEDs ........................................................................143
on M20 router craft interface .........................140
states ..................................................................143
M20 router, figure .................................................495
M40e and M160 routers ...............................496, 497 master configuring ........................................................479
description ........................................................479
to backup switchover, manual ...............482, 504 to backup switchover, reasons for .................483
mastership checking LEDs for ............................................478
checking Routing Engine LEDs for .................478
displaying ..................................................478, 503 election ..............................................................505
mastership log event codes .......................................................483
viewing ..............................................................483
problems, avoiding ...............................................487
configuration file, copy from one Routing
Engine to another ..........................................489
configurations, synchronize ............................489
proper shutdown process on backup
Routing Engine, using ...................................490
same Routing Engine type, using ...................487
same version of JUNOS software, using ........487
redundancy log messages ....................................504
status .......................................................................146
detailed ..............................................................502
redundant SCGs commands for monitoring request chassis scg offline slot number .........551
show chassis craft-interface ............551, 555, 556 show chassis environment ......................551, 553 show chassis environment scg ...............551, 554 show chassis hardware ...................................551
environmental status ............................................553
detailed ..............................................................554
hardware information ...........................................553
LEDs, states ............................................................555
mastership, displaying at the command line .....556
returning .................................................................557
swap test ................................................................556
redundant SFMs alarms .....................................................................588
bringing online ......................................................592
Index !
677
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware checklist for monitoring ....................................... 577 commands for monitoring ........................... 577, 592 request chassis sfm master switch ................ 593 request chassis sfm slot online ...................... 592 request chassis sfm slot restart ...................... 590 show chassis alarms ........................................ 588 show chassis craft-interface ................... 584, 588 show chassis environment ............................. 585 show chassis environment sfm ...................... 585 show chassis hardware ................................... 581 show chassis sfm ..................................... 582, 587 show chassis sfm detail .................................. 582 show log chassisd ............................................ 589 show log messages .......................................... 589 configuring ............................................................. 580 description ............................................................. 579 environmental status ............................................ 585 detailed ............................................................. 585 errors in chassisd log file ............................................ 589 in messages log file ......................................... 589 failure, verifying .................................................... 590 hardware information .......................................... 581
LEDs states ................................................................. 584 status from craft interface information ......... 584 location on M40e and M160 routers .................. 579 mastership from craft interface information .................... 588 from summary status ...................................... 587 switching ........................................................... 593 operation on M160 router ................................................ 580 on M40e router ................................................ 580 replacing ................................................................ 593 restarting ................................................................ 590 status detailed ............................................................. 582 summary ........................................................... 582 swap test ................................................................ 591 taking offline .......................................................... 592 redundant SIBs commands for monitoring show chassis environjment sib ...................... 543 show chassis environment sib ....................... 547 show chassis hardware ........................... 543, 547 show chassis sib ....................................... 543, 547 hardware information .......................................... 547
M320 router ........................................................... 546 swap test, performing .......................................... 549
T320 router ............................................................ 546
T640 routing node ................................................ 546 redundant SSBs alarms ..................................................................... 612 checklist for monitoring .......................................605
commands for monitoring ...................................605
show chassis alarms ........................................612
show chassis environment .............................609
show chassis hardware ...................................608
show chassis ssb ...................................... 610, 611 show log chassisd ............................................613
show log messages ..........................................613
description .............................................................606
errors in chassisd log file ............................................613
in messages log file ..........................................613
failure, verifying ....................................................614
hardware information ..........................................608
hot-pluggable FRU .................................................607
LEDs ........................................................................610
location on M20 router .........................................607
mastership .............................................................611
switching ...........................................................615
removing ................................................................607
replacing .................................................................616
status detailed environmental ...................................610
environmental ..................................................609
swap test ................................................................614
Redundant Switching Interface Board See SIB rename command .......................................................640
request chassis fpc command
FPC, bringing online .............................................173
request chassis pcg slot online command redundant PCGs, bringing online ........................602
request chassis routing-engine master acquire command backup to master Routing Engine switchover ...482
redundant Routing Engines, backup-to-master switch ...................................................................505
request chassis routing-engine master release command backup to master switchover, from master
Routing Engine ....................................................482
request chassis routing-engine master switch command mastership from either backup or master
Routing Engine ....................................................482
redundant Routing Engines, master-to-backup switch ...................................................................505
switch Routing Engine mastership ......................439
request chassis routing-engine-master switch command redundant HCMs, switch mastership ..................627
request chassis sfm master switch command redundant SFM mastership, switching ...............593
request chassis sfm slot offline command ...............592
redundant SFMs, taking offline ...........................592
678 !
Index
Index request chassis sfm slot online command redundant SFMs, bringing online ........................592
request chassis sfm slot restart command redundant SFMs, restarting ..................................590
request command .......................................................634
request system halt command
CIP, using to shut down router software ............387
router software, shut down ..................................440
restart command .........................................................634
rollback command ......................................................641
router system architecture figure ...................................................................92
Routing Engine ...............................................................37
alarm conditions
M20 router ..........................................................66
M320 router ........................................................75
M40 router ..........................................................69
M40e and M160 routers ....................................72
M5 and M10 routers ..........................................62
M7i and M10i routers ........................................64
T320 router .........................................................78
T640 routing node .............................................81
alarms, displaying .................................................155
architecture, figure ................................................105
backup description ................................................480
backup, configure to assume mastership on loss of keepalives ................................................486
cables, maintaining external ...............................285
checklist for monitoring .......................................125
commands for monitoring ...................................125
show chassis environment routing-engine ..125,
138, 289, 298 show chassis hardware ...................................157
show chassis routing-engine ..125, 137, 289, 297,
341, 345 show log messages ..........................................155
companionship with MCS (M40e and M160 routers) ..............135
compantionship with HCM (M10i router) ..................................135
components ...........................................................127
description ...............................................92, 104, 127 disabled description ..............................................480
error messages, displaying in messages log file ...................................................................155
failure events, documenting ................................156
figure ...............................................................291, 342 forwarding table ....................................................106
FRU requiring router shutdown ...............................4
functions .................................................................105
hot-pluggable FRU .......................8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 29 hot-removable and hot-insertable FRU ...........37, 41 hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs ...............32
LEDs ................................................................143, 363
HCM mastership, determining .......................439
M160 router ......................................................143
M40 router ........................................................142
M40e router ......................................................143
LEDs, checking HCM status .................................437
location
M10 router ................................................130, 131
M10i router .......................................................131
M160 router ..............................................133, 134
M20 router ................................................130, 131
M40 router ........................................................132
M40e and M160 routers ..................................343
M40e router ..............................................133, 134
M5 router ..................................................130, 131
M7i router .........................................................131
M10 router .............................................................128
M10i router ............................................................128
M160 router ...........................................................128
M20 router .............................................................128
M320 router ...........................................................128
M40 router .............................................................128
M40e router ...........................................................128
M5 router ................................................................128
M7i router ...............................................................128
master description ................................................479
mastership, displaying ..................................437, 478 mastership, switch ................................................439
models supported (M40 router) ...........................132
monitoring commands .........................................125
panel, M20 router ..................................................141
panel, table, M20 router .......................................141
RE-1600 host modules, redundant, connection between ..........................................................475
RE-600 host modules, redundant, connection between ..........................................................474
redundancy ..............................16, 24, 29, 32, 41, 493
T320 router .........................................................37
redundancy per routing platform ........................135
redundant connection between (M20 router) ..................471
connection between M10 router ....................470
displaying which one you are logged in to ...476
serial number ID label, location ..........................158
status detailed ..............................................................137
displaying ..................................................297, 345
M160 router ......................................................138
M40e router ......................................................138
T320 router ......................................................36, 128
T640 router ............................................................128
types .......................................................................128
Index !
679
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware routing platforms component LED locations ................................ 52, 58 component monitoring method ............................ 47 cooling system alarms .......................................... 271 craft interface characteristics ........................ 57, 202
FPC characteristics .................................................. 164 numbering ........................................................ 165
M10i .......................................................................... 11
M160 ........................................................................ 27
M20 ........................................................................... 15
M320 ........................................................................ 31
M40 ........................................................................... 19
M40e ......................................................................... 23
M5 and M10 .............................................................. 3
M7i .............................................................................. 7 management port locations ................................... 49
Packet Forwarding Engine components .............. 93 packet forwarding rates ......................................... 92
PIC numbering, row and slot ................................ 185
PIC characteristics ................................................. 184 power supply alarms, table ..................................................... 236 characteristics .................................................. 508 serial number ID label locations .................... 242 redundant cooling system characteristics .......... 524
Routing Engine redundancy ................................ 135
Routing Engines supported .................................. 128 show chassis craft-interface output ...................... 56
T320 router .............................................................. 35
T640 routing node .................................................. 39 run command ...................................................... 641, 649
S
save command .................................................... 641, 651
SCB commands for monitoring show chassis environment ............................. 396 show chassis firmware .................................... 402 show chassis hardware ................................... 401 show chassis scb .............................................. 396 show log chassisd ............................................ 399 show log messages .......................................... 398 description ....................................................... 19, 394 errors in chassisd log file ............................................ 399 in messages log file ......................................... 398 searching for with | match filter command ....................................................... 399 failure, verifying .................................................... 400 firmware version ................................................... 402 hardware information .......................................... 401 hot-pluggable FRU ................................................... 20
LEDs location on component ...................................397
states .................................................................397
location on M40 router .........................................395
replacing .................................................................395
reset switch ............................................................397
returning .................................................................402
serial number ID label location ...........................402
status detailed ..............................................................396
environmental ..................................................396
swap test ................................................................400
SCG .................................................................................. 37 alarm conditions
T640 routing node ............................................. 81 hot-pluggable FRU ................................................... 37
T640 routing node ............................................. 42 redundancy .............................................................. 42
T320 router ......................................................... 37
SCGs alarm messages .....................................................320
alarms .....................................................................320
checklist for monitoring ...............................315, 551 commands for monitoring ........................... 315, 551 show chassis alarms ................................ 315, 320 show chassis craft-interface ............315, 318, 319 show chassis environment ..................... 315, 317 show chassis environment scg ............... 315, 318 show chassis hardware ................... 316, 323, 553 show log chassisd .................................... 315, 321 show log messages .................................. 315, 321 description .............................................................316
environmental status ............................................317
detailed ..............................................................318
errors in chassisd log file ............................................321
in messages log file ..........................................321
searching for with | match filter command .......................................................321
failure, verifying ....................................................322
hardware information ..........................................323
LEDs at the command line ...............................318, 555 states .................................................................319
mastership displaying at the command line .....................319
swap test ................................................................322
serial number ID label
FPC ..........................................................................177
PIC horizontal ..........................................................192
vertical ...............................................................192
power supplies, location on M-series routers ....242
Routing Engine ......................................................158
680 !
Index
Index
SFM .........................................................................357
SSB ..........................................................................413
set command ...............................................634, 641, 649
SFM alarm conditions
M40e and M160 routers ....................................73
SFMs alarms .....................................................................353
commands for monitoring show chassis alarms ................................347, 353 show chassis craft-interface ....................347, 351 show chassis environment .....................347, 351 show chassis environment sfm ..............347, 352 show chassis hardware ...........................347, 357 show chassis sfm .....................................347, 349 show chassis sfm detail ...........................347, 350 show log chassisd ....................................347, 354 show log messages ..................................347, 353 description .......................................................23, 348 environmental status detailed ..............................................................352
displaying ..........................................................351
errors in chassisd log file ............................................354
in messages log file ..........................................353
searching for with | match filter command .......................................................353
failure, verifying ....................................................355
figure .......................................................................348
hardware information ..........................................357
hot-pluggable FRU ...................................................24
hot-removable and hot-insertable FRU .................29
LEDs ........................................................................351
displaying from command line ......................351
status, displaying from the component faceplate .........................................................351
location on M40e and M160 routers ..................348
M160 router .............................................................28
redundancy ..................................23, 24, 29, 348, 579 configuring ........................................................580
replacement ...........................................................358
serial number ID label location ...........................357
status detailed, displaying ..........................................350
displaying ..........................................................349
SFP swap test, performing ...........................................356
description (M10i router) .......................................11
hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs ...............12
show chassis alarms command
CFEB alarms, displaying .......................................423
CIP alarms, displaying ..........................................385
component alarms, displaying ............................120
cooling system alarms, displaying ......................270
craft interface alarms, displaying ........................206
FPC alarms, displaying .........................................169
HCM alarms ...........................................................437
HCMs, alarms .........................................................628
PCG alarms, displaying .........................................375
PIC alarms, displaying ..........................................189
power supply alarms, displaying .........................235
redundant PCG alarms, displaying ......................600
redundant SFM alarms, displaying ......................588
redundant SSB, alarms, displaying .....................612
SCG alarms, displaying .........................................320
SFM alarms, displaying .........................................353
SIB alarms, displaying ..........................................332
show chassis cfeb command
CFEB uptime ..........................................................426
show chassis clocks command ..................................600
PCGs, mastership, from primary clock source ...................................................................374
show chassis craft interface command
Control Boards LED status ...................................565
show chassis craft-interface command
CLI output per routing platform ............................56
craft interface status, displaying ..................203, 204 fan alarms, checking .............................................270
FPC LED status, displaying ...................................168
host module status, displaying ............................344
PCG LED status, displaying ..................................372
PCG mastership, displaying .................................373
PIC alarms, displaying ..........................................189
power supply alarms, displaying .........................237
redundant MCS LEDs status, displaying .............572
redundant PCG LEDs states, displaying ..............598
redundant PCG mastership, displaying ..............599
redundant Routing Engine status, displaying ....146
redundant SCG LED status, displaying ...............555
redundant SCG mastership, displaying ...............556
redundant SFM LED states, displaying ...............584
redundant SFM mastership, displaying ..............588
router status from craft interface, displaying .............................................................118
SCG LED status, displaying ..................................318
SCG mastership, displaying ..................................319
SFM LED status, displaying ..................................351
SIB LED status, displaying ....................................330
show chassis environment cb command
Control Board environmental status ...................564
Control Board status, displaying ..........................298
show chassis environment command
CFEB environmental status ..................................422
CIP environmental status, displaying .................384
component environmental status, displaying .............................................................118
craft interface status, displaying ..........................203
fan environmental status, displaying ..........267, 539
Index !
681
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
FEB environmental status .................... 445, 446, 455
FPC environmental status .................................... 167
MCS status, displaying .......................................... 346
PCG environmental status, displaying ................ 371 power supply airflow, checking .......................... 240 power supply environmental status, displaying 230 redundant PCG environmental status, displaying ...
597 redundant SCG environmental status, displaying ............................................................ 553 redundant SFM environmental status, displaying ............................................................ 585 redundant SSB environmental status, displaying ............................................................ 609
SCB environmental status, displaying ................ 396
SCG environmental status, displaying ................ 317
SFM environmental status, displaying ............... 351
SIB environmental status, displaying ................. 331
SSB environmental status, displaying ................ 408 show chassis environment fpm command
M40e and M160 craft interface status, displaying ............................................................ 204 show chassis environment hcm
HCM status ............................................................. 435 show chassis environment hcm command
HCM environmental status .................................. 439 redundant HCMs status ........................................ 626 redundant HCMs, environmental status ............ 627 show chassis environment hcm slot-number command redundant HCMs status of specified slot ............ 626 show chassis environment mcs command
MCS, environmental status, displaying .............. 362 redundant MCS environmental status, displaying ............................................................ 571 show chassis environment pcg command
PCG environmental status, displaying detailed ................................................................ 372 redundant PCG detailed environmental status, displaying ............................................................ 598 redundant PCG, verifying online ......................... 602 show chassis environment pem command
(M40e and M160 routers) power supply displaying detailed .............................................. 231
(M40e and M160 routers) power supply status, displaying ............................................................ 241 show chassis environment routing-engine command
Routing Engine status, displaying ............................................. 298
Routing Engine, environmental status, displaying detailed .............................................. 138 show chassis environment scg command redundant SCG environmental status, displaying detailed ..............................................554
SCG environmental status, detailed, displaying .............................................................318
show chassis environment sfm command redundant SFM detailed environmental status, displaying .............................................................585
SFM detailed environmental status, displaying .............................................................352
show chassis environment sib command
SIB detailed environmental status, displaying ..................................................... 331, 547 show chassis feb command
CFEB status, displaying detailed .........................422
FEB status, detailed, displaying ...........................621
FEB status, displaying detailed ............................456
show chassis firmware command
CFEB firmware version, displaying .....................430
FEB firmware version, displaying .......................459
firmware version ...................................................414
SCB firmware version, displaying .......................402
show chassis fpc command
FPC status and utilization, displaying .................166
show chassis fpc detail command
FPCs detailed status, displaying ...............................173
status and uptime, displaying ........................167
show chassis fpc pic-status command
FPC status, displaying ................................... 186, 284
PIC media type, displaying ..........................186, 284 show chassis hardware command
CFEB hardware information ................................429
chassis hardware inventory, displaying ..... 117, 122
CIP hardware information, displaying ................388
craft interface hardware information, displaying .............................................................208
FEB hardware information ..................................459
FPC hardware information ..................................177
HCM hardware information .................................442
MCS hardware information, displaying ..............367
PCG hardware information, displaying ..............379
power supply hardware information, displaying .............................................................242
redundant CFEB hardware information .............620
redundant HCMs hardware information, displaying .............................................................625
redundant MCS hardware information, displaying .............................................................570
redundant PCGs hardware information, displaying .............................................................597
redundant power supplies hardware information, displaying ......................................519
redundant Routing Engine hardware information, displaying ......................................502
redundant Routing Engines hardware
682 !
Index
Index information, displaying ......................................491
redundant SFM hardware information, displaying .............................................................581
redundant SSB hardware information, displaying ..
608
Routing Engine hardware information, displaying .............................................................157
Routing Engine, displaying which one you are logged in to ..........................................................477
SCB hardware information, displaying ...............401
SCG hardware information, displaying .......323, 553
SFM hardware information, displaying ..............357
SIB hardware information, displaying ........337, 547
SSB hardware information, displaying ...............413
show chassis redundancy command redundant Routing Engine configuration, displaying .............................................................491
show chassis routing engine
HCM environmental status ..................................436
show chassis routing-engine command displaying which one you are logged in to ........476
HCMs, verifying failure .........................................628
mastership, displaying ..................................478, 480 redundant Routing Engines detailed status, displaying ...............................502
mastership, displaying ....................................503
redundant Routing Engines configuration, displaying .............................................................491
Routing Engine detailed status, displaying ...............................137
status, displaying .....................................297, 345 show chassis scb command
SCB status, displaying detailed ............................396
show chassis sfm command redundant SFM mastership, displaying ..............587
redundant SFM summary status, displaying .....582
SFM status, displaying ..........................................349
show chassis sfm detail command redundant SFM detailed status, displaying ........582
SFMs, status, detailed, displaying .......................350
show chassis sib command
SIB status, displaying ....................................330, 547 show chassis ssb command redundant SSB, environmental status, detailed, displaying .............................................................610
redundant SSBs, mastership, displaying ............611
SSB status, detailed, displaying ...........................409
show cli history command .........................................650
show command ...........................................635, 641, 648 show configuration command ...................................648
show file messages command
PIC errors, displaying ...........................................190
show interface brief command interface status, displaying ..................................188
show interface descriptions command interface status and description, displaying .......188
show interfaces terse command interface status, displaying ...................................187
show log chassisd command
CFEB errors, in chassisd log file ..........................425
chassis component errors, displaying ................122
CIP errors, in chassisd log file ..............................386
craft interface errors, displaying .........................208
PCG errors, in chassisd log file ............................375
power supply errors, in chassisd log file ............238
redundant SFM errors, in chassisd log file .........589
redundant SSB, errors in chassisd log file ..........613
SCB errors, in chassisd log file .............................399
SCG errors, in chassisd log file .............................321
SFM errors, in chassisd log file ............................354
SIB errors, in chassisd log file ..............................333
SSB errors, in chassisd log file .............................411
show log mastership redundancy log, viewing ......................................483
show log mastership command redundancy log messages, displaying ................504
redundant Routing Engines errors, displaying .............................................................491
show log messages command
CFEB errors, in messages log file ........................424
chassis component errors, displaying ................121
craft interface errors, in messages log file .........207
fan errors, in messages log file ............................271
FPC errors, displaying ...................................170, 171
PCG errors, in messages log file ..........................375
power supply errors, in messages log file ..........238
redundant PCG, online, verifying ........................603
redundant SFM errors, in messages log file .......589
redundant SSB errors, in messages log file ........613
Routing Engine compact flash disk errors, displaying .............................................................155
SCB errors, in messages log file ..........................398
SCG errors, in messages log file ..........................321
SFM errors, in messages log file ..........................353
SIB errors, in messages log file ............................333
SSB errors, in messages log file ...........................410
show system uptime command system uptime, displaying ...........................427, 457 show version brief command kernel software version, displaying ....................176
SIB .............................................................................32, 37 alarm conditions
M320 router ........................................................75
T320 router .........................................................78
T640 routing node .............................................82
hot-removable and hot-insertable FRU ...........37, 42 hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs ...............32
redundancy ........................................................32, 42
Index !
683
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware
T320 router ......................................................... 37
SIBs alarm messages ..................................................... 332 alarms, displaying ................................................. 332 commands for monitoring show chassis alarms ................................ 325, 332 show chassis craft-interface ................... 325, 330 show chassis environment ..................... 325, 331 show chassis environment sib ............... 325, 331 show chassis hardware ........................... 326, 337 show chassis sib ....................................... 325, 330 show log chassisd .................................... 325, 333 show log messages .................................. 325, 333 description ............................................................. 326 environmental status detailed ..................................................... 331, 547 displaying .......................................................... 331 errors in chassisd log file ............................................ 333 in messages log file ......................................... 333 searching for with | match filter command ....................................... 309, 333, 425 failure, verifying ............................................ 310, 334 hardware information .......................................... 337
LEDs displaying from command line .............. 330, 626 status, displaying from the component faceplate ......................................................... 330 location on T320 router and T640 routing node ............................................................. 328, 545 summary status displaying .................................................. 330, 547 swap test, performing .......................................... 336
T320 router .............................................................. 36
Simple Network Management Protocol See SNMP
Small Form Factor Pluggables See SFPs
SNMP agent, description ................................................... 48
MIB, description ...................................................... 48 network manager software, description .............. 48 trap, description ...................................................... 48 software, router shutdown .......................................... 387
SONET Clock Generators See redundant SCGs
SONET Clock Generators See SCGs
SPMB
SSB alarm conditions, T640 routing node ................... 82 alarm condition
M20 router .......................................................... 66
M40 router .......................................................... 69 checklist for monitoring ....................................... 405 commands for monitoring ................................... 405 show chassis environment ..................... 405, 408 show chassis firmware ............................ 405, 414 show chassis hardware ........................... 405, 413 show chassis ssb ...................................... 405, 409 show log chassisd .................................... 405, 411 show log messages .................................. 405, 410 description .......................................................15, 406 environmental status ............................................408
errors in chassisd log file ............................................411
in messages log file ..........................................410
searching for .....................................................613
errors, searching for .............................................411
failure, verifying ....................................................411
figure ............................................................... 394, 407 firmware version ...................................................414
hardware information ..........................................413
hot-pluggable FRU ................................................... 16
LEDs checking on component faceplate .................409
states .................................................................410
location on M20 router .........................................407
redundancy ......................................................16, 606 replacing .................................................................414
serial number ID label location ...........................413
status, detailed ......................................................409
swap test ................................................................412
troubleshooting ............................................. 407, 608 ssh command ..............................................................635
start command ............................................................635
statements configuration mode CLI, top-level .......................643
status command ..........................................................641
support, technical customer support, contacting ..................... xxxiii, 53 swap test
CFEB .......................................................................427
CIP ...........................................................................387
FEB .................................................................. 428, 458
FPC ..........................................................................176
MCS .........................................................................366
PCGs ........................................................................378
PIC failure, verifying .............................................190
power supplies ......................................................240
redundant MCSs ....................................................574
redundant SCGs .....................................................556
redundant SFMs ....................................................591
redundant SIB ........................................................549
redundant SSBs .....................................................614
SCB ..........................................................................400
SCGs ........................................................................322
SFM .........................................................................356
SIB ...........................................................................336
SSB ..........................................................................412
swap testing
HCMs ......................................................................629
684 !
Index
Index
Switching and Forwarding Module See SFM
Switching Interface Board See SIB
System and Switch Board See SSB
System Control Board See SCB
T
T320 router .....................................................................32
airflow .....................................................................535
chassis, figure ..................................................35, 115
CIP .............................................................................37
component alarm conditions .................................77
components figure ....................................................................35
Control Board ...........................................................37
control board redundancy ......................................37
Control Boards .........................................................32
cooling system .............................................32, 37, 41 components ......................................................535
cooling system redundancy ...................................37
craft interface ...............................................32, 37, 41
DC power supplies ..................................................36
FPC ......................................................................37, 41
FPC1 support ...........................................................36
FPC2 support ...........................................................36
FPC3 support ...........................................................36
FPCs ....................................................................32, 36 host modules, redundant, connection between ................................................................474
host subsystem ................................................36, 106 overview ...................................................................35
Packet Forwarding Engine .....................................36
data flow through .............................................103
packet forwarding rate ...........................................35
PIC .......................................................................37, 41 power supplies .........................................................41
power supplies (DC) ................................................37
redundant cooling system components .....534, 537 redundant power supplies location ......................................................228, 517
Routing Engine ..................................................37, 41
Routing Engine LEDs ....................................144, 145
Routing Engine supported ....................................128
Routing Engines .......................................................36
SCG ............................................................................37
SIB .......................................................................37, 42
SIBs ...........................................................................36
SIBs, redundant .....................................................546
T320 router Control Boards ..........................................36
T640 router host subsystem ......................................................106
Routing Engine supported ....................................128
T640 routing node airflow .....................................................................537
chassis, figure ..................................................40, 116
CIP .............................................................................41
component alarm conditions .................................80
Index !
685
JUNOS Internet Software Network Operations Guide: Hardware components ............................................................. 41 figure ................................................................... 40 control board redundancy ..................................... 41 cooling system components ...................................................... 537 cooling system redundancy ................................... 41 host modules, redundant, connection between ............................................................... 474 overview ................................................................... 39 packet forwarding rate ........................................... 39 power supply redundancy ..................................... 41 redundant power supplies location ..................................................... 229, 518
Routing Engine LEDs ............................................ 145
Routing Engine redundancy .................................. 41
SCG ........................................................................... 42
SCG redundancy ...................................................... 42
SIB redundancy ....................................................... 42
SIBs, redundant ..................................................... 546 table .............................................................. 142, 144, 145 technical support customer support, contacting ..................... xxxiii, 53 telnet command .......................................................... 635 temperature, chassis alarm conditions
M5 and M10 routers .......................................... 62 test command ..............................................................635
tools, router monitoring chassisd log file ....................................................... 52
CLI commands ........................................................ 50 component LEDs ..................................................... 52 craft interface ..........................................................51
JTAC .......................................................................... 53
JUNOS software ....................................................... 49 messages log file ..................................................... 52
SNMP agent ............................................................. 49
SNMP MIBs .............................................................. 49
SNMP traps .............................................................. 49 swap test, component ............................................ 53 top command ...............................................................641
traceroute command ...................................................635
typefaces, documentation conventions ................... xxix
U
up command ................................................................641
update command ........................................................641
686 !
Index
تنزيل
تم تحديث الرابط العام
رابط عام للمستند
إعلان